Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
While in the past people tended to be fitter, these days individuals do not consider their body fit, even existing numerous sports clubs exist. I believe this is mainly because of technology, and to solve this problem can help from the internet.
To begin with, people have always been concerned about their fitness. But today there is a distraction that causes them to not care about their healthy life and prefer a sedentary lifestyle. It is a technology. Computers, tablets, and social media are the most reasons that lead people to immobility. For example, people buy vacuums that are robots, which means they do not have to walk while sweeping, or instead of going to a restaurant, they would preferably order online from home. So, choosing technology as a priority in place of physical activity can cause to an unhealthy and unshaped body.
To tackle this problem, using the internet is the best and most genius way. Because it can take benefit people's interest in technology. Since the internet and technology are absolutely related to each other. If people do not want to go to a sports facility, they can exercise at home, using online videos from youtube or applications. For instance, I use fitness applications regularly daily, and I do not have to pay for a membership to health centers because most are over my budget.
In conclusion, without exercising, people's health can decline, happening many problems such as being unfit. the internet can help to prevent this epidemy.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays there are a lot of sport facilities and gyms around the cities. In addition we can see the sport places that are prepared and organized by the municipality for free in parks and other public environments. Nevertheless people are less fit than ever before.
In my opinion we can find the cause of this problem in the people lifestyle. I mean fitness is a straight result of having a healthy lifestyle containing healthy diet and continued exercise. If someone wants to have a healthy diet have to eat the foods which have less calories. In other words he/she must avoid from the foods that are made using much amount of oil and sugar. Also daily exercise beside a healthy diet is necessary to have a fit body. In my opinion having both of this vital criteria requires a sufficient time to spend every day. Thus, lack of time is the most important cause of being less fit than ever before. Nowadays the economic situation makes most of people work from the early morning until late night. So there is less time to cook at home and less energy and time to exercise. Some people prefer to order their food from restaurants and sometimes select fast foods that have a lot of calories and are very oily.
In conclusion changing life style rather than ever before have caused to lack of time that results in having unhealthy diet and not being active enough and so not being fit!
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Being fit is a demonstration of healthiness. In recent years the number of gyms and sport equipments has increased, nevertheless more people are overweighted. I can point to two reasons, among many, which I assume to be the main causes of this matter, and seggust possible solutions. I believe unbalanced work-life hours and also unhealthy foods are the key factors for becoming fat. Employers and people themselves can prevent these reasons as are mentioned in the next paragraphs.
Most of the people, not only spend the majority of their time at work, but also some of them even have second jobs. Cosequently they can not free some time to attend to gyms. As there are other priorities in everyone’s life they postpone sports and exercise. Employers can solve this problem by preparing facilities at the work place, or maybe giving bonuses to motivate their employees for going to gym. In that case, the productivity of the workers increases and both sides will be benefited.
Another pivotal cause of being overweight despite exercising is unhealthy eating habits. Tendency to eat fastfoods, which contain saturated fat, has increased for multiple reasons. To reduce this counting calories has been proposed, cause fastfoods and saturated fats include a huge amount of calories and the person can not eat those regularly. In the end this will encourage them to eat healthier foods with less calories.
To sum up, there are various reasons regarding not being fit despite the availability of exercise opportunities. Being busy and unhealthy eating are important reasons for this crisis that can be faced by employers preparing opportunities and people counting the callories they eat.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Today there are a vast range of sport facilities and gyms, especially in urban areas, however people ten to be less fit compared with last. This issue would have plenty of reasons some of which I will discuss in this essay and will give some solutions to solve the problems.
First, looking at the reasons of the problem, one of the main causes of the issue, could be the modern lifestyle. What I mean by this is that humans today hove to work for along time every day. Indeed, they are snowed under with plenty of workloads that make them work even at home at nights. Another possible reason is that, although the number of gyms have been grown in recent times, the joinning cost of them have increased. So, people cannot afford to book at a gym and take up to exercise.
There are some solutions to solve the problem, first, as far as I’m concerned, not only do governments and private companies must decrease the work time of employees, but also raise the least wages significantly. With doing this people will have extra time for leisure activity such as doing sports. My second proposal to tackle the problem is that governments dedicate subsidies for gyms. Through which the gyms will be able to fall their joinnnig fees. So, people particularly disadvantaged families can afford to join at gyms.
By and large, in spite of a huge number of facilities and gyms, people do not tend to get fit than before. This issue is linked to a vast range of reasons from high levels of work hours, to increasing joinning fees at gyms. For tackling the issue some solutions such as decreasing work hours and paying subsides to gyms are recommended.
ParvizNematipour /Writing Task2
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In recent times, while there are a wide range of sports equipment,obesity has become one of the outstanding problems. Although overconsumption of unhealthy food and hectic lifestyle are the main reasons for this problem. Encouraging people to change their diet and do more regular exercise, are the solutions to tackle this problem.
Overconsumption of unhealthy food is the main reason of being overweight. In recent times, especially in the last couple of decades, due to the hectic life schedule, almost all people around the world are fully occupied with their jobs. Since then, they do not have enough spare time for cooking. As long as restaurants are now ubiquitous, homemade food has been replaced with scrumptious fast food ,which contains high fat and salt that are harmful for our body. To add, lack of physical activity and exercise is the other cause of obesity. The majority of people have office work. Sitting long hours on chair and not having adequate physical activities leads being overweight. Not only not having enough activity leads to being overweight, but it also will result in health problems like diabetes and heart disease.
Educating and raising people’s awareness of detrimental effects of fast food is the first step to overcome obesity. If the government shows different advertisements via celebrities to teach individuals to change their unhealthy diet, people would be motivated to change their incorrect eating habits. For example, by showing healthy dishes ,which included different vegetables with seafood,instead of fast food. Furthermore, motivating people to do more regular exercise while working. For instance, employers can encourage their employees to do some exercise and go to gym at least half an hour during their work time and consider rewards for them. Not only does rewarding boost their mood, but it also motivates them to change their lifestyle. In fact, the more activity, the less obesity among people.
To summarize, in spite of the variety of sport centers, individuals, especially the younger generation are becoming fatter these days. I strongly believe that excessive consumption of fast food and not having regular exercise are the most pivotal reasons for this problem which can be addressed by changing life routines and increasing people ‘s awareness of harmful effects of obesity.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
despite the huge growth in the number and variety of sport facilities, we witness a considerable increase of obesity now, more than ever. In this essay, I will argue that the main reason of this trend is the expansion of technology, leading to the shift in human’s life style, and also suggest some solutions in order to address this issue.
21st century was the beginning of technology era, since computers and other digital gadgets have become an inseparable part of every individual’s daily life. Nowadays, a huge number of people do almost everything with the use of computers, from buying their groceries and paying their bills to meet with a friend on the web. These kinds of tasks, however, needed to be done in person in the past, which required walking or cycling a long distance, leading to burning calories. On the other hand, this advance in technology has led to a shift in human’s work style. In the past, jobs usually involved physical activities, which has been completely changed in the modern days, as most of workers spend most of their time in front of screens and computers. The lack of physical activities directly leads to obesity.
Having said the causes of such an issue, there may be some steps to take in order to tackle it. First, governments can raise people’s awareness about the destructive the overuse of computers would have on the individuals and the society as a whole, and also about the benefits they will receive by exercising regularly. In addition, they can reduce the budget on gyms and other sport centers which will lead to the reduction of monthly fee costumers should pay resulting in increase of attendees.
To sum it all up, personally, I believe that technology is the amin reason of obesity and bad shape of most of the people nowadays, but fortunately, there are some solutions for this matter which I mentioned above.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, There are many different types of exercising tools and sports places such as gyms. However, more people used to have in shaped bodies in the past times. I believe numerous reasons can lead to this phenomenon and diverse solutions are possible for this problem.
One of the most important factors is the lack of time in modern society. Since population grows and human needs develop, people tend to work more compared to past in order to answer those needs and responsibilities. The result of long working hours would be negligible free time and reduced healthy activities and increased demand of fast foods. The other considerable reason is the changes in human-being lifestyle within last few years related to technology development. Many physical-effort-requiring tasks are now done by electronic devices. For instance tasks like dish washing or floor cleaning can be done by dish washers and robots. So you don't have to push yourself and burn calories to do phisycal tasks anymore. These reasons can cause immobility and health issues like obesity.
Many reaserchs have been conducted to analyze this issue and offer possible ways to let people have better shaped and healthier bodies. In my point of view, two major steps need to be taken to solute this problem. First and the most important one refers to people themselves. Everyone in any position has to try to maintain the minimum physical activities during the day by various means such as walking to store or placework instead of using personal vehicles or public transportations and also avoid fast foods and unhealthy junk foods. At the same time some actions require to be done by government, such as educating people about health and suitable diets in a broad scale and invest more fundings on researchs leading to promotion of healthy habits.
In conclution, I can mention that there are lots of reasons causing more people to have unshaped bodies in comparision to past, like insufficient free time and changed life style. And several actions can be done to avoid this problem in the future such as maintaining our bodies active during the day beside avoiding unhealthy foods, and knowledge promotion by government.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
These days, many people neglet their physical shape, and many men and women are out of shape, although there are a plenty of sport clubs and gyms that are available. There might be other prioritizes that avoid people to follow a healthy life-style. However, there are simple solutions to build up positive habits.
People tend to prioritize their daily activities in which, going to gym is less important. People who live in urban areas have a busy schedule ,spending most of their time at workplace as well as on commuting, this way of living has changed peoples lifestyle. This might impose them not caring of their appearance and their health anymore. Another reason that might be influence on peoples atitiude is they tend to fulfill their time by going to cinema or hanging with their friends rather than going to gym. The last reason, many individual could not afford the cost of gym’s fees, hence going to gym is become luxury in many part of the globe.
However, there are some solutions to encourage people to be more active during their busy day. Many people do not go to gym, because the distance between their home and the gym is far, so constructing sport facilities in each neighborhood can motivate people to be more active. Secondly, some activities do not need any equipment, just need a pair of shoes. Activities, such as walking and jogging is extremely beneficial to our overall health. Reducing sport club’s fees is another solution to encourage people to enroll in these clubs.
To sum up, it can not be dined that, people are not willing to spend their time in sport facilities. However, going to gym should not consider as a luxury habits that just fortune people can use it.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays gyms offer a lot of good facilities for people and help them to do regular exercises and a wide range of sport facilities are available for people but, people are not as fit as before. This essay will outline some possible reasons, as well as, suggesting some solutions.
The first reason behind this is that gyms expenditures are astronomical these days and the costs of membership have increased significantly. People have to pay a lot for being a member of a gym and if they want to use other facilities like a swimming pool or walking path they have to pay more .Due to the economic situation many people can not afford these cost so they forget about going to gym and doing regular exercise. For example, my brother who suffers from obesity, works from sunup to sundown and his salary is not enough to pay the gym's tuition fee every month as he has to pay his loans each month. The second reason is that people are really busy with their jobs these days and they do not have too much time to enroll in a gym and have regular sport sessions. Many people arrive home at night and they do prefer to spend time with their family rather than going to the gym.
There are also some solutions to help people keep fit. Nowadays there are a lot of online classes available for people. These classes are really helpful for those who are interested in doing regular exercise. Many of these online courses are recorded so people can use them ad many times as they like according to their life schedule. For instance, I registered for an online yoga course 3 months ago and I lost 2 Kg over the last 3 months. Another solution is that people can follow a healthy diet to keep fit.These days most of people eat fast foods which contain a lot of far,salt, additives and preservatives and they gain weight through eating these things but, following a healthy diet and eating more fresh fruit, vegetables and home-cooked food can help them to stay fit. My grandfather who is 80 years old just focuses on his diet and curb his appetite so he is fit without any exercise.
In conclusion, these days people are less fit compared to the past because of the lack of time and high expenditures but, there are other ways to stay fit.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although citizens have access adequately to modern sport centers and equipment, they are not physically in suitable situation in comparison with the past and often suffer from obesity. I think the main reason is related to style of human living that is expressed with couple of suggestions additionally as follow.
Evidently, the human has been advancing especially during recent decades that it led to make some extreme changes in societies. The figure or type of carries has changed whereas people usually worked in farms like agriculture before and now often are employees in offices or companies. Secondly, technology created numerous kinds of electrical devices such as mobile, computer, console of playing, and TV. Consequently, the users spend to play, work or watch in front of monitor of them for long time. In addition, children are attracted by indoor activities rather than outdoor ones. Another important reason is wrong diet in living so that family members eat fast food without considering the huge calories receiving.
Fortunately, there are some solutions in my view which can solve the significant percentage of this issue as long as they would be performed as well as the citizens would have enough motivation. The first suggestion is people be aware that they are in danger by obesity which is harmful for their healthy. Also, the organization of TV should dedicate some programs to instruct exercises as well as increase the public information about all foods. Furthermore, government or some companies can create sport teams for employees or citizens who will be inspired by prizes or financial profits so that it will make exciting competition between them. Next, technology also can help to solve this issue with virtual reality called Meta nowadays that it can convert the type of plays to active instead of just pushing some buttons.
For summary, in spite of the technology and modernization caused that people been away from physical activities as well as suitable sport facilities could not decrease overweight in society, I personally suggested some ways to authorities, organizations and also explained how the technology can create opportunity to be in the better status physically.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before. What do you think are the main causes of this problem? What solutions can you suggest? Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or experience.
Albeit there are an extensive diversity sport club and equipment that people can utilize them, many people do not interest in order to keep fit these days.
Firstly, there is no denying the fact that people have to work much more time than before because of economic climate and tremendous financial pressure undoubtedly. Secondly, pandemic of corona virus also played an indispensable role in this issue. For instance many people should often work full time in their offices in order to earn some money as an overtime regularly and they have to consume a junk food that will not be health food scientifically. As a result they are as busy as a bee and they can not have sufficient time to exercising due to incredibly boring. Moreover pandemic of corona has had profound effect on this matter, since people can not get together for keeping fit in the gyms practically.
From my perspective if people want to overcome this obstacle fundamentally, they must plan out against their adversity that will lead to blood pressure, obesity. As a classic solution that is worth mentioning is to walk in the park their daily routine and so they can join some community in the free space which are active in the parks. This solution can be precious when they can not exercise in the gyms. Another solution that comes to my mind is to employ a private sport teacher. By doing this individuals have to carry out their activities routinely.
In conclusion, I believe that people must plan out their sport activities during the day or week and they must not forget that exercising and healthy diet can really help them for a good lifestyle.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Today, modernization has changed people's life style to a bad way. Although there are many kinds of sports amenities, it is often proved that the majority of people suffer from less activity. Some causes of this issue such as time management and tight schedule will be discussed in this essay. Consequently, some possible solutions will be given.
To commence with, the primary root of this problem is that individuals have not enough time to allocate for exercising in gyms. Many companies impel employees to work on a regular basis about ten hours a day. It brings not only bad diet because of having fast foods or junk foods but also some disease such as obesity due to less activity. The second one is to have problems to meet deadlines and responsibilities. The public should work most of their time in daily routines to reach their goals for e.g. make ends meet. The lack of time and problem with planning make people unsatisfied to be fitness.
Some possible feasible solutions would be, for instance, encourage people to use bicycles for different purposes including shopping and working. However, some actions should be taken by governments to improve healthy way of life. Furthermore, companies can introduce flexible working hours or also offer staff to work from home. The evidence suggests that some managers who provide workers sports time during work hours, they pay attention to physical fitness. Imagine that these steps really affect people's health and could help them to have good lives.
By way of conclusion, there are many reasons why people have less activities regardless of different sports facilities which are provide in many countries. This essay discuss two main reasons and accordingly possible solutions have been discussed.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Different kind of sport facilities and gym are available nowadays, however, people are not in good shapes as they was in past. I think the main cause of this problem is related to the form of activities and daily chores people do in their lives. A healthy life style could be the best solution.
Nowadays, most of people do nothing but sitting in front of a computer, whereas in past, people have to do lots of physical activities in order to make money. The majority of works have been done by technology today and there is no need to human forces anymore. For instance, there are a lot of machines which help people in agriculture, therefore people can be a farmer without doing hard physical activities. Moreover, people use their cars to go around while in past, they have to walk or ride a horse which both are calorie burning activities. However, there are more gyms and sport centers in compared to the Past, but these facilities cannot alter the routine physical activities that have done by people. With all of these changes, it is not surprising to see more fat people around also there are lots of gym.
A healthy life style can help us to tackle this problem. In order to improving wellbeing, people not only should do more physical activities, but also they should be careful about what they eat. A healthy life style covers all aspect of individual's lives including amount of calories they burnt and calorie they gave from foods. For instance, an engineer who spent long hours sitting in chair, can walk or cycle to he/she office and also have more healthy food
In conclusion the nature of people's daily activities have changed. People were more Physically active in the past. Unfortunately more sport facilities cannot help people with this problem although a healthy lifestyle might be helpful.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
It is true that overweight become a common issue among individuals in spite of increasing sport facilities and gym. Although there are numerous causes for this issue, I think the main ones refer to low activity that we have in comparison to calories that we receive in every meal. As a solution, in my opinion receiving fewer calories can be effective solution in addition to count down the stress which is always with us, nowadays.
Regarding to increasing sport facilities the growing number of people who suffering from overweight is noticeable and the main reasons could be daily routine and lifestyle. For instance, large part of jobs are now behind tables. People sit on their chair for long hours that confront them with inactivity one of the main reason of obesity. Moreover, the type of food that we consume have lots of calories that needs lots of activity to be burned like fast food. We use several times a week from fast foods that take the intensity of problem to upper level. In addition, lack of time do not let people spend their time on cooking good meals or go to gym in special discipline. In addition, nowadays stress becomes an unseparated part of our life which mostly comes from our surrounding world.
As a solution, in my opinion, it is an ideal solution to have an optimal timetable for doing tasks to save time for going to the gym but I think it is very optimistic suggestion just like consider time for cooking healthy food. But I think it could be more realistic idea that people try to do some basic forms of sport like stretching muscles for few minutes. Moreover, I think another step that could be taken to tackle the problem is try to reduce the stress in order to avoiding overdoing tasks as a result of working more efficient without stress.
In conclusion, correcting the daily routine and reducing stress in composition to some primary movement of sport can be considered as a working and realistic solution.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although access to the sport facilities have been increasing, fewer people are fit. Progressing in technology and over eating fast foods may are two most significant justifications which lead people to be unfit even though there are high-tech sports facilities. There are some Solutions should be implemented to deal with it.
Firstly, progressing in technology plays a crucial role in raising unfitting rate. Computerisem lead people to less physical activities and thay becoming slave their cars and automated lifestyles. For instance, citizens oftentimes go to their work place by private car, while walking or doing cycling were more favored in the past as well as this, tendency of playing with computer game among teenager result in less physical activities and more health problem such as obesity. Secondly, overeating fast foods is another reason which lead people to be unfit. Although the fast foods have been rich in saturated fats and salt, it is popular because is affordable and saves the time and money compared to traditional foods.
There are two effective solutions to the problem of obesity rate. One way to tackle is to encouraging people to use bicycle for going to their work place. This could be done by considering some restriction for using private vehicle. For instance, citizens will be tempt to do cycling if governments raising the fuel cost or reducing the cost of bicycle. Another method of dealing with this problem is to prevent people from overeating fast food and prepared foods. This could be done by developing low-cost healthy food shops.By doing this a crucial part of daily routines people is optimized.
In conclusion as plate of developing in a sport facilities overeating fast food and progressing in technology avoid people to be more feed compared to before however including people to have a more physical activity throughout decrease the cost of bicycle and providing healthy foods.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, there are many sport facilities available, but people are not as fit as before. This is an unusual opposition that can have different reasons.
In my point of view, the main cause of this problem is that people have never been as busy as they are nowadays. There are numerous tasks that each person should take care of daily. In comparison with the past, people’s lives are much more occupied, mainly because of development in technology and human interactions. Time passes and human’s life gets more and more complicated.
Imagine that you are a student. You get up everyday and go to school or university. When your classes are finished, you plan to hang out with your friends or go to your English class. When you go home, you do your homework or assignments. After that, you get tired. Therefore you decide to lie on your bed and spend your time texting your friend. Maybe even you play an online game with them. Is there any time left for you to go to the gym?
The situation is not different if you are not a student. You probably have a job, no matter it is a part-time job or a full-time one. When you get home, you want to rest and spend some time with your family. You might also text your friend or plan to meet him/her. Your mind is also busy thinking of money you spent today or bills you have to pay by end of the week. You do not even remember to go to the gym and take care of your own health.
In the past, human’s life was much simpler and people could give attention to all aspects of their lives.
In conclusion, technology, development of human's relationships and minds full of different concerns are reasons that cause people not to be as fit as before.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although these days the vast number of amenities and equipped gyms has been allocated for training, there is an increasing trend among people being overweight. This situation has been created by some causes including more interest in sedentary activities and eating fast foods among individuals. This essay will delve deeper into causes and give some solutions to tackle the problem.
To commence with the first and foremost reason,as an article shows published in 2020 by the Nature Magazine, in this technology era a host of people incline more to do sedentary activities such as remote offices, video games and even distance learning due to the fact that there are more convenient. Furthermore, eating fast foods and less healthy foods, having high amount of calories and fat,show a growing tide among persons because of the delicious recipes which they have. As a result, fatness will become a grave danger in near future.
Turning to the solutions, this issue will be offset by a shared cooperation between people and governments. Firstly, governments should give more funds to equip sport centers for all of tastes. Secondly, they would dedicate some free gyms for encouraging people to exercise and finally being last but not least, it could be beneficial, if some aware individuals set special campaigns to promote people to do sports and explain some disturbing outcomes caused by lazy lifestyle.
To sum up, by contrast to many sport facilities and equipped sport buildings, obesity rate has a growing trend which will be minimized by helping people and governments together.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In spite of the fact that these days the number of gyms and other sport facilities are growing up, still there are many people who suffer from obesity. In my opinion, it goes through their busy life style, not having a balance diet and also technology.
Due to the high cost of living expenses, people are on a tight budget and have to work more and more. As a consequence, they have less free time to do exercise or follow a personal fitness program. They do not even have time to prepare a home-made cook and mostly eat ready meals and process foods. As a result, they would gain weight and be usually in a bad state of health.
In addition, progress of technology has made this situation even worse and people are less physically active now. They may spend hours sitting in front of computers at work or watching television or surfing internet and social networks while they are having snacks. Moreover, technology made people lazier, they prefer driving cars even for short distances while they can walk or ride a bicycle.
Taking everything into consideration, since people do not concern about their health condition and they are busy so do not give any priority for exercise in their daily life, they are mostly out of condition. So, I recommend that companies set a specific time for employee to exercise and provide related facilities on site or even sign a contract with the nearest sport center to their office. In my point of view, this will definitely increase their work efficiency and would help their employees to keep fit as well.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Today, people are becoming less fit compared to the past periods. Whereas numerous fitness centers and places to work out are seen everywhere, but still, the obesity percentage is high. I think this is mainly because of people’s busy work life and the cost of membership of sport facilities, however there are some solutions.
A reason why most people are less fit today is due to their busy lifestyle and working schedule. Because of the competitive atmosphere has been created in workplaces these days, almost every one prefer to devote significant portion of their time on their own career than physical health. Another reason could be the price of membership of gym centers, which can be over people’s budget.
To solve this issues, governments must reduce working hours or make it flexible or banned taking overtime, therefore in this way the staff will have free time to play sports and also have more energy to be active. As well as this, companies should install exercise equipment in workplaces and encourage the employees to use them, for example offering free tickets or discounts on certain days of the year will be so effective.
In conclusion, the decline in health and fitness despite the number of gym centers available in everywhere owe mainly to a lack of time and high cost of sport facilities’ tuition. However, these problems can be solved with few simple methods to increase the levels of fitness as well as the gyms fully occupied.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Obesity is a hot issue among health care communities. While, there are plenty equipment to fit, for people who have not enough keen toward using them. I firmly believe that our lives style and enormous vehicles are the main cause of this challenge.
These days, the size of clothes would be bigger that past. The fast of being fatty is not comparable of few years ago. Individuals, do not paying attention to their health and physics. Indeed, one of the main issue for this challenge is that, people completely engage their self on their jobs and works. Therefore, there are many tasks on their plat and finding a gap or time for sport is tricky. These type of employees believe that, by using some vitamin tablets they mitigate the consequences of hardworking. Certainly, having a solid body not only requires minerals and vitamins, but also it needs outdoor or indoor sport.
Physiologists believe that, everyone has to allocate 45 minutes a day for aerobic or body building exercise. While, exhausting after the work downgrade people to take nape or rest in their homes. Anther feature which encourage anyone to be silent is increasing the number of vehicles and online services. For instance, ordering food, breed, shopping and many daily works are delivered by online companies like Amazon, Uber, Snapp and so on. Unfortunately, these companies focus on addicting their costumers by attractive suggestions. People, consider their time on obey exercise in their homes based on some applications and websites, but, after they would be awkward and left their schedule. Therefore, embedding a weakly exercise has prominent value for anyone to avoid unfitting.
Overall, the life style and thinking rely our bodies encourage everyone going to sport and gym, to rescue from physical and mental illnesses.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
These days, although many sport centers and gym clubs are equipped by new and modern facilities, many people suffer from overweight as well as not being in good shape. This fact may bring about some problems for a society. In this essay I intend to explore the sources of these problems along with some solutions to them.
It is seemed that the chief cause of this problem is people’s sedentary lifestyle. It means that many individuals working as an employee may spend a lot of times behind their computer and being inactive, so they don’t have neither enough time nor enough energy for doing regular exercises in gym clubs. Another contributing factor is unreasonable fees of some gym clubs. Therefore, the cost of using these facilities cannot be afforded by low paid people. Also, these people fail to be good shape. These important issues can lead to an array of psychological and physical problems in individuals.
In order to resolve these problems, we must address its causes. In other world, it is offered that gym centers ought to be added to big company which their employees work more than half of a day. Even if this gyms have a rudimentary equipment, it will have noticeable effect on employee’s fitness. Also, the tickets of attending in fitness club can be taken by companies as a reward to their workers. Moreover, if sport center’s fees were free, poor people not having private facilities would participate in these places. In this way, they will be in good shape.
In conclusion, if gym clubs or sport centers which are equipped by modern and good facilities are added in workplaces or being free for poor people, most of health problems and psychological issues can be solved and people enjoy being fit.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Today we have more developed means and tools to keep the body fit compared to a few years ago. Spite of these such development in means of exercising, people less tend to use them efficiently. Although there are people who see sport as one of the life value but there are still many who their bodies are no longer fit. There are absolutely some reasons for that as living in a highly competitive business world, distraction such as mobile phone and so on.
It is easy to argue that, as the world becomes more developed, the business world becomes more competitive due to fewer job opportunities. As a result, most of the people are so busy to care about going to the gym. On the other hand, from young people point of view, going to the gym has less attraction compared to whatever they do on the phone. For instance, most of the young generation prefer to spend their leisure time on watching YouTube or streaming movies instead of doing some workouts which according to some it comes from laziness.
However, some people may replace exercising with other things as diet to keep their body fit, but having personalized workout routine is something more than being fit. It also benefits for our body health or even our mental health. It should be a must for every person who is about to hire a job to have a sport routine. Beside that in every college or school should be built a gym to students do their workouts along studying.
To sum up, it is certain that we live in a world full of stress or distractions, but people regardless of their age or their job position should have regular schedule for exercising and do not neglect these sport facilities in order to not losing their fit.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Mr Gro,
Hope all be fine for you in your work these days and be healthy. Please send my regards to others. I will be back so soon.I am writing this letter to inform you, I could finally finished my presentation last week.
Over all, as you know your book was really helpful for me. First of all, thank so much for gave me your nice book ,then I used it, not only for my presentation at my seminar, but also the others who were working in plant department used the references too.
Actually, all people whom attended our meeting, hearing carefully about new drugs and vitamins. As you was studying in plant Pathology, which mixed between science and medical subject ,you may have more information about vitamins and health, Therefore I would like read another book of yours , if you could give them to me in future.
I believe that , you will be more expert in your field and I Hope be successful in your daily work. I feel very happy and pleased when read your book.
Will have good times and thanks again.
Best wishes ,
Fatmeh.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
the graph illustrates car stolen per thousand in four different countries from 1990 to 1999. The highest precent of Theft was in Britain. Sweden was in second place which Franch and Canada were in the same position by the end of this time.
Great Britain had a slight fluctuate up and down during this time, althought, the percent was not really changed in 1999. Sweden had less than 10 percent Car theif, then it had significant increase up to 15 percent by the time in 1999. In 1991, france and Sweden had equally thefts in about 7 percent, which Canada was followed about 6 percent.
At the beginning, Canada had higher rate than France. Canada was decreasing until 1993. However, France had sharply increase in only one year ,after that, increasing until 1993. Canada had slight climbing where France had a little up and down as well. Then both face at approximately 6 percent in 1999.
overall, Frence and Canada didnot have a noticeably change in statistics. Britain went almost the same rate and it had the highest rate. on the other hand, Sweden was going up in one decade.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph on the top of the page showes us the result of a research about thefts per thousend vehicles in four countries between 1990 to 1999.
As we can see on this graph, it is obvious that Great Britain is on the top of the graph and the list of thefts of cars, arrainged baised on "the most" to "the least", during the whole time of research. There is also Sweden which has an incrreasing graph, although in first year it decreased. On the buttem of the graph, there is Canada, which has a decreasing graph in the first four years and then started increasing so slowly. Between tow graphs of Sweden and Canada we have France,from the beginning of the research it was on the buttem but, it start increasing and at the emd of 1999, the thefts results goes in to a steady range and it was near to the Canada's result.
In cunclusion, among four countries that we have been researched obout them, Great Britain has the highest thefts result, all the time, and noon of the ather countries could reach its result.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the amount of stealing per thousand vehicles in Sweden, Canada, France and Britain from 1990 to 1999. Overall, from the graph it can plainly viewed that Britain has always had the most theft through the period. While the Sweden experienced a upward trend the other had a downward trend.
With regard to the amount of theft got decreased over the years but it had some fluctuation. It began at around 17 thousand and then peaked at 20 thousand in 1996 before falling to about 15 thousand in 1999. Although France rate in stealing got decreased but it had some fluctuation and ended in almost 7 thousand just as same the Canada in 1999.
On the contrary, stealing got increased in Sweden from 1990 to 1996 and stayed the same between 1996 and 1998. In 1999 theft vehicles reached 18 thousand.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph shows the vehicles that were stolen in four countries from 1990 to 1999.
It is clear that the number of thefts in Great Britain is by far much more than the other countries. all the other three countries show not many differences.
In 1990, 18 thefts out of 1000 vehicles happened in Great Britain compared to six, seven, eight for France, Canada, and Sweden Respectively.
The number of thefts in 1991 in friends in Sweden is the same at eight thefts per 1000 vehicles.
Vehicles that were stolen in Sweden shows That it increased mildly from 1991 to 1999. And contrast other countries show mild fluctuation.
In 1999 theft in Sweden reach its peak at 14 that’s Great Britain reached to the lowest number of thefts at 16 thefts per 1000 vehicles.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The pictorial information illustrates the amount of car burglary in four various nations in a period from 1990 to 1999
At first glance, Great Britain has the most ratio in all years but its overall trend was downward as well as Canada. It goes without saying, Sweden had risen dramatically and reached as twice times more than its first amount whilst France had a smooth rise.
Firstly, Great Britain after two peaks in 1992 and 1996 by 20 individuals per 1000 cars and a low point in 1993, reached a bit less than its first place in 1999. Furthermore, in 1990, Sweden started at approximately 7 thieves, but after 1992 skyrocketed to almost 13 and reduced its distance with Britain from almost 12 to roughly 5 persons.
In addition, France had overtook Canada in first year with a jump, after that rebounded gradually to almost its pristine ratio. Canada felt sharply from 1991 to 1993 at 7, when started its slight increase and ended up at a similar amount with France accounted for 6 wicked people.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
A glance at the provided graph reveals some information about car thefts in four various nations from 1990 until 1999.
It is apparant from the data that the number of thefts in Great Britian was considerably high while, it seems this quantity was fewest in Canada.
It is interesting to note that, the sum of stolen car in Britian was a mere 25000 in first year then in went up gradually for 2 years approxiematly for 20000 ones then it declined till middle of period. Evidently, it soar twentythousand in 1996, at this point it dropped slowly until the end. Thefts had stolen vehicle somewhere at the vicinity of 5000 in Canada as well as this statistic decreased untill 1993, again it experienced a remarkable rise for 7 years. Suprisingly, the sum of car which were stolen in Sweden was nearly 7000 that increased expotentially between 1991 to 1999. In France, the car thefts volume had flacuated just under 10000 to just above 50000.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
This graph is an analysitical research report about car theft in several countries during 1990-1999.
First it reveals that there is an increasing rate of car theft in sweden. It shows that in 1990 there were almost 6 car stealing per one thousand vehicles, and these were increased to near 14 by 1999.
Another point we can infer from this graph is that Britain was the country that car theft rates were more different than others. For example Britain car theft rate in 1990 is near 18 per 1000 vehicles that in other 3 countries the average of ratings were near 6. It seems that car theft in Britain is 2 times more than others.
The next issues I can see in this graph is that the rate of car theft in France and Canada were the same in 1999. Although in canada the graph was increasing, in France the statistics of this kinds of crime is in a decreasing slope.
Generally, statistics of car theft in Sweden, France, and Canada are in a similar rates but in Britain both prevalence and variance are far from other countries.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The stolen car statistics between three European countries and Canada illustrate on the line graphover nine years.
As can be seen, the thefts rate in Canada and France are steadily fall over nine years, while, this rate is considerably increase in Sweden. There is a significant gap between Great Britain and the others on car thefts statistics.
The stolen car rate flow in Canada and France is same from 1990 to 1999. According to the statistics from the beginning until 1993, the rate is steadily drop to five thousand for each. The thefts flow approximately stay stable for Canada until the end of period, while, has a gradual fluctuations for France between 1990 and 1999. In 1999, both country touch each other on six thousand thefts vehicle.
There was a significant difference between Great Britain and other countries. Thefts rate on Great Britain is two times more than the others and has moderate fluctuation over nine years.The stolen car statistics in Sweden represented sharp jump from eight thousand to approximately 15 thousand between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares information about the number of vehicles which were robbed in four distinct countries, over a nine-year period from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, what stands out from the line graph is that Great Britain had the greatest number of stolen vehicles in all the periods. However, it is interesting to note that there was a dramatic sharp in the number of thefts vehicles in Sweden, while it fluctuated in both France and Canada.
As can be seen from the line graph, Great Britain had the highest number of robbed vehicles at just over 17000 in 1990, and in 1996 the figure for the country peaked at nearly 20000. However, it fell sharply to around 16000 in the following three years.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
This line graph demonstrates how many vehicles were stolen per thousand cats in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada from 1990 until 1999. All thefts in these countries had a subtle change over the 10 years except France that had a drastic change. It had a dramatic rise in 1991 and it finally reached its peak I'm 1999 with almost 15 thefts per thousand vehicles. And Canada fell drastically in 1993 unlike Sweden that reached almost 10 thefts per thousand cars in the same year. The lowest number of thefts was found in Canada I'm 1993 with only 5 thefts. Overall, there was an upward trend in the number of thefts in Great Britain and France. And the other 2 had a very subtle change.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
Following graph shows the number of stolen cars per 1000 vehicles in four European countries from 1990 to 1999.
As the graph illustrate, only in Sweden steal growth and in other countries theft had been steady or slightly decreased.
In Great Britain, number of theft cars increased from 18 to 20 from 1990 to 1992 and in 1993 this numbers drop to 17. During next 4 years number of stolen cars increased and reached it’s top at 21 per 1000 vehicles in 1996. Finally, the trend was downward from 1996 to 1999 and the number decreased to about 16 thefts.
The only country with growing number of thefts during given period was Sweden with about 8 thefts in 1990 to just under 15 stolen vehicles in 1999. During 1996 to 1998 the number stay remains at 12. Meanwhile, theft number for Canada was decreasing from 1990 to 1993 (7 robberies to 5 robberies) and after 1993 this number increased gradually to 6 in 1999. Lastly, number of thefts in France experienced a sharp rise from 4 in 1990 to 8 in 1991 and then with some fluctuations again reached to 4 at 1999
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is often said that exercise have to be in all educational institutions in contemporary era. However, the issue is not entirely straight forward, and argument can also be made against the idea. This essay will discuss the debate, and give a concluding view.
On the one hand, those who support the compulsory exercise cite. The various benefits that sports can bring to individuals. Thes range from being fit to having healthy lifestyle. For instance, exercise activities and paying attention to body contribute to fit development and be healthy, which can increase the longevity. Another argument is the stress reliever that people recieve from sports, meaning that the individuals feel more happiness and thus more confident, and it can help them to do their personal and work affairs better in whole days.
By contrast, opponents of this view point out that sports should not be forced. Examples can be seen in countless situations, where the compulsory sport has caused discomfort and apathy. In addition, many people can't exercise, due to their body form or sickness or even they aren't interested in exercising. For these people, sport would be probably boring and annoying. Finally, it must be said that not all individuals actually exercise, because their interest lie elsewhere. For these people, sports should not be encouraged.
Overall, it seems advisable that the decision to do exercise should be based on a people abilities, interest and body circumstances, rather than on general view that all individuals should exercise. So it would appear that this serve the interests of both the people and the sport involved.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
With regard to increasing the percentage of obesity in society, some groups of people argue that sport must be mandatory in educational establishments. The opposite group rejected this strategy and they believe that it probably harms participants emotionally. In my opinion, the both views must consider some benefits and drawbacks to performing each trend which analyzed below as follow.
The first idea claims that the only way to resolve the overweight issue rising among citizens is setting compulsory plan in educational centers. According to this method, students will get used to doing exercise regularly. On the other words, sport totally turns into daily routine activity when children have been educated by trainers at schools. For example, students must do some stated sport program for ten minutes before the start of their science classes. Furthermore, unfit ones will get rid of obesity without serious determination. It means that they no need strong motivation to be fit. In my view, it has some negative points mentally which is synchronized with opposite attitude of another group.
On the other side, there is one group against them who believe that mandatory exercise in educational organs makes some embarrassments feeling in some overweight persons or students. In reality, the negative feeling comes from unsuccessfully in doing something. For instance, the numbers of students at schools who are annoyed from obesity have been laughed by their other classmates as long as they could not perform correctly the sport practices. So, it should be better that we encourage people and also do not expect to do high-level of exercises. It means that the organization should provide one atmosphere as well as guide them by trainers with simple work out in the unprofessional level.
In conclusion, it is necessary to find one solution to create positive tendency between people especially students to be fit physically. So, I think that educational authorities should facilitate the schools with suitable atmosphere and justified trainers for students to being away from probable emotional harms when they exercise.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In these days, the number of people who have a normal weight decreased considerably, as a consequence, some individuals believe that sport must be an obligatory section of educational systems scheduals, but others think that it would have negative emotional effects on pupils who are not interested about sport.
One of the most important of life aspects is being healthy. Overweigh and fat people are usually facing with several problems like heart attacks more than slim ones, therefore, they should do sport in order to decline their fat. It would be faster and easier if they go to gym in younger ages, so sport scheduals at school and university can be more effective. In addition, being compulsory this kind of education would help students to improve both physical and emotional aspects indeed. Of course, authorities should choose and prepare appropriate sport for all kinds of pupils who are different in ages and sizes.
On the other hand, a few of students can not or do not want to attend in these types of classes, and prefer being alone. They are embarrassingin all situation and turn away from whole activities, so they never make voluntary decision to do sport or other works. In my opinion, compulsory physical education is forcing them into being healthier. Many psychologists have recommeded their patients to do regular sport which plays vital role to increase confidence.
In conclusion, to prevent an overweigth community, goberments should obligate schools and universitis to take place physical education, in spite of some pupils do not like that.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Fitness definitely is one of the most trending affairs in 2023. Although the main object is a fit and healthy body among individuals, there are many discrete ways to achieve this goal. Among those ways two of them are under controversial discuses. In this essay I will elaborate both sides with understandable reasons and logical opinions.
In the one hand some people claim that compulsory sport in educational establishments in order to help individuals keep themselves fit is necessary, because in their point of view people are not really into enrolling gyms and attending public sport schemes therefore, the main solution for this for instance, would be putting more and more sport classes in the interval between courses. As a result of that pupils have to attend these programs in order to achieve better scores, and as achieving better scores for the course would be the main concern the side effect of that is doing exercise and actually it fits gym time in students weekly program regularly.
In the other hand some people believe that compulsory force is not a prosper way to tackle this problem. They think exercising under unwill forces would result in serious mental illnesses as well as physical coordination. Also pupils in early ages might lose their confident and suffer from lack of self-steam in further years.
In conclusion i think the compulsory force is not even an option because of all harmful physically and mentally effects which will lead to further problems for individuals
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In the 21st century, lots of people suffer from obesity. Some poeple believe that governments should set strick rules in educational institution for people to join the club and make an obligation to enroll sport classes whilst others say compulsory physical education make people to fed up and feel ackward to sport. In my opinion, people should have freedom of their choice and governent should do other things to improve the health of society.
Nowadays, lots of people take care about their health. Lots of them have joined the gym and sport club. However, it is evident that they do not continue their activities and leave their classes. In this situation, government should set motivator for society to encourege them. For instance, set some local competition and encourage people to improve their body and compete with each other. So, it is one way to improve the society’s health and do not embarrass people.
Likewise, government can make a program to teach to other people the diseases that deprive from obesity. If people know about the disease that might be get trouble in future they try to improve their body fit and join sport classes. Therefore, poeple motivate to join and make an advice for their friends and persuade their friend to improve their body.
In conclusion, despite the fact that sometime compulsory can modify and cure the phenomenon, in this case does not change anything. So, the ways that mention above, can improve the society’s health and they are some motivation for society.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Whether mandatory sports provide more effect on people's shape or optional has sparked much debate in recent years. Some people assert that sport should be an essential factor in educational establishment owing to an increase of weight whereas others argue that it is impressive when defines as voluntary activity since some pupils would have a comfortable sense. I am personally in favor of latter speculation. A compulsory action would pursues individuals to fallow sports and avoid being overweight but in some cases their disability can be highlighted and make them embarrassed.
A convincing argument can be made that a particular term of sport are put in mandatory plan for people if so, they would be fit always and their health is guaranteed. Not only can they lose their weight but also they care about the daily schedule. A salient example is students have to play basketball in school in since time immemorial thus it seems a pick in their height growth. Further and even more,although diverse physical issues can eliminate by regular exercise. Should people be in force about sport, their health condition improves.
Nevertheless, there are plethoras of cones in this attitude. A number of individuals are weak in physical activity as well as thay cannot be as hectic as other hence, mandatory sport would distribute them physical and mentally. The avoid doing exercise like everybody if so, their weak point would be public which is distributing. Although sports would preserve our weigh in normal range it can creat serious health problem. Therefore, when sports are voluntary people, try to maintain their fit shape by it if it is parallel to their situation.
By way of conclusion, I am convinced that people's physical condition would become better by copulsory sport. I would concede that in some cases it can provide worrying problem to them.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
People are calling into question the way that prevent or reduce obesity among some people. While some people advocate the idea that making necessary doing sport through educational circumstance may prove beneficial, others dismiss them. Both sides of the argument present rational ideas, which will be elaborated on.
On the one hand, supporters of doing sport compulsorily assert that the benefits from it are by no means negligible. To begin with, it helps a huge number of people a healthy lifestyle. To simply, if they have a necessary for doing sport, people from many walks of life are able to increase their awareness about doing sport. In fact, that is maybe all people do not have knowledge about disadvantage of doing sport. Which means, learning about it in colleges encourage some people to fame their favorites and by it they can make a healthy lifestyle for themselves. Moreover, the more awareness, the more interest. which means during the educational learning since the teachers are specialist so that they can found the favorites of different learner and insist them to do the exercise that help to them to have health and fitness life style. Hence, doing sport can not only help boost out confidence but can help people to be aware about their fitness.
On the other hand, others argue that mad compulsory doing sport have some disadvantages. firstly, it may reduce the self-confidence. that means, since, some students have some physical disability it can discourage them of being interested to doing exercise and thus they compared them self with other learner who are talent and their confidence will be reduce. In addition, some students do not like do sport, it is necessary to respect the choices of student although have some problematic for them.
To conclude, there are logical points on both sides, however, I agree that when people are having to do exercise can make great contributions for them. This is mainly because, when they learn their talent and their favorite, they can continue with great fan their exercise that lead them to be happy people and healthy life.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Topic
Some people say that due to the growing number of unit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments.
Other claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don’t like sport.
Writing
It’s told by some people that because of the plenty of obesity sport should be forced in all educational systems, while other believe that doing sports should be a voluntary decision made by people, otherwise it may be made people apathy to sport and due to increase of overweight cases in the society.
The main reason for some people that believe sport should be mandatory for all educational establishments maybe this of that if there are many such training centers, people will have to adapt to this system and force exercise, so obesity problems such as heart and diabetes diseases will be decreased.
On the other hand, other say that forcing people may cause the reverse result and this means that people’s interest reduce for sports.
In conclusion, since the obesity problems became more in the society some people said that physical education systems should be increased, whereas the rest of the people believed this compulsion made people less interested to sports. In my opinion, giving more importance to the physical education courses in schools for example, increase the hours for physical education lessons or in society for instance, allocating more physical centers like gym for people who like to exercise eventuate students and people do more physical activities and also can be a positive effect on their mindset in sport context.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
That surplus weight has got a direct impact on humans health is undeniable . however, In order to tackle this ongoing problem in this essay I will argue It would be effective whether to make physical exertion As a compulsory education course or this approach because of not being voluntary Would cause humiliation as well as rejecting the sports among students who dislike physical exercise. Subsequently I as a liberal person agree with second opinion.
With compulsory atmosphere making people unwill , it is too simplicitic a view to consider it as an effective approach to change human attitude in terms of sports. Indeed, we are human being. When we are forced to do any kind of activity , we would definitely reject it even if it has huge positive effects on our wellbeing. For instance, it has been shown that the more the teachers try to persuade students to study the important courses such as mathematic , the more the students are hesitated to do so. As all we know such courses are crucial for students to be accepted in high ranking universities in future, yet they dont often study it as it is compulsory. Without any dout, forcing humans to do exercise can not be a successful method to help them become fit.
Liberation is humans right, every indivitual knows that ,and become encouraged with. As a matter of fact, freedom of choice is a significant right any human cares about. Therefore, when people are free to select their behaviour regarding to physical exercise , they become encouraged to do whatever necessary for their health. Moreover, using the same compulsory method is not suited for all people. For example, there are some students who are not supposed to do sport in their life because of their physical weakness. It is obvious that this oppressive method will cause them feel humiliated and hated in reverse.
To conclude, in my view, to help people become fit , making them to do sports in their educational courses not only is not effective but also lead to rejection. Because freedom is human need to be encouraged and also the same approach will cause humiliation for some people.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
A group of individuals preset the view that sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishment, whereas others believe only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit. I strongly agree with the latter opinion.
Everyday life today people have poor eating habits. They also indulge in fatty food and the food they has poor nutritional value. moreover, they have sedentary lifestyle. Therefore, they face several health problems such as overweight and obesity. Health authorities should raise public awareness about the consequently of overweight. Some people believe that the best approach is prevent health problems from happening in the first place.it would be logical preventative measures include compulsory sporting in all educational establishments.
There is no doubt that individuals especially students must take some responsibility for their diet and health. The argument to support this is the fact that everybody has free will and make their choice About what they eat and the exercise that they do. From a social perspective, students who suffer from Obesity, are compelled to do physical activities in public place compel themselves whit their peers. Consequently, they may suffer from self-conscious or become very sensitive about their appearance.
To conclude, in my view, everybody has free will and make their choice. In addition, people should be encouraged to do exercise on a regular basis.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, the figure of overweight people has been increased considerably. Regarding this issue, some individuals believe that it should be considered as an obliged activity to do sports in all educational institutions. On the other hand, it is believed that taking exercises would be effective, if it is done by a person’s willing. To make it clarify, it can have an inverse effect, if it is a compulsory.
On the one hand, doing sport in educational institutions such as schools would become more efficient. Because generally, children have a strong acceptance for learning and doing what is ordered to them. For instance, my niece started doing sport when she was 8 years old and after 7 years, she is continuing that major professional.
On the other hand, it can turn to a difficulty for students, if is not done in an appropriate way. Doing sport as a rule in a perpetual routine wil affect students physically and mentaly. My niece’s friend can be mentioned as an example who hated sport by the regulations in her school. All the errors were in the programming of doing sport that where and when it could be occured. The manager of school was set the time at the end of the day!
In a conclusion, sometimes, it can bre resulted in an opposite side if conducting something become an oblige. To address it, some encouraging ways can be implanted. For instance, if somebody follow the routine, he or she will be granted.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, the downtrodden lifestyle has become more monotonous, sedentary and mechanical. In order to this, individuals have a marked tendency toward spending their leisure and work time behind the computers. Overally, obesity has dramatically increased during the recent decades. Additionally , there are some arguements among individuals weather sport educating should be must for pupils or not.The mentioned informations will be analyzed in the following paragraphs; by deviding the subject into two categories.
Firstly, the idea of considering sports as a compulsory rule is going to be discussed. If they make this idea into action, majority number of human beings will be in shaped and fit. A better result of this idea is the fact that a healthier, physically-fit and disease-free society is going to be shaped.Furthermore, in my opinion, even those who dislike the given idea, will admire it after a while.
The second group that i would like to mention, supports the members who prefer to have a voluntary decision on it ; and they believe that compulsory physical education, makes the learners embarrassed and sport-haters. I personally assume that everyone should have the right to make their own decision. On the other hand , i don't presume that many students enjoy exercising, therefore, we are going to face a lot of illnesses caused by obesity and an unhealthy society.
Finally, from my point of view, attending the sport lessons should be considered as a duty for pupils, in order to build up a healthy and wholesome environment.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
People are calling into question the compulsoriness of sport. While some advocate the idea that, making sport compulsory in all educational establishments could help to reduce the number of unfit and overweight people in the society, others dismiss them as a complete approach towards the problem. Both sides of the argument present rational ideas which will be elaborated.
On the one hand, supporters of compulsory sport assert that the benefits accruing from this approach are by no means negligible. To begin with, since students spend most of their times in school and universities it would be hard for them to allocate extra time for sport at home. That is to say, spending a noticeable amount of their time at school or universities, students’ have lees time which should be distributed between different subjects like practicing lessons, rest, personal works and other activities. Moreover, being among their friends and classmates, students would have more desire for sport compare with the time they are alone. For instance, students can play football, basketball, Vali ball or other group sports which need both equipments and players. This in turn has a far-reaching positive impacts on their health and fitness. Moreover it would not only help students to be in shape, it would also prevent of being ill and decrease the cost of health care for society.
On the other hand, others put forward the argument that sport just help to those people chose voluntary be on good shape. Obligatory physical activities not only doesn’t help people to be in fit, but it would also could make them hate sport. The most compelling reason justifying their assertation is that force would never help mankind to reach their aims. Psychologically speaking, obligatory activities bring negative senses towards sprot. That is to say, choosing voluntary sport, people would make their best to reach their goal which is having in shape body. Forced people on the contrary will not make enough efforts in obligatory sports. A good illustration of this is forcing fat guys to run which is the most hated action among these people. All obligatory activities provide whit is hate and embarrassment.
To conclude, there are logical points on both sides; however I am on the opinion that sport should be compulsory in educational establishments. This is mainly because this approach could tackle the root of increasing number of overweight among people and it could also enhance to be in shape.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
These days the number of overweight people is increasing, so some people believe that mandatory work out programs will solve this problem, while others think compulsory sport will result in embarresment in people who do not like physical activities. I believe in the second insight to this controversial problem, compulsory physical activities for students,only embaresses them and make them to avoid doing sports.
To begin, I think not only in this case, but in every field, compulsory activities make people to be averse doing it, and working out is not an exception. I think it is totally reasonable and inevetible, because only people are justified to descide for their lives. For example about a century ago wearing hijab had been forbiden in my countary. At that time this decision leaded to disobedience to the law, years later not wearing hijab was banned and again, it resulted in strong aversion and protests.
Moreover, some people may have had malformations from birth and they are forbidden from doing some specific kind of sports. This fact may embaresses them or make them uncomfortable and more important than that, it may also results in serious harm. For instance, one of my friends, has had an inheritable diseas in her back. When were school girls, we were forced to do Crunchs for our sport exam. I recall that she was in so much pain doing this excersice and she did not like to express it as she thought it is something embarressing.
Taking everything into consideration, I would say, sports should not be compulsory, in that case, if people decide for themselve and understand sport is really good for them, they would have this inclination to do even the hardest physical activities and also they know themselve better, thus they would choose the best excercise based on their physic and body and in this way they will not be embarressed or injured.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Because of increasing the rate of obesity in world, some people blieve that it is necessary to make people to do sport in academic centers even when they aren't volunteer. While other group of people say that this forcing activities could have negative impact on students instead of benefits that it expected to have. In next paragraphs I will give my opinion.
In my view, people affected negatively by every compulsory activity. One of the best effective ways to avoid growing rate of obesity is promoting people knowledge about hazardous impact of overweight. If they know what will happen for them in future, if they weren't in a healthy weight, they would do sports by their own decision, and there won't be any need to make them to do sport. Although sport plays a key role in the matter of being fit, people's diet is more important, so it is necessary to guide individuals to have a balance diet either.
Despite the fact that I am disagree whit the compulsory sport educating idea, some educations about physical activities could be beneficial specially in early ages. Pupils in their primary school could be leaded and interested to sport and healthy life by suitable educations, and also it perhaps could be a good way to find the children's talents and their interests.
In conclusion, forcing people to do anything including sport, not only doesn't have any helpful impact, but also it maybe dangerous because it could make people hate any sport for the rest of their life, and maybe the best way to fight with overweight is increasing people's awareness about the side effects of being fat, and give them the knowledge of having a healthy diet benefits. But in some cases, specially for children, the compulsory sport educating could have some merits . For example they could be leaded to healthy attitude or find their talents.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
From where I stand, forcing people, make them hate the activity, whether it is for their best or not, you will get quiet opposite result. So although I agree that the number of obese people have been these days, I am not supporting compulsory physical education.
To defend my opinion, I should say people are free to do whatever they want to their own bodies. So it should be their choice whether they want to do exercise or not. Therefore, if government made them to work out, they will definitely get away these people freedom from them. Maybe they are happy with this body or even want this body. So forcing is not a perfect plan.
on the other hand, if government educate people about the benefits of the axercis and the negative points of overweight and its harms to body in all educational establishments, instead of just pushing them doing it, I am sure that it remains a huge change in their lives and they will go to the gym and do sports voluntarily. Also, I believe that forcing and compulsory plans are only the easy way and non-efficient ones. If government just operate some encoraging plans such as rewarding prises for losing weight, each month, or even free sports classes or indirect effects on people's mind by frequent advertisements, they definitely will face a better result than the scheduled education which is without any mind's background.
To conclude, in general, I think forcing for any kind of plan, would be a disaster and not only you will never get your optimal result, but also it will make it worse.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people believe that doing exercises should be mandatory at school, but others think that sports should be optional. In my opinion, despite that exciting children to have some daily exercises might be benefical, sports should not be compulsory.
Making children do some exercises as a routine would be very beneficial. Benefits of sports are not restricted to physical improvement. Daily exercises would be great for their mental health. Devoting some time of daily school’s timetable to sport may be a very good idea. First, children can have a lot of fun during the activity. Secondly, It is also a smart way of making them interact with the peers which will help them improve social skills. Finally, they will lose weight and be more fit and healthy.
However, compulsory excersises might lead to negative impacts on either physical or mental health of children. Generally speaking, obesity is not good for one’s health. But this doesn’t mean that being obssesed with fitness can’t be harmful. Seeking too much attention on overweight student may affect their confidence. On the other hand, not all children are good in the same sports. For instance, someone can be a talented dancer while being awful in running. So if we force this person to run, this would have a bad impact on him and he might lose motivation.
In conclusion, I believe that It is reasonable to add some routine exercises to education’s schedule. Nevertheless, compulsory sport would affect students in a negative way.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There is a believe that the consequence of the increasing the rate of obesity compulsory exercise in curriculums is the best settlement for that, while others believe that voluntary form of sport education is helpful to keep people far from obesity and its side effects. Making people motivate to do exercise is good idea for public health but not in force.
On the one hand, compulsory exercise may have many drawbacks in terms of physical and emotional.
As far as physical consideration some fields are harmful for some people because of their weight and some ill health which are hidden now. In terms of emotional disliking any type of exercise in schools or when students could not deal with their workout may lead to disappointing.
On the other hand, the necessity of exercise due to less active life style of this todays is not hidden to any people. Informing and educating always is the most effective way because people will be ambitious to do workout. So it is better to let people to know the benefits of exercise then provide them some facilities to choose the way they prefer to do activities. Furthered more, exercise is not only way of being fit and right information about diet helps them to be fit and healthy.
In conclusion, students not only do not benefit from compulsory sport but also may it will be harmful specially those who do not used to do it before.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people believe that because of growth of fatness and being over-weight, doing sport must be obligatory for individuals in all educational centers. Others agree the fact that doing physical activities must be chosen voluntarily due to have efficient consequences in students’ health and body shape. Because, if students are enforced to do sport, it will be embarrassing for them.
Recently, Being over weight and unfit are increasing among students dramatically. It will be a serious problem if society do not find a suitable solution. some people suggest that doing compulsorily sport and physical activities manage to solve the problem. For instance, in some schools students have to attend a sport class once in a week and if they do not participate in that class, they will not pass the term. Students do not enjoy doing sport when they are enforced and it would not be helpful in increasing their weight. So imposed activities like this can not be a beneficial solution for this problem.
In the other hand, some people agree that doing sport and physical activities in educational establishments as an answer to the problem of being over-weight, should be freely and not by force. Because, imposing things will not be attractive in every aspect of life. For example, people who attend a gym for doing sport are more good in shape and fit in comparison with individuals who are forced to do physical activities. So, students will not do any sport enthusiastically unless it do have an attractive point for them. Authorities in schools can stimulate students by putting forward some bounce for attending their desirable sport in a gym out of school or in educational environment if it is applicable.
Inconclusion, according to these few examples, doing sport freely by students in schools or other educational centers are more efficient to be well-shaped and fit than imposing them to do physical activities due to loose weight. In my opinion, voluntary attending athletic activities will be more beneficial for students rather than enforcing them to do such activities.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Certain individuals discussed that exercising must become a mandatory in all buildings of education due to the rising figure of obesity among folks. Others believe doing physical training must be a free choice because pushing pupil to have workout resulting hate that major. Personally, I agree to make doing sport a compulsory in different grades.
On the one hand, many commentators argue the view that based on the increasing amount of outsized people working out have better got compulsory in various school grades. From their point of you, being fat results in lack of confidence, which brings suicide and other psychological disorders. It is also maintained that due to advertisement for being fit on social medias, students who are suffering from obesity would get more bully than who have athletic body. For instants, results have shown schools with fit students are facing fewer bullies than schools include chubby students.
On the other hand, there are those who subscribe to the view that mandatory exercising on a volunteer basis would help individuals to get in shape. They argue that pupils would get a chance to live in a free world. This would be a practice for making choices. However, completely I disagree with this attitude because school authorities are always making plans to indirectly train students to select. It is a basic part of their rule.
In my personal opinion, although there are people who say it's better to have freedom in doing sports, others believe due to the number of unfit pupil, it's better to make a sports courses forced for all educational establishment. Because of obesity brings psychological disorder in students. In addition, students get less bully them they are fit.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
These days obesity is a big dilemmas that community is suffering from, and perhaps it needs to find a way to solve this problem such as regular sport activity. But who does not know that an activity needs motivation, which without that, it would be annoying. Motivations which act better than legislation and encourage people in a way that they find physical activity as an inseparable part of their life rather a boring duty.
When we deep in life of people who are successful in a field we find a big difference with ordinary people, and it is not nothing except the wish for being better than others. It looks that they bear any hard situation to be outstanding. And it not be achieved by compulsory ways but motivated mind.I remember the boring sport class that I was made to participate every weekend because of parents ask, and it does not have good result for me since I was not reluctant. But when I got a young boy I saw the girls tendency to handsome ,It changed my mind totally and after then the sport was not boring for me. I find it as a way for attracting of girls. My sport activity level changed and now I was doing the sport simultaneously. It is the way that we act. We make an undesirable activity to a joyful, only by changing our motivations.
Compulsion always is a way of ruining the things that people enjoy since it has a mental effect on their mind. They do not enjoy someone make them to do the activity albeit they like it. In a compulsory sport activity people get forced to do activity in a way that do not appeals to them. For example, in a university, student do sport under supervision of professor, and his opinion is dictated on them no matter how much they are professional. Some of them that are brilliant in their field, may find the professor annoying since they were doing this activity in other way. Always the freedom in activations brings a better result and make a better atmosphere.
To conclude, it is not the deniable that people always sport in way that find in joyful and health provoking rather than a boredom that they have to do as a part of their responsibility . When they do it by force they only try to look it as a job that its results do not matter.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Todays because of sedentary life style the number of overweight people increase hugely that is the reason of the most important disease like heart attack, high blood pressure and etc. So people need to excercise to be fit and healthy and it can come from education. But some people believe that education force them to do sports and may someone does not like to do that, while it is necessary for everyone to excercise, so this essay will indicate how education influence on people's health.
Furthermore by some idea this believe is available that people should be forced to do some sports from primary school because they should habit to perform that, so if it be their field of lesson and do that frequently it will be placed on their unconscious mind and they will continue until their adult age.For instance if school schedule football, volleyball, ping pong and etc. in students weekly plan they will find out their passion and continue it. So they will have physical and mental health with no over fat.
In addition when people have to do something they are forced so in my opinion since the excercise is so important. Governments can infliction people with a tricky way. For example the people can be encouraged by states with some prize.If they hold a public sports like jogging for a specified distance then they can hold a lottery and give the prize to people.
On the other hand, we should acknowledge that if forced students to do that they might not like it and they could be angry and anxious so it is better to convince them that it will be the best way for them to maintenance their healthy.
In conclusion, I hold the view that people particularly students should be forced to do excercise until keep their physical and mental health and do not be too fat that is the reason of many illnesses.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Compulsory events is to human what heat is to diamonds. There might be some individuals who think sport should obligate in schools while another people think it does not work. I partially agree that people can be more practical under pressure. What stands out is that obesity should be dealt before growing more in the number not only for people’s health but also for their beauty and shape.
Including sports events in schools’ and other educational schedules as an option is good enough for governments to dedicate their responsibilities but it is not enough to tackle the problem. Someone believes that embarrassing force of people might leads to turning away students specially for dose who do not into physical activities. Meanwhile there are some dependent students needing observation on their tasks, they always seek for what are their tasks and they do not usually opt for extra activities.
On the other side, there are many people who believe in the power of force. Thus they choose sports as musts in educational programs. If students have to be active, they become healthy and be in a good shape. That can be their motivation to do more sports. Encouraging people by making them feel the result can be the best way for facing challenges. Although at times for some people this obligation may seem like a terrible situation, it usually works for ambitious, disciplined and hard working individuals.
On balance, ethically problematic as forcing sports might be, it is indeed beneficial in terms of population’s health. If compulsory exercise is like an energy to become a diamond, so the merits outweigh the demerits.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Currently, some group of people claim that sport should be obligatory in the school curriculum due to increasing rate of obesity. On the other hand, others believe that people should make their own decision. I personally believe that government can have a significant role in encouraging students to do exercises and do it without compulsion. In this essay I will discuss both views and share my idea.
If we consider large number of students that have normal wellbeing and standard weigh, we can see that they would get better results and scores at the school due to having better appearance more classmates would communicate with them and moreover they can establish more friendship with others so they have motivation to study. As far as I see, more unfit students are involving with problematic situations such as lack of self-confidence, self-insurance, lack of friends, depression and so on. Sometimes they can not perform or lecture in front of others since people used to humiliate them. So I can say that doing sports to keep fit is a essential thing for people.
As I mentioned earlier, doing exercises have so many benefits so I guess it is better to start educating people from earlier ages, because youngsters imitate faster and can make a habit easier than the elderly. Base on my personal experience, I observed that we can easily persuade children in a fruitful process by just encourage them and may be sometimes give them some prizes.
To put it in a nutshell, we can say beyond a shadow of a doubt that make sport obligatory in the schools could be extremely productive and I believe that it is better to start this process from childhood.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Many argue that because of the rising number of individuals involving with obesity sports should be considered as a compulsion in the educational systems, however, others have an unlike belief asserting rigid rules in this field completely make people hated physical practices. I am in agreement with both mentioned statements up to a point due to some reasons.
On the one hand, human instinctively tends to work according to a certain determined rules or plans. Furthermore, If a sport course there would be permanently in school schedules from the elementary grades can lead to be an indispensable part of daily tasks so that individuals will not be able to give it up even during adulthood. Thus, in many cases a compulsive time table including constant sports courses especially when people obviously see its beneficial advantages also enable them to do more efficiently personal affairs in comparison to the past then after they enthusiastically without any external pressure tend to exercise.
On the other hand, meny children demonstrate a considerable range of persistence and dissatisfying while facing a strict schedule . For instance, when I was a child regardless our ability and based on our curriculum we were forced to exercise early in the morning everyday so that that practice made us completely suffered as well as exhausted to learn other lessons. Unfortunately, because of that awful experience I have not been able to opt for a specific sports field so far.
To conclude, I believe that the existence of a timetable involving rejuvenating fitness programs in educational organisations can be quite adventurous provided that these curriculum would not be inflexible and harmful for children.
Academic Module
Nashmil Bahrami
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
No one can deny that a healthy life is vital. A healthy society causes a better life for all people Because of financial and psychological reasons. However, the important issue is how to reach to such society. This essay intends to talk about the alternative solutions to compulsory doing sports. The author critically disagree with making our children do sports in their schools.
First of all, we have some other solutions to create a healthy society. For example, go on diet is really better for some people. Since some individuals do not eat healthy foods, diet is a better way for them and it can help them more. When I was child, I lost a lot of weight by diet.
Secondly, doing physical activities needs motivation. If you do not motivate children to do sport, they will definitely be annoyed by doing exercises. I can remember my friends at school. They needed to be motivated by the teacher, otherwise they did not do their sport tasks well. Consequently, mandatory exercises will not help when students do not have motivation.
Finally, another issue which is really important is the lifestyle and the interests of pupils. We cannot make our children do a sport which they do not like it or even hate it. For instance, when I was child, despite the fact that doing sport was compulsory in our school, I avoided it. Because we had to play soccer which I hate it. I always made excuses to not to play soccer. Also, people lifestyle plays a very important role in the impact of the sports on their fitness. We have to pay attention to the amount of the calories that an individual gains and spends daily. According to these amount of calories, we need to do special sports.
In conclusion, doing compulsory sports really annoys children and if the selected sport is not appropriate for individuals, that will not help them a lot.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is believed that owing to increasing the rate of obesity,educational institutions should regulate a rule for doing sport mandatorily.How ever,some others argue that by no means can encourage students to keep fit except with doing sport arbitrary,for making mandatorily decision would have negative impacts,which I am in a complete agreement with.
Although being overweight has adverse impacts on physical health for human beings during a long term,numerous people do not pay attention to this subject,particularly younger generations and it is because of their tendency for junk food and doing less activities that the number of obese students has been growwing during the last decades.Thus,it is thought that restrict a strict rule for doing sport in educational places would be the best solution in this case,for students have to be present at least five days during a week in these places,hence doing sport compulsorily.Also,during the long time,it could change their mind to choose a healthy life style ,loosing their weight.
On the other hand,I entirely agree that making mandatory decision has negative consequence in many occasions,which scientists report a significant number of articles about.It is undeniable that in no circumstances can people persuade a person to change their unhealthy lifestyle unless with giving the information about negative effects and encourage them to make the best decision arbitrary.Hence,some individuals believe that if overweight students be under pressure of doing sports,they would be reluctant to do such activities due to their negative perspective.Other than that,they would conteract with mental diseases,like depression,because of doing undesired activity.
In conclusion,albeit it is a beliefe that doing sports mandatorily should be the best solution for overweight students,it could be quite harmful from others perspective,myself included,because this not only can make them unmotivated,but also cause some mental problems over a period.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
These days, people do not have enough exercises, so the number of people who are dealing with overweight is raising. Because of that, it is often argued that sport should be on compulsory curriculum in different sort of educational institute. Whilst other believe that students should do sport by their own voluntary decision. In my opinion, training sports as a compulsory course cannot motivated student to do physical activities.
Doing sports by force cannot be useful for someone who do not like it. It just make them tired and disappointed. They must try hard because of getting acceptable grade while they are not interested at all. So, there is no pleasure and happiness, although one of the effects of doing sports should be making people happier and refreshed. Generally, it can be harmful for their mental health by passing the time.
Moreover, some student cannot do the sports perfect and they compare themselves with someone who are keen on the sport. These kind of comparison lessen their confidence and self-esteem. They believe that they are not good enough. These various thoughts and pressures may influence other parts of their life. Such as, work, study and social life.
In conclusion, I think sport might not be helpful when people are not willing to do that. Because, make it compulsory just increase the mental pressures on them and have bad effects on their personality. For instance reduce their confident and happiness.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is considered by some that sport must be forcible in every educational organizations because of ascending number of obesity and fatness, while there are others who that is better sportspersons practice and encourage people who want be fit as apposed to use force and make students reluctant about sport and exercise. In my opinion, I believe that establishments should work on people mindset and accustom them with body operations.
On one hand, put compulsion in sports can make a negligible result in short period, but will decrease the amount of unfit people in a log time in society. On the other words, by doing daily exercise, body secrets useful hormones which help body metabolism rises and then engorges body to work better. If students practice everyday , even with force, obesity will be less.
On the other hand, having power of choice makes joy and fun in practice times and will have better results. Body will work more coordination with other organs and metabolism will increase heart activity, if people choose their sports and enjoy in exercise; In this case, not only do students love sports, but also make them more motivated and attract them to be active in their lives.
Finally, in my opinion, besides encouraging people about sports, it is necessary to aware them about health risks. In this case, students who are interested about sport will be more excited to do exercise and people who never didn’t practice, search for healthy lifestyle and modify their nourishment. Eventually, everybody accustoms with body operations and use this knowledge in exercises.
In conclusion, it is really important to create eagerness in people for doing daily sport exercise and rise their knowledge about healthy lifestyles to have a efficient practice and see great results.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Mahdie Rezaei academic task two
Some people are on this belief, it is better that people force to do sport because of rising up obesity and overweighting. Others disaffirm in this statement and trust that it is better doing sports become optional because forcing people to exercise and also reminding of this problem that they are overweight, it effects on their spirit and at the result, they will be shamed for this problem. My view is completely matched with arbitrary of doing sport.
First, if people have to exercise, they won’t have motivation for doing that. This problem causes that people release during in middle of sport process. It is imagined why they shouldn’t have liked themselves with this body or even might compare themselves with others in eating, shape and so on. As a result, always one regret will be accompanied by them and won’t enjoy in their life. Most of them face with over upset and might suicide.
On the other side, most of them don’t have this ability to decrease weighting. Actually, we should look overweighting as a disease. For people who involve in obesity, it is difficult to go down their weight by sport. Indeed, overweighting of them is not related to eating or unmovement. If I want to tell more, it is a genetic disease. They suffer from this sickness. For example, there is an organization in world which has established for this group of people and support from them, not only financially, but also changing in their mindset.
Overall, although sport is the best way for decrease of weighting and fitting, we should pay attention that we couldn’t prescribe for all.
Mahdie Rezaei academic task two
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Sir or Madam.
I am writing in connection with the recent issue that has happed in the Olive street in Jackson neighborhood. There is a constructing site in the middle of the street that are digging the ground, during their work they broke the underground water pipeline. This incident is undergoing for several days, when we call to the support department their responses are not transparent.
Because of this unfortunate incident, the water is streaming everywhere, that has damaged our gardens as well as has penetrated to our houses. Consequently, crossing the street somehow is impossible ,in particular, by car. Moreover, bus drivers neglect the bus station that is located in our street. hence we have to walk the whole street to reach the main street to use a public transport. Imaging with the mud that sticks on the bottom of our shoes, we arrive at our workplace or other places, this is embarrassing.
People who live in this street could not undergo this situation anymore. Therefore, please send workforces to fix this problem as soon as possible. Otherwise, we will not permit this construction site continues their work until they fix this problem.
Please contact me through my email.
I look forward to hearing from you
Yours faithfully,
Abbas soltani.
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Sir or Madam
I am writing to you in regard to Esar street that has not been cleaned for a few weeks.
Recently, the number of people who have chose to live around the street considerably increased. Therefore, this place has become more dirty than before and also high renge of constructing building had been effective to creat this size of disposal.
One of the big issue after crowding is that people espacially children and old ones who live here are in danger of asthma becouse of plenty amount of dast in air. In addition, problems would become more when it is rain and every where is getting more dirty.
If you decide to clean the street twice a week, it will become one of the beautiful place of city that deserved to be.
I look fowrward to your action about it and I hope you consider my suggestion.
Yours faithfully,
Mohammad Rouzbahani.
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Topic
The fallowing bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960,1980 and 2000.
Writing
This chart below illustrates different figures of transportation such as, bus, car, bike and foot in a city of Europe in the years of 1960, 1980 and 2000. Units are in percentage of total travelers.
Overall, using vehicles for instance, car and bus was the most in the years of 1980-2000, while people mostly rode bicycle and walked for their commuting in 1960.
In 2000, over 35% of persons used cars that was higher than using buses, walking and biking respectively ( all of them accounted for under 15%). Likewise, with regarding the year of 1960 see that most of individuals walked (just 35%) and about over 25% of people used bikes, whereas using vehicles was the least (was almost under 18%).
Choosing the kinds of transport modes by people was not much difference according to this comparison and using all of them were between 15%_27%.
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Sir or Madam
I am Naghmeh Zahedi and am living in the 29 street, I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with regard to cleanness of the street of the neighborhood.
To begin with, the rubbish is not collected in a timely manner and it causes not only a bad smell in the area but also the insects. More importantly, the sewage system is not work probably. It brings about unhealthy water and spread of contagious disease. As you know, there are 2 schools in this neighborhood. If you do not take the immediate action, it will have serious impacts in people and especially children wellbeing.
To remedy the situation, the adequate bin should be supplied and more dustmans should be hired. In addition, one professional team should inspect and maintain sewage system performance as a regular basis.
Your prompt action in this regards would be highly appreciated
Regards
Zahedi
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
The given column graph illustrate the information of various modes of transport which were used for movement between workplace and house, during a fourty-year period ( from 1960 to 2000).
A cursory glance at the chart is enough to make it clear that the use of car increased dramatically, from approximately 12% in the 1960 to over a quarter in the 1980 and ecalated to 36 percent in the end of periods.
In contrast, despite the foot and bike were first and second popular ways for movement, both of them had downward trend, and fell from 34% and 25% in the 1960 to 17% and 20% in the 1980 and, in the following years, reached to just 9% and 6% by 2000, respectively.
Turning to the other data set, bus, it can be seen that the shares of bus for transporting were difference and flactuated between range of 16% and 26% in the whole of period.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The given bar chart illustrates different ways of transport which were used to travel to and from work in one European city in the three specific years 1960, 1980, and 2000. Overall, foot and bus and car had the highest rate and also had the lowest rate in the mentioned city.
In 1960, approximately 35% of people who lived in a European city transport with their foot. What is more, second way was bike was 10% less than foot. Also, bus approximately half afoot percentage and the car was the last one.
In 1980, all mode of transport was near to them between 25 and 15% . Bus was almost 25%. and car exactly 23%and foot just 10% less than bus.
In 2000, car had reach 35% and was the public mode of transportation. next, bus was 20% less than car. eventually, bike with 5% had experinced the lowest percentage in the bar chart.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart illustrates the different mades of transport which name are bus , car , bike and foot to travel to and from work in a European city in three different years , 1960 , 1980 and 2000 . It is clear that only car had increased in the mentioned years whereas other mades of transport had decreased . We can see in graph in one European in 1960 that the most type of transport were foot by more than a third , about 34 , whilst in the second place were belong to bike by about 25 and bus and car were 17 and 5 , respectively . In 1980 , numbers there were almost the same and there weren't any significant difference among them , and this year bus were the most by about 26 and the least transport mades seen in foot by about 17 . In 2000 , there were many changes than before ago , and in this year the highest used were car , about 35 and car had been used less about fifteen and the least made of transport were foot and bike about less than ten.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The chart illustrates four types of transports that people used to chose for traveling or getting to their work place in three different years by the every two years from 1960 to 2000.
Overall, people preferred to go to travel by personal car in 2000 but as years goes back it is shown that travelers went to work or trip by their foot.
As it is seen, the chart of 2000, has a lot of fluctuations. It increased sharply from a little more that 15 percent to more than 35 percent and it gets to more than it’s doubled figure but after that it plunged to around 5 percent. The chart of 1980 presents a gradual drop of in order of using :Bus, Car, Bike, feet. In 1960 the graph fell down from above 15 percent of using Bus to around 6 percent but it rose respectively to almost 26 percent for gong to tavel or work by bicycle and this rising continued to under 35 percent in walking.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am Shadi Servat, a citizen of the green neighbor, first street. I am writing this letter because of the nearest problem we are faced with, and I should mention that our street goes to dirty situation.
The main problem is that all the rubbish are full and that is why It seems a lot of trash in every were. That has affected the weather and smell very badly. Actually in some cases a lot of mosquitos in this neighborhood.
In my belief, this problem started last week when the refreshmans didn’t came. Since then green street is getting such as desaster. It is harmfull for children that play in street. Unfortunatly they don have any were to go for doing play. Maybe I should mantion that it is onother problem, but it is not a aim of my letter.
My recomandation is, consil plans a sesson and think about what was the problem of street-sweepers that they got stricke. It should be handeled for helth of the our street.
I apreciate if this problem be persued.
Your cincerely
Shadi Servat
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart illustrates the variety mode of transports what were used in 4 case of vehicle in every two years from 1960 to 2000 in a European city due to travel and commutation.
It is clear that the amount of commutation in way of walking and bike had decreased, in contrast the car mode for transporting had rose, while the travelers who were used bus neither fell down, nor enhanced in this city.
Looking at details, in the 1960, the used cycle and walking were 25% and about 35%.
The percentage of people who used of bike was declined significantly in 1980 and 2000 ,it reached to 5%. Travel by foot reduced steeply, it was 35% in 1960 and decreased at 25%.
The cars mode had an sharply climb it was eight fold in 2000,35%. The bus transportation had a fluctuations in the 1960 and 2000 had same percentage about 15%, but in 1980 was 25%
Hasti(ac)
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing this letter to inform you that Namazi stree , which my family and I have been living here for about 15 years till now .
Overall,this street has so many problems and I need your help to solve them easily.
firstly ,I saw some dirty cats every day in the garbage. you know they made some harmful diseases. Secondly, one of the biggest shopping malls in our city try to build a new building in our street so it made many unclean place. Finally , the trees will dry very soon and need to watering them.
As our kids played in this street and spend their some times there one day one of them injured by the materials of shopping mall.also the street is very dirty these days and need to clean.
Now ,I hope to solve these problems so soon with your nice and smart help .
Good luck,
Yours faithfully,
Fatmeh
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart breaks down the various means of commuting used in one European city into four main transport modes which are : bus , car , bike and foot , each examined in three different time periods .
There is a sophisticated arrangement and use of text , chart and color in order to better communicate the purpose and aim . The first thing which catches attention of the reader is the bar chart itself , as the focal element , located at the heart of the plot . The reader can easily extract information about the value (in percent) and time simply by looking at the y-axis plus , knowing which year every color represents , from the chart . The subject of analysis is clearly located at the top in bold , and a map guide , grided on the right side of the plot identifying the year each color represents . All these elements together , result in an enhancement in readability due to the decent setting and composition of the whole plot .
It can be easily interpreted that the bus transport mode popularity has not changed over time , and fluctuated instead , with the average percentage of total travelers somewhere around twenty percent . However , the car transport mode has seen a drastic increase in its popularity in those forty years’ time and being used more by Europeans .
On the other hand , the bike and foot transport mode , have both seen a decrease and a twilight in their value of travelers from 1960 to 2000 , mostly because people tend to use cars instead . However , it can be seen that Europeans preferred to walk more than how much they biked in 2000 as the value for foot transport mode was a bit higher than that of the bike .
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart illustrates data of variaty type of transition through the work or used to travel in a city that situated in Europe in 1960,1980,2000.
The information is divided in four different categories based on the transport mode-bus car,bike,food.Further the bar chart gives percentage for three year periods-1960,1980,2000.
A key feature of this chart illustrates that the lowest percentage of dweller was in a car during 1960,however in 2000 there was a dramatic growth in the amount of traveller.
It is apparent that,the second prominent features of these data is that most of the people transferred to work or another city approximately under 35% in 1960 by foot.on the other hand,in 2000 has significant decrease a number of people who moved by foot slightly under 10%.
In conclusion, although the number of people who use car or public transportation had increased,use bike or pedestrian reduced.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The given bar chart compares the popularity of various transport facilities, that people tend to use to went to work and came back home in three different decades in an European city.
Overall, the car usage increased significantly from 1960 to 2000, and the population life style faced an overt change, which means people went to machine_orinted style, during 30 years.
In 1960, most range of travellers, approximately 40%, tended to walk to the work place and walk back home. However, in 2000, workers mostly preferred to use cars instead of walking or use public transportation like buses, which include 35% of people.
Riding a bike was more common in 1960 rather than 1980 and 2000, which means 25% of workers, while this amount almost discharged whit using a bus to reach the work place in 1980.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
I would like to explain to you that the following chart shows several type of transport for traveling or going to work in cities of Europe. You can see that it shows the comparison between 1960, 1980 and 2000.
The chart shows four type of travelling, such as bus, car, bike and foot. You see that travelling by bike is the least and travelling by car is the most vehicle that used during these years. The most way of travelling In 1960 was go on foot and the least was using car. But about 1980 travelers used bus the most and went on foot the least. At last in 2000 using bike was at least and using car was the most.
If we want to know exactly wat happened in those years, I will tell you. Using bus in 1980 was much popular , and about 25% of people used it, and there was not much difference with other dates. But about using car was a lot of diffrences , and in 1960 about 5% of people used it and 35% in 2000.
Using car was much popular in 1960, and about 25% of travelers used it , but in 2000 was the least, and about 5% of them used it.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
A glance at provided chart reveal some information about diverse terms of transportation in a European city in three years 1960, 1980 and 2000.
It is apparent from data, car were used mostly by people in Europe in the year 2000 while, bike was less poular among them in the same year.
The initial impression is that, a neglib 5 percent of individuals used car for urban tarvels in the first given year whereas, foot was first opportunity for travellers by a mere 35 percent. Bike and bus usage were 25 and 17, respectivly in the same period.
In 1980, bus was common transportation by approxieamatly 25 percent. Bike and bus had experienced same amount by nearly 20%. The proportion of people who walked were fewest by 5% less than bikers.
The number of car taravels were increased expotentially in contrust to other types in 21 century by just over than 35. It is interesting to note that, bicycles was one-eighth of car applications. Bus and foot were the minimum by about one-fourth of all.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Many people and I think some moments in television programs and some games which show violence have a bad effect on society. On the other hand, many people believe violence is just related to people's personalities.
Groups of people do not think the harsh In video games or television is the main result of violence in our society because they know and believe the person who has these bad manners is just about his or her personality and characteristics then it would be provided in his or her behavior. But they are wrong, teenagers and children spend most of their free time playing video games with their console or computer. Also, one of the most popular and famous games in history is Call of duty which is made by the Activation company. This game is about some wars and some fight missions, for example, world war I or II, so this genera has lots of harsh secons and easily can effect on teenagers and it leads to a side effect on children's minds or their future behavior. What is more, when they are playing these games are not relaxed and sometimes, they have very big rage. So in the future rate of violence in society has a dramatic increase.in addition, Adults who watching some Tv shows that reporting or monitoring some harsh time of others' life of society, the viewer can feel the impact of these programs in their mind and behavior.
In conclusion, in my opinion, the time that a person watch or play these type of programs have a direct effect on someones personality and characteristics and illustrates on behavior.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
While some people advocate that broadcasting violent on the media and virtual games had a repercussion for society,others neglect this as a harmful subject assert that it has a positive impact on people's personality. There are rational arguments on both sides of this contentious topic will be discussed in detail, followed by my own take on the matter.
On the one hand there are many compelling reasons why aggressive programs had a dire consequences. To begin with, violent programs received wide currency and can overshadow people's treatment ; these fury scene fuelled public worries about rapidly increasing crime tendency in the nations. Take virtual games as an example includes a lot of offences, aggressive playing breed an underaged person prone to a lot's of criminal situations.that is to say disobey the rules and strict laws without any restrict leads to inducing people to do crime in the real world. Moreover these programs on the media or games put people under pressure also spell trouble for watchers or players.
On the other hand, the opposing viwe assert that the negative effect of violence on the media should be denied. The most ligical reasons for their assertation is that violence are being shown on the media are helpful to overcome their difficulties by watching and playing. For instance a action film cam improve their brave, self confidence. They take in essential ways when they are faced with problems how they never give up, also continue their hardworking. Furthermore, cyber games cam improve decioun making due to in the programs people need to quick decision.
To conclude, there are valid arguments on the both sides of the statements.i, however, belive that broadcasting violence on the media can have a detrimental impact on people life. This not only aren't imperative for society but also are demanding. The more violent spreads among people, the more aggressive behaviour seen among People. Mina parhizkat
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
It is argued that TV programmes and PC games especially violent ones have a negative impact on its audiences' behaviors. While other people share different view and consider these kind of entertainments very neutral in changing individual’s personality. In this essay, I will discuss both sides of arguments and support former view.
On one hand, most young people spend large amount of time on watching violent movies and playing digital games and, by the time it would change their traits. It is because the violent scenes will affect their brain unconsciously and viewers would copy the manners and behaviors of actors in order to experience things that they have already seen online or on TV. To make an illustration, imagine a young boy who is playing Sega every day, his brain is sensitive enough to imitate the action scenes in real world to experience them by himself.
On the other hand, some people believe that other factors such as environment and family contributed to aggressive or harmful behavior of people. This is because parent and sibling manners plays a crucial role to development of personality traits, even though proper nurture methods can help individuals to choose appropriate game and media to play or watch. For instance, if there is a friendly relationship between children and parents, all family members help each other to figure out which kind of movies or games are good enough for them.
In conclusion, while someone thinks that TV and PC games have not affected our society, I opine that these technological devices have worsened our life because they changed us.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
A group of individuals present the view that the violencec on television and in computer games adversely affects on the people, whereas others believe that eliminating from media is not a good idea to preserve society from violence. I strongly agree with the latter opinion.
On the one hand, some people justifiably argue that eliminating violence from public media or video games do not guarantee the society to be free of violence. They add aggrasive behaviors, which sometimes occurs in our house or life area, is one of the most important component of our lives. So, managing this part of our character is more effective than trying to ignore it. Moreover, there are enormous number of people that love this kind of film or playing this games is attractive for them. In addition, huge businesses are producing films or games in this genres so that it would not reasonable to make this companies off and due to unemployment of large number of people who work there.
Oth the other hand, another group of people claim that films and video games violence should be banned. They insist that aggressive trend in people stems from unappropriate television shows and video games. However, I do not find this argument convincing as media means is not the only parameter which influence individuals and there might be a lot of reasons. Also, government have responsible to eduacate people peroperly.
To coclude, in my view, films, series or video games with some aggressive effects doesn’t have to removed. There are several people that are fan of this kind of movies and much money do exist in their production process. Moreover, government could control these movies and put age lable on each game.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
If I want to talk about the effects of some TV programs and video games on society, I would say there are two groups of people. A group of people believes these activities can not have an awful impact on society. On the other side, others think these items have a significant influence on people's manners. On my side, these kinds of hobbies make a great contribution to people's treatment, and as a result of this, we face some abnormal behavior in society.
Several people claim that violence on TV and games not only does not harm them but also they think these hobbies are so entertaining. Also, they think these are can use for filling their leisure time without any significant effect. Especially, these are just entertainment for adults so they pleasured with them instead of having bad behavior in society.
I believe violent harsh TV programs and games can play a key role in people's manner in society. Another group opinion is if these kinds of hobbies indicate violence, they will pose a threat to people's mental health. Meanwhile, it is better that games are played by teenagers and children to contain less violence, due to they are more effective compared to adults. Otherwise, they can commit a crime in society such as arguments, theft, etc.
In conclusion, for the sake of spending loads of time playing harsh games and watching TV, these have a dramatic impact on people and society. I supposed that the more spend time playing or watching, the more influenced people are. Others consider these activities like a hobby and claim they are not effective. so that these have no harmful influence on both. I would recommend playing games and watching TV programs without violence.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
In the modern era, people's lives have become extremely complicated. Some people imagine that showing of violence in the films and computer games has the harmful impacts on people's behaviour. Although, another group of people don't agree with this issue. In my opinion, the promotion of violence can affect on people's lives specially the younger and teenagers.
Over recent years, the crime rate is growing. Maybe, it can be said that the display of violence increases crime among young people. Since, young people don't have enough experience in their life. Thus, they are very emotional. As a result, they would like to do everything like consuming drug, gambling and betting.
On the other hand, the industry of computer games has also grown significantly. Many computer games have violence scenes. These scenes can affect on the mood of children. Therefore, they cannot focus on their homeworks and they will face with many problems at their school such as dropping grades and fighting with their classmates. What is more, many children think that repeating violent scenes don't have any danger for them. So, they would like to do them like jumping from a height or swimming under water without equipment.
In conclusion, the promotion of violence creates many problems for people especially young people. It is recommended that the government and the authorities prevent from showing violence and crime in the films and computer games. Also, they can show theses films only for people over 29 years old.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
It is a commonly held view that,by grown the technology most of the people adapt their selves by this innovation children in particular, moreover they convinced that television and computer game and these kind of gadgets that related to technology can harmful and has negative influence on society .On thr other hands,these
theories is rejected by people due to they believe that these factors havenot any negative effect on people's behaviour.In this essay, I am going to elaborate on the topic and show my disapproval.
From where I stand , the demerits of the computer games and television overshadow the merits.
Despite the technology is beneficial,the minority of people overuse of this development. in addition,it can hurts their bodies also they will be faced some prominent problems in their health.
Furthermore,people who watch television or play online games lose track of time and they cannot socialise with others and find new friends, so they canot keep contract with people.It is apperent that,they will have problems in their relationship consequently, it has significant consequence in their future.
A recent conducted research shows that,people who spend times in watching television or playing games are not able to spend their time outside,and do some physical activities in leisure time. so they they prefer to stay at home and watch movies on televisions moreover, it has been pychologically proven that playing games affect our subconscious mind.
There has been a case of 50 people died by playing games named blue whale and squid games. Although these games attract people,their results could be severe.
To conclude,these platforms have momentous impact on people's daily life and most important,societies.That the reason why I strongly believe that in each countries,authorities should set a rule for these kind of games and they have to control this problems.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
It is argued that different violent content on TV and computer games is harmful for the health of society. While some people believe that these things have not any considerable impact on people. In my opinion, these content has noticeable influence on various group of people such as adults, children, elderly people, women and teenagers.
Firstly, using the violent factors in movies, games, and shows contribute to normalize these kind of behavior on the society. People tend to be more aggressive and react harshly in some unpleasant situation. It encourage people to be less patient and become angry sooner. For example, car accident might happen foe anyone but someone who are exposed by the violent content cannot control the condition peacefully. They, unconsciously, make the condition worse and more stressful.
Moreover, distributing the cruelty could be harmful for mental health especially for the sensitive group of people such as children, elderly people, and someone who are dealing with mental problems. It might increase the level of stress and cause depression or mental breakdown on people. As a result, by passing the time the rate of happiness of the society will decrease. For instance, when a kid watch a harsh movie it have effect on the quantity and quality of sleep and cause the sleep deprivation in that child.
In conclusion, from my point of view, violence on the different media actually is normalizing it. Because people will be encouraged to behave in the violent way. Also it has negative impact on the mental health of individuals. So, we cannot deny it and should be aware of the influence of these things.
Bahar Shahmansouri
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
People have different views about influence of violence on people by showing violence on computer games or television.In my opinion, while showing roufness things could be warned people about some occasion that might be happened in real life, we can not deny the negative effects that it has on individuals.
The first reason that I expose to discussion is the damaging effect of violence on teenager.In many of computer games are shown the violence as a usual and normal stuff in society. As the teenagers have not found their personality yet, they could be more sensetive than others and that is the reason why they are more motivated by vindalism. Some of gamers said that many of these games prepear them for dangerous situation in real life but honestly, how does possible to occur these occasion in real life? Probably never for most of us, so I think this alibi is not credible.
My second reason are related to showing roughness view on Tv. These are lots of series and movies which shows the violence as a cool and exciting things and the people who have done it. These characters most of the time have a good reason for commiting crime and violence that it is not acceptable in true life. Forthermore, it makes satisfy individuals that the worse things which have done or used the violence were for the rational reason. As I know, many of unforgivable crimes are committed with the stupid reason that someone explain logical that for her/himself.
In conclusion, I tend to that showing violence could affect damagingly on every kind of ages.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Today, violence on technology such as television and computer games are increasing, while some people claim that violence has damaged the personality of people, others determined the positivity of computer games and television are more than a bad effect on behavior. In my opinion, I completely agree that this kind of technology has an impact on society and could destroy people’s character.
On the one hand, people claim that violence on television and computer games can change people’s minds in a bad way, and I agree with this theme. People learn negative acts from television. as a result, this act influences our society and brings serious communication problems. For example, in our city, a teenager attacked his friend this month, then he said that learned from a computer game that he played recently. however, violence in television and computer games can destroy our society and family.
On the other hand, a few people believe that violence on television and computer game is less and also these technologies bring a positive impact on people’s personalities. People can learn important things from tv programs. For example, the tv show about ‘society’ changed my mind and affects my communication when I was a teenager. Also, learning positively from television and computer game are important.
In conclusion, violence on television and computer game are increasing and affecting people’s behavior. while there are several opinions about it, I personally believe that the violence on this technology has destroyed people’s behavior and even impact families and society.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Violence which displaying in television programmes or in some genre of computer games are increasing significantly day by day and this issue has a remarkable impact on people and their behaviour. Some people believe this violence has not any effect on society but other people express that that has a negative influence on people. I believe that violence in games and TV shows are dangerous to society and we should be aware of it and prevent our lives to be affected by this and its consequences.
Most of film makers and directors believe that if their movies or programs contain severe violence, it will observe more viewers and their product will be more popular, as a result more intensive violence containing films and programmes have been publishing since the statement went viral. It is believed that some of people imitate the sense of movies and if it contained any dangerous act in it, they will do the same act in the real life. for example, after a movie about a person who had a bad behaviour with his family published, the number of family violence which were reported to police office rose dramatically at that time.
On the other hand, we have some video games containing violence in it. Although young children should not be allowed to purchase and play these kind games, this issue would not be happen. It is known that children and younger's brain has not completely developed due to their age. So they can not distinguish between reality and virtual situation which they are playing the game in that world, therefore if the game instruct them to kill or harass somebody, they might try to kill or Harrass someone in real life. For instance, my little nephew was trying to stab me because it was told to him by the video game.
In conclusion, although movies and games with violence are entertaining, we should consider its negative impact on our life especially our children's one.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
It has been stated that, society has been damaged by violent scenes on TV programs and video games, while some people assume that they cannot be effective agents on folk’s temper. I firmly believe that, representing intensity in different kind of media resources has unconscious impression on people’s mind and behavior without doubt.
To commence with, it should be admitted that children are the first group which have been influenced by violence scenes. They do not any explanation about behavior differences, so they imitate whatever they see. For instance, if children are experienced violent on a series, they could understand that it is a normal behavior between people, and they would treat in the same way to their friends. Thus, all behaviors positively or negatively can be a pattern for them to emulate, and some limitation and restriction must be considered by producers and parents.
On the other hand, teenagers who are the biggest fan of video games, are endanger of these games’ contents. This has been proven that, teenagers are so vulnerable and sensitive in puberty period, and hormone changes are at their highest level in this age, so they capable to do everything without any thinking Therefore, violence video games can lead them to behave illogically and cruelly. As a clear example, blue wale was a destructive game whose victims were mostly teenagers.
In conclusion, people are constantly being damaged by inappropriate Tv’s program and modern digital games, which their harmful impacts can be seen in society specially between children and society.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Nowadays, some individuals think that technology and media can lead society into cruelty. On the other hand, this attitude is ignored by some people, they believe that they do not have any negative impacts on manners. In my opinion, electronic devices play the vital role in destroying the society and emphasize people’s mind.
First, I completely know that watching violent movies on TV for many hours can change people’s behaviour, especially has huge effects on the children and teenagers, because they are influence by brutal characters and undrestand it as a normal behavoiur. In addition, they copy their actions, and make them heroes for themselves. For instance, I have a nephew who spends many hours to play violent games on PS4. Therefore, he becomes extremely aggressive and impolite. In fact, not only children, but also adults can be affected by visual media. Crime games are able to make people feel lonely and might cause them to keep away from society, due to the negative experiences that they gained.
However, some nations disagree with this idea. In their opinion, committing suicide or being rude relate to their nature and some mental problems. For example, a kid that has murdered someone, it is not related to social media or technology. In fact, they were not supported by their families or the government. Although, most terrorist groups and organization have been created in American countries. Moreover, most crime games and series are made by Americans. These statistics indicate that public’s intentions depend on their media. Furthermore, there should be a restriction on teenagers.
To conclude, media platforms and electronic devices have an enormous influence on people’s behaviour and are able to shape their personality and mind.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
An often debated topic is the different types of the TV shows and their content. Some say that, the aggressive program which showed on TV or computer games have numerous adverse effect on the people. Others opposed to it. However, I believe that violence program brings about serious problems in the society.
To begin with, in today's world, we cannot find anyone who does not see the TV or play with computer games so these types of media are considered sensitive for society which means that, some acceptable authorities should be excited to check their content to not be violence. A good example for this fact was a research done with American psychologist on children who was between 10 to 14 years old that played with aggressive video games. The research showed that they were more attended to contribute in national wars to experience the reality of games that they played before, so it is understandable why some concern about these programs on media.
However, opponents of this view argue that people should be free to watch everything that they want. Firstly, they believe that this effects are contemporary and do not have a critical consequence for society. Secondly, they suppose that these types of programs only have harmful effects on children, not adults. Thus, family specially parents have some responsibility to do not let their child to watch them. Which is in fact a reasonable solution for this issue.
In conclusion, I believe that, we should respect to some people's interests and their opinions around their freedom of choosing everything but the government should review and check the program's content that showed on TV or other platforms and people also should try to decrease the amount of violence in society by themselves.
Shakiba jahangiri
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
While it is believed by some that the violent scenes on computer games and TV have a damaging influence on society, others argue that they have not any serious impact on people’s attitudes and behavior. I am, however, in complete disagree with the latter on the basis of suffering from mental issues and increasing the rate of crime.
To begin with, these scenes can be roots of suffering from mental issues such as anxiety and losing temper. It is a well-known fact that our minds will be affected by whatever things that we see. These scenes can increase people’s heartbeat rate which directly impacts their minds and tolerance. Take professional wrestling as the most patently obvious example; when people, especially children, watch it lose their relaxation and cannot manage their anger.
Furthermore, after watching these shows, the rate of crime may be grown. The vast majority of violent scenes happen during the perpetration of a crime. Children are the main viewer of these movies and games since they are not mature enough, and may copy these actions and try to do because they think those are normal acts. In 2017, based on BBC report the number of pupils who use murder weapons at school significantly increased due to watching Godless. Some may argue that they are other serious issues that threaten society. However, society should be kept away from every potential danger.
To conclude, although some deny the damaging influence of watching violence, I believe that it can seriously threaten our societies and lead to forming some mental problems, and increasing the rate of crimes.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Some people are of the opinion that violent games and movies have a devastating effect on the community. While others believe that these kinds of programs do not affect people’s lives. I strongly believe that violence really influences people's minds, especially the youngest.
Firstly, in today’s technology-focused world people tend to spend their free time on television, the Internet, and computer games, especially young people. As they have more free time, they show a big preference to spend their time on TV and games. It has many damaging effects on their behavior. The more they watch violent programs, the more they tend to be aggressive. In other words, it has a long-lasting effect on their personality.
Secondly, these kinds of pastimes, prevent positive activities such as outdoor activities, young people find it comfortable to stay at home and watch TV or play online games. Besides, violent games provide a pleasant experience for teenagers so, in the long run, they prefer to be alone and do not enjoy spending time with their relatives and friends and therefore, it adversely affects their communication skills. It is advisable to encourage people including teenagers to do outdoor recreation such as walking or running or maybe family get together because it has much more positive effects on their lives.
In conclusion, although some people think that violent programs on TV and video games do not affect people’s mind, I am of the opinion that, it influences people’s preference and personality specifically younger people in a negative way and it is better to encourage them to do some outdoor activities because of its positive aspects.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
It has been around some decades since television and computer games have first introduced into our households.It has started to change many aspects of our lives and people today still have mixed views on whether they have a positive or a negative effect.But in my opinion the costs will outweigh the benefits.This essay will illustrates how they impact on society.
Recently video games improve in numbers and quality because of technology progress and some of them are related to war and crime that is so attractive for teenagers and adults and also because they are accessible,these range of people encourage to buy and play that can have influence on their unconscious without they understand about that.For example when they play God of War that is full of murder and blood and you must kill anyone in this game whether you want or not it will have impact on your mind,so it is better to play games contributed to strengthen your brain like chess.
Furthermore,television programs that need to attract more audience to secure their financial survival need to make shows that are full of crime and love which do not need knowledge to understand and majority of people are fancy if that.For instance the shows like WWE that is related to fighting encourage kids to do that at home and how hazardous is for their physical health.On the other hand we should acknowledge that television have some positive effect like can be useful for who live in overseas for studying to watch programs about their own culture.
In conclusion,I hold the view that the television programs and video games which are full of crime is dangerous and effect on people's mind so it is better to push these factors towards positively influence like games that make brain stronger and TV programs teaching about science and how to live better like some documentary programs.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
A group of people claim that computer games and movies have a great deal distructive effect on social violence. While others argue that these variables could not be substantial responsible for badly mannered people. I completely agree with the first poit of view and in this essay I will explain my own rasional reasons to make my opinion concrete.
Advance of technology, has been aimed for closing virtual space to reality more and more and it would be a primary sussessful key role until now. Arbitrary, by playing electronic games, one suppose himself within the unreal situation, therefore, it might be somewhat hard to distinc futrther real occurence with what he wached and experienced in those games or movies. Althogh it might bring a variety advantages for the users, unfortunately the majority popular media products (films or games) are those which include extraordinary and wierd action, so after spending some time on them, it could be appeared some violence or unacceptable behaviours on the people.
Since technology of virtual reality has been proved as a treatment for some kind of phobias and pcychological disorder, it means that it has proved that media has a spectacular power to change human behaviours. At the same time, in terms of an act of violence simultaneusly it cause many social dilemma.
To conclude, Since media has been introduced to human being, lots of people tend to involve with that thoroughly. Many harmful effects on the social communication. On the other word, who watch a movie or play a game is eager to imagine its story could be a part of life, because of that people feel pleasent or awkward speding time with media players.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Topic
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people’s behavior . What is your opinion?
Writing
Said by some people that watching belligerent programs in the media such as, TV or playing such asperity games has a detrimental impact on the society, as opposed to other person think that these things have no considerable effect on individuals manner. In my opinion, if television programs and also computer games be selected according to people’s age and the hours allocated to watch TV or play game be controlled maybe there is no need to worry about these issues.
There are some reasons that some people think may cause an increase in violence rate on society, for example, when children watch horror movies or play war games on their PC, whereas they aren’t well-suite for their ages at all.
On the other hand, other person believe that the proliferation of violence in society have other important reason.
I am the opinion of that not only there is not just negative aspects for television programs or computer games but also there is programs with positive content for watching, for instance, some educational channels, beautiful movies or interesting cartoons and many games for cultivating thought namely, a chess and backgammon. I think these things can be suited for a part of time that individuals allocate to their free time and also can be a kind of pleasant and healthy activity for their spare time.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Nowadays there are various programs on television and computer games that have many advantages as well as disadvantages. One of the things that is important and affects our behavior is the violence in these programs. In many families, parents do not have control on children's computer games and they play each games even war games. I assume, it has a more negative effect especially for children as well as teenagers.
On the one hand, a flock of people believe that when people watch violent programs on TV or play computer games that including violent scenes, after a while it changes their behavior in society. A lot of research has been done on this issue and studies show that people who use these programs can not manage their behavior and are more aggressive in their relationships.
On the other hand, a low percentage of people believe that programs do not affect on behavior in their life. This category of people believe that other factors such as training in school and family influence on treatment . According to them, people can use any programs and ignore the disadvantages of them in their life. I do not think this is necessarily true.
To put in a nutshell, violent programs on TV as well as computer games are extremely harmful. In my opinion, under no circumstances should children play or watch these negative programs. In addition, it is vital for people's health that everyone, especially parents, remove these programs from their life and that of their children.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
The effect of violent movies and computer games on people's manner is argued a lot. some people believe that it can not be damaging but the other group disagrees. I personally agree with the first group. in this essay, I will explain the reasons for my views.
some people think these days the level of violence has increased significantly، it is due to the movies or games which contain a violent subjects. but I think a substantial part of violence in our society is because of our real world.
In modern days we encounter a huge amount of problems and stress and one of the easiest ways to reveal this stress is violence.
on the other hand, I strongly believe watching these kinds of movies or playing these games helps people reveal their anger in a safe way. Also, all human beings have an inherent tendency to violence and this genre helps them to satisfy it. So not only doesn't it have negative aspects, but also it's really beneficial for society.
in conclusion, I think, if people are well educated to control their anger, just a movie or game will not have a significant effect on their behaviour, and the impact of this subject in comparison with other things that people face them, it's really tiny.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Some people believe watching or gaming violence content can encourage society to illustrate the same treat ,but on the other hand Some one deny this subject. In my opinion there are something like this issue ,although seems completely true but in fact it's not .I think nothing specially watching and gaming can't modify people's behaviour even sometimes they can will be advantage for us. In next section , I'll try to describe my point of view clearly.
Firstly, we can't tell without doubt about this fact that aggressive person and actually people who likes this kind of games and programs do violence behaviour or this media cause to they show violence performance.
Secondly , I have some information about this topic because my field in university was psychology so l have spent many times relevant with this issue . The results of new researchs have shown that watching anything as love to war can effect on our mind but can't stimulate to do same treat ,even every thing about it, it's totally viseversa ,for instance if I watch a program about killing animals there is so poor probably I will do this brutal act in the future . The name of theory is "effect of audience " .
In conclusion , in point of my view watching and gaming can improve our creativity and cause to experiment some moments that may we never can't feel or know about . This phenomenon can cause our mind feels the occurrence really happened and loses passion to do it in real life and with real person.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
There is a belief that computer games Tv programs with violent context influence the society and interactions between people, while immense damages of them are ignored by others. Human by and large is an influential creature if constantly expose to moral values and immoral one will slightly change.
Todays, various game have been provided for different ages which have violent them. So not only children but also impact their behavior in bad way. For instance, in some games in which hitting people and rubbing their cars will change the attitude of children about social interactions and it possible lead to some grappling in schools. In addition, some adults as well as children going to change. furthermore, series and movies whit murders context, which specially are provided for adults and it is emphasized for +18, can influence individuals approach to the life and value of it, as they may involve whit depression as well as home or social violence.
In my opinion, without doubt any violent facilities have destructive effect on different ages which will be fundamentally for children. however there is an idea these can improve the ability of imagination and they are merely entertaining, I fiercely upheld that forming peculiar idea and eccentric behavior in both, adults and children, are consequences of violent context that people have frequently exposed them.
In conclusion, rough facilities could impact people should not use as permanent pastime because they are exiting or fascinating.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
People have differing views regard to the question of how violence on TV and computer games affect our society.in my view, both serials and games can have effect on our culture and ultimately on our society. Therefore, there is an argent need to be paid attention to their concept.
From a social perspective, there is a strong argument about violent scenes that can have a negative impact on audiences, especially on young people. Since adolescence is immature and unexperienced, they usually undergo a crucial milestone. In addition, violent scenes appeal to young people. Therefore, they are more willing to do like movies stars and these movies and games can lead to criminal violence by joining juvenile delinquency to gang group. Moreover, they also encourage aggressive behavior.
On the other hand, some people claim that violence on television or in computer games is a very commonplace scene such as other types of scenes like science fiction or comedy movies. While, from my point of view, young people are unable to distinguish between right and wrong. Therefore, watching and playing these violent serials and games should be banned for young people who especially do not reach eighteen years.
In conclusion, if young people are avoided watching violent scenes on TV or playing this kind of games, they are more likely to not turn to crime. Therefore, it is more possible that we benefit from safe society.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
The subject of publishing violent behaviors in TV programs or in computer games has been a controversial one throughout any country. Many people believe that thy will cause myriad negative effects while others claim that their influences can be neglected. I agree with the former view and in the following paragraphs, I shall discuss my point of view in detail.
Every society requires to some factors for advancement, which one of essential those is promotion of peaceful mind and healthy society in terms of psychological that by watching violent activities on TV, it would be in danger, particularly among children and youth. Consequently, they will be more nervous, missing their concentration on the productive activities such as education. For example, my nephew, is enthusiast to these type of programs. Although he is ingenious and very clever, because of participation in large number of disputes which is result of watching violent programs, never he can progress in his education way.
Secondly, another noteworthy concern here is the promoting criminal behaviors. If violent activities are routinely broadcasted from the media, it will be altered to usual activities among public people. One of the its consequents will be increasing in the number of criminal people such as theft, killer and etc. Due to that, in developed countries before publishing any program, the suitable range of age has been explained since last decades. However, in other countries specially underdeveloped of them, the authority would not pay attention to that.
Having put forth all of the substantial arguments, it is clear that promotion of violent behaviors not only will be caused to countless psychological damages, but also it is considered as one of the reasons of growth of criminal behaviors particularly between new generation.
Nasrin Roshani(AC)
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Many individuals hold the perspective that only after watching violence program and playing harsh game ,would people’s behavior become worse .other people argue that these type of violence scenes do not play significance role in people’s manner. I will discuss both sides of view in following paragraphs and I suppose to share my view.
On the one hand those bloster the first view believe that normalizing violent among people , could be have an irreparable harms to their mental health.only when people watch violent movies ,would their emotions lost their values. In addition people’s sympathetic would be marginalized because of falling in to violent situations.for instance these days,most people lost their temperature and become aggressive so quickly in compare to the past,because they experience these types of feelings in games .
On the other hand those who argue that harsh movies and games would not propel people toward violent behavior.so common is the effect of violent programs that no one care about it.a vast majority of adolescents are playing the rough game but none of them have bad habits . People know that these scenes are artificial and dummy so, they like these type of movies only for fun and increasing excitement.
In conclusion after discussing both sides of view , I suppose that instead of futile arguments, people should have experienced some thrill so it should not be always gain by their own action , it could be achieved by watching horror and violent movies and games . So substantial is the experiment of these type of feeling that each person should faced to it. but it should be controlled and measured.
Farnoosh tahanpoor
Academic
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Regarding prevalence violent on television and computer games, some people believe that it has detrimental effect on the society, while others repudiate this influence. I firmly believe that watching violence bring negative effects on people’s behavior resulting in more tension and misbehaviours in society.
Firstly, psychological impact of violence approved by means of complicated neurological processes in brain with wide range of researches. While one occupies spare time with watching movies and games replete with violence, some neurons called mirror neuron activate in brain attempting to imitate these actions. So, person unarbitrary express such action in behavior. For example, when the youngsters approach such movies, they demonstrate more inclination towards perilous sports to evacuate their high excitement and handle their mood. Some accomplish this by sports like Bungeejumping or car/motor race in the best aspect while others express more hysteric behavior in communication with others. Such people are more likely to fray in their daily routine and behave hysterically. Even , of course minority, may suffer nightmares experiencing low-quality sleep.
Secondly, Teenager and the youngsters deeply seek for their role model. When their heros comes in dangerous action and violated behaviours, their mind alters completely resulting in to select a lifestyle wrapped in violence and rage. Passing years after years, fixation these thoughts and behaviours make mature people with high level disturbed social interactions. Such communities perpetually involve in misbehavior. This cycle exacerbate about teenagers as their minds attracting excessive excitement more intensely.
In conclusion, violence on television and games have an important part to play in defected social communication. Additionally, these detrimental hobbies bring more fragile into community interactions and make susceptible groups like teenagers imitate violated behaviours and exemplify them in real life.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
The industry of games and movies has developed in last decades, and this development is contained some violence too. So, there are two points of view about effects of these kinds of violence products on society, some people believe that they have harmful effects on public, but others think that has not massive impacts on their attitudes. In my opinion, although maybe there are some effects, it is less than we would worry about that.
There are some reasons, which some member of society assumes these kinds of entertainments can influence people's behavior. In twenty last years, in some countries, crime such as murderer saw a surge growth, because of this issue, some psychologists have had investigation on this subject. They found that some link between cruel behavior of some criminal and horror movies, but the rate of that was quite low. Another reason for that is, the amount of bullying that happened in schools, parent believe that this aggressive behavior back to games that the children play.
On the other hand, another group, which usually either watch movie or play video games would argue about negligible influence on people by doing these activities. Near most of them, play action games that contain fear sections, but they have never faced any problems in society. So, they opine that, games and movies have a short-effect on their life, because they do it as a hobby and know it in a real life everything Is difference. Moreover, acknowledge about rules and laws preserve them to break law.
In conclusion, although there are some negative effects on society's behavior, it is not dangerous for individuals. I recommend that to people who are worry about the effects of watching violence movies or playing games, they experience them and take more information to tackle their attitudes.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
In spite of some dwellers mind cruelty on media or digital games affect the public destructively, others believe they are not important agents on citizens' manners.
In my perspective, it cannot be effective in this case on account of the fact that there are more significant problems to make violence for the society. By way of example, based on some investigators' researches, some wrong conditions in a community cause roughness such as shortage of suitable education. It is an inevitable fact that by a considerable teaching to improve etiquette among people specifically from childhood, avoiding of savagery going to be less. What is more, children are exposed by many harmful events from all over the world which are accessible easily on numerous sites. For instance, every day some news from different parts of the world are shown that can lead people sharply younger generations to violence.
In addition, these programs on television or playing computer games have no harmful effects even make people realistic about existing facts around themselves. In my idea according to scientists theories, censorship in every fields has negative consequences. Therefore, being logical, and showing, as well as offering seemingly bad programs, open minds to this fact.
In conclusion, forasmuch as, always there are some demerits in everything it is impossible to say there is not disadvantages in this things, although on the whole positive aspects outweigh minus points.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
A group of individuals present the view that violence on television and computer games has adverse effect on the society, whereas others believe people cannot easily be influenced by these factors.I strongly agree with the former opinion.
On the one hand, some people justifiably argue that the most target customers of movies and games are people between the ages of 15 and25. Movies and game companies produce violent products in order to increase their audience. Therefore, to gain credibility, they have persuaded celebrities toendorse their products. Yong people are manipulated. moreover, they are oblivious to the consequences of their actions. Thus violence on television and in computer program may cause irreparable damage toThem and their society.
On the other hand, another group of people claim that these factors fail to have negative impacts on Society. they insist that Tv programs and computer games are watched as an entertainment. It is over simplify to think that these programs can encourage aggressive behavior. However, I do not find this argument convincing as people who are expose violent cense from an early age are more likely to break the law and turn to crime. In the UK, violent movie and gam are banned for teens under18.
To conclude, in my view, violence on television and computer games should be banned as a deterrent is one of approach to prevent aggressive behaviors from happening in first place.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Some people would argue that increasing crime in society have been affected from behaviors’ people. They concern about the situations of some TV program and computer games that are on the high range of violence, since the people spend a lot of time with this program, they have been influence of them.
It is my contention that, these days, the influence of programs and games on humans’ behavior is undeniable, for instance, when a cartoon is shown to children, they try to imitate the behavior of the main characters of the cartoon and sometimes they even repeat the special words that they use, so humans are influenced by what they see throughout the day.
On the other hand, there are opposite opinions that believe that society and human behavior are not influenced by the movies and games they watch. They strongly maintain that the violence on tv program is unbelievable for people, or, their view to games are just an entertainment without any affect after playing. In other words, there are quite a few other effective factors affecting human behavior that have a destructive effect on society.
In conclusion, I do accept the affect of this type of program and games in people behavior, so it seems that they plays a more important role on the increase of social misbehavior. This issue is in need to be resolved by the creators of these programs, and, my solution is that they should simply divide the age range of the audience of their programs to solve it.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
There are different opinions about The effect of violence, game, and TV content on people especially children and adolescents in my point of view war movies, and some computer games can increase violence in people, and actually authorities should choose is a significant decision about this situation.
On the one hand, Some part of Society believes that teenagers who have playing violent computer game have more anger issue than the other peers.
Do you ring these days? Because lots of parents have a hectic lifestyle, and most of the families live in an apartment children’s physical activity decreased, and they prefer to fill their pastime with playing with digital devices. Moreover, scientists have been searching about the effect of these kinds of content on society, so their documents represent that that person who have seen and played more violent content, have a lower control on their anger.
On the other hand , many people who are sign of these kinds of movie or games, believe that this is the first and the most efficient way to release their attention and stress.
In conclusion , there are two opinion about facing to violent continents, some people believe they are helpful for them, and the others contrary of the first group, believe it’s Rose, Weiland behavior in society, to tell you the truth, I am with second groups
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
People’s opinions widely diverge on the negative consequences of show violence on television and in computer games on the society. Some of them believe it has not any significant influence on people’s behaviour while others believe it has bad effects. In my view, there is a strong correlation between the age of people and the amount of bad influence which are get from violence on TV or in games.
A major drawback of broadcast violence contents on TV is the bad influence of it on the children, the part of the society who do not have any knowledge about how reaction to violence contents. Due to less knowledge of children about media, watch violence on TV may have a more damaging effect on them. Actually, this lack of knowledge because they do not participate in school or their parents do not have enough time to teach them about this. However, other part of society may get fewer bad effects from violence on television, because they learn in school and from their parents about what is the right reaction to violence content. Therefore, the low age of children is a contributing factor in the amount of bad effect of violence on TV.
According to computer games, violence in games has a significant negative effects on gamers who are do not have enough age for play that game. Nowadays, most of the gaming companies make some limitation on their games which is about what generation of society can play their games and for what part of society their games may have a damaging effect, regarding to violence in their game. Due to this restrictions, if people do not pay attention to what game is suitable for them, it definitely have a bad effect on their behaviour. For example, Call of duty is one of the most famous games among teenagers which is has many violence scenes and due to its content, if people who do not have suitable age play this game, naturally some bad change in their behaviour definitely happen. As a result, do not pay attention to age restrictions, which is make from gaming companies, have a significant bad effect on personality.
In conclusion, broadcast violence contents on TV have bad influence on children who do not have enough knowledge about how reaction to them. The amount of bad effect of violence in game on people is depend on their age, if they under age for play that game, it definitely has a damaging effect on them.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
There is an argument between two groups of people, which one of these groups says that the visual cruelty in media or computer games have a hazardous impact on people's reactions, while the second group do not measure these sort of videos, with sharp violence sense, as a effective contributor on individuals behavior.
Personally, I think these kind of things have a significant impact on the way that people act in their society , and I will explain my reasons in the following paragraphs.
Perhaps the most important reason why these type of videos could provoke cruelty among people in a society is that the violence in the media will remain in their unconsciousness mind and they will use it in some occasions with out think about it's outcomes, and they would lose their temper faster.
Maybe another key factor for this issue is Adrenaline. People could addicted to this hormone easily and the movies or games which have violent genera could rise up the level of the Adrenaline. So perhaps people wanted to experience more Adrenaline every day and they could do extremely dangerous things, for example they fight on street for inconsiderable problems .
And ofcours repetition could lead to learn anything specially in young ages, as it proven that the children whom played war or combat type of games repetitively, have rougher sprit rather than their peers that they didn't watch this cruel video games.
As a conclusion, rough movies or games could effect on people's behavior negatively and maybe lead them to dangerous acts like fighting on streets because of unimportant issues and bring a disastrous consequence for their personal life
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
While it is believed by some people that TV violence has negative effects on the society, it would not be acceptable by some other people. I support the idea that violence on TV affects the behavior of the society.
On the one hand, the defenders say watching violence on TV cannot cause problems for the people let alone putting them in any danger. For example, kids now know they put themselves in possible danger if they trust strangers as if they have a very trustful behavior. Furthermore, people are smarter and more literate than past, so they learn how to protect themselves not to act like the actor on TV. Finally, claiming that a lone person in an island is an innocent man is not acceptable. He is innocent when he lives with other people and sensibly says no to immoral things. You are wise if you know something and wisely do not do it.
On the other hand, some people do not agree with the violence on TV and I am a supporter of this view. Firstly, some violent activities on TV or in video games can teach children how to do an illegal activity while it teaches them something wrong which completely different from what we can experience in the real world. They look at a character who throws himself from the roof of a house; the character survives even though he is dead but just with pressing a button the child makes him alive again. The child really thinks he is just like the character. Secondly, Children are creative and curious and want to try anything they see or watch on TV maybe they are angry with their parents and want revenge. Thirdly, having lots of violence on TV makes people more cynical about the society and if a person really wants to help another person they are reluctant in accepting the favor.
Televising violence has supporting and opposing views and I completely in harmony with the opposing view.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
It has been argued that anger on TV or video games has a negative impact on community .others are in contrary with this idea and believe that it doesn’t have any effect on society .I believe that any kinda violence on TV, social media and video games can seriously damage people’s behavior .
Playing too much action or violent video games or watch violent movies may damage people’s behavior significantly . First of all, after watching lot of violence, being angry and demonstrate it in an inappropriate way like shouting at people, hitting them or hurting them becomes so common and normal like it happens in video games. since it has become normal in society people can’t react to anger and violence as they used to do it before . Second, young generation accept that anyone who get into a fight or hit other people harder is stronger so consequently they start to show violence and anger in order to exhibit their strength and power. Lastly, when people start to show anger and violence it may lead to achieve what they’ve been unsatisfied with . As a result they realize that showing violence can be useful for getting through the day .
Watching brutal movies may lead people into showing too much aggravation in their real life and not being aware of what they do . Once I was walking in a street and two drivers started fighting over a parking place . At the end, one of them kill the other one with a knife he was holding it. He was totally unaware of what he was doing while he was considerably ireful.
In conclusion, watching too much harsh movies or playing savage video games may greatly damage people’s lifestyle or even lead into unexpected happenings .
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
These days, watching television and playing online computer games are gaining popularity among many people, especially youngsters. Some people hold the view that violence on these platforms can results in violent conduct in the society, while another group of people believe that these factors cannot affect people`s behavior. In this essay, I am going to discuss both views and give my own opinion.
A growing group of people believe that violence on television and computer games might have intensive side effects on the society. It is their belief that people can be affected by what is shown in these platforms, which can results in changing their personality. Take criminals as an example. They sometimes say that they have learnt how to comic crimes by watching action movies.
On the other hand, many people hold the view that these items cannot influence people`s temper. There is also an argument that these kinds of platforms are just for entertaining people and they are mature enough to avoid doing what is shown on TV or these games. In other words, people all have their personalized characteristics which cannot easily changed, and these programes are just for spending their spare time. A good example would be many sociable and sympethetic gamers who have not been influenced by these violent games.
All things considered, Although some people argue that violent behavior on the media has considerable side effects on the society, others believe that it is an impossible belief. Personally, I think it may not have bad impacts on people`s lives and behavior. I believe that for many, it is a way of spending their leisure time and they are aware of what they watch and do.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
There has been a controversy about the influence of TV programs and computer games with violent content. Some individuals believe that these types of games and programs have detrimental effects on public treatment whereas others claim these effects are minor and negligible. I completely agree with the latter due to some reasons. This essay will examine both views and then provide a logical conclusion.
First of all, although the media can influence our feelings, they cannot make us do criminal activities. In the other words, our condition might affect us, but we are the last ones making decisions, therefore, we should be responsible for it. For instance, there have been many children during history whose childhood has been in a war. However, they had tough times in their past, and some of them become very hospital individuals.
In addition, in spite of ideas that claim that TV programs and video games can lead to violence in society, they actually reduce crimes, because, when the young spend time on television and computer at their homes. They cannot leave the house and commit a crime. For example, there is a ceremony in Iran on the last Wednesday of the year in which people make a fire which sometimes leads to death. Authorities, encourage people to stay at home by playing the best cartoons and movies.
Taking everything into consideration, also this development has some drawbacks to some extent, but I cannot see a proven link between what people watch on the TV or computer and their aggressive behavior.
Some people believe that violence on television and in computer games has a damaging effect on the society. Others deny that these factors have any significant influence on people's behaviour. What is your opinion?
Nowadays, we are involving in using electronical devices a lot, as we have been living in technological decade. It has been argued that, several people think TV programmes and computer games have unforeseen results on the society since they consist of violent parts, whereas others claim these activities do not have any important role on behaviour. Although some groups turn their eyes into this influence, I entirely agree their drawback effects outweigh benefits ones.
To commence with, there is the idea which expresses if people watch violent shows or even play video games, they are doing them just for fun and also spending their time. Clearly, individuals do not absorb them seriously. In this case, after finishing these programmes somewhat, they will back to their routine as usual without any changes on their manners as well as morality
On the other side, I firmly believe that, this violence on these platforms may have negative and adverse effects on us inevitably, as time passes, their results will appear. For instance, as soon as, we arrive in a decision to play video games, they can lead to the increase in tension, stress and of course disorders in terms of concentration. As a result, our mind would be occupied with meaningless actions. Furthermore, watching TV might teach us ways to throw our anger and also annoying thought out by shouting, breaking something or even knocking out somebody. Obviously, our level of bullying peaks up, and occasionally we are not able to keep our patience. Therefore, not only our behaviour, but also character would be changed.
In conclusion, from my perspective, violent shows likewise games can cause numerous results on us, whether mentally or physically.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
The influence of mass media affects many aspects of human life. Admittedly, these effects can be positive or negave. I quiet agree that media effect on community tend to be more detrimental.
To commence with, excessive use of media causes vast amount of implications. All too often the right things backfire. Media productions are intended to improve quality of society but numerous negative effects have been recognised through psychologists. drawbacks include depression and frustration as the foremost. Furthermore, media can leave profound impression on users mental and behavioral health. In addition long-lasting destructive impacts on youths brain which are not retriveable. what is more, addiction to media consumption seems to be something really effective.
To sum up, media productions expose community to excessive level of adverses compare to its preveleges. I can take increasingly growth of crime in some countries as an instanse which rooted in unreasonable use of watching harsh movies via young aged individuals without parental control. I can understand somr profits made by media. Media not only needs the knowledge of coping with addictional situationsbut but also strong nerves can calmly find feasible solution to filling viewers with great delight. Nevertheless, in my point of view these arguments are not powerful enough to refuse countless drawbacks.
In conclusion, massive media exposure is a crucial phenomenon in the new world. Too much media of any kind can damage health of consumers regarding of above-montioned explanations. As it has been illustrated media affects on audiences thought, attitudes and behaviour.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
In our current world, media specially TV, play a major role in most of people’s leisure time and people spend their free time to watch TV shows and listen to their favorite music. So, it means shows and music affect on viewers’ mind and it could have negative or positive effect on societies. In my opinion media has more advantages than disadvantages and in this essay, I shall discuss my reasons.
Based on researches, 60 percent of people watch trend movies and series and talk about it with other people. It helps people to communicate with others and make friends. Furthermore, watching TV series has a considerable impact to improve the language that a person wants to learn. Besides, there are lots of TV shows and music that psychologists suggest to their patients to watch and listen to be relaxed and more hopeful and more energetic.
On the other hand, music and films could have negative impact on societies. Researches demonstrate that movies with violent scenes can make their viewers aggressive. Also, every year thousands of people try to suicide after listening to metal music. In addition, through history, there were some movies that were banned to watch because of the damage that they had on people. Moreover, lots of people are addicted to films and it affect on their real life and it will be a waste of time instead of being just a hobby to fill their free time.
Although there are some disadvantageous in media, it is irreplaceable in people’s life and we cannot ignore its benefits. Also we can avoid these problems using more control on viewers ages and their mental health problems.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Due to the communication age that we live in, today, our life is bounded with the media like television, radio and social media, and it is impossible to avoid these mass media.
People could be affected by media in numerous ways, for example watching TV passively for long hours could lead the young to poor academic performance or damage individual's sleep patterns, but also it could have some pros either, like sharing the events as soon as possible or easily communications.
I am totally agree with that point of view which says the media's cons is much more than it's advantages. I will explain my reasons in the following paragraphs.
As I mentioned before, media could have uncountable disadvantages and effect on people negatively. To be more specific, individuals would be gullible easily, if they do not have enough knowledge. Another example of why media could be harmful is that no one could be ensure that the news that are spread on media, specially social media, are true or not; so there is a suitable forum to misguide people and shape their opinion in a negative way. And also, watching to much Tv could make children loss their social abilities.
Although the media have various disadvantages, it have some benefits which are as follows:
We can be aware about events that happened around the world by the extensive news coverages.
Media paly a key role in education, you can learn about almost everything in media like You tube.
Specially social media, make the world smaller, and people could to each other easily even when they are so far away from their friends.
So as a conclusion, in general, media have more demerits than merits and it could impact on society in a negative way, for example, it could ruined people's sleep patterns or mislead them by sharing the wrong news, non the less, it could have some benefits, like easy communication with our friends or learning uncountable things in media.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
We are at the mercy of technology in modern life. We are exposure by media in some ways such as TV and radio. I believe that the benefits of this kind of technology are more than drawbacks and this essay will discuss about it and the influences of media.
What is significant about this phenomenon is promoting every kind of fashion as their authority keen on. For instance, advertisements are the important part of media which we are dealing with. There are many tricks to sell their products. As a result, we choose the goods which we watched in TV and it contributes we have to choose the fashion that we don’t have basic information about. Moreover, media can effect our young generation. One of the huge advocates of social media are students and they can follow people who are their role model. Although it’s a lead to know more about their hero, they might fall behind the study and failure exams due to checking frequently their cellphone. Consequently, they must take part to classes which are repeated for them and their time will be waste.
However, There are plenty of advantages for using media in the right way, the disadvantages outweigh. Yeah users of this kind of technology are served every day and they are not taught to how use media in a particular way. As a result, do use media to match and after a long period they will suffer from physical and mental disease. Besides, TV and radio are Invented for leisure times. but, folk around the globe watch or listen more than usual and it causes to do not do their obligation in the home or at the work in the right time.
To sum up, media are a technology which we cannot avoid and it is essential for our leisure times. I believe its drawback like advertising widespread fashion and bolding role model can have significant function on societies. So, Countries’ authorities should pay attention to the media rules.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Nowadays there are many various mass media all over the world that share a number of information with people. These data are different such as news, music, movies, etc., Some people believe the demerits of these media are more than the merits. I do not think this is necessarily true.
On the one hand, using the media develop and these days a flock of people are force to use these mass media including television and radio. I am convinced, the first and perhaps the vast majority of effect about media is increasing awareness among people especially young people. In addition, sometimes family member gathering together for watching movie on the tv as well as I assume, this issue is beneficial for them because they can improve their relations.
On the other hand, sometimes in some mass media such as tv we watch movies that contain a lot of violenc. These films are grossly inadequate for children and teenager. I think, parents’ role is vital in family and they must control their children. What is more, some news that hear in radio are not true and this issue causes problems for people. For example, the news about traffic jam are not always certainly correct and when people listen this news they decide to change direction and after a while they realize that they have made a wrong decision.
To put in a nutshell, in my opinion, that the benefits of mass media outweigh the drawbacks, provided that we learn how to use the media to raise our awareness in life.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Various sorts of media has been increased their place at our thorough life for example using some electronic devices such television or radio for satisfy our eyes and ears. This change cause raising human awareness about lots of events, which I agree with advantegeus effect of this recent changes.
When a number of people are involved with media in any types, highest amount of income data consequently, comes to the population mind. Increasing input data result in running extensively brain function to distinguish which one could be reasonable to accept or which may help to boost their current level. Listening to news as an example, everydays followed in either televison or radio, so if people having proper analysis of what they receive they can make a strict future plan for themselves accordingly.
Something must be taken into account for for nowadays life is that immersion on the media have many more positive points in terms of impress tradision perspectives to not only restrict on the old-fasion and repeatable methods. Due to explicating the vast number of story from differnt people in each side of the globes, they may begin imply which their notion about some abnormal behaviours, seems not reasonable.
To conclude, coming across with all kinds of media surround us is going to assume that ease our making decision quite easier. Moreover, it depend to us, how we use its advantages through our life.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Media has expanded around us, it has various effects on people and the country. I completely disagree with the idea that the divastating impression of media outweigh its advantages.
It is evidently clear that media has a key role to impress on peoples' lifestyle in the society by spreading useful information among individuals, and consequently it is connected to peoples' literacy and their knowledges. This vast platform aid people to be conscious about various issues in the society. For example, in Covid pandemic, social media have played a crucial role to diffuse appropriate information for monitoring this global matter. Not only have people become aware about this ailment by social networking channels but also they have found some methods to hinder this dire problem.
On the other hand, watching television and listening music create a closely communication between people from different cultures with valueable notions. Therefore, it is a fabulous bridge Which is narrowing the gaps between cultures. For instance, some music industries attempt to attract people from all over the world by advertising in social media and television shows. Thus, the tourism industry has impacted by this advertisements, and by the time a significant increase will be seen in turnover capital of the society.
As a conclusion, I totally believe that there are various ways which media can be affect people by,however, I completely aware from efficient effects of media on our lives compare with incompetent influences.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
In our modern busy life nobody can deny the far reaching impact of media on the society. Media can be observed in everywhere, which most of the people use it daily. It is believed that media has various influences on society. In addition, I agree that these impact's disadvantages can can outweigh its advantages.
I believe the main impact of media is on people's behaviour. Nowadays, social media almost determine which clothes should be worn in society and people be awar of fashion and dressing trends by day their social media applications. Furthermore most of the people imitate the behaviour of actress and actors of movies and serial, Which is streaming in Internet or borecasting in television. For instance, The level of violence has increased in society since violence containing movie genre has become popular among the people.
As media has significant effect on people it can be abused by somebody for personal goals. These days governments may use media for theiraims. It could be used for pursuing people to be or agreed with some policy and some laws which not beneficial for most of the people.for example, Russia Has established a TV channel ,showing movies and documentaries about the Russia's successes in battles and wars or developing in industry and technology or other fields. and some of these are not accurate and based on false information. this kind of programs has been being produced to lead people's mind into way that their governments desiring.
In conclusion, Although media has some positive impacts on society, People should be aware of its threats and consider that media's influence has become widespread in many fields.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
It is an undeniable fact that nowadays our society has been influenced by media in many ways. it has influenced our lives in many ways ranging from our thoughts and actions to the way we are living. although it has brought many benefits to our lives the demerits it has bring are by no means not negligible.
To begin beat living in advanced worlds we are using media in our lives more than any other human beings Since the creation of this world. that is to say, in today's world we are using medias such as television, radio and more most importantly the Internet with different goals. Being tired after having a hard day at work, we tend to stay like a catch potato in front of TV. This approach could make us relax and we can get ready for the other days. moreover, we listen 2 news in radio when we are driving car. Needless to say, that the Internet play and a pivotal role in our today's life. All these are the sign of the significant role of media in our advance life and living without media would not be easy for today's mankind. We can learn about other people than other societies all over the world with the help of documents we are watching on TV or listening on radio or the papers we can find on the net.
on the other hand, we cannot turn a blind eye on the disadvantages of the media. The number of disadvantages of the media are noticeable. Firstly, being involved with media, people spend less time together nowadays. Secondly, statistics shows that medias are one of the roots of the rise of the obesity in the rise of the obesity in the society. Finally, governments can control governments our lives through medias. that is to say, governments inject their aims to our lives through media.
To conclude, the disadvantages of the media can outwait the merits. that is mainly because of the negative influences of it on peoples live.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Across the world, almost every equipment and smart devices contain social media applications and thus make life easier. In my opinion, these tools and medias pushing back the standards to a good level . Medias can , on the other hand , hurt society if there is no cultivation about how to use virtual world. This essay will express advantages and disadvantages of technology and media in recent lifestyles and will include relevant examples to support this position.
Medias provided a remote access to almost every information, which the users wishes . You can access unlimited news and information in different topics , any where and in 24 hours in a blink of an eye. Consequently, the general knowledge and useful connections will see a upward trend in society.
The vaster access there will be to social medias , the faster speed will be in daily home-works . A vast remote and connection to medias like television, radio and internet is why traffic decrease in urban areas. The primary reason is online meetings and interviews , which led to members attend at meetings virtually.
Last but not list is the great disadvantage of medias on Psychological Merciful . In recent days , the physical and face to face connections are fewer than ever before that show the weak cultivations in societies to stop the upward of depression populations in communities. For this parents have to monitor the children access and physical activities .
In conclusion, medias makes lifestyles easier but decrease the physical activities, which is really harmful for health and body, but media’s advantages can out weight the disadvantages.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Topic
How does media affect the society?
Media and news reports are actually the link between society and organization or people to people and as message carries can be effective in creating public culture , beliefs and public opinions . Besides, media plays an essential role in various areas of life , so life without media is unimaginable in today's world, because the people of today's society move according to the policy of the media.
Although the media have positive effects on society, they can also have negative effects.
Maybe if people use media such as television and radio instead of virtual programs on the internet , the positive effects will be more than the negative effects, because such media (Tv or radio) are more controllable, I mean that these media focus more on the positive points according to the culture of their particular people, however, if people especially young people use media such as virtual programs and unhealthy internet relationships more , it will really have negative and irreparable effects.
On the other hand, the correct use of this media (internet media), like the people who earn income in this way, or people who teach or are taught, brings very positive results.
One of the most important factors effecting the media on societies is globalization, which has facilitated communication in different societies that every person can easily with using a quality media to make her or his voice heard by the world.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Eversince the advent of radio and TV, they began tooccupy a huge part of our lives. The contents broadcasted through these platforms have a tremendous effect on the way we preceive our sorroundings. Although there are people who argue that these programs are detrimental to our lifestyle, I believe that they are a great tool for education regarding various subjects, and also they be viewed as a burgeoning industry providing job opportunities for many people.
Nowadays, most of the society looks at the world through values delivered to them by media, and the depth to which this medium can affect us is almost frightening. developments in this area has also revolutionised the flow of information, with the news of the furthest parts of the globe being accessible to us within minutes. The widespread usage of media make it an absolute irriversible step in human civilisation's evolution path.
However, like any other subject, specially popular ones among the youth, there is so much debate over media's pros and cons and whether its advantages outweigh its disadvantages. Everybody, including those who oppos media usage, should consider the undeniable benefits of the programs made for TV or radio; things like how the provide access to educational materials for children and through this many students in areas that are struglling financially can try to reach their goals and pursuit higher education. Of course, there can be some downsides to TV or radio programs but I think we should keep an open mind about them an try to find a way to minimise their reprecussions.
In conclusion, media has become an inseparable part of modern life, and will continue to grow in the future; there is no way but forward for it. So we should make effort to understand different aspects to it as it expands as to utilise it in the most profitable way for humanity.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Media has brought a lot of influences on hour lives, because of movies and TV. Nowadays, media is very important. Because it helps human to feel relax. Also we should consider the impact of media on human behaviour,activities and thought in both positive and negative sides.
First of all, Media can inspire new generation to know their dreams and achieve their goals in different fields such as music ,art and cinema. Besides, it can lead to reduce their self-confidence by showing most beauties in the world. Teenagers may get disappointed of life because of showing prettiness and wealth on TV.
I think media can help people to learn new things and enhance their skills. It reminds me a time that i was between jobs, and started learning programming and web designing. It changed my job' future completely. Moreover, media inspires human to think and live more consious and healthier than they used too. For instance, the rate of doing sports and activities are increased recently.
I agree that media can be more harmful than being positive. Media increases the rate of crime and violence among people. It can make people's life easier but it can bring many gap between them too. Media is an important reason that make people get depression or even mental health. Because on media everything and everyone are superordinary.
All in all, media has impact on human life more than it shows. People feel comfortable and relax by media , but disadvanges are more than its advantages.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Assessing aspects of TV and radio program on society is a controversial subject among multimedia experts. I firmly believe that this entertainment has significant impact on all parts of life.
Surely, shaping our behaviors is directly based on surrounding environment. On of the power tools around us that has solid effect on our manner is media. Clearly, the impact of this subject depends on our personality or age. In fact, people by watching TV programs and listening radio podcasts, try to imitate myriad action of actors, therefore they automatically follow them and finally would be copy of them. For example, when I was childhood, a TV program that was “Socers” which originally produced in Japan, encourage all of co-players to imitate the episodes precisely and repeated all of them in alley carefully. Consequently, this TV program had a positive effect on our lives that stopped many of us for smoking and other social harassment. But on the other side it may be have a lot of negative sides on humans reactions. Physiologists believe that our personality gradually will grow from childhood to old age. But the prominent stage is childhood which will structure by environment.
The main disadvantage of TV and Radio goes back of paying attention to financial aspect instead of humanity side. Either expensive TV or Radio program attracts additional fans nor allocating huge amount of advertisements. Unfortunately, nowadays, the big company of film or serial producer like Hollywood or Bollywood considers their energy on more and more selling. For example, some violence films that exactly advertise the USA weapons encourage children to use most of them. Therefore, nowadays number of students and teachers killed by students more than other countries. Obviously, the governments have to obtain an effective approach for producer and viewer to mitigate unwanted result of watching or listening. Luckily, companies have new categories for their films to announce people that it is harmful for which age.
Overall, based on my opinion media is a vital for any society to guide people. So this guidance based on program. If it is useful so the result would pleasure and vice versa.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Nowadays, media is everywhere with different platforms, like TV, Radio and the Internet, which cause both positive and negative consequences on people. Some people believe that its drawbacks are more than its benefits, which I agree with, but before talking about impacts, we should find out how does it influences the society?
Media change people’s beliefs. Individuals’ beliefs create social norms, so altering people’s attitudes individually might change the whole etiquette in a society. For example, a famous sitcom series which have some contents against women right might alter respects which men used to have, and gradually it will destroy all social norms related to women’s rights.
Apart from social impacts, media can create unhealthy individuals both mentally and physically. Most of the movies and series that are shown on mass media, like television, cause addiction to just watch. This might cause some unhealthy habits, including inactivity and seating for long time, which cause some long-term consequences, just like obesity. Besides all physical impacts, people might be influenced by their contents which might be about crime or violence. These contents gradually change people’s behaviour. For instance, lyrics of some metal music are about cannibalism and killing encouraging violence in audiences.
However, some audiences might gain some knowledge from media. TV shows, like quiz-based programmes, and the Internet provide rich sources which can help people to get knowledge. Human kind nowadays, have an access to wide range of subjects on the Internet which allows them learn whatever they want in any time.
In conclusion, although media can be useful in term of getting knowledge, their cons outnumber their pros due to unhealthy consequences which they might cause on individuals and in society.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Today, humans are encompassed by media. It has affected our life by what we watch or listen. It uses TV, radio, and social media to shape our attitudes toward various things. I believe that the advantages of its effects are more than its disadvantages and I will support my opinion by the following reasons.
Media tends to has a deep effect on our outlook towards life. What I mean by this is that people are bombarded with medias every day. We watch their adverts, news, and films or listen to podcast on a daily basis. So, it is possible that our image to fashion, furniture, and politic could will be changed. Even more, media has a high role on our private pages and we are affecting through them. For example, it has been reported that Facebook had cooparated with one of American ex-president when he was advertising for elections.
I agree that media has many drawbacks, however, I would not believe that the downsides of its impact on our life outweigh its upsides. Firstly, I think media forces different business and companies to compete with each other that leads to good services and better products for humans. Secondly, freedom has been improving by media, meaning that totaliter governments are under pressure of media to consider human rights, which I hope that help to improve the quality of human’s life around the world.
In conclusion, it tends to be right that media has undenyable effects on our life, which ranging from shaping our opinion about different things to threatening our personal life on social media. However, I imagine that the benefits of its impacts outweigh its dangers.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
From past until now, there was media, but in different types. For instance newspapers,letters, radio that were popular among people. By develop and advent the technology, the life of humans changed. Thanks to the media, this influenced the society in different cases. Moreover, I some extend agree that the media had more drawback impressions. So, I disagree about this subject.
By advent media, this informant had affect on society in variety modes. First of all, the advertising from newspaper, television and radio or internet leads to change society. For instance, some advertising showed in order that encourage men to change belief or life of way, such as evolve fashion, politics, religious and others beliefs. In other word, not only it caused to change opinions, but also it caused to achieve money in business.
Second in some media as internet had effect. There was a software like Google what there were many websites that available. By accommodated these details, it cause to the most people accepted everything that they saw, or it due to the people were lazy, and people could not remember some information in their brains.
Media can both negative impact and positive impact. In my opinion, the advantages of media outweighed disadvantages. The plus points what media had. You can access to info in no time. Another advantage, the speed of spreed news are rapid. For instance, about a week, an earthquake occurred in Turkey. Some people who were drap, thanks to the internet, they share their situation in social media or spread this news in other words, so it due to some countries sends help forces. Finally, these have educational impact. For example, in television there are some programs that train the cooking. The most disadvantage of media is that mental hurting.
To conclude,there are many different media that aware people from news, then these have impact on society. It may be pros or cons. In my opinion the advantages of media outweighed than disadvantages.
Hasti (Ac)
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
Nowadays, the broadcating system including television, radio, newspaper have influenced our life directly and indirectly. It has both positive and negative impact on society which could influence the way of individuals life. In my opinion, drawbacks of media outweigh its benefits. I will be supporting my view in this essay. To begin with, presence of media leads to spreading of fake news. Some people misuse media as a source of creating rumors and cyberbullying specifically among teenagers. This harassment would result in a sense of fear and insecurity in society. In other words, media is responsible to report authentic news and develop morality among people whereas the Tv reports alot of fake news from all over the world and shows programmes that contain violence and inappropriate content. For instance, a false news about an intense earthquake in an small city caused issues which was just a rumor. Another reason that I want to support another disadvantage of widespread of media is that the skills of people has declined notably due to exaggeration of celebrity or rich people leading to depression and anxiety. A recently research which was conducted in Stanford university declared that many youth miss their confidence due to shows of bloggers and they always compare themselves with them which has destructive effects on individuals. Moreover, while people use media to do their daily tasks and spend alot of time, their sleep patterns change to unhealthy level. If our sleep patterns become irregular, our productivity will diminish and we will have health issues. To sum up, however there are some advantages of using media, it contributes to some controversial issues which would increase more and more. These include mental preoccupation, escapism and neglect of personal life which have harmful effects on individuals and society.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Currently, many scientific evidences illustrate that exercises are crucial to maintain someone's health ranging from kids to adults. Plus, they are beneficial for kids to boost their brain's intellectual ability. As a result, children are being propelled to do extreme exercises. It is claimed that children who found the physical exercises engaging, are vulnerable to overburden these activities or get injured seriously. This may root in many reasons such as plethora of sport advantage advertisements and lack of entertaining plan for children to dedicate their time to and become discharged. In this easy I want to raise my personal ideas about this problem causes and some possible solutions.
Nowadays, many kindergartens set a kind of sport plan for their kids. Parents enroll their kids in sport classes. For instance, marshal sports or team sports. Having to say that, a kind of obsession is emerged which results in extra attention for physical activities. But the problem lays on the fact that children's muscles aren't strong enough to involve to surplus exercises. It can lead up to serious troubles such as permanent disabilities or boon's dysfunction in elderly. They should be expected to do minor exercises and prohibited to overdo harmful sports.
Another reason is insufficient schedule to catch children's attention. There are no convenient programs to take their energy and causes to emotionally involvement. This people are keen to learn new skills ranged from academic skills to soft skills. Children's facilities have to be recognized and planned to nurture! Actually, parents are in charge of upbringing their talents. In this case, they will be involved in many various activities. So there is no extra time or energy to be dedicated to exceed exercises.
In conclusion, children's sport time should be observed carefully. Although sport is essential for an underage people, this should have been adjusted with kid's capacity and sustainability.First of all, awareness in this issue should be developed for parents and then they should make out the solution to tackle the problem. For example,hey can prioritize children's need of learning and try to accommodate them by setting suitable plans.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
The children who have a passion for sports are often indulged in doing exercise or sometimes get severely damages. I believe determining the cause of this issue could assist in finding effective solutions to overcome it.
Putting extra pressure on children who are willing to follow professional sports to gain valuable prizes could partly account for devoting a sizeable amount of time to physical activity regardless of children’s physical stamina. Children are always persuaded into being accomplished person by their parents or coaches. They are almost expected to be the first grade in their field. To address this situation, children’s capability and talent should be assessed by their coaches and parents respectively and so their physical activity is set accurately.
Having poor eating habits can explain why children damage severely when they are training. Young people indulge in fast food. Fast foods are very high in fat, sugar and salt and so it can bring about major problems in the long run for instance, heart disease and osteoporosis. One effective way to resolve this difficulty is to encourage children to eat a balance diet which are endorsed by eminent dietitians. Furthermore, there is an urgent need that children’s state is experimented on a regular basis and then appropriate tablets are prescribed to meet essential needs such as vitamins and minerals.
To conclude, even though high expectations and poor eating habits contribute to get serious traumas, parents, coaches, dietitians can remedy the situation. In my opinion, examining children’s physical stamina and prescribing a sensible eating plan are steps in the right direction.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays children who are involving in sport are suffering from some issues such as overloading with exercises or having traumas. This can be because of parents or coaches’ pressure on these kids for getting pro or also the contest that are exist between gymnasts. In this essay the reasons and some solutions will be rendered and explained, respectively.
First of all, families play an important role in their children’s lives. Therefore whatever they ask kids too much can puts stress on them. Moreover some instructors give kids heavy and unreasonable sport programs to turn into champions as well as soon. In fact this causes serious problems in young generation not only in their healthy but also in their mental condition. For example we have seen numerous students that aren’t able to concentrate on their lessons. The key reason is tension and stress of sport activities. Furthermore, people in their childhood perhaps face with sort of destructive, competitive atmosphere among athletes. This case makes them nervous and anxious.
In the second part, for solving these issues schools and the government are responsible. They should create training and consulting sessions or workshops for both children and their parents. Besides arranging short-time plans and goals for sportsmen helps them to manage time and reduce load of physical activities.
To conclude, community including family, friends and teachers can be impressive in kids’ health status. If sport children don’t make schedule appropriately of course with help of parents and coaches, they will be exhausted from athleticism or will get harmful traumas.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
People, especially younger people have tend to be seen by others in sports. As a result, they make extra effort for themselves. It is not only create stresses, but maybe end up in trauma which consider as an illness. In these passage we are going to explain what the probable consequences is and how we can avoid them.
Excessive physical activity or traumas may occur for youth who participate in sports. In my view, parents have high expectation from them, and sometimes children even expect themselves to achieve a high target in a short time which is a burden on children’s shoulder. Unhealthy competition is also stressful situation and result in severe pressure of working which leads children to mental stress.
There are some solution to prevent children from anxiety and excessive work out. For example, if a target is broken down into smaller points, they will be more achievable and a person can reach them step by step. In addition, what is seem to me very important is the choice of a right institution and t. It is undeniable that atmosphere around us can affect our spirit and behavior. As we feel a friendlier environment, we are more likely to avoid from trauma
On the whole, pushing kids hard and putting them at a stressful condition at field of sport, often affect them in a bad way, so it is wiser to choose an appropriate place with suitable coach for them and also keep them aware that we should be patient for reaching our goals, and it is a road which should be passed little by little.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
The children who become involved in sport, often suffer from being overwhelmed with physical activities and it causes them big troubles. This essay is going to outline the main reasons of this issue and how it can be addressed.
The most significant reason of this problem, is that children's parents may concern inordinately about the future which leads to overwhelm the children with lots of classes.
for example, my cousin who is only a ten_year_old girl, has a 4-hour swimming class every day and if she doesn't want to participate just in a session their parents would punish her. It is not surprising that she is not enjoying the class anymore and even she is not learning anything new because she is forced to do that.
Another reason for some unsetting experiences that affects them for a long time, can be the fact that their efforts may not being rewarded by any one. They would start to lose their hope, if nobody could see and appreciate their attempts. For instance
my friend's child is often reminding their parents that she has been the top student in her class since she started her school. But her parents do not pay attention to her enough. As a result she is not trying like before anymore.
To provide a way dealing with these problems, it would be the fastest way to ask the parents not to think and decide instead of their children. Sometimes they can give their children some free time to do whatever they want not repeating the same classes.
They need to consider that children need entertainment and learning both.
It can be possible when some classes would be provided for parents to raise their awareness about their children's need.
In addition the parents should be vigilant for showing reactions to any success is being achieved by their children to show they do care about them.
Overall parents should not overwhelm their children with repetitive sport classes and they should encourage their children's attempts
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
The youth of today doing excessive exercise which it leads to serious phisycal problems. Although there are specific root causes behind in this issue, many effective policies can be adopted to remedy this situation. There are two main reasons why children tend to work out far more than necessary.firstly fast changing fashion industry motivate young people to keep a body in shape so in order to reach a shaped body they have taken vigorous exercise. Take some fashionable advertisement as an example shown many Handsome young male and gorgeous female with a fit body, this prompt children to do sport continuously also a various array of physical injuries are arisen from these advertisements. Secondly being unfit is a negative point in many aspects of life. Lack of balanced body breeds many obstacles in the public places such as school. There are some prohibitive regulations to remedy this problem. One step would be fashion industry should be at the mercy of governments not to work as a private sector. That is to say fashion producers have to take an initiative to change audience outitude about form of the body by means of changing the style of models in the advertisements. anoher viable alternative is teachers are responsible to prohibit adolescence from tough working out by introducing other achievements in life which are much more prominent than a shaped body. For illustration a responsible doctor suffered from obesity takes priority over a person with just fit body. To conclude, there are two prime reasons why young choose to do vigorous sport. Fashion industry by poducing magnificent advertisment drive children to do demanding exercise also teachers as a role model play crusial role to address this problems.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
It is said that kids playing sports frequently will be faced with high-pressure activities or serious injuries. Although, there are specific root causes behind this children matter, effective policies and attitudes can be adopted to remedy this problem.
There are two main reasons why children tend to do heavy physical activities and injure themselves. Firstly, a great sense of competition, children are willing to be a winner in sport major. not only do they are under pressure of their parents to do their best in the sport courses but also they are impressed by norms of society to overload themselves for being a perfect person. Therefore, some children are participated in sports extracurricular for promoting their level of physical activities to outreach their rivals. secondly, some kids are eager to be noticed by their parents, thus they exercise constantly to get their family attention.
There are, however, some workable solution to aid children to have a normal sport activity in their life. If parents pay more attention to their children and encourage them by their little sport activities, kids' greed about being winner in every races might be declined. Parents are able to define some legislations and in addition, they can allocate certain determined limitation for their kids activities to hinder them from constant exercises.
As a conclusion, there are beneficial solutions to assist children damaging themselves by great amount of physical activities, and also help them to have a balanced sport life.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
With number of gym faciities and body builders soaring often, people overlook sports and sometimes miscalculate the amount of it. Several reasons have contributed to this inscident, in this essay I will mention a few of them and propose a possible solution for each.
First and foremost, media has a profound influence. With movies having body builders with huge arms and muscles, it could be expected that some viewers especially younger individuals might fallow their lead and for achieving abilities like them would do excessive exercise on their routine. In a recent study polled by 'Gym Stars' (gym equipment provider) indicated that almost 30 percent of people who over-do sport activites only because of the inscentive of becoming like the acters. To tackle this problem, education is the key, schools should treach their students about the imaginary figures and unreality pictured in these movies.
Another contributor is society, most people nowadays praise the body builders and have a liking attitude toward them. This might be due to the strenght that their body indicates or could be due to the high-profile acters mentioned. It is evident from our social life that this misconceptualization is common. To solve this issue, society should become eager to enhance other good personalities of people.
With all that being mentioned, scientific advancements have also supplied this fact. As new powders and drugs are being developed , we can see in gyms that most people who behave energetically and work hard are impowered by the usage of these substances. For overcoming this obstacle governments can impose tax on purchasing these materials.
In conclution, I reoterate that since some movies' stars are gaining muscle and society's propelent force of encouragement and due to advancements in protein and other sorts of powders and drugs we are facing with more health issues due to wrongly-done exercise. By focusing in the solutions mentioned the severity of this issue would plummet.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
In this day and age , a lot of children occupied in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumos.There are afew reasons and also solutions for this issue that we will discus in this essay. Children are more interested to sport compared to the past . We can see many entertainment such as go to park , listening music , watching football and as well as sport in among children and we can absolutely say that sport is the best hobby for them . As a matter of fact , they can have healthy and fit body and by sport breathe fresh air and they become less ill and they consume tablet or pill less than the other people , because their body is strong. Another reasons for this matter is that children drain energy with physical activity and they go to drugs less. On the other hand , we should provide a good environment for sports. Government can pay subsidization for physical activity and built enough place for them in whole of the country , even village . As a mentioned above , sport is a essential leisure activity but it can cause a lot of damage among them and one of the solutions for this issue is that teachers teach the type of the injuries and give them general and useful information. In this modern world , children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas which we gave reasons and also solutions for it .
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, most children who are linked in sports are overburdened with physical activities or get serious injuries. I think this is mainly because the time mismanagement and do dangerous sports. However, there are some solutions to deal whit them.
A reason why children are often overloaded with physical activities and get serious trauma is that almost they are not able to manage their time as a result they practice more and more regardless to consequence so they are busy all time. Another reason could be doing risky sports beyond their abilities. Some children like to do professional and hazardous sports which has negative effect on their physical health. For example, lifting weights are dangerous exercise so small fraction of children who are powerful and have healthy body can afford it.
A possible solution is that the children’parent should take more responsibility to establish a timetable for their children’s activity and encourage them to follow the timetable to increase the level of productivity. In addition, parents should be more cautious when they are choosing the type of sports to their children. This means that they need to consul with sport instructor and make an informed decision. It helps their children to become more healthy.
In conclusion, the overloaded of children with physical activities and get injuries is because of the mismanagement of time and doing risky sports beyond their ability. But these problem can be solved if they establish a timetable and make informed decision when they want to take up sports.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Having tendency for competitive attitude during matches, represents self-esteem. Also demonstrate a healthy state of mind due to human's instinct being created over hundreds of years. Therefore, this kind of manners is not forbidden at all. However controlling it in order to stay between lines is very important.
In the beginning, during human evolution throughout the world they were competing with each other, also against the potential opponents in order to win over food and accommodation. Of course individuals do not need to fight with each other in order to survive nowadays. However they have carried this conduct over the years with themselves. Hence the more being a competitive person the healthier they are because of people's instinct. Even though, there is different sufficient ways to inhibit these type of attitudes and even shape them in best possible way. In the other word strictness pose an essential matter during game. For instance, in a normal Soccer match referee can controls players through firing aggressive participants who show anger in the course of game. Secondly, when the game is over some afterwards bans for boys or girls who have shown bad behavior is necessary in order to teach them that these actions are unacceptable. For example sport teachers or coaches must substitute the following players with others who have behaved better. Moreover allocating rewards to well-behaved children is of the best ways due to, this is a great motivation for them.
In conclusion, competition not in aggressive way associating with rules is best combination for teenagers for the purpose of developing physical-base skills and proper social behavior. Hence, with an accurate comprehensive vision, possible fierce physically traumas will be under control.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays most of children want to have been attracted in sports, for instance basketball and tennis. These activities make them absolutely exhausted and in many cases lead to injuries because of violets happening during a game. In the following is debated about the main factors that bring these outputs, and some of practical measures that solve them.
To begin, it is should be taken into account that children need to release their energy and sport is a good way for them. But, some of sports have much higher contact risk and expose them in danger of hurting. For instance, at the first glance playing football that is one of the most popular activity among humans is not a harsh type of sport, whereas according to the last investigations number of people that have had broken skeleton in football was higher than martial sports such as kickboxing and karate. Besides, most of sports except of a few take energy of children and they cannot do anything after playing or doing them.
That is a crucial matter that for solving any difficulties in the world there is a key. If we search in the internet, in tremendous number of papers can be find important role of parents. Firstly, they can teach their children to have a timetable for physical activities and teach them spending only a limited amount of time for sports. Secondly, they can prepare some protection equipment to conserve their child’s knees and head. And the last thing is that it is vital for mothers and fathers to observe their children to make sure any risk treats them.
To sum up, it is undeniable that sports are both exhausting and to sum extend harsh. But, there are huge number of solutions for these cases, and parents have big burden on their shoulders for supporting their child.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Children who are athletes mostly do non-standard physical activities or hurt themselves. there are some underlying reasons and solutions for this argument.
Some major reasons will be given one of which is that teenagers feel competitive more than others. When youngsters go to gyms and sport fields, they want to take other attentions to themselves and show the others what they are capable of. Consequently, they work out badly and get injured. Another important reason is children do not have much knowledge about anatomies. There are so many children who have trained alone in their entire life and not considered the problems they have made for their body by these incorrect workouts.
People could deal with this problem and consider solutions, should they pay attention to this issue. One of the noticeable ways is that gyms force children to enroll in sport classes or exercise with a professional trainer. Trainers have lots of information and knowledge about how to exercise correctly and productively so whether they want to work out in class with others or in private, having a trainer is necessary. Enrolling in right class level is the second effective solution. Sport experts should measure children body situations and put them in right level of classes. For instance, some youngsters do not have flexibility and they have to start the yoga from beginning. On the other hand, children with more flexibility and mobility can practice in intermediate or advanced classes.
In conclusion, most of the time children exercise more than they can and wound themselves.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
There is no doubt that sport should be an inseparable part of curriculum for children, since its benefits is not deniable. But sometimes it occupy the most of their time in a way that they do not have time for other activities and also the traumas and bruises appear on their body continuously. So it demands solution to mitigate these unpleasant side effects. In following paragraphs I will explain my solutions.
The overloading in physical activities roots in their joyful, and after a while they cannot find time for any activity except the sport. They devote the whole of their time to sport and make it as the main goal in their life, which brings them failure in other fields like social activities and their relationships with friends. It brings a responsibility to their parents and teachers to control their activities and if need limit them. They must make schedule for them in home and school and force them to act on it. It will made constraint on them and they will not be able to exceed it and as a result they would have time for other activities.
Creating a situation in which the children confront less injury and wound is easy and need acting on some standards that have developed for safety. Every activity had its wears and safety equipment and the children should learn how to use them. For example riding a bicycle needs a helmet which is crucial for this sport and without it, some very series concerns are expected. Also this activity in roads are more dangerous and need to be done under supervision of professional persons. Children must learn the emergency numbers to call them if need. By making some preventive decisions these problem have not much to say.
To conclude, overwhelming by sport always can happen to every child who is fascinated by sports, but it can be easily solved by making a good schedule by parent to prevent this problem. The injury and traumas also can be solve by following the safety standards which guarantee the minimum wounds.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Traumas are rotated around children who engaged in sports while a vareily of reason pushes children get injury. It is often assumed that they will get better sooner than adults.
Children are dreamers and after every sport event they want to be one of the athlele. A survey of chinese university showed that after the world cup in Qatar, children enrolled in football's school 60 percent more thah previous year. Exercising regularly is the first step of being professional and little by little they will be under the pressure of competition. Therefore, mental suffering is not far from expected. This issue will be followed by loss of their social life for their exercise. As a result , it is true to say sports can devastate the childhood .
A fair and logical suggestion is visiting a psychologist regularly. They help children to understand a real world and separt from their dreams. Additionally, parents have a crucial role in this ground and they should help for making balance in their children's life. For example when my brother was a teenager he wanted to be a soccer player and my mother with a psychologist helped him for making decision and following his talent instead of his dreams and now he is satisfied with his choice.
In conclusion, There are some truth about ruining of children’s life by sport like mental hurt but parents and psychologists help them for passing from this dark path.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Sport is replet with physical activity or damages for children who enter in its realm.although there are specific root causes behind this contentious issue,weaning off from doing sport voraciously can be adopted to remedy the situation.
There is one reason why children get physicaly hurt during activities in the field of sport, Perfectionism and a sense of superiority will make them do a lot of sports in other words,when children trying to be the best in sport for instance to achive a championship leads them to be sensetive in being infallible and eminent in the field of sport
There is ,however, a remedy to explore the root of such a situation, always should parents convince their offsprings to be the best version of themselves and not to compete with any body.take it as an example, a father who badger his child to win a competition or a game will causes her/his kid to feel useless unless he/she achive the goal as a result that child is going to do what it takes to be the best even if it going to cost his/her health.
To conclude,there are a whole raft of reason for this issue however, the main remedy is that children should not compete in any way.Adopting a rose - colored view of this phenomenon is not tantamount to examining the situation realistically.It's because sometimes it acts as a preclusion in making a prudent decision.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
These days, some children do a variety of activities to keep fit and be healthy in their life whereas, some of them get sharp injuries in these sports that they do. I this essay, I will consider the reasons for those two effects that may be happen for them and give some solutions for these children.
Some children make their suitable plan to do regular exercise and eat healthy diet like fresh fruits and vegetable, so they have an enjoyable and healthy life during these period. These people should be encourage by their family to have enough motivation to continue their work outs. For instance, some parents usually advise to their children to go to gym and do push-ups, pull-ups and sit-ups there, however, unfortunately, some of them consume some harmful drugs that makes their body weaker and has very bad effects. Besides that, a minority of young individuals put lots of pressure on themselves to do activities around the clock which makes dangerous effects because these habits are very common between children in every country to lose their weight.
Numerous studies have constantly found that parents must be take care of their children who their age are between 10-20 and pay attention to their works they do lifelong. In addition, if they are growing up and being mature like their adults, they can handle problems. But, they may under the influence of sexual problems and should lose their weights and keep themselves fit like their partner. So, they always put a lot of pressure and do sophisticated activities. Because of this, parents should be interference in their children’s work.
To conclude, children should be take care of children, even though they are mature and can do their works independent, because they may make a mistake in their life which are irreparable. Furthermore, they should countenance them to do different activities in their leisure time to keep themselves healthy.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Sports are necessary for health. Doing sports is important for kids in both mental and physical aspects. Children who are interested in physical activities , sometimes are involved more than usual that leads to injured or even get serious traumas.There are plenty of reasons that i will explain them in this essay.
First of all, some children choose sports as their priority in their life. Even they want to be an athlete in the future. So it's normal to injure. Sometimes they practice at school without any coach or trainers. It is very crusial to do professional sports activities with an experts. The second reason is that children do sports without tools and safety protections. So most of these people are not cauntious enough, they do not wear protective tools and guards to protect themselves; this might be serious physical damage.
There are many solutions to solve this problem. First i think schools should recognize the students who are pasionate more for doing sports and consider some professional coaches to help them. Or if they have not enough budget , they can ask family 's to help their kids by involving them in different classes. Moreover, to provide protection while doing sports, they can simply wear various safety tools, such as a face shield or a mouth guard. These will probably reduce the injury rates among children. For instance, for playing hocky, they should wear helmets and knee perotections to stay safe.
In conclusion, it is simple and possible for students to be safe and get less damged when they are overinvolved by doing physical activities.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
These days it can be seen children are more doing exercise than in the past. They do a special physical activity from an early stage of their life. In TV shows internet we can see them. But some of these exercises have short or long-term harm to children. There are various reasons for this and also there are some solutions to overcome this problem. In this essay, I will explain the reasons for it and some solutions for it.
The first reason that should be taken into account is that parents sometimes have unreasonable expectations from their children. So they put tremendous pressure on their children to take part in a special championship and get the best results. Consequently, children try to fulfill their parent's expectations and obviously may be harmed.
The other reason That is worth mentioning is related to the children's coach and instructor. If they don't be knowledgeable about their course and work with children they can conduct an inappropriate schedule which can harm them physically to children. For example, some schools hire inexperienced coaches for children, because they don't have to pay much money to them.
There are some measures for solving this problem. The most significant point is that parents should be aware of their severe expectations. They have to know some physical activities not only are not beneficial for their children but also are damaging. In addition, the government has an undeniable role. For example, they can pass strict laws about hiring skilled instructors for children in all the schools and gyms which can prevention from these problems.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
These days many children are seen in heavy sport activities which are not appropriate for their bodies and hurt themselves. The reasons for this trend are various and I suggest some solutions for it.
Children do exercises that are overloaded and some of them do not like their sport level to be low. Their attitude is not comprehensive, as they do not have the forethought to stay healthy lifestyle. The most important reason is that they compete with their peers and they want to show their strength and appearance to others. therefore they do heavy exercises and in some cases get traumas. Another reason comes back to their lack of knowledge about sport science. They think doing more and heavier sport due to more stamina, meanwhile they do not have any knowledge about health diet.
There are some solution to decrease this mistake. Firstly, parent should be care about amount and type of activities which their children do. They can enroll them in professional gyms with high quality and surveillance. Secondly, parent and teachers theach children about negetive sides of overloaded activities and also how balance in each stage of life can bring advantages in their life. For example, they can show real people who gone this way befor and are engege in sickness.
In conclusion, lack of enough knowledge about amount of activites and sence of competition amonge children can be reasons for doing heavy sport. parent and children have key role to aware children about consequences of overloaded exercices.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Those kids, who are really passionate about doing sports, usually spend much time for getting exercise or injured seriously. In this essay I will try to figure out the causes and consequently, show what should be done to prevent these difficulties.
There is no doubt that juveniles have no attitude about proper equipment and proper techniques and also they are usually seeking for ways or things to achive best result soon. In their opinion expending time for safety, like wearing special clothes is a means of wasting time. In addition, they reckon by putting much time and effort without taking care of themselves, their success can be guaranteed. For example, I have a friend, who was an athlete approximately 10 years ago and was preparing to be in a team but she had to pass physical exam. As a result, without coach and sufficient techniques got a plenty of exercises and her back injured seriously. Unfortunately doctor told she can not accomplish sport anymore so not only she couldn’t be in a team but also she had not been able to continue her life as an athlete.
I hold the opinion that, the best way to reduce these problems is educating children in advance. They should know about either theory or practical tasks, which means before commencing, be aware of the consequences of getting improper exercise. For instance, if my friend knew about techniques, tried to balance between exercise and taking rest, in addition if she tried to work with a coach who was an expert to tell her about her mistakes and balancing between strength and flexibility, she still would have been an athlete.
As I have shown, lack of children awareness of the potential risk of doing sport improperly is the main reason for being overloaded or even getting serious traumas. However, teaching them techniques and telling them about safety could be the best way for declining these problems, moreover by taking adventage of coach the potential risk of getting injured can be reduced significantly.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Children engaged in sports because their activities comparing to adults are higher, and they get serious traumas on account of they don’t care about the injuries consequences or might don’t aware of that ,
in my opinion parents are the key and solution.
To begin it depends on parents behavior, and how they going to face this problem in addition, children has a better spirit and energy than elder people, so they might do anything overloaded, and at the same time they are susceptible.
In result, parents should choose the best way to make them traumas get fewer and fewer by talking patiently.
Maintain the advantages of these conversations are like parents can affect on them and so children will be more careful about the injuries and illness.
Parents should not interfere and trying to stop them from doing exercise , because maybe in the future they might have some serious problems like depression or psychological issues.
At the same time they avoid of unauthorized sports for them, or has a quarrel with them for just following the sport things seriously
On the other hand, the government should downgrade the traumas, by teaching the children to be patient and friendly meanwhile, after the parents the coaches are the most important thing in this situation , they can train the children for how to deal with their anger and behave calmly and if things get better by time for the award, they can’t give them a permission to go on a professional way of sport , cause that’s their authority.
In that case their situations will be marvelous.
In conclusion, these three things, parents, government and the coaches are can affect on the children the most.
The first step is find a way to trying to have some useful conversation with them and after that awards for this behavior can be the best option , by the way professional sports are dangerous and they can be hurtful, so parents should deal with that
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
It is said that some youth who are keen on sport are often overloaded with activity or get severely injured. In this essay, I will outline some possible reasons for these, as well as, suggest some solutions.
The main reason behind this issue is that, lack of awareness of some children related to the overloading activities and possibly injured. For example, when I was 16 years old, I left a heavy box as a weight for an imaginary match that leads to a detrimental effect on my spin. Up to now, I suffer from that risky activity which I have done in the past few years. Another significant root of the problem is the lack of parents’ attention to their children. These days, families have a hectic lifestyle and they do not have enough time to pay attention to the physical activity of their children. So when children do some risky activity their parents do not care about them that results in severely injured or overloaded activity.
A possible solution to increase awareness of children could be to teach children at school. In other words, intervention in the education of children in schools includes playing some educational videos about how they do a correct activity without being injured. Just consider how healthier children would be if they watch these videos. Another way to curb increasing attention of parents to their children is that parents use the defense instruments for their children when they sport. For instance, parents could apply a kind of elastic pad to protect the knees of children.
In conclusion, the lack of awareness of children and the attention of their parents results in extreme activity or getting severely injured among children. I suggest, by playing some educational videos and also applying some protection devices by their parents, we can solve these problems.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Youngsters are tied with playing sports since childhood, also it is crucial for their health and mental status. Some youths are thirsty for playing some sports such as soccer and basketball which are very popular in our country, in contrast, these sports could be too harmful and maleficence , moreover ,playing these sports for children are limitless.
In our fatherland, Iran , most numerous of the athletics, especially in soccer, came from poor condition ,after that they become more famous in teams and earned a lot of massive money after their success.
As consequence of this reason, most of the children decide to spend their time with overloaded activity related to that sport which is chosen for their career. Every success requires a lot of effort and sometimes these continuous efforts harm the health of children and teenagers.
In this path, they should always play under surveillance .Professional coaches or a person who knows the way very well are very effective and they can always take care of the children while playing.
In conclusion, every steps we taken in our life, in the future , it can help us in present.it is better to take these steps from childhood on the right path with the right guidance. Parents should take care of nutritional values in the food to supply the energy while they are playing. To conclude, there should be a limit for everything, even the kids are interested in sports they should play under proper guidance and guidelines.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
In these days, children tend to do lots of sport activities and become a professional athlete. Although, in some cases, they try hard and attempt to a productive in the major, they injure so badly or get some mental problems. In my point of the view, their coach or their parent put them under the pressure to become win the games or other reasons. In the forthcoming paragraphs I will discuss the various reasons that impact on children and suggest some solutions.
To begin with, children are not enough mature to think correctly and make a smart decision. Especially, nowadays because of competitive atmosphere, they want to defeat their friends or win the prizes. If they do not have proper coach or their parents just struggling to them and disappointing them, they get outrageously traumas and they lost their confidence. Also, they think if they had endeavoured too much and had not eaten in some cases, they would have achieved their goals. Therefore, not only they will injure themselves but also they do not attain their goals.
To reduce this matter, various ways can contribute to children to do a great job on their professions. In details, sport clubs should set some mental classes for young people to change and affect in their mind. Likewise, governments should train the coaches and teacher because children make the next generations and teachers affect on children’s behavior. For instance, Some sport teams beside the doctor for their physical health, have some doctors for their mental healths and they set some exercise for their mental activities and children gain the information that play the significant role in their future.
In conclusion, children are not very mature to do correct activities and in some cases they often overloaded or get serious traumas. Government must improve the knowledge of the children’s teachers and coach and parents should take care of their children and do not put them under the pressure to achieve something that it not necessary.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
It is clear that children's sport activities some times include some damages and mental conflicts. There are various reasons why it is happened and what is the measures that could be feasible.
Firstly physical activity may cause severe injuries in some cases. The main reason maybe due to essence of recklessness of children bear in mind and their definition of the true safety. Fore instance, the children who play football and want to acting, running and jumpping torward the ball just alike Cristiano Ronaldo or tackling the apponents just as Grizman, never consider the injuries and the dnagerous behaviour against other playmates. Furtheremore, the other root of the problem is the parent's duty to child's sport activities. with reagard to this fact that parents this days have a less spare time to creating as a family so the child has to playing and reached the safty rules through trial and error that could put them in a dnagerous conditions.
Secondly, there are a number of different actions that could be taken by parents and governments to reduce the probable dangerous trauma. For example, if parents spend more time with their children during child's leisure activities and setting a plan to put them on some under conrol hazardous conditions and force them to follow safty rules, the children are taught to playing wisely. In addition, authorithies should codify schedualed safe sport activity in the school or some precise places that it leds to that children playing under supevision of professional tutor and so the traumas due to sport activity are alleviated.
In conclusion, the sport traumas which undergo people face with are inevitable but there are a number of preventive measures that could be taken by both parents and authories to mitigate eventual damages.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Nowadays, it is widely accepted that tourism has fundamental role in countries economics. Although tourism industry has a key role in some countries, the unavoidable drawbacks of tourism shouldn’t be neglected however those challenges can be managed somehow. In this essay the cons and pros of tourism will be discussed. I firmly believe that despite the inescapable challenges of tourism, not only is it necessary for economic but also good for enhancing cultural level of country.
On the on hand, some people firmly claim that without a strict management tourism can destroy tourist attractions. They believe that in a high season uncontrolled traffic can cause a huge problem not only for citizens but also for tourists. Moreover, congestions are great opportunity for pickpockets and shoplifters. For instance, I remember when I was teenager we attend a color festival in Tehran unfortunately I had been carried all my money when I noticed that all of the money is stolen already. However, governors can manage those challenges by implanting a good policy.
On the other hand, it is crystal clear that tourism is one of the main potentials of countries economy and culture. It is estimated that in some countries, such as turkey and France, great portion of the government s income gained via tourist industry. Furthermore, not only tourists bring their money to country but also cultural interchange occurs in the region.
In conclusion, it is naturally accepted that every phenomena has its merits and demerits so tourism is not an exception. In this essay advantages and disadvantages of tourism discussed. In spite of some problems I think tourism is tremendously beneficial for country.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Tourism is the chief source of income in myriad places around the globe.however, if it is not controlled properly, tourism can be problematic. also this contentious phenomenon can have both benefits and drawbacks but i assume its merits outweight its demerits.
On the plus side, the pros of tourism for countries revenues are manifold. to begin with, tourism can save the countries which are economicaly poor but on the other hand replet with a whole raft of tourist traps and places of intrests. to put it simply the more tourist a location attract, the more it accumulate money. As an example a place like dubai runs on tourism industry due to its eminent and marvellous tourists attractions and land scapes.plus it used to be a city in a thired country but now a days thank to tourists it is now among thrived countries
On the other hand, the opposing view asserts that tourism can be a detrimental issue to a society if its not be observed and controlled due to some reasons for illustration not only migh some tourists stay too long in a particular place but also have a job there as a result this penomenon damage job circumastances in a place and this issue seems to be beyond remedy if government dont pave the way to controll the root of such a problem.
To sum up, although this topic has both downsides and upsides but its my firm belife that tourism is extremly advatageous to countries economy
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
The major source of revenue in many areas is provided by its tourists. Sad to say, visitors can cause trouble with no supervision. Although travelers can lead to some problems, they still have many benefits to that society. I strongly believe that its positive points overpower the drawbacks and in my next paragraphs, I will discuss about this view.
To initiate with, one evidence benefits is that they boost the community’s economics growth. To put in another way, job opportunities will increase as more sightseers visit these areas. Apparently, businesses make more profit which plays a vital role in developing that country. Moreover, visitors may come from different countries. Therefore, their presence in these places will expand the awareness of the people of the world about culture and history of that country.
On the other hand, there are several negative points as well. Such as pollution and destruction. In other word, more tourists lead to severe traffic congestion. Therefore, it would be more cars in streets. As a result, the air pollution would increase in this area. Besides, because of lack of information, some visitors might break rules which result in damaging historical building. Since most of these infrastructures are old, they are not strong enough. Consequently, they would be easily ruined by careless behaviors.
To sum up, from my perspective, governments can fix disadvantages with a proper planning. And since their positive points is really effective in progress of that society, I think that advantages outweigh the disadvantages.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Amongst the majority of nations, tourism is a one of the best way to increase GPA or national income. In fact tourism have many advantages but also be a source of issues in some touristy countries. In this essay I'll try to introduce benefits and disadvantages of tourism and then give some logically conclusions.
First of all ,we can't deny the critical rule's of tourism to make job apportunity , specially for local people , for instance, in some countries such as Turkey or Maldives can cause to economic boost and this country stablished on travelling and tourism industry. On the other word , people who travel, love to spend money for sevinour, food,transportation, accommodation or so many other things.
On the other hand, this phenomenon may be caused some problems to invoirment . As a result of this , I can give a example of a region in Iran . Esfehan is a big historical city in Iran but poor management cause to destroy this historical place for example in takhtejamshid people who travelled in thus place have written their names on the historic wall or government can't restoration and protection perfectly so everything are arosion.
To sum up , tourism have many advantages and if the government and people help each other and try to respect to invoirment, culture and civilization , we can see that advantages other tourism is more than disadvantages.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
A lot of places in the world on tourism as a main source of income . Unfortunately , tourism can also be a source of problem if it is not managed correctly.
Economical statements in many countries are relevant to tourisms that every year grows more and more. Tourism industry lead to increasing local economy and also is important sector for local infrastructures in their countries. These industry have more advantages and disadvantages for local people and environment .
On one hand , a lot of countries in around the world provide good situation for individual and environment local to attractive visitors that will be travel to other country that use spare time and visit attractive places and enjoying their vacation . Authorities devote a part of budget every year to making facilities for visitors that travel from distant sites also they struggle to increasing voyage ' s material . Visitors bring dollars with themselves to purchase presents for friends and family members. People who lives in this places effort to changes local infrastruction for traveler that inclined to visit in these locals . They build five star hotels , modern public transport system , new coffee shop and luxury restaurants with local and tasty foods. Thus these changes generate new job
And diminish number of jobless also raise individual income . Turkish country had not a developed land likewise had many economical problems but responsible statement decided to improvement industial tourism in their country and allocated mush money for improve situation for visitors that travel to own country .
On the other hand , tourister destruct and pollute environment and nature when many of them visit nature places . They take a way rubbish and other throwaway things that lead to pollution and vandalism local environment . In my country police could caught several visitors several visitors that came for visited historical and natural environment . They decided to collected military datas .
On conclusion , many of countries could improv income from tourism and developt life conditions for people that live in their places also visitors pollute environment and destroyed nature . But appear davantages be more than disadvantages.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Nowadays, economical benefits of tourism industry is undeniable throughout the world. How ever mass tourism can cause vary issues for both native people and visitors if not being under control. In this essay I am going to elaborate pros and cons with logical reasons also, I in favor of first statement and believe benefits will outweigh negativities.
In the one hand, tourism industry's direct effect is to enrich destination country's economic and this lead to a vast amount of revenue for both native inhabitants and the local government. A great example is Thailand which has experienced flourishing in its economy. Moreover, the passive influence is that visitors will become familiar with native's cultural backgrounds and traditional habits also different cuisines and the fact that Viewers become obsessed with traditions, equivalents more and more travellers for their country and more income as a result of that.
In the other hand, unplanned tourism programs plus insufficient infrastructures in target cities, will lead to huge difficulties for residents and foreigners. For instance rising in crime rate is one of the potential challenges. Unpredictable bad behaviors will lower the number of people who want to observate picturesque scenery, magnificent museums and awe-inspiring spots. Therefore, one of the main responsibilities for local police departments is to make the entire city more safer in order to lower the crime rate.
In conclusion, although mass tourism can result in a rise in criminal activities, it greatly improves local residents's income as well as the government. Hence, I strongly believe that positive points outweigh the drawbacks.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
These days, Tourism industrial has a crucial contribution in government budgets. whilst this sounds great, actually unmanaged tourism can also cause some problems. Now this question arise that what are the benefits and costs of tourism and what is their relationship.
Tourism as an income-generating industrial has been taken into consideration by governments while they don’t pay attention to its effect. It affects societies from economic, environmental and socio-cultural aspects that are categorize in continue.
Negative economic effects are economic dependency, fading of internal industries, emergence of unstable jobs and in opposite, its positive impacts are managed employment and decrease unemployment, foreign exchange entry, using internal society strata from tourism facilities and rising living standards.
Negative environmental impacts are damage to the vegetation, varrios pollution, changing agricultural land use while the effort of government and local community to take care of natural resource is the key positive impact of tourism development.
Finally, negative socio-cultural effects of tourism are cultural conflicts and cultural invasion and in contrast the positive effects are protection of cultural heritage, revival of forgotten native cultures, improving social and cultural infrastructures and creation local pride.
It can be said to conclude if tourism development is managed, its disadvantages will be less and the governments can use its advantages more.
Elahe Bahmani
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Tourism industry has a crucial role in developing economic these days. It is true that wrong measures have consequences for the community. While, in my opinion, the privileges of it are more than the its negative effect.
On the one hand, it causes some disadvantages in terms of economic, environmental and cultural. First of all, economic is original base if improper use is done, overuse will be formed in tourism. It causes other industries find less role and may be damaged. As a result, unsustainable jobs are developed among people. In addition, for environmental, it has consequences not only for vegetation, but for also weather and water. Even, population density in tourist centers is caused gradually loss of tourist attractions regardless of the appropriate capacity. Moreover, improper development of tourism is misunderstandings among of cultures. Perhaps, same native people may think that their resources is finishing.
On the other hand, tourism is a profitable industry in communities Then, it mustn’t omit. Primary, foreign currency can be entered to country and economically, a big change will be taken shape. Secondly, unemployment rate will be decreased as follow it more job opportunity will be formed. thirdly, tourism is a stimulus for preserving of cultural heritage. As an example, more facilities will be established in area. Often traditional are forgotten and many of them are revived by accepting tourist.
Finally, so local areas are as resources for incoming, definitely, it is more noticeable by government for preserving.
To sum up, it is clear that bad managing for tourism has some problems. But with progressing day by day, communication with another place is necessary and one of them is tourism. Hence, its benefits are surely heavier than its losses for having a development.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
It is a largely held view, that tourism plays a vital role in nations economy and it is considered as a major source of income as well.
However, tourism can cause several problems to countries and its environment, If it is not handled properly. The following paragraphs shall highlight my point of view on this matter.
tourism is undoubtably, one of the greatest source of cash for any government. not only it introduces the culture of the destination country to the people of the word, but also, it has advantageous points to the economy and job satisfactory. I believe the merits of tourism outweighed its demerits; for proving my point “Italy” is a great example. Italy is one of the most popular countries with enormous tourism industry. millions of people find Italy as their holiday destination every year. even though the country itself has major economical issues and they may go bankrupt because of their unpaid loans. Tourism has helped this country’s economy and has given the opportunity of a lifetime to its commuters because of the amazing scenery, delicious food, welcoming people etc.
on the other hand,the lack of management can harm the country and its people to some extent. usually during holidays specific countries would be packed to the point that even the citizens face difficulties doing their day to day chores. Moreover, the destruction of environment is an inevitable result of tourism. Tourists do not pay attention to their part in destroying and polluting oceans and jungles. Needless to mention how much it can costs governments to clean up after them.
From what has been discussed, and in order to draw a conclusion, tourism is considered as a moneymaker industry. it introduces cultures and cause cultural convergence and if it is managed correctly and supervised for protection of environment and government’s property, it is a great approach.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Tourism plays a significant role in a lot of countries' economic development. Meanwhile, without appropriate managment, it can create some problems. From my perspective, in modern countries, advantages of tourism outweigh the drawbacks.
On the one hand, if there were not sufficient surveillance ,tourism can bring trouble in various terms. The first and major problem can be pertained to increasing population in popular places. Therefore there cannot be a choice for people's holiday. In addition, congestion of tourist are seen in other regular places, like market and park. Secondly, many dirt places are observed which tourists throw rubbish on the earth. Government must consider regulation and fine about this issue.
On the other hand, I believe, attendance of tourist in a country has major benefits in various aspect. The most important case is economical aspect value. Modern countries invest on it, and offer suitable condition to attract more of them. Then, to provide services, many jobs in country create and the rate of unemploiment decrease. Furthermore, tourist are a rich source to convey culture of a community. They are the best way to introduce a country to the world. So the nation find international validity.
In conclusion, although a tourism industry has some disadvantages, advantages of them are more valuable.when a country has suitable economy and strong culture, it certainly become more successful.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Nowadays, most places, countries or maybe a continent being popular through tourists who traveled to these places. This tourists not only cause have been bankroll source, but also cause have been some problems and issues. In my opinion, the plus points of tourists outweighed drawbacks.
Tourists have pros for a place. First, when some tourist's group go to a place, this cause to trend that place. For example, a restaurant where cook delicious foods with high quality, even with high cost, travelers go to this restaurant, So it dues to that being top in a city. Second, tourists give golden opportunity to local people that they bring their handmade or goods for selling in streets or in their shop. Tourists learn and acquaintance with new culture and this culture advertise in the world. In addition, hotels, museum, recreational place being blossom deal to revenue source. So, I think the tourists have advantage effect on a place.
In other side, some problems maybe being occurred in a place. Firstly, travelers who came for visiting may refuge in a camp that have some security problems for a city. Moreover, while the population of tourists being rise, the pollution being increase such as putting garbage on streets. In addition, some tourists face culture shock. Finally, if it does not manage correctly, this place being confuse.
To conclude, the majority of incomes relate to tourists. Although the tourist may have positive impacts on incomes, it has some significant issues and negative impacts. In my idea, the pros of tourists outweighed their corns.
Hasti
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
During the two last centuries people have tended to visit new countries and get familiar with new societies in the world. Travelling to other countries has bot pros and cons and it should be investigated meticulously. To the best of my knowledge benefits of this trend is much bigger than its drawbacks.
To begin with, the benefits of this event is numerous that some of them are brings in the following. Firstly, tourism is an inseparable part of each economy and these days there are many countries that rely on it. This item cover over 30 percent of their GDP; For instance, in Emirate and Singapore tourism bring huge amount of money to their governments. In the second place, people can wide their horizons by visiting new countries and their museums and palaces that say a lot about the history. The most famous place for get data about history of human life is the louver museum in Paris.
However, there are some negative points in it. For noticing two of them, at first, it can eradicate the culture of local societies in those countries. It is obvious most of the young migrate to big cities to service tourists that travel to their country because of better salary rather than involving in fishing and farming in their villages. One more thing is that, tourism has eradicating effects on the environment and most of people who travel to foreign countries consider themselves irresponsible about economy of host country. Although there are some of drawbacks, there are some measures to prevent them. One of them is defining fines for throw trash in jungles or on streets and beaches.
To sum up, tourism is a modern fellow that has being viral during decades and have both of positive and negative effects on the planet. To put in a nutshell benefits of it outweigh its drawbachks.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
There is this believe that tourism is a major of issue in the world. Somebody, think tourism industry, looks to be a healthy one, but the again it maybe problematic subject. In this essay will argue about its cons and pros.
Environment is an important aspect that it would be affected by tourism, because of tourists need to variety of welfare facilities and they usually have excessive consumption, like using of private car and using more water and so on. according to some studies, tourism creates more air pollution and they more exterminate the wild life. There are some concerned about vital resources. Most people believe tourists usually do not consider to outstanding resources, however such as actions that are done by tourists make this potential drawback.
On the other hand, tourism usually can make more profit for every country and makes opportunities for different business, in terms of economy tourism is essential. I have read a article that it has been written about tourism income, the writer mentioned to a lot of employments that have been create by tourism like business in restaurants, hotels, shops and so on. tourism not only make money for ever country, but also it can show power of the country to the word, it is a great benefit.
It goes without saying that, culture significant topic in the world, tourism can play essential role in this dimension, because tourism can expend every country’s culture, in the four corners of the world. Due to their advertise that make by person to person or by media . I have heard in latest news that, tourism can be biggest advertiser for every country and their culture, that it is very good point.
In conclusion I can say there are more benefits than drawbacks to tourism industry.
Abbas Hooshangi/GN
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Tourism industry has always been a great source of revenue for a lot of countries. In the past decades, in conclusion to development of the science of the world and increasing the quantity and quality of means of transportation, traveling to other places has become way easier and faster.
In my opinion, the first pro about tourism is that, it can soak up a lot of money for the local people living there. for example, when a country or a region has particular natural spaces that can absorb tourists, that regions local people can earn a living by doing works such as handcrafts selling and cooking cuisine of that specific area. The other thing, that I consider as a positive point, is the cultural exchange that happens in the touristic cities. I believe people who live in these kind of cities are more acquainted to different cultures so they can take the good from each culture and that’s why they are mostly kind and affectionate people.
As well as advantages, there are several drawbacks for the tourism industry in today’s world. The most important one is that when an area absorbs so many tourists, there is always a crowding of people in some specific areas and that can cause disturbance to native people and even disrupt their lives. Harming the nature is something else that have extreme negative effects and it’s commonly happening in touristic areas.
To summarize what have been mentioned, I would like to say that tourism in the world that we are now living in, has plenty of pros and somehow inevitable cones. In my opinion the best we can do is to try to derive benefits from it and also avoid the problems it could cause us.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
Nowadays, the tourism industry has been expanded and income in many countries has been depended on tourism and wage rely on visitors. However, tourism brings some problems if it is not managed correctly. In this essay I will discuss the merit and demerit associate with this given trend. Although I believe that that are more benefits as compared to problems.
On the one hand, tourism brings a lot of advantages to countries economy. Firstly, tourism creates a lot of job opportunities in services like accommodation, transport, entertainment. So, people can get a decent job in their region. For example, Isfahan city in Iran one of the best cities which attracts thousands of people every year so many hotels have been constructed in there and these hotels hired many local people in Isfahan. Secondly, in the tourist area local people have a chance to learn another language to make communication with visitors. If the local people make good communication with traveler, it would help them to know their culture and life style. As a result, it opens their minds.
However, tourists have some negative effects on country. For example, tourist can destroy natural environment and local culture. In this case, government should introduce laws to protect natural environment and local culture. In addition, tourists can produce pollution and waste. These problems can be reduced if government try to recycle waste and use renewable energy like solar.
In conclusion, although tourism can have negative effects, it has an extremely positive influence on countries economy. I believe that the benefits of tourism outweigh it’s drawbacks.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
These days,there are many countries that their economy is highly dependent on tourist industry and their major source of earning is their tourist attractions.However,it has been proved that this relying has several disadvantages as well as benefits.I believe that the advantages of this industry is far more considerable than its drawbacks and it certainly outweighs the disadvantages.
In the past thirty years, the tourism industry has grown significantly and in some countries it became the major industry. One of the advantages of trusting tourism as a main source of income is that the country does not need high development in technology and other industries since it is only required to provide the necessary circumstances for visitors, such as safety and accommodation.
Another benefit of this industry is the fact that it is much more eco-friendly than other industries and it does not damage and hurt nature and other creatures.
On the other hand, there are also some drawbacks for this way of income. The most striking one is being too dependent on the tourism industry which may not be working on several occasions, such as a pandemic. Since the Chinese virus began spreading in the whole world, the countries which were relying on their tourist industries have witnessed a huge recession that led to detrimental consequences.
Another downside might be related to the expenses of maintaining tourist attractions which are said to be massive.
To conclude, there are many consequences of being dependent on the travel industry that some of them are considered as benefits and others as downsides. However, as it has been stated above, the advantages of that significantly outweighs its drawbacks.
A lot of places in the world rely on tourism as a main source of income. Unfortunately, tourism can also be a source of problems if it is not managed correctly.
Describe the advantages and disadvantages of tourism in the modern world. Do you think that benefits of tourism outweight its drawbacks?
In some places, the tourism is pivotal for economy in way that a big part of people’s income is depend to it, but beside this crucial role, it comes with some problems in case of wrong management. This matter is a good idea of debate and I want to present my analysis in the following.
The monetary benefit of tourism lies on the increasing of visiting of people from other places to a special place and since this journey is temporary, these people need shelter and food and also hobbies for their leisure time. These items bring prosperity to popular places for tourists, since a lot of hotels always are needed, and their restaurants and pops always have customers, and it comes with money which is the one of main aims in tourism. But sometime things do not go in an expected way. Because of the more demand for food and goods in these places, the prices are higher than other places, and it rises the life costs for indigenous, but since their much higher income because of tourists, it is negligible.
Rising of communication is an inseparable part of tourism. Local people meet new people and get familiar with their cultures, languages and life styles. So these places are acting as a hub for importing new ideas and cultures, and aboriginals could learn a lot, which is so desirable. But sometimes it could be the source of conflicts, too. For instance, in Iran, conservatives are mad with the tourists’ wearing and accuse them to cultural invasion and want to limit them. But it is not the idea of whole community and these people are a minority which cannot realize the huge advantage of cultural communication with foreign.
To conclude, the tourism industry brings prosperity, cultural exchanges and improvement in languages skills. It opens new way for incomes for residents and improve their life standards, but have some issues intrinsic problems which with good programs are manageable and are not bid deals.
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
The pie chart indicates the amount of money that American’s charity spent and earned in 2016.
Based on pie chart information, food was the owner of the biggest proportion of income with 86.6 percent. Communities had the second stage of this revenue with 10.4 percent and earning approximately 5.3 million dollars. The lowest source of revenue belonged to investment income and the government grants with same percentage equal to 0.2 percent.
The main expense of the charity was for the program services (95.8 percent). Two other sources with one difference was fundraising and management and general expenditures, 2.6 , 1.6 percent respectively.
In conclusion, the vast income resource among six items was donated food while for expenditures was program services.
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
The mentioned pie chart illustrates the sum of money that a non-profit-making organization for children which is located in USA expended and accumulated in 2016 .
As a glance , it may be perceived that the total amount of greens that the charity received was more that what they spend , but through the details a plethore of lack of resemblance can be beheld .
To compare these two pie charts , the percentage gained donated food is almost one tenth less than the bonus of program services expenditure . The proportion of the community contributions is just one tenth , which means the charity was noticed in this state 8 times less than the bonud they received in donated food .
To have a conclusion , the amount of money that children obtained or laid out in 2016 is demonstrated by pie charts ,the entire money that they acquired was more , however, detailed percentages indicates that programme services were more than gained donated food .
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
this pie chart shows the amount of received and spent amount of money of a children's charity in the USA. it is clear that more than 86% of revenue source is from donated food and second rank of revenue source is from community contributions with more than 10%. furthermore it can be said that third rank of revenue source is for program revenue with a percentage of 2.2%. it is obvious that other source of incomes like investment income and government grants are less than 1% of revenue sources.
on the other chart it is shown that more than 95% of expenditures is for program services and second rank for expenditures are for fundraising with 2.6%. meanwhile the third place of expenditures is for managment and general with a percentage of 1.6%.
as a final comparison, it is clear that expenditures are a little bit less than revenue incomes. in fact the total amount of incomes is 53.561.580 USD and the total amount of expenditures is 53.224.896 USD.
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
These given charts illustrate sources of charities who work specifically for children in the USA and the ways of expenditure in 2016.
Overall, most of charities were gained by edible things and the shortest part related to government and investment income. Extremely of expenditures also related to program services.
As the first chart shows, near 87% of resources provided by donating food. After that, just above 10% was absorbed by people helping. The other contribution was related to program revenue by just 2.2%. The other resources like investment income, government grants and other factors were not considerably. All in all, it was more than 53000000 dollars that was a bit more than expenditures.
Some details that given by other pie chart, vividly show the main expenditures was allocated to program services by around 96%. Actually, 2.6% were expended for fundraising and the reminds of budget was allocated to management and general.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
It is said that by learning art in schools the function of pupils gets better. The reason is that it gets easier for multi-ability pupils to learn new courses. Therefore, they believe that art should be a forced-lesson in schools. This essay will discuss the benefits and harm of this view and will give an personal opinion regarding why it is not eligible to make art a obligatory lesson.
Initially, it is claimed that teaching arts in schools should be essential. In other words, they are insisting that children that learn arts can function better than others. To give an example, children who listened to music in school at morning are shown to have an better performance during the day. In contrast to that, those of the students that did not listen to music functioned less.
On the other hand, they command that arts should be obligatory in schools. This means that no matter what the student wants, they are forced to attened the art classes. Research shows that, by making arts a obligatory lesson, the ability of 70% of students dropped dramatically in learning new things such as math.
By my way of thinking, it is good to inspire and cheer students by art and if they wanted, they can also join the art classes. However, I believe that making arts an forced subject would not help the students in any ways, as it may become frustrating.
All things considered, teaching arts in schools can be very beneficial for some students. Though, making it a obligatory course may hurt some of the students that don't enjoy taking it.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Youth is one of the most important part of life for every body, in this period, schools are tried to be taught all the necessary skills for the future life. One of the best things which must be taught is art.
Art has three parts which can be summarized in literature, fine art and performing. In all three, students can enhance their ingenuity , train new expertness and how to use them in their real life. Art can help people to get away from tensions and everyday life and experience their own special world. And the best time for acquaintance and learning art is school time. We had enough time and energy for doing everything and we were not afraid of the judgment of others.
Nevertheless, Some people believe that art cannot be learned and should be in people's nature, and everyone is good at something! So, it is not obligatory to teach everyone and they should be talent scouted. In this theory, enomrous of talents are not recognized.
Eventually, in nowadays, most of parents have decided to choose schools where art can be taught for their children. This shows that learning art in schools is a popular way to improve theire skills and having a better future٫ and students have more fun time to enjoy their life.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Art and its impact in daily life has became a hot topic of controversy. There are lots of argument about whether authorities force students to study art beside other lessons or not? Personally, I disagree with this decision and I reckon that the disadvantages will come at a huge cost.
On the one hand, many people believe that if children study art at school it will help them to perform their best in all sides of life. On the top of that , nowadays young people are incredibly intelligent and eager and they can learn several skills. Due to that , learning art is going to have a variety of positive aspects on their life. First, physically and mentally they will be much more healthy. Second, they can tackle with problems easier than others. Last but not least, they will experience hight emotions and feel too close to their heart and soul therefore art would be a source of inspiration to them.
On the other hand, others have this point of view that as a human we all are free and nothing would not become compulsory to us. In addition, they say that we could not fix just one pathway for everyone. Also, there are lots of pupil who not talented at any autistic subjects. Then forcing them to study art will cause to a lot of mental disorders. For instance, I can remember my cousin schools force them to play one musical instrument and this competition between students cause a lot of psychological damage. In my eyes, any illegal obligation it woul be totally wrong.
In conclusion, although acquiring knowledge in art would have lots of benefits for children but there are several disadvantages which woul not be ignored. I strongly believe that, authorities by making this decision are going to barking up the wrong tree.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Throughout history people have noticed to art due to this subject is an inseparable part of our life. Since art have been demanded, this item is offered in many private and also governmental school. Some people including me are on believe that that it is absolutely essential for students who have innate talent to be a reputable artist in the future.
To begin with, art is an industry and has its own market and in many countries art can act as a source of income, so that is crucial to teach and detect children for various art subjects. For instance, in Mexico there are so many street singers that attract tourists to this country to enjoy their carnivals. To be an example more, people whose work is painting can make others to come and see their works in their exhibition.
In the second place, learning art from young ages is much more effective than old ages, due the fact that human’s brain is fresh to receive new concepts. For noticing one of them, Farshchian had been painting from childhood and had taught in school. Besides, there are so many courses in school that some of them are highly necessary for a person, and art could be one of them because of its importance hat come from preserving our national culture.
To sum up, it is a fact that teaching art in schools is vital and has potential of bringing huge benefits to a country. This issue is related to growing GDP, detecting brilliant artists, and also preserving our culture that all of these three items bring credit for us among nations in the world.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Governments tend to make a progress in their education systems. Therefore, one of that way is learning art for students be able students to outperform in other topics, because students who are multi-skilled can study easily. It is argued art in essential for pupils. Although, I admit that learn extensively can be harmful for some types of students, I believed that learn art optionally in school is more useful.
On the one hand, teaching art Mandatory disturb sort of pupils. Firstly, governments and schools must allocate considerable budgets for teaching art in all of schools and the major part of that cost spend for art equipment. However, these cost presumably do not affect on all of pupils and can invest on other factors could impact on performance. Secondly, Obligatory subjects can cause some serious problem at first stage. For instance, if students feel lack skill in art, they will percept lack of confidence between others and then can cause mental disease at the end because they think who do not have skill in art could not be successful in everything.
On the other hand, studying art should be arbitrary in schools. Firstly, learning art can substantial way for making money for who has favorite in these artistic topics and artistic career will be authentic in future and rate of recruiting goes up for art lovers. Secondly, art might expose their talented pupils and their creativity in all of subjects. I think teaching optionally have more useful results.
In conclusion, compulsory learning art can have bad consequences. However, In my opinion, training voluntary have more positive advantages.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Art is a one of the important lesson at school, which can help student to improve their ability to learn many different skills in the high quality, being compulsory this field has to happen in schools. However, I am strongly, disagree with this opinion.
To begin with, there are arguments that art is a more important lesson than another one and it can help children to have a cutting aged of their ability. Perhaps because they believe that studying art is only proper topic for children. One of the main issues with this statement is art in any field is not interesting topic for all students, having negative impacts on them rather than progressing in other subject because for them certainly art is too boring and not interesting to pay attention to it, encouraging them to avoid. Therefore, forcing studying about art for all student is a wrong strategy.
On the other hand, the majority of the population of many schools consists of the ordinary children with a normal intelligence, and very few of them are clever and fast leaner. So if the government or school authority just imposes some rules by considering about that kind of children and forcing other normal student to react as the intelligent one, certainly not having positive effect. For example, children who are not multi-skilled student, art is can be very difficult and challenging for them and if they get the bad result they lost their confident and recognize themselves as a person who is not talented. Nonetheless, they can obtain the best result in other subject.
In conclusion, art could be a useful subject for some students and improve their learning skills. However, it definitely cannot be helpful for all the student who are studying in the same the school.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
It is proved that study art influences the performance of some students in a good way because they have various skills learning new thing would be easy to grasp so art will be added to time table of school. While I think art is a worthy subject and field , teaching it compulsory not only is not useful but also bring in some problems with some students.
Pupils can benefit from art as a precious subject. First of all, it helps student to express their selves ,and will flourish their skill as if they have a talent that have not been appeared before. Also it will give them self- confidence as they can be creative . secondly, they are given a clue that they can improve and advanced it when they get older, whether as career or entertainment.
However, concerning to art as subject in schools can bring in some drawbacks. The main reason that obligatory form of teaching art is not beneficial is that some children lose their concentration on science subject which interested in because art is too tough task for some who talented in math or physics. Additionally, as schools aim is that to make them familiar with different kind of art in short time students have to provide various material for different art for instance, different brush or pencil and special paper which some of them are pricy an impose unnecessary some cost on students ‘ families. Some subject will be selected by students.
It is proved that study art influences the performance of some students in a good way because they have various skills learning new thing would be easy to grasp so art will be added to time table of school. While I think art is a worthy subject and field , teaching it compulsory not only is not useful but also bring in some problems with some students.
Pupils can benefit from art as a precious subject. First of all, it helps student to express their selves ,and will flourish their skill as if they have a talent that have not been appeared before. Also it will give them self- confidence as they can be creative . secondly, they are given a clue that they can improve and advanced it when they get older, whether as career or entertainment.
However, concerning to art as subject in schools can bring in some drawbacks. The main reason that obligatory form of teaching art is not beneficial is that some children lose their concentration on science subject which interested in because art is too tough task for some who talented in math or physics. Additionally, as schools aim is that to make them familiar with different kind of art in short time students have to provide various material for different art for instance, different brush or pencil and special paper which some of them are pricy an impose unnecessary some cost on students ‘ families. Some subject will be selected by students.
In conclusion, although art have some advantages for students, schools should not make students to take part in art class and put it in their time table because impact on other pupils see no point in art.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
These days art is really popular subject in most schools and students are really enthusiastic to participate in such classes .There is a view that some people claim that it is not of importance to acquire that, while I believe, it could be really beneficial for all pupils as it can enhance all their abilities and let them to learn new knowledge easily and we should force them to be master in it.This essay will highlights the benefits of that.
To begin, art could improve the creativity of students ,as we can see most artist try to spread new version of their arts which are really attractive for all people .For example, singers used to produced the combination of two types of music, like pop and traditional.so students will be encourage to do some unique projects which can improve their brain activity to be specific in their way .
Furthermore, youngsters can broaden their horizon with gaining art. Whereas, art is a global language, it can force students to improve their knowledge about different skills and cultures, which can raise the awareness of them in different field .In hence, if someone want to have popular and famous gallery, they should draw about various subjects and fields to have way more visitors.
In conclusion, Although, some students prefer to learn other subjects ,I wholeheartedly agree that, it could be a vital part of each child, considering to all advantage of that .Not only does it can improve their creativity ,but also it could inhance all they abilities as they should be up to date about all subjects.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
A strong strategy for increasing students performance in different subjects is teaching art in schools. So that, pupils become multi-skilled and will learn new things faster. Although this could be a good reason for obligation in art teaching and I mostly agree with the idea, but there are aspects that should be considered.
All the humans have the sense of art that should be trained. Fiercely, our brain is consist of different parts which have their specific function. we can Strengthen this lobes by means of doing a variety of mental and even physical activities. For instance, a region in left hemisphere of the brain is responsible for artistic and emotional abilities that can be improved via painting or singing. Such a regions in brain are responsible for logical thinking or literacy which are trained in a schools by topics like maths and literature. So, educating different topics including arts increase students abilities and contribute to multi-skilled pupils who will interface and solve problems more smartly.
Making art education compulsory may have unpleasant consequences, because people’s intelligent and learning abilities is not the same. As an illustration, one person can draw eye-catching paintings while other one is a genius in physics. in such condition if schools make students learn art unwillingly, it will change their attitude to education and Lessons.
To sum up, obligation in learning art in schools might graduate multi-functional people who can learn new things easier. meanwhile, it can make a students pessimistic to school if they were untalented in the subject.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Everyday life today student need state_of_the_art methods to enrich their skills that leads to learn new things easier. One strong model is studying art at school which help students’ performance other Subjects.I compeletly agree with this argument.
In my view that art can greatly enrich learning. Research findings confirm that student are shaped byPeople, experience and the environment which in live. Therefore, art gives pupils the opportunity toExpress some aspect of their personality by doing something completely different from daily routine. As a result they can boost the efficiency of their learning by art. Moreover, some kind of art, being amember of musician group, for example, give them feeling an intense of belonging to a group. Studentwho have a chance to experience art are more likely to achieve learning skills. Consequently, governments should raise public awareness about it and compulsory until college level.
In contrast, some people claim that art is part of education and it does not play a vital role in one’s skills and is not relationship between lack of art and improve learning. they firmly insist that other subjects,Such as, mathematic, physics or learning new language are more effective on students’ learning.However, I do not find this argument convincing as it is important to bear in mind that simply devoting Some subjects like mathematic cannot guarantee a promotion. It needs an analytical mind and Hardworking which many students don not like to deal whit.
In conclude, I believe all subjects schools are decisive factors in students’ learning in long run and all subjects must be compulsory by educational authorities before college level.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
The reason art ought to be obligated in schools is studying art in schools progresses students' execution in other topics since it is simpler for multi-skilled understudies to memorize modern things. From a personal point of view i agree with this contentious topic due to some reasons however it is not right to commit craftsmanship at schools.
As a personal experience and belife, learning an art can leads to better function of brain.in other words the more things you learn the more you can be mastered in other subjects. Celebral cortex is a outer layer of the brain and it has myriad folds which makes it like a wrinkled_like matter it has an avalance of duties such as memory,learning,decision_making and intelligence. According to researches the more students learn arts such as music and painting the more their cortex get new folds, As a result their brain function increase so thy can get more new things learning art can really help with this subject.
On the other hand, this is should be considered that it is not right to obligate some subjects at schools which serves no purpose in pupils academic life. Art could be a subjects which is valuable for delight only and It should not be take seriously because it might be a waset of time instead some valuable subjects like science,math, human science can be cinsidered truly also barin function progression is not limited to art only there is a whole raft of thing to challeng the brain and learning abilities like sport,mathematics and new language I assume it is better to the art to be optional for pupils.
To sum up, It is my firm belive that art is a topic not only for student but also to everybody else who whish to level up their abilities but it is bet to leave it to individuals to select it.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
whether arts should be teached in schools always was a controversial issue in the society.Some indivuduals argu that teaching art in schools contributes to the improvement of their performance in other lessons, since it is much easier for the students who are multi-skilled to learn new things.Thereso,some people advise the obligation of instructing art at schools.In my opinion, this is an acceptable attitude.
There are different fields in art such as, painting, singing, acting, playing musical instruments which all of these have its own possitive effects on the efficiency of the functioning of students .This phenonmenon leads to benefits for both schools and students.
Firstly, it can boost the one's mind agility.For instance a psychological report states that the percentage of those who paints and uses different colors in their painting are more creative than others.
secondly, it may make people to be more relaxed.
According to the news, people who play musical instruments are more calm and happy than the others.
Finally,being more calm and relaxed boost the concentration of individuals which is useful for both students and the schools.In other word, it is prooved that the more effective students be, the better is the rank of schools.For example, it is reported the majority amount of children who are professional in different sorts of arts are more consentrative than who does not.
In conclusion, the goverments should allocate some policies to add a new field of subject as an art in order to make the function of one's learning better in different concepts.Also children should obtain their parent's support to this phenomenon.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
it is argued that art is the only subject that can promote the student's skills in the other credits and learning new skills are cream of the crop for those who are multi skilled. in addition, they feel that art subject should be a vital subjects in education institutions. I agree to some extent with this statment. in this following paragraphs, i shall discuss my opinion and give supporting reasons.
There are two main resons for some who claim that this obligation can not stimulate students to learn other subject easily and force them to study art is not a good idea. first of all, they think it limits the student's choices and they cannot choose their subject freely. Therefor, schools should allow them to choose every subject that they prefer. the other reason is, despite the fact that some individuals believe multi skill students can learn new skills easier by this method, others think it is not general and they deny this hypothesis by proving the opposite of that. this meansm, learning new skills depend on the personality and ability of every students.
Turning to other side of arguement, nember of peolpe agree and they feel art subject improves the ability of students in the other subjects and it should be an obligation subject in schools. they give two reasons. firstly, if students learnt art well, they would be more creative. in other words, learning new skills would be a piece of cake for whom that can do some works together. secondly, doing art works take long time and students learn how to be patient during learning new skills. as a result, students can learn more skills gradually.
to sum up, it is clear that although, some people disagree with forcing students to study art subject, personally i am in favour of that, beacuse, art is a cruicial subject in schools, beacuse, it motivate students to be more creative and they can learn new skills step by step.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Art is a way which can make progress in student learning skills and make studying easier for them. some people believes studting art must be cumpulsory during school time. I partly agree with this idea, I believe art can use brain and make students multi-tasked person; however, forcing students to do something that they do not enjoy, can make them feel abhored of art.
Art is a great way to help students study better. There are so many benefits for art to count. As scientists mention, art can help the brain improvement. It can use some different parts of brain and increase the inteligence. Furthermore, as art has both visual and physical activities, it can help students work on becoming multi-tasked people by practicing. Also, making progress happens mentally duing time as they practice on their imaginaton.
On the other hand, everything which is forced to do can also be dangerous. obligation can always be harmful and make students to do something can destroy their talent. Psycologycally speaking, forcing people make them hate that secific subject. Moreover, not everybody have enough talent in art so they can loose their self confidence if they should do art and feel their skills scarce. Besides, the cost of materials needed for art is high. For instance, musical instruments or painting tools are really expensive and not all the families afford buying them.
Hence, art can make progress in childeren mind and make them become multi-tasked people because it can use their brain's part. Nevertheless, forcing yonths can make them hate that subject.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
It has been proven that student's function in different topics can be enhanced in aid of teaching art to student in school. Actually, some people are of the opinion that it is more simple to learn new thing for students who have been educated art. Thus, they believe that students should study art in school.
I completely agree with this fact which students can get beneficial impact on learning through art education. In my point of view, art can lead students to have more ability to increase the amount of creativity in making new idea and solving issues. Indeed, by learning art, students will find a vision from another perspective to look at other subjects. Further more, Intelligence quotient can be boosted by studying art in young age. In addition, the capability to communicate and understand another object, by and large, will be easier, since the effort to gain knowledge of art can builds new neural networks in the brain. For instance, if someone is skilled in an art, things may come to their mind that they wouldn't normally.
Overall, multi-skilled students who have trained art in school can have more ability to deal with other subjects in school and catch new things. Consequently, Their performance in other subjects will develop and they will be more successful to identify their interest in adulthood.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
It is believed that schools should consider art subjects in their curriculum, since studying them resulst in performance improving due to the fact that learning several skills make students to learn novel activities easier. I agree with this statement bacause of some reasons,which has been described in this essay.
Firstly,artistic subjects stimulate and strengthen the right hemisphere of barin, which is related creativitiy,sapatial ability, artistic and musical skills,which is not considered to improve by most of poeple.Hence,it would be crucial to be taught in schools from primary levels such as kindergardens and primary schools and higher to higher levels.As a result,they improve their brain functions and will be able to learn variuos things.For example,it is observed that students with sufficient painting and drawing skills,maintain higher mathematics scores compared to those who haven't artistic abilities.
Secondly,as we try to learn another things regardless of the subject,we develop and train our brains to perform efficiently and function appropriately.Additionally,a new skill would be helpful in another aspect of our lives.for instance,a person who has acting and theatre performing abilities,has gain enough confident to learn easier to speak in front of so many poeple in any probable confrences or gathering with an impressing body language.So arts benefit students considerably in schools.
To conclude,arts should be included in schools schedules because they are beneficial for students to easily learn new thinngs, like improvig skills related to left hemisphere of brain and making brain more developed and better functioned by learning different subjects.
You want a book that you cannot find. Later you find it and it is available in a bookstore in another city. Write a letter to the manager of bookstore. In your letter, you should:
▪️Give details of book
▪️Say why you need this book
▪️Tell him how you will pay
for it.
Dear Sir or Madam
I’m writing this letter to provide an English book called New IELTS.
I should mention some specialties of this book. It consists of one hundred pages in A4 size and it is colorful. Moreover, it was published in 2024 by Cambridge university and it has a CD for related audio files.
I need it a lot due to I will have an English exam next mount. My English teacher asked me to buy it and it has been six months since I have looked for this book and I have just found it in your bookstore. My friend suggests me to search on line in your books and hopefully I found it.
I can pay for it by cash or online in case you send your account information and the price.
I look forward to your reply and hope to do it as soon as possible considering my hurry.
Your faithfully
Shervin.Allahdadi
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, although, there are a lot of sports facilities and gyms, we can see many people suffering from obesity. Firstly, this essay will consider the reasons for this problem, and then provide logical solutions for this issue.
First of all, today, people have a sedentary lifestyle which means that many individuals spend a lot of time in their office, as a result, this trend can lead to obesity. Another reason that can be mentioned here, is that these days, there are a lot of individuals having an unhealthy diet. In other words, they tend to consume junk foods such as snacks, burgers, and pizza which are huge resources of calories. In addition, nowadays, people live a fast-paced life, therefore, they do not have enough time to go to the gym and do physical activities.
One possible approach would be for authorities to set a time in the work schedule for employees to do physical activity. A more feasible approach would be for authorities to allocate a considerable budget to companies to build gyms or swimming pools in their workplace. besides that, people can move away from an unhealthy diet to a healthy diet. They can replace junk foods with healthy foods like seafood and traditional food. Finally, everyone should put some time aside in a day for exercise. These approaches, if implemented by society, will certainly tackle the obesity problem quickly.
Taking everything into consideration, people's lifestyles and diets have a negative impact on their bodies. However, we can address the obesity issue by improving our diet and doing more exercise in our daily life.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although currently there are various facilities for people to exercise, the fitness state of society members is lower than at any time before. The main culprits in this phenomenon are higher membership fees and higher usage of fast foods. However, these problems can be tackled through subsidizing memberships and raising information about food.
Physical fitness is related to two main factors. One of them is the number of calories people burn through physical exercise. Even though, facilities for doing sports are more provided for people, utilizing them is limited to a special group, who can afford to pay its cost. In the current rife economic crisis throughout the world, most families are dual income and still struggle to afford the standard of living. As a result, they will prioritize their basic needs such as expenditure for food, clothing, and accommodation rather than spending on doing sports. This issue can be solved by subsidizing the membership costs of gyms. Indeed, the government needs to allocate a budget to cover a part of the sports facilities’ cost, especially for target groups, who are found to be overweight or in danger of being obese in screening tests.
The amount of intake calories is as important as physical activity states. That is to say, the transformation in individuals’ life seems to force them to use more prepackaged, convenient and fast food rather than preparing their own meals from fresh and healthy ingredients. These kinds of food contain a huge amount of saturated fat and carbohydrates, which have great number of calories that are beyond one's ability to burn through regular exercise. Hence, feasible remedy to deal with this obstacle is to provide data about food. In fact, food canteens and restaurants can put information about each food’s calories in their menu. In this way, people can decide to choose not only the best food for them with restricted calories, but also the amount of their portion, which is equal to energy they burn in their daily activities.
To sum up, root causes for not being fit is the cost of using sport centers and facilities and overusing unhealthy food. Nevertheless, these matters can be resolved by monetary contribution from the state and being informed about food’s calories to control their intake.
fateme ahahriari
academic
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although exercise has been proven to be beneficial for physical fitness and mental health as well, and almost everyone accesses to a well-equipped sports center, there are much fewer people in the standard weight range rather than in the past. This essay will discuss two main reasons for people getting more overweight including lack of time and a less healthy lifestyle. This essay will also suggest solutions to this widespread social problem including setting a work-life balance plan and sticking to a healthier life routine program.
Considering the fact that most people in today's competitive world lead busy life schedules, it seems reasonable that they may have far less free time during which they may be able to do sports on a daily basis. In order to afford a comfortable modern life, people are working longer hours than ever before, which results in a lack of time for exercise. On top of that, if your intake of energy is higher than the energy you consume during the day, means you overeat or eat heavy meals, which can cause overweighting. Fast food, for example, is a type of food that is getting more and more popular, even though, this type of food has, by and large, been shown that rise the obesity rate.
Following a regular workout program and managing a healthier lifestyle are both critical that can improve individuals' physical and psychological well-being. The more you do sport, the less you gain weight and that provides people with lower body fat accumulation. Apart from that, by consuming more fruit and vegetables and avoiding unhealthy food, people can enjoy far better health conditions.
In conclusion, the majority of today's population suffers from being overweight and obese. This essay discussed how being out of shape is often caused by unhealthy lifestyles and ignoring regular exercise. This essay also suggested that we can handle this problem by paying more attention to our eating habits and working out frequently.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, while there are various sports facilities and gyms, people have a sedentary lifestyle and are less fit than in the past. I believe exploring the causes of this problem can assist in finding suitable solution to help resolve it.
One of the reasons for this problem is economic conditions , number of people do not have a chance to access to sport center for keep their fit , due to the fact that they have insufficient money,so they have to over workload and prefer to spend their money for necessary items such as food and shelter. In addition, Excessive use of technology by people can cause this problem. This is simply because with the spread of technology and innovation particularly computer games, many people rely on them, so they lead to a sedentary lifestyle. For instance keeping the same pasture in front of the computer for such a long time , it takes a toll on people's physical health, and they may deal with many problems such as obesity, diabetes and heart disease.
The best solution to this problem is that the government should promote a healthy diet and regular exercise. They should be more time for sport on schools and companies timetable. Besides, Influential people such as actors and successful people who are role models for people play an important role in people's lives since they can aware of people about negative effects caused by being inactive and not exercising, they are able to encourage people to enroll for gym centre.
In conclusion, many people are struggling with many problems such as obesity and they are not keep their fit due to insufficient money and over use of technology, and the most effective solutions are to educate people through media and government that have play a major role in this problem.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In recent years, people have tended to overweight and be less fit than before. Although there are various sport facilities and methods in order to lose weight and remain fit, this tendency has appeared evidently and some questions have been risen on the issue that what the causes of this problem are and what approaches can be taken for solving it. In this essay, I will outline two principal reasons for this happening and suggested solutions to work out the problem.
As developing the technology, huge transitions have occurred in last decades and inevitably it has led to significant impacts on the lives of human beings. The influences which are associated with gaining weight in an uncontrollable way could be explained in terms of the natural inclination of man towards settling down and not moving a lot. In other words, the Internet, automobiles, smartphones, and technology in general have made the individuals idle. They, therefore, find it difficult to take up a sport or work out in a gym in order to keep or become fit.
Moreover, as the second reason, I would point to the fact that in today’s busy world, it is easy to forget about the importance of taking time off and going to sports centers on regular basis. Justifiably, virtually everyone prefers not to register for sports courses than to register and skip the classes. Also, due to lack of time, people tend to have fast foods as dinner or lunch than to process meals.
To my point of view, the effect of overweighting on self-confidence cannot be ignored and may be at the expense of serious spiritual issues. Thus it is important to take action on this matter. Individuals, for example, can walk to and from work instead of using their personal car. Also it might be possible for them to have more healthy meals with less calories such as salads and fruits. Furthermore, it would be really helpful if they assign a specific time to practice in their workplace as a break and not just sit down during the whole day.
In brief, the trend towards rising the use of technological devices in order to feel more comfortable, is not inexorable. In addition, the fact that the time of people has been limited is undeniable. Nevertheless, it is worthwhile for us as human beings to make efforts for being healthier and feel happier.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Despite a variety of sports facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem? What solutions can you suggest?
Have you ever thought of the role of sports amenities in society’s life? It makes their life better if they use them. However, people are more out of shape than in previous eras. I believe although there are many reasons that brought this up, we can solve them.
There are several reasons that people are getting more out of shape than ever. Firstly, although these facilities are ubiquitous, they are exhausted to go and use sports facilities as they have hectic lives. In this day and age, they are snowed under work, so they have to spend a lot of energy doing them. For instance, an employee who has to go to work wakes up at 6 in the morning to get ready and go to his job. Also, there is a huge amount of stuff to do at their jobs, which means hardworking until the end of the work day. In addition, when they get back to their houses, they have some chores like washing clothes and vacuuming. Therefore, doing all those stuff may make workers really tired and discourage them to go the gyms. Secondly, the fast foods people eat these days have high amounts of sugar, sodium, and fat. Although these ingredients are extremely detrimental, people use them a lot. As a consequence, using those make peoples’ bodies cause many diseases like obesity which make them more unfit.
However, there are many solutions to tackle these problems. To begin with, companies can encourage employees by providing good situations that they could go there and use them. For example, companies can contract with a nearby gym and give each employee allowance to take a break during their shifts to go and use those amenities. By doing this, the employees will be less unfit. Another way is encouraging people to use healthy diets by advertising them on TV programs instead of fast foods. We are what we eat, so if administrations do that, it would have made them less encouraged to eat fast food. Therefore, they will be fitter.
To summarize, I reckon that in spite of a lot of sports buildings and equipment, people’s body shapes are getting worse as people barely use them and eat a huge amount of foods that are ready and unhealthy. By allowing workers to take a leave of absence to go to gyms and banning advertisements about fast foods, they will be fitter.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In spite of the fact that there are many athletic equipment and places to exercise , people are expected to suffer from more obesity compared to the past .Whereas this social issue lie in convincing reasons , several pragmatic policies could be employed to address it .
There are many causative factors contributing to people's fatness . First and foremost is sedentary lifestyle . In other words , experiencing inactive lives , many individuals are less likely to do exercise during a day . For example many employees have desk occupations and clerical jobs . Moreover , not only might individuals fail to do exercise during a day , but they also have unhealthy diets . In fact, there has an explosion of interest in junk food which is high in fat and cholesterol . Take fast food for notable example ; many today 's people with busy schedules are inclined to consume this kind of product owing to its reasonable price as well as quick preparation compared to traditional food .
To keep fatness at bay some workable measures could be introduced . To commence with , should government impose heavy taxation on fast food product , it may have potential to make citizens reluctant to make consumption of junk food with proven track record in leading individuals to be overweight . Another viable alternative is to provide people with awareness of negative consequences of unhealthy products consumption . In this regard , the media could play a crucial role to warn individuals to avoid unhealthy goods .
To conclude , although there are many sporting facilities and gyms , some compelling grounds cause people to be obese , which could be mitigated through practical strategies .
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, the range of sports facilities and gyms increased dramatically, but people are less fit than ever before. I believe exploring the cause of this problem can assist in finding suitable solutions to help resolve it.
The price of registration in gyms and sports centres has escalated rapidly. Thus, it could pretty much account for people rather stay home and not use those sports facilities. In my view, governments should reduce the cost of registration for people and also can offer vouchers for a wide range of sports centres. Moreover, people indulge in eating processed food. Therefore, governments should encourage people to go on a diet and limit eating processed food.
People are restricted by busy schedules, so they do not have enough time to go to gyms. It can also explain why people are unwilling to go to sports centres. The government should encourage people to do some exercise by themselves on a regular basis and burn off some calories at home. Also, governments should raise public awareness about the adverse of a sedentary lifestyle and its connection with increased health risks.
To conclude, even though gym memberships are expensive now and people are restricted by busy schedules contributes to people becoming fatter and doing less exercise than before. Governments can help remedy the situation. In my opinion, the government should reduce memberships cost and offer free vouchers for gyms to increase wiling of people to use sports facilities and also should raise public awareness about the positive effects of workouts and these are positive steps to resolve this problem.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Surrounding by different kinds of sports facilities and places does not necessarily result in a healthier, more fit body, indeed today’s people are less in shape than their ancestors. In this regard, both technology and unreal expectations are to blame for.
One of the causes of this unfortunate development is technology which has made people’s life extremely easy. For instance, people used to walk or cycle to commute to work which would burn lots of calories. Burning much of their calories on a daily bases, people did not need to worry about their weight, since automatically they would get in shape, but nowadays they drive their private cars and easily reach their destinations without much effort.
Another reason for this downward trend is today's capitalism dominance in today’s people's minds. The capitalist hegemony in recent years has created a devastating picture of the busy man as a authentic successful person so as to deceive people, especially the working class to try harder with this slogan that the more you put in, the more you will get out of it. Consequently, what has been made is a group of multitasking people who only want to achieve what they want by being busy all the time and focusing on different aspects of their ambitions. As a result, there will be inevitably little time for caring about their well-being and keeping fit, and if it does not change, all those amenities for exercise will be out of use.
However, there are some suggestions to solve this problem, such as utilizing technology to help people lose weight and be healthy. Smartwatches are one of these fairly new gadgets that can show your heartbeats and count your steps, so they can be really helpful in exercises. Although these devices can encourage people to work out, balancing different aspects of life and allocating time for every part is the only panacea.
In conclusion, nowadays, people are spoiled with a variety of sports facilities and gyms, but the advent of new technologies makes them lazy, on the other hand, their unbalanced life and emphasis on monetary achievements have caused them to be unfit. Both using some electronic devices to encourage them to work out and organizing their life better can be of utmost importance in this.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than even before. What do you think are the main causes if this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
These days, individuals are less inclined to exercise than in the past, although there are a variety of sports amenities and clubs. In my opinion, there are some grounds behind it, including a wrong lifestyle and the high value of enrolling in gyms.
Today, people are accustomed to having a hectic life and following an incorrect lifestyle. Furthermore, they do not exercise regularly or eat a healthy diet, which can help them stay in good shape. Secondly, the entry fee for gyms is high compared to the past. Then, most families cannot afford this expenditure. Thirdly, because of inflation and economic instability, people have to work all day and do not have enough time to do activities that help them get in good shape. Due to these reasons, getting in good shape is not regarded as a priority for individuals these days.
It is believed that one way to encourage a large number of people to be fit is by providing more free gyms and sports facilities. For instance, in developed countries, there are free sports facilities in regional parks for people, which persuade them to do more exercise. Furthermore, authorities can create more educational sport programs for several ages of people. Some competitions are held that can simulate sports activities.
In conclusion, due to the several sports facilities and gums, individuals seem to be less fit nowadays compared to a couple of years ago. The precious price of attending gyms and the hustle and bustle of life can be taken into account.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays people have more access to fitness facilities and gyms but the majority of people are overweight. I believe exploring the cause of this issue can assist in finding suitable solutions to help resolve it.
A sedentary lifestyle can partly account for gaining weight. Nowadays, with the help of technology and the Internet people did not have to do physical work. They can easily do their job through the Internet. For example, some people would not have to go to work, they have remote jobs. Remote workers do their jobs in their locations so they had not had to commute to work. A vast number of people are oblivious to the consequence of a sedentary lifestyle. Going to the gym and using fitness facilities daily can not diminish all the negative effects of this lifestyle. One effective way to resolve this difficulty is changing habits. Trying to be more active in daily life by reducing the usage of private cars. There is also a standing desk which can help to increase the time of activities.
The reason why obesity is one of today's problems is, due to the fact that the food industry encourages people to purchase low-quality foods. They invest in profitable products that are not healthy although lucrative. Having access to the latest technology in gym facilities can not omit all of the difficulties and problems that a poor diet cause. Ordinary people can burn at most 500 calories in the gym by elliptical but can gain 1000 calories easily by eating an average-size burger. To remedy this situation food suppliers should be encouraged to invest in healthier products and individuals are also should limit their fat intake.
To conclude, even though a sedentary lifestyle and a poor diet can contribute to being overweight, governments and individuals can remedy this situation. In my opinion, changing habits, proper nutrition, and investing in healthy foods are steps in the right direction.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, although major steps forward to establishing a wide range of the sports centers and equipment are taken, people are said not to be in shape compared to the past. There are some root causes behind this negative trend; nevertheless, by adopting sound workable plans it can be ameliorated.
One major drive to more people‘s suffering from being overweight or obese lies in their less involvement in physical activities. In today’s fast-paced, modernized world, with the aim of keeping pace with increasing market demand, many offices and companies have prioritized raising work hours. Despite the possibility of employing more job-holders to cope with their high workloads, and since this impose heavier financial hardship on industries, they prefer to require their current staff to work longer hours, leading to them having a sedentary lifestyle. Having worked long hours, when reaching home, individuals would be so exhausted to devote their free time, if available, to exercising. Making workplaces enjoy the state-of-the-art sports facilities in their own gyms, and putting incentives such as bonuses for employees taking some time to workout, however, potentially promote them to use their workplace’s clubs. Accordingly, the more they break with their sedentary lifestyle, the more they could be fit.
Another important contributor to less fit and healthy bodies among population is the expansion of unhealthy foods. Providing the public with more sports centers does not necessarily neutralize the impacts of fast foods industries’ advertisements on them. As a result, fast foods have become something of an obsession with many individuals today, causing their risk for obesity surged. This problem would not be tackled unless educational programs, for example, on TVs are broadcast. Not only should such TV shows stress the benefits of regular exercise but also had better familiarize people with the side effects of fast foods the very epitome of which is obesity and its dire consequences including hypertension, heart disease, and stroke.
All of this being said, the development in sports facilities solely is unlikely to keep people away from their physical inactivity and high intake of processed foods. I think, in order to have fitter human-beings, we need to incorporate educating them on fast foods’ negative outcomes and encouraging more employees to exercise into our schemes.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
It is an unpalatable fact that many individuals do not have a fit and healthy body. While many of them are suffering from obesity, there are many others who are too skinny to even fit in normal sized clothes. People in the past were more fit because they had to have physical activities but these days, despite having all these gyms with cutting-edge technologies, many people are less fit. What are the roots for this convoluted predicament? And what concrete steps must be taken to ameliorate the situation?
There are various reasons that can make people unfit and uninterested to the gyms. Numerous individuals nowadays are so inundated with their occupations that they just do not have the spare time to visit a gym. They do not have a work-life balance and they are overwhelmed with all the responsibilities that they have. They have more vital duties to attend like spending some quality time with their spouses or get some sleep and relax, thus they use it as an excuse to forget about their body figures. In addition, people these days do not have any physical activities because they are distracted by the gadgets and computers constantly. When people are playing with their smart phones or check out football matches they would feel too drowsy to sign up for a gym membership. In fact, not only can these distractions cause obesity, but also they can kill the incentive of many people who want to attend a gym.
But what measurements must be done to overcome this problem? There are a myriad of solutions that can help people to stay fit. Managers and bosses can devise up programs that mandate workouts. Although this approach seems archaic, it can have a profound impact on both employees and companies. A factory would be more lucrative if their staff work out every day before starting their jobs, because they can work more efficiently. Additionally, administrations can allocate some budget to encourage people to visit gyms and eat healthy. These commercials can warn people about how hazardous their situation is and how prone they are to diseases. Many people would get influenced by these advertisements and try their best to stay fit.
To recapitulate, there are countless of reasons that people are not fit anymore; however, with some determination and perseverance, people can become healthy and fit once again.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In recent years, people care about being in shape less than past, although they have more opportunity to use various sport facilities and gyms. I will discuss the reasons behind this issue and the ways they can be improved, in this essay.
In my opinion, two primary causes are to blame for why people are not into being fit nowadays, despite the existence of different sport facilities. Firstly, it is crystal clear that individuals are swamped these days, Thus, they do not have time to spend on sport activities. They consider them time-consuming activities which serves as a barrier to spend their spare time with their friends and family or have some personal times instead. Secondly, the government does not make all its attempts to know people’s interests and meet their needs and expectations. Also, in some cases, organizations provide high-quality facilities, however, do not spur on people enough to utilize them. For instance, some companies possess in-house facilities, while they do not introduce them properly to their employers.
This issue can certainly be solved. I believe the changes should be start by educating people well from school ages by putting sport in their school curricular as a quintessential session ,and acquainting them with its direct positive effects on both mental and physical health. Sport should be prioritized in school period to drives individuals at early ages to the way to relish doing it and staying in shape. In addition, advertising occupies an axial role in informing people about government efforts to construct well-equipped gyms and sport complexes, which will profoundly impact their self-confidence, productivity and efficiency by keeping themselves in shape. To illustrate, it is possible by some out of charge schemes, such as free daily workout for public in sport complexes, or free membership schemes to imbibe people.
To sum up, even though, there are different kinds of sport facilities in countries these days, but people due to having lack of information about their facilities and location in their areas or sport’s profound impacts on their health, are not into being fit. I believe scheming paves the way for solving these problems.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Due to advances in technology, variations in exercise amenities have become much easier than ever. Despite this fact, there is a decline in fitness among people today. While the causes of that result could be traced through communities and governance, fundamental solutions based on education and authority should be established to tackle the problem.
Regarding society, a new sedentary lifestyle could not be an incentive for physical activity. In other words, urban accessibility with the shortest time in reaching non-healthy products particularly, fast foods, alcoholic drinks, and drug substances provides significant circumstances for choosing a non-active lifestyle instead of bodily exercise as a healthier choice. Similarly, a lack of people awareness in the range of individual to social health would not be a motivational drive to reach a healthier life through sports. This means, unknowing about the negative effects of living without sports or gyms, is brought non-compassionate behavior to their bodies. Consequently, these increase the rate of fat in persons and so less fitness in society.
There would be two appropriate corresponding solutions to this matter. Firstly, the governments can make a strategy for the establishment of some foundations for physical health campaigns and educate people about a healthier lifestyle and make provide overtax usage for fast foods and drinks. Secondly, it would be encouraging if people could have a chance for social interaction and a discount on the costs of rural and civil services alongside physical practicing health care if they have a least of exercising. The latter solution could be traced by informatic circumstances like digital watches for the recording of body movements during break times.
In conclusion, while technological improvement has made life easier[AH1] , the shortage of body movements in the contemporary world leads to less fitness among citizens, and without committed governmental strategic planning on group encouragement and educating people’s health importance, this issue will be continuous.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
It is a well-known fact that even with the wide range of sport centres, people’s fitness state is generally deteriorated compared to the past. While there are several reasons to this upcoming issue, some measures can be taken to address the problem.
On the one hand, some reasons can be held accountable for people to engage less in exercising activities. A salient reason is that considering the level of worldwide economic inflation, the majority of citizens have to work overtime in order to meet their needs or financially support their family. Being buried under heavy workload, these employees barely can find the free time in their schedule to attend a gym, meanwhile their fitness level gets worst as they are mostly engaged in sedentary jobs. Additionally, with people being overly busy, according to scientific data, fast food has become one of the main sources of nutrition as it is more convenient and time saving compared to home-made food. Also, due to the wide range and availability of fast food stores and menus, junk food has gained an ever-increasing popularity, and this unhealthy diet has given rise to health problems and obesity in society.
On the other hand, some remedies taken by governments and firm owners can be named to tackle this problem. Firstly, companies can encourage their work force to build an exercise habit by equipping their facilities with sport equipment. They can also increase the likelihood of staff doing exercise by offering free or reduced-priced healthy foods to the workers who engage in exercises on their resting hour. Secondly, governments can hold events to promote the benefits of exercising as well as warning against the likely consequences of over-weighting, while offering some prizes, like free gym membership, to make these events exciting to participate in.
In conclusion, as the working condition of people besides their unhealthy food choices have led to a deterioration of their fitness, I believe only if authorities and business owners take some steps, can this problem be resolved.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Due to the recent development of Sport region people tend to suffer more from fitness problems and obesity. I think that while there is more accessibility to sports facilities other aspects of a healthy lifestyle have serious problems like lack of activity and an inappropriate diet. To cope with these problems comprehensive health plans are needed.
In modern societies, mechanical tools and machinery systems evaluate the industrial and agricultural processes and replace them with human labor. On the other hand, people assign he would part of their lives to work and brain activities. While people try to succinct other tasks like cooking and exercising fast food Industries and alternative ways for losing weight became more popular. Besides, usually, some parts of society are not interested in exercising and using the facilities because of so many reasons like time or financial limitations.
To overwhelm society with a healthier trend, a comprehensive plan is required. An appropriate solution could be the installation of gyms and sports facilities in workplaces or allocating a budget to employees and forcing them to use it for physical activities and sports. Bonus and financial aid for going to a sports center is another solution. On the other hand and restricting fast foods and unhealthy diet is a general idea that details of the approach and possibility of such a process should be discussed and persuaded with the government.
To sum up, the development of sports centers and facilities does not look enough to rectify society's health issues. Time and financial limits are the possible reasons for the current health problems in addition diet and feeding behaviors are a reason for the unfit population. To put an effect on society's lifestyles, planning should be prepared on a big scale and managers should involve in and support the plan.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
These days, individuals get to grips with the out-of-shape problem. This essay will discuss the main causes of this problem and then put forward the solutions to this problem.
The primary cause of being less physically fit can be attributed to a busy life requiring tremendous energy and dedication. Nowadays, people are completely occupied with their jobs leading to not having enough time for exercise. This problem lies in a lack of time management skills which is crucial for saving time. One of the prime example of this is a demanding and time-consuming job leaving no time for leisure activities like working out because of exhaustion. A further complication is that although there is a considerable amount of gyms and sports facilities, people couldn’t afford the expenses. therefore, they prefer to spend their money on food and shopping. Take the swimming pool and budget membership of gyms, those can be very costly to use every week.
Some possible actions can be taken to mitigate these problems. First of all, people’s awareness should be raised about the importance of the benefits of doing regular physical activity that can be done by government campaigns as well as advertisements. In addition, the workplace could set up exercise facilities or a swimming pool which is a feasible alternative way of going to the gym. Secondly, to tackle the cost problem government needs to establish free sports centers or give discounts to people who are interested in buying a membership.
In conclusion, many people are physically unfit because of less exercise. this is on account of finding no time to dedicate to exercise. however, we can solve this issue by changing lifestyle habits and the government’s attempts.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In modern times, in spite of an increasing number of gyms, not paying attention to fitness is a highly controversial issue. While there are many factors that lead to this, there are also various ways to overcome them.
Generally speaking, although there are more and more fitness clubs than before, there are two main reasons why people got used to suffering from obesity. Firstly, in this materialistic lifestyle that everyone has difficulties with monetary reasons, not many people place a high value on their fitness and gyms. In other word, they are convinced that they have to pay through the nose to join a gym. Indeed, the higher the rates of tuition for the gyms are, the more people refuse to attend the gym. Secondly, even if people strive to attend gym to lose their weight, according to physicians, if individuals do not pursue a healthy diet, they will be faced with many hardships, not only physical problems, such as diabetes and fatty blood, but also mental disorders contributing to a sedentary lifestyle, all of which lead to having a overweight shape. As a result, there is a recognizable relationship between an unhealthy lifestyle and overweighing.
There are two nice and effective suggestions. The obvious solution is for governments to raise public awareness. For example, providing many learning opportunities about the lessons that are all about health problems rooted in a lazy lifestyle and unhealthy diets is on the shoulders of authorities. A further step is to offer financial supports for the needles to pay club tuition. For instance, a high per capita for the gym entrance may keep us from registering in the gyms. By doing these, our societies will benefit from an active lifestyle.
In conclusion, not taking gyms into acount to lose the weight due to many reasons is a topic that is very relevant to modern society. If the government chooses to ignore this issue, the future of societies will be in danger.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Over the last decades, authorities have done their best to construct plenty of sports centers and fitness clubs for the public in order to provide them the opportunity to stay in shape, nevertheless, a majority of people have shown no interest. These days, according to statistics, it is evident that obesity rates have skyrocketed and many people don’t even care. In this essay, the possible causes of the mentioned issue will be discussed and solutions will be given as well. I assume that high expenses and laziness are the main reasons here.
Although a lot of sports facilities and gyms are available, becoming a member of one of those centers will surely cost you a fortune. When people want to prioritize their needs to plan what to do with their salaries, joining a gym will be at the bottom of the list. To keep fit, you might have to spend more than 30% of your income to afford your gym tuition which sounds insane considering the economy. So, money is a key element here and most of us are not able to afford to join a gym. An effective solution for the government is to allocate some money as subsidies to facilitate paying for gym tuition so many people who are not able to join a gym due to financial obstacles will have the chance to stay in shape.
A plethora of people is not in the mood of getting out of their houses, going to the gym, and exercise due to the courtesy of social networking websites. Many people, especially youngsters rather monkey around with their smartphones than do beneficial physical activities. Many of us have turned into couch potatoes and we don’t have enough determination to even move a muscle let alone go to a gym. A solution to address this problem is to enthuse people to exercise by highlighting the advantages of this in social media. People usually assume, everything they see in this medium is true and reliable, in another word they tend to change their lifestyle based on what they learn in the virtual world and this will provide a great opportunity to persuade them to exercise.
To sum up, all the evidence suggests that it doesn’t matter how many sports centers are constructed annually, apparently, most of people are in bad shape. The most important reasons include dealing with the high expenses of joining a gym which government is able to facilitate through subsidies and laziness which is a more complicated problem to solve.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although there is a vast number of sport centers, people has become less fit compared to the past. Many factors can be detected for people being less fit, and some solutions can be drawn as well.
Many reasons can attribute to the fact that people are less active these days. The most important one is that many are hard-pressed for time nowadays and find exercising rather time consuming. The number of gyms has increased but so as the pace of individuals’ lives. For example, an ordinary office job will take almost eight hours of a person’s day and therefore, he will not have the time or energy to work out at the gym. Another reason could be that the media does not put much emphasis on the positive effects of doing regular exercise. When media promotes online shopping, online learning and remote jobs all the time, people will be demotivated to do spots. As a result, they will not exercise and choose to stay in home rather than joining a gym, and it is understandable why they are being less fit day by day.
Despite the mentioned reasons, some effective approaches can control this problem. One way to combat it, is to promote the importance of changing sitting lifestyle and include regular exercise in people’s daily routines in the media. If media shows the image of having a healthy lifestyle which includes hitting the sport centers in their content more often, people will be intrigued by these images and will try to be more active. Another solution is reducing the expenses of joining a gym. It can be expensive for many people to join a high facilitated sport center and exercise. Therefore, gyms can offer various bargains for their customers. They also can suggest cheaper membership for those who exercise on a daily basis to motivate more people to do so.
To conclude, the hectic lifestyle of people and not enough promotion of doing sports on media will lead individuals to be less fit nowadays. For solving the issue of sedentary lifestyle, promoting a healthy lifestyle and reducing the expenses of sport centers can be promising.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Health issues that are related to the physical shape of the human body such as obesity are booming in some societies and there are lots of concerns over this incident, why do we have such outcomes despite having hundreds of working out facilities across the cities? This result can be eliminated by taking some actions against it to curb the out-of-fit bodies among people. In this essay, I intend to include some reasons and the possible solutions surrounding them.
To begin with, advertisements and TV programs have a great influence on the majority of people. With TV commercials that do not advertise fit body shapes, people who lead them would not invest in exercising. Having said that one of the best ways to overcome this issue is by producing TV programs and commercials, which try to improve people's knowledge about health issues and the behaviors that contribute to them, also having ads to encourage people to keep fit and do exercise.
The other important responsible figures that have a great impact on this problem are the factories that produce high calorie-food products. Such factories also make their products to be appealing to the eyes of some groups of people, therefore as I said above they will buy their products as the result. To have this problem fixed, governments can impose taxes on unhealthy consumption products that are so well distributed in supermarkets.
Also, technological advancements could be held responsible. People these days spend most of their time behind their computers at work or in front of TVs in their homes, this lack of physical movement can cause stiffness in muscles and bring with it laziness. By devising working out routines for specific citizens in society, we can improve their well-being.
To conclude, several reasons have led to obesity and fatness in societies but by the right encouragement and informing people we can have this issue resolved.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays people are more corpulent than in the past, meanwhile, they have better amenities in sports centers. In this essay, we will discuss the pinpoint of this problem and we will give a solution to solve this problem.
It is crystal clear that people tend to have sedentary life in this era due to improving technology. It can be seen all around us are full of people who choose their hobbies with no mobility, like watching TV or surfing the web. To illustrate, we clarify it with an example, after tedious work during the day some people choose to spend their time in gyms, but most people want to spend their time on social media or be couch potatoes because mobiles are at their fingertips and they want to spend their time in social media instead of going to a gym with excellent facilities because it needs to put more efforts to have a muscular body and being well-built.
Although, most of the people want to choose the easiest way of hobbies because they don’t have an incentive or maybe they don’t know how important exercise is. First thing first, people should know, if they do exercise they will have a healthy life down the road and they can live longer and that is the duty of the authorities, besides, governments should hold some sports challenges with the best prize to motivate people to go to the gyms, and instead of charge people to the dollar, free gyms can be built because paying tuition is cost people an arm and a leg, this way they will go gyms more than before.
Conclusively, people are chubby than before despite they have better gyms. Instead of going gym people want to use their own phones and TV because these are easy ways to spend time that is why they suffer from obesity, so they need the motivation to go to gyms such as free gyms or participate in tournaments with awesome prizes.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, they are more people who struggle with their weight although the number of different sports facilities, health clubs and gyms has been rising compared to the past. The fitness problem is getting worse and worse and it is important to take steps. In this essay, I will look at the reasons for this issue and propose some solutions.
One of the main causes of the problem is that it is not affordable for everyone to purchase membership fees. In addition, sports facilities and equipment are way too expensive. This problem could be addressed by the government to legislate a law to decrease expenses by eliminating taxes. Furthermore, this problem could be solved if they built more public places with efficient facilities that everyone would use for free.
Another problem is that although sports facilities and gyms are expanded, the sedentary lifestyle is becoming more common. In other words, people don’t have a passion for a workout to build a healthy and fit body. The way forward might be to encourage them to do this kind of activity with put value on a healthy lifestyle. If the government invests in education and advertising active life on different platforms such as social networks, television programs, and schools, it can be possible to tackle this problem.
In conclusion, while there is a wide variation in sports facilities, people have less fit bodies. My view is that the main responsibility for solving the problem lies with the government. action must be taken urgently, otherwise, our societies will face even greater health problems in the future.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In comparison with the past when hardly had anyone accessed to sports facilities, these days as can be seen, weight issues are more ubiquitous due to a number of reasons. Fortunately, there are some actions which can be done in order to address the problem.
There are various reasons why the number of obese people is more than before. One consideration would be that because of the advent of new technology, people have a sedentary lifestyle. For example, In the digital era people tend to do most of their shoppings online so there is no need to commute long distances. In addition, the convenience of using personal cars deter people from doing physical activity. Furthermore, recent research reveals that the more polluted the air becomes, the more weight people will gain. Which is why the air pollution will slow down the metabolism since not only people can do exercise, but also they do not breathe enough oxygen.
There are a plethora of initiatives to transcend the barrier of exercise which are not completely related to the availability of sports facilities. Firstly, people should be educated toward the dangerous impact of obesity like chronic diseases and premature death, which can be performed through mass media and schools. Secondly, people can use time management skills in order to incorporate regular exercise into their schedules and seize all the opportunity to do more work out like walking or riding instead of taking a taxi. Finally, the government as a policy maker can encourage people to do more work out by providing subsidies for work out expenditures. Paying less money for attending the gym, people will become more willing to do more exercise.
In conclusion, in modern times the reasons for having an unhealthy lifestyle are numerous, while there are some ways to escape this situation which have a positive influence on people to take some action to deal with this problem.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although sport centres are easily accessible in today's world, fewer people are in good shape. I assume that the main contributor to this situation is that people are wasting too much time on online platforms and to tackle this problem, authorities can remind individuals the importance of regular exercise.
Personally, I believe that people are more heavily occupied with distractions such as internet and social media compared to the past which is an important reason why they are less active nowadays. This trend will result in an increase in the number of obese individuals because the less people are engaged in daily activity, the more they become overweight conseauently. For example, I remember that when I was a child both my parents went to the gym every day, whereas my generation is used to spend many hours on Instagram and Facebook every day instead.
However, such issues can be addressed by taking some steps that incline people to exercise more and pay more attention to their bodies. Governments can invest in programs to promote sports such as subsidising gyms and sports complex membership fees and advertise the benefits of staying in shape. If such schemes are planned by the government, they will cause the people to become more encouraged to participate in gyms and use sport facilities more frequently. If my gym's monthly fee had been lower for instance, I would have been able to afford to workout there more days every week.
In conclusion, I think that the main reason why people have been less fit recently is that they are distracted by social media. Nevertheless, governments can take measures to tempt people to exercise more frequently so they can become more fit.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
In the status quo, people mostly have overweight whereas there are various kinds of sports amenities. It has different reasons as well as some solutions. In this essay, its causes are going to introduce in the first paragraph. In the following, its solutions will be discussed.
Indisputably, the number of gyms and sports clubs has dramatically increased in recent years. However, the new junk food and artificial additive have increased as well that making foods more savory and less healthy. Furthermore, people are frequently workaholics and have a sedentary lifestyle in their hectic days. communicating with a car considers as being more conventional and modern. In this regard, not only do they consume more fast food which is more convenient but also they move less. Having said that, their prices do not that much fair for the majority of them.
On the other hand, people should look forward to walking to their job place rather than driving even in the shortest way. Additionally, not only adults who have diabetes, fat and other disease but also teenage should and could use healthy food. If their parent had accustomed them to using organic food rather than ready meals such as sandwiches and pizza, they would not have gotten used to non-nutritional food and dealt with obesity even in their teenage hood. The government could investigate wait to motivate people by increasing the price of the public gym and holding more sports events.
To sum up, although the number of sports centers has substantially increased in the current day, people are not that many feet. This essay reported its causes as well as some solutions.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Despite the variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do think are the main causes of this problem?
What solution can you suggest?
In this contemporary era, whereas there are developments in sport sector, ranging from different types to associated facilities like sport centers and so on, being unfit is a pervasive problem. Here some causes and related solutions will come.
Nowadays people are leading hectic lifestyles mostly filled by work and matters related to it. To explain more, working eight solid hours (and even more) accompanied by commuting difficulties, like being stuck in traffic jams, do not let free time as well as energy for individuals to devote to exercise and sport. Secondly, in case of not having a job even, the majority of community waste a fortune of time engrossing on social media losing track of time rather than spending it in a practical way like going to gyms. Consequently people cannot work off fat, help their body with boosting blood circulation, and build stamina through sports.
In case of considering the cause related to work, maybe coming can remedy the situation. Making working hours flexible or even reducing it by making it dependent to result. In such a way that as one finishes a specific daily duties can leave the workplace and attend to the sport center in the company. Although it's practical for employees mainly in by boosting their efficiency and motivation as well as their overall wellbeing. In terms of providing an encouragement for all of the society, It is a better solution to grant them some bonus in the case of taking bicycles rather than cars to their destinations. Obviously, cycling is an appropriate way to help people have a good shape. Regarding the impact of social media, people specify a great amount of time talking and bantering online with their beloved ones, serving the chance of having discounts in case of enrolling in a sport center with a bunch of people around an individual make it more pleasant to take part in sport activities.
In conclusion, I personally believe for occupied people with their career it is better to provide facilities for them to exercise at work or even cycle to work .Furthermore, for those addicted to squandering time over the net, cutting the prices in group enrollment would be constructive approach.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
It is true that people are not in good shape todays, while a great deal of equipment and sport centres are available to keep fit. To get the root of the problem, we should look at drawbacks of the internet and lack of a healthy diet.
Undoubtedly, the internet has reshaped our lives, and this transformation can be seen in our routines like taking exercise. In the past, most people did more physical activities when they were not at work, for instance, doing shopping and going for a walk, there were no numerous clubs or apparatus to do sport, though. Yet, most individuals dedicate a huge amount of time surfing the net, especially chatting on social media platforms is tantalising making them less active. Moreover, introducing the wireless networks and Wi-Fi hotspot have boosted this temptation. In other words, they are slaved by the internet and its distraction minions. Diet is another reason due to the fact that they are not conscious of their diets which may pursuant to weight gain or loss. Unfortunately, they unknowingly are consuming unhealthy food whose ingredients are high in fat or their calorie content are beyond their body needs leading to obesity.
However, people do not need to seek miracle way out to cope with these issues, only if they be careful about what they eat as well as squeeze regular exercise in their routines; therefore, should they want to reach fitness and improve their body posture, setting a side time for doing physical activities can be a good solution. Besides, they should have an eye for their diet components. By doing this, they can strike balance between their calorie intakes and the amount of their activities to burn calorie. Finally, making plan to manage browsing the internet would be another step, for example they can draw a timetable to use the internet or social media, then they save time to do sports or activities.
In conclusion, people’s enthusiasm engaging themselves in the internet in lieu of taking exercise, and their laxity toward their diets are major reasons making them less fitness. Nonetheless, they can overcome these challenges by being more active and watch out their regime.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
It has been observed that people are less fit compared to the past although numerous sport amenities and gyms are available in our modern time. I believe exploring the causes of this problem can assist in finding suitable solutions to resolve it.
The fast speed of modern life and lack of time could partly account for individuals being less fit. In the contemporary time, many people have a sedentary lifestyle resulting in obesity. They often complain about not having enough time for exercising due to their tight schedule. To address this situation, the officials in charge of this field should raise public awareness about the awesome effects of exercising even thirty minutes every day. Undoubtedly, everybody would be able to find a short free time and plan for burning some calories on a daily basis.
Poor eating habits can also explain why many people are not in a good shape and suffer from health problems. For example, nowadays eating fast food is very popular, especially among youngsters who might indulge in salty and sugary snacks. If people were aware of the adverse effects of a poor diet and followed a balanced diet, they would have a healthy lifestyle. Adopting sensible eating habits could also boost physical stamina and lead to better fitness.
To conclude, even though a hectic lifestyle and consumption of fatty food contribute to dwindling numbers of individuals who are fit nowadays, both health officials and people can remedy the situation. In my opinion, exercising on a regular basis and following a healthy diet are steps in the right direction.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Although there are various types of exercising facilities and workout clubs, individuals are more out of fit these days than they ever have been. I believe this issue is the result of high cost of joining sport clubs which can be readily tackled through introducing more affordable membership plans.
When it comes to sport facilities and gyms as means for staying in shape, people lose their interests since they have to pay a considerable amount of money so as to exercise and work out. Had those facilities been more affordable, many have expressed greater desire to sign up and contribute to physical activities. This high cost is caused by a variety of factors such as the luxurious equipment a club uses, the accessibility of the club and so forth. For instance, where I live, gyms located near public transportation stations are surprisingly more expensive than those which are harder to access.
Since the cost of registering to a sport club accounts for the lack of motivation people have to work out, the prior and best solution would be proposing cost-attractive membership plans. With this approach, not only will club owners increase their income, but also the way for individuals to exercise regularly is paved. This can be reached by simple economic strategies such as setting discounts for different age groups of people, or making the first session costless to attend as a trial.
To conclude, men and women are less in shape nowadays whilst there are numerous and different kinds of exercising facilities that ever before. I believe this is because those facilities are expensive to use and more affordable plans must be introduced by their owners as a win-win solution.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
The line graph illustrates the amount of car thefts among Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada during the period between 1990 and 1999.
Overall, Great Britain had the highest level of stolen cars during the 9 years; and, at the end of the period, except the range of car theft in Sweden, the range of car steal witnessed a decrease in other three countries.
As it is obvious from the graph, Sweden car theft, experienced a gradual increasing from 1990 to 1999; while, the rate of stolen cars in Great Britain witnessed a fluctuation during the period.
In 1990, car theft in France had the lowest rate, which was about just over 5thousand. After 1990, this rate increased steadily till 1991, then fall down till 1994. And after experiencing a gradual growth in 1995, the rate of stolen cars experienced a drop again till 1999.
The rate of stolen cars in Canada between 1990 and 1993 declined gradually, and then increased steadily till 1999.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
The line graph demonstrates the number of thefts occurred per thousand vehicles over a 10-year period ending in 1999 in four cited countries: Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada.
As it can be seen from the graph, there was a particularly wide gap between the results concerning Great Britain and the three other countries. The figures show that Great Britain’s robberies ranged from a low of 15 to a high of 20 in mentioned decade, with modest rise and fall.
As regard of France and Canada, almost similar patterns were seen. Initially, France had higher amount of car thefts (almost 8) in comparison with Canada (almost 7). In the following, the same trend continued, more or less steady, until they both reached the number 6 in 1999.
Regarding Sweden, it had the lowest rate of car thefts at the beginning of period but the number of robberies per thousand tended tu increase since then, as far as it equaled the number of car thefts in France (almost 7) in 1991. Again, it continued to increase with a low slope and peaked at quite 14 per thousand in 1999.
In short, the figures suggest that Great Britain had the highest rate of car thefts, during the whole period, among all countries. On the other hand, there was Sweden with lowest rate at the start point, which tended to increase in car robberies rate and occupy the second position on theft car rate. Canada and France had the lowest rate with a quite straight slope.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Arman,
I hope this letter finds you well. Anyway, the reason that I’m writing this letter is that I want to express my gratitude for the book you gave me last week and also share with you some details of the presentation which I had yesterday.
As you know, the presentation was about introducing the MS-project software to new students in the university. Furthermore, the presentation had two main parts. At first I gave them some points about the importance of it in the industry and some theoretical use of it. Shoving a real project step by step in the software was the second part of my lecture.
I want to tell you that this presentation was of vital importance for me for many reasons. Firstly, it could boost my self-confidence as I did it in front of more than fifty person. Besides, it could broaden my knowledge and enhance my career prospects as this software is essential in my field of study and jobs in upcoming time.
Additionally, the book helped me to gain a deeper understanding of the software because of its practical lessons.
Once again thank you for the amazing book, stay safe and see you soon.
Best wishes,
Hossein
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Maria,
I hope that this letter finds you in complete health. I’m glad to have you as a friend. Let me explain how you helped me.
As you remember, you lent me a book whose name is “Social Psychology” written by Albert Bandura. It is a quite practical and highly recommended book that I used as a main reference for my last presentation. I made a lot of powerpoint slides according to this book.
My darling, the presentation which I gave was about the social effects on our beliefs. I explained that not only we are effected by social beliefs, but also try to act within these unwritten rules. The conference was very impressive.
This presentation was quite important to me because some prominent scholars in psychology attended there as invited scientists. It is obvious that by giving the above-mentioned lecture I finally get an educational fund from the Netherlands University and filled a position there.
At last, I again want to say thanks for the useful book which I borrowed. It helped me to achieve my goal.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Sara,
I hope this letter finds you in radiant health and the best of spirits.
I am writing this letter to express my gratitude to you for your help.
I had a presentation in regard to new radiopharmaceutical on the 3rd of March that was held at Homa hotel. This drug will use at our workplace, Sun Hospital, from next week. Some articles have recently published but most of our doctors are oblivious to it.
The presentation was of paramount importance in that this drug plays a vital role in cancer treatment. Moreover, people who suffer from such cancer like prostate, and breast would benefit from that. This palliative drug can reduce the bone pain which is caused by metastasis in these patient.
The book that you have lent me, facilitate my research to presentation. It serves me a great deal of benefit which has made it possible for me to ready my presentation in a timely manner.
Your sincerely,
Soraya
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The visual data illustrates the comparison of thefts in per thousand cars in four countries during the last decade of 20 century.
Overall, it can be seen that all countries (Canada, France and Sweden) were between 5000 and 15000, whereas Great Britain shows the highest number of the thefts per 1000 cars during ten years.
At first glance it is evident that Great Britain as one of the four countries leveled off and fluctuated steadily during the years; in addition it was the highest numbers of thefts in per one thousand vehicles. In 1990, it was approximately 17000 which was more than others. It experienced a period of stability, but it had a fall of 2000 around 15000 in 1999. It stabilized between 15 and 20 thousand during the decade. Sweden as the other countries shows a rise in the car thefts. At the beginning of the year in 1990, it was under 10000 about 8 thousand, while it surged from 1996 to 1999 remarkably. It peaked at a 5000 almost 14000.
It is lucid that both France and Canada had the lowest car thefts in comparison. At the first of the decade they stabilized and were between 6000 and 7000 in 1990. What is more, France with the low difference was more than Canada reaching a plateau. Both countries flattened out during the years and in 1999, they depict a stabilization which was the lowest number of car thefts at 5000 among other countries during the decade of the prior of 21st century.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
Dear Mr. Ahmadi,
I am writing this letter to express my gratitude for a book that you have given me a month ago.
It helped a lot in my recent presentation which was given to about 20 people. Actually, as you might recognize, I am pretty shy. Eat My Frogs has helped me to be more confident. Apart from these essential tips, in the forth chapter, it especially talked about presentation and tips to speak more fluently in front of others, especially strangers which was my main weakness.
However, in my recent speech I spoke easily for our new customers about our company’s products. The presentation held yesterday mooring in the conference room. First our regional manager Mr. Mohammadi talked briefly about our history. Then I talked about our medical products that can be used in physiotherapy clinics.
It was one of the vital meetings for future of the company because all of the doctors attending have well-known clinics in Tehran, so they are fountain of wealth, as Mr. Mohammadi always call them. By the way, it went great since half of them attracted and ordered lots of products.
Thanks again for the precious book, and I will return it next week since I am in the final chapter.
Yours sincerely,
Ramin Yekta.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I hope you are doing well on this beautiful day. I am Armineh Mohamadi, a sophomore in Scriptwriting at the college. Although I do not anticipate you calling to mind me, I have felt an obligation to write a gratitude letter for the valuable assistance and detailed recommendation of the appropriate book you gave me for the presentation of the cinematic genre lesson.
Please let me mention that genre seminar is one of our core subjects, and our professors considerably emphasize its significance and comprehension. Primarily helps writers comfortably arrange the script and reasonably foresee the events according to the category. In addition, it gives the audience a broad conception of the performers of movies and cultural and historical issues.
This book has valuable essays and informative discourses respecting the creation of the movie genres, and the author's theory comprehensively; seriously considers the commercial nature and social and cultural function in worldwide cinema. For this reason, my presentation contained valuable points and was highly appreciated by students and professors.
Yours sincerely
Armineh Mohamadi
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Dr.Brown,
Hello, I hope this finds you and your family well. If you can remember, last month you gave me a book. Because I wanted to use it for my study. Now, I am writing to explain how I used it for my purpose.
To begin with, I was a final semester PHD student at the Marco University. Since I had to present a thesis, I needed to some accurate sources. I would like to say that my presentation was about the environment. Also, I have offered some suggestions about its protection.
As you know, to graduate it is necessary to give a lecture. Furthermore, my score was depend on this lecture. Thus, the topic of the thesis and how to present it is really significant.
I would like to mention that this book was really useful and tthere were a lot of efficient information in it. Moreover, some effective solutions were suggested by its author, which could help me to complete my presentation.
This is all I would like to share with you. Thank you for taking the time to read this letter.
Sincerely yours,
Sara Beygi
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Sara
I am writing this letter to express my whole-hearted appreciation about the incredible book you had lent me during the last month before my presentation.
In my former presentation, despite the hard work, I was not satisfied with my score because of poor confidence and oral communication during my speech. In place of a conscientious classmate you helped me to get over the toughest part of my “Advanced Methods in Biology” course, giving speech in public. As an introvert person by nature, the book” 101 stress management strategies” incredibly helped me to control my anxiety and fear of speech in front of the audience. It let me to show my best and confidently express my comprehensive research on a topic.
The presentation was highly important because its score was a half point of final score of the course. This fact made your help priceless.
I hope one day I could compensate your support in appropriate way, as you deserve.
Best wishes
Zohreh
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Arshia,
How have you been?
I am writing to express my gratitude to you for lending me a green architecture book. Since my team and I have been working on the renovating historical Iranian garden, it is vitally important to provide a specific kind of presentation in order to highlight the significance of this for our municipality.
As this book is very rare so I became disappointed to find it but fortunately you helped me a lot. The book content helped us to alleviate the major human destructive interference on its ancient ambience. This book is also introducing many useful criteria in this field which is the basics of Iranian garden design.
Well the presentation went fabulous and the authority became satisfied with our renovation project. Eventually I really thank you again and looking forward to seeing you and spending some time with you my dear friend.
yours faithfully,
Sarah
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the number of vehicles were stolen in Great Britain, France, Sweden and Canada between 1990 and 1999.
It is clear that Great Britain recorded the highest number of thefts .In contrast, Canada and France registered the lowest number of robbery .In Sweden thefts of transportation dramatically went up in these years.
Based on data, in1990, vehicles were stolen approximately 18000 in Great Britain while, in three other countries, the number of steals were between 5000 to 10000 .The rate of stolen had a rise gradually in Great Britain and France in the 2 next years. However, this number had a fall moderately in Sweden and Canada .After 1991, car thefts declined about 7000 in France and 5000 in the Canada and 17000 in Great Britain till 1993. Again rate of robberies quickly increased nearly 20000 and then in 1996 had a sharp reduction in Great Britain.
Overall, car theft reached a plateau 6000 cars between 1993 to 1999 in Canada .Hence, in France had an upward trend in1995, after that decreased 6000 as in Canada. Meanwhile, the rate of cars in Sweden reached 14000 in 1999 and in Great Britain after 1996 had a drop considerably around 16000 vehicles.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The provided chart illustrates the number of cars’ thefts in the four selected countries over a course of 9 years from 1900 to 1999.
Overall, at the first glace, we see that the most of cars which are stolen were in Great Britain, with the growing figure for Sweden; however, these numbers were nearly steady for all countries except Sweden.
As can be seen, the majority of vehicles’ thefts (around 17000) were in Great Britain in 1900; while, three other given countries had between 5 to 10 thousand automated vehicles which were stolen. This amount picked at 1992 and 1996 for Great Britain and finally, with slightly decrease reached to nearly 16000 cars at the end of 1999 December. It is obvious that Farce and Canada experienced a few falls during this period, with the amounts reaching to 6000 in 1999 for both of them.
However, Sweden is exception and it was witnessed an uprising trend about 10000 grow in 1999. Even though, the cars’ thefts had the least amount (just above 5 thousand) in 1990.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given graph illustrates vehicles that were stolen by thieves in Great Britain,Canada,Sweden and France from 1990 to 1999.
In 1990, Great Britain was the highest in car theft about 18 thousand. In comparison, France was the lowest at 6 thousand. Between 1990 and 1991 car lifting increased slightly in France. However, car theft remained almost constant in Canada. The number of vehicles thefts dropped steady in France. In comparison, car lifting increased slightly from 5 to 6 thousand between 1993 and 1999 in Canada.There was an upward in Great Britain and Sweden in 1996.
During a 10 year, car theft rose gradually in Sweden from 8 to 15 thousand. In contrast, there was a fluctuation in France. Canada and France reached the same number in 1999. Great Britain fluctuated, and declined dramatically to around 16 thousand in 1999. Sweden reached a high to 15 per thousand in 1999.
All in all, vehicles thefts have declined in all countries except Sweden. In addition, vehicles thefts rose in all countries in 1996.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The diagram illustrates how many thefts per thousand cars in four countries from 1990 to 1999. Overall, although Great Britain, France and Canada fluctuated relatively at different rates, Sweden saw a substantial rise. The former had highest car theft throughout the period.
The figure for Great Britain stood at 18 in 1990. Despite some fluctuation, it reached initial figures approximately in 1999.
Sweden remained stable about 8 between 1990 and 1992, which was followed by a dramatic growth until 1996. After leveling off at 12 during 2 years, it experienced a slight increase and reach a peak of 14 in 1992.
In 1990, France was almost equal to Canada at 7. The former had some moderate fluctuation and reach back to its initial figure at the end of period, While the latter fell significantly as it reached around 4 after which there was a gradual rise to near the 1990 figure.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph gives information about the number of car thefts per 1000 vehicles in four countries during the span of 9 years.
Overall, it is clear from the figure that although the figure for car thefts in Sweden increased, these of car thefts in Great Britain, France, Canada saw a reduction. Moreover, Great Britain had far higher car thefts than other three figures over the all period of study.
At the beginning of 1990, both France and Canada had Same starting point, with almost 7 car thefts per 1000 vehicles. Then, they followed fairly similar trends by 1995. To shad more light on their similarities, the former witnessed a drop until 1993 and standing at 6 car theft per 1000 vehicles and then went up over the following 2 years. Similarly, the latter fell steady and reached 5 car thefts per 1000 vehicles in 1993. And then rose to 6 car thefts per 1000 vehicles in 1995. Then they showed opposite trends. The former decreased. However, the latter continued upward trend.
In 1990, Great Britain had 17 car thefts per 1000 vehicles (as highest reported number in that year among other three countries). It fluctuated over the period shown and peaked at 20 car thefts per 1000 vehicles in 1995. In contrast, Sweden had near 8 car thefts per 1000 vehicles in the beginning year of study and it continued its upward trend over the given period and reached a peak of approximately 13 car thefts per 1000 vehicles.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the number of cars which is stolen in every thousand in four countries during 1990 and 1999. Overall, the ratio for Great Britain was by far higher than other three countries; however, the figure Sweden soared to near of GB, experiencing a constant rise during the period.
Great Britain had around the same stolen cars as all that of France, Canada, and Sweden with around 18 cars thefts for each thousand at the first, and with some fluctuations, the figure remained around 17 a decade later which was tripled each other countries. On opposite, Canada experienced different situations in these years. Although it was not the lowest number in 1990, decreasing mildly till 1993, and remaining almost unchanged for the rest of the period, it had been standing for the safest country during the period except for the first year.
However other countries did not witness a significant change, the figure for Sweden had a constant growth, starting at 6 in 1990 and peaking at 14 in 1990, which coused it to rank second and lose the safest-ranked country which was at 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
Given is a graph providing information as to car thefts in four nations encompassing Canada , Great Britain , France and even Sweden from 1990 to following nine years .
Overall , as we can observe that whereas Great Britain has experienced the most numbers of vehicle thefts from 1990 to 1999 , Canada has had the lowest level of cars stolen during this period .
According to the line graph, there has been an increasing rate of stolen vehicles in Sweden nearly six per thousand in 1990 , which has been doubled until 1999, whilst Canada has gone through a significant drop until 1994 ,having undergone steady proportion of car thefts until 1999.
Of four countries compared , while all countries except for Sweden experienced their lowest point of automobile thefts during 1993 , this proportion has been fluctuated in Great Britain and France in nine following years , it reached to nearly fifteen out of thousand in Great Britain and nearly five per thousand in France .
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given graph illustrates data about the number of stolen cars per thousand from 1990 to 1999 in four different counties. It is manifest from the graph that the Great Britain was far above the others during of the period.
In 1990, France had the minimum car theft by approximately 600, and it increased to 1200 by 1966 and stood the same for other two years and then rose to just under 1500 by 1999, which was the second high among four countries.
Canada and Sweden were stood in the third and second place in the beginning of study, by roughly 700 and 800 respectively, and after fluctuation during the period, they converged and stood in third place by approximately 600 report of theft. Great Britain record stood unbroken during the period. It started by roughly 1600 report in the first of period, and rose to 2000, in 1992 and decreed to its report in 1990 at the end of the period.
Overall , it can be seen france’s repot during the period in which the others did not have big changes.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph details how many vehicles have been robbed from 1990 to 1999 in four different countries. As can be seen, it is Great Britain that stands out over the period as the highest number of car thefts. It is also worth mentioning that vehicle thefts have declined to a minimum in all countries except for Sweden.
In Great Britain, the figure started at about 18 per thousand and rocketed to 20 thousand in 1992, after which it sharply declined and hit a low at about 17 thousand in 1993. It ballooned to 20 in 1996 again, however, it hit a trough at 16 per thousand in the end.
Sweden experienced a slight increase in the number of stealings after 1994 and hit a peak at nearly 15 thousand. Whereas, France and Canada maintained almost a similar trend from 1990 to 1999. But there was a difference of 1 to 3 thousand between them and then they reached the same point at 7.5 per thousand.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
In between 1990 to 1999 years, the percentage thefts per thousand vehicles indicates for four countries.
Overall, there are 4 countries such as Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada that they compare with together from 1990 to 1999.
Great Britain country started from 17% that the end of this graph is same of first year. In Sweden country, the amount of thefts was approximately 8% but this percentage increased to 15% in 1999. The France graph started 6% but this amount finished to 7%. The Canada country illustrates from 7% between 1990 and 1999.
In firstly 1990 year, the percentage of thefts were about between 5% and 10%. On the other hand, this limited 5% to 15% in 1999 year for all countries. In addition, the most fluctuation belongs to Sweden country which it was between 7% to 15%. So, the lowest fluctuation was for Canada country which this country didn't have vehicles thefts a lot.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates comparison of car theft between four countries included Canada, France, Sweden and Great Britain in 1990 until 1999. As far as the line graph depicted, amount of theft in Great Britain most significant difference compare of other country.
Moving on to details, the amount of robbery in Canada, Sweden as well as France was close together and almost 8 in 1991. After 1991, amount of car theft in Sweden increase significantly. It can be clearly, in Canada and France, between 1990 and 1999 rate of car theft in these two countries was very close and the amount of robbery in Canada and France was exactly equal in 1999.
The data indicates that trend of car theft in Great Britain had fluctuated a lot, between 1990 until 1999.
As it can be extracted from the line graph, the amount of car theft only in Sweden was increased in 1990 and 1999 and other countries had a decreasing trend.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
In the depicted graph we see car theft statistics in Britain, Sweden, Franc,
and Canada between 1990 and 1999. The y-axis in this graph represents the
number of car thefts for every 1000 cars that are on the streets.
The theft of car rate in Great Britain is higher compared to all other
depicted countries and is almost double the rate of France and Canada. This
graph does not present a unified trend with regard to the changes in time in all of the countries; the rates of Great Britain and France fluctuate, Sweden has a steady progression to the top and the rate in Canada seems to decrease.
According to the graph, the Theft rate fluctuates between 20 and 17 in Great Britain and between 6 and 8 in France. It also starts at 8 and finishes at 14
in Sweden and starts at 7 and finishes at 6 in Canada.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the number of thefts out of thousand vehicles, which happened in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, the figure for Great Britain stood first at the beginning and end of the period. The number of thefts decreased slightly in all countries, except Sweden which increased dramatically.
At first the share of Great Britain was approximately 17 before it experienced some fluctuation and reached a peak of 21 over the next six years, after which it fell considerably to 16 at the end of the period.
The share of France and Canada was 9 and 7, respectively in 1990, after which it decreased steadily to 6 and 5, respectively in 1994. While the figure for Canada saw a steady increase, that for France fluctuated. Both of them stood at 6 at the end of the period.
The number of cars which were stolen in Sweden was4 in 1990, after it grew to 6 in 1991. The share of Sweden experienced a dramatic growth to 12 and overtook France and Canada over the next 5 years that the speed of changes in the first half of period was smaller than it in the second half of period. The number of thefts remained stable at 12 over the next 3 years before it rose gradually until 1999, when it reached 13.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The diagram compares the number of thefts among each thousand cars for four countries, during the years 1990 to 1999.
Overall, it is clear that the proportion of Great Britain was always in the highest place. In contrast, France was the lowest one at the start and end of this period. Sweden had a little decrease in first year and after that always increased. This rate for Canada was different, in the first year stayed stable, and for more two years had decrease and after that was fixed.
Great Britain, had the highest rate of cars steal in these years. In 1990 figure was around 18 in each 1000, and for three next years, saw increasing and stayed in the highest number in all years, in approximately 20 on that criterion, but after that decreased to last level, and this repeated in 1996 and 1999 again. In contrast, Canada's number changed from near 7 in 1990 to 5 in 1993 and stayed around this number till last year.
Distance between France and Sweden was 2 number at first, but after a year the number for both was 8. Sweden in following years had an increase and in last years stayed in second stage, but France has up and down from 6 to 5 and eventually was similar Canada.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the proportion of vehicle which were stolen in four different countries, Canada, France, Sweden and the Great Britain, during a 9- year period.
Overall, It is clear that the number of thefts that occurred in the Great Britain was the highest in all countries throughout the period. In addition, while the Figures regarding the percentage of thefts in Sweden experienced an upward trend, that of France and Canada decreased over the given period.
In 1990, around 1.8% of vehicles were stolen in the Great Britain, which is almost twice the amount for the three other surveyed countries. Sweden, France and Canada experienced no more than 10 thefts per one thousand vehicles each.
Throughout the rest of the period, the proportion of car robberies in the Great
Britain experienced some fluctuations and finally reached a low-point of about 1.6%.
Sweden's car thefts however, rose significantly and reached it's peak of about 1.4% by 1999.
Finally, France and Canada’s Proportion of robberies fell to approximately 0.6% by the end of the period, which is considerably lower than that of the 2 other countries.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph provides information about the robbery of vehicles in four different regions during 10 years.
Overall, it is seen that the most robbery occurred in Great Britain by far. Also, France and canada experienced almost the same trend from 1990 to 1999.
In 1990, there was about 17 thefts per 1000 vehicles in Great Britain. While, this amount for other countries was between 5 and 10, which was approximately half. Although in France and Canada the number of stolen cars per 1000 vehicles did not exceed from the range of 5 to 10, there had been more thefts in France in the whole time.
To compare Sweden with other countries, the quantity of stolen cars in Sweden was the least. but, experienced an absolute rise in a 10-year period. Furthermore, in 1991 there was the same quantity of thefts in this country and France. Moreover, after 5 years in 1996, this number increased to 13, which was more than twice of the beginning point.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The diagram illustrates the numbers of vehicles have been stolen in four random countries from 1990 to 1999. It can be seen that the numbers of stolen cars in some countries has been increasing and decreasing in others during these 9 years.
One of the most striking increase is for Sweden. It has started with around 8 thousand thefts in the year 1990 which was the second highest thefts among all countries and it surprisingly ended up with a huge growth to around 15 thousand at the end of the 20th century. In contrast, France which had the lowest stolen cars in the early nineties, had fluctuations but overall has almost stayed at the same number in 1999. By looking in more detail, France and Canada joint lowest in the last year presented around 6 thousand thefts. Also Canada has been a significant downward in the first three years and it has grown slowly till the last year presented.
On the other hand, Great Britain which had the highest thefts in both first and last year presented in this graph, had fluctuations in its number, including numerous increasing and decreasing, but eventually reached around 18 thousand stolen vehicles in the year 1999.
To sum up, both European countries and Canada experienced a great deal of fluctuations and their positions have been changed while Great Britain remained a country with the largest amount of stolen cars.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The presented line graph elucidates the number of thefts happened per thousand vehicles in countries of Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, Great Britain by far had the highest number of thefts. On the other had Canada had the least amount of thefts from 1991.
The number of vehicles robbed in Great Britain begun with close to 18 per one thousand in 1990 and hit its rock bottom of 1.6 percent in 1999. There were two points where it experienced a peak of almost 20 per thousand in 1992 and 1996. The year after the first peak, it got on the decline to reach the low point of nearly 17 per thousand. This country’s statistics of thefts were significantly higher than the other three.
At the beginning of the survey, number of thefts in these three countries were so close in the range of 6 to 8 per thousand vehicles, with France having the least reported one and Sweden having the most reported robbery. Among the survey Sweden had the highest numbers among these three countries and in addition, experienced a general upward trend until it reached to the maximum of just under 15 per thousand in the last year of the survey. Interestingly, the maximum number reported for France was the lowest one reported for Sweden at about 8 per thousand in 1991. Canada and France numbers were in close-knit all through the survey and they both had the same amount of robbery in 1999 at about 0.6 percent.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph illustrates the information about the figure for car theft measured in number of thief per thousand of vehicles in four different countries during 9 years.
It is clearly observed from the graph that,unlike other trends,Sweden experienced an upward trend during the survey regarding to the number of thieves,however,Great britain had still a largest number of thieves.
In 1990,the figure for thieves in Great britain was about 18 per thousand of cars,after which it fluctuated between 15 and 20 for first 6 years and eventually fell to 16 in 1999.The number of thieves in Canada was 7 at the beginning which was as nearly equal as in France.while both Canada and France saw a significant decrease and stood at 5 and 6 thieves respectively per thousand of cars in 1993 .From that year onward after some minor fluctuations both countries reached to 6 thieves in 1999 equally.
By contrast,the figure for the thieves in Sweden in 1990 was higher than that of in Canada and France.It saw a remarkable rise from around 8 in 1990 to around 13 in 1996.meanwhile there was no progress in decrease or increase for 3 following years however it rose by 1 thieves during last year.
Mitra mahmoudi Ac
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates how many car thefts among 1000 vehicles were took place in 4 countries (Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada) in a period of 9 years during 1990 to 1999. What stands out is that the share for Great Britain was always far more than others significantly.
As Great Britain it started about 17 per thousand (pt) and gradually rose to approximately 20 pt in the middle of 1992 . After a dip in 1993 it hit the pike at above 20 pt in 1996 then it declined to nearly 16 pt. In Sweden rising overall share stands out. It began with nearly 8 pt and after a small decrease it softly button up to just below 15 pt in 1999.
When it is come to French and Canada they are almost the same and they end up with about 5 pt. Meanwhile in French the amount was 5 pt in 1990 and it soared to nearly 7 pt where it was as many as Sweden both in 1991. The numbers in France became turbulent till the end. In Canada the trend reached a plateau in about 6 pt until the middle of the 1991 after a decrease and in early 1993 it was about 5 pt. After that the trend was reversed and reached a pike at approximately 7 pt in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph illustrates the number of stolen vehicles per thousand cars in four different countries including Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada from 1990 to 1999.
The number of stolen vehicles in France and Canada started with approximately 7 and 8 in que per 1000 cars in 1990 and then reach to its lowest in 1993 which was 5 stolen cars in Canada and 6 in France. After experiencing an increase, Finally, both of them reached in 6 thefts in 1999.
A considerable fluctuate can be understand from Great Britain line graph which commenced with approximately 18 stolen cars and reached to 16 thefts and had a minor decline in total.
It is worth mentioning that Sweden faced a dramatic increase between 1990 and 1999. The number of thefts increased significantly from about 6 to 13 cars per 1000 vehicles.
Looking from an overall perspective, all line graphs demonstrate roughly a fluctuated trend except Sweden which had an increasing trend. Moreover, this number for Great Britain had a significant difference in comparison with other countries which is far more than others.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The diagram set out some fundamental information about the proportion of car robbery in four selected areas in period of a decade from 1990 to 1999. A glance at the line graph reveals that stealing in Great Britain ranked the first in whole of aforementioned time period.
Looking at the data in detail, it is evidence that just more than 5 vehicles had been stolen in the first given year. In Canada and Sweden, additionally, it was approximately 7 and 9 thefts per 1000 cars consecutively. However, this rate of Great Britain was threefold in comparison with the stolen cars in Canada.
In the following year, the number of stolen cars in France increased and then, it fluctuated consistently. Although the proportion of thefts in Canada reached a plateau in 1991, it decreased steadily to almost 5 cars in 1993 and by the year of 1999, it had been grown to 6. Furthermore, the number of stolen vehicles experienced a substantial surge from 8 to almost 15 in the first and last selected years respectively.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The chart indicate number of stolen cars in 10 years starting 1990 in three European country and Canada. It is shown that except in Sweden which experienced significant growth in their rate while other countries had a slightly drop at the end in 1999.
Out of four countries, Great Britain had the most rate of the stolen cars during this period of 10 years. Starting from 17500 with two sudden rose up to 20000 and two decline reaching roughly 16000 thefts in 1999 per transporter. Like Great Britain France and Canada seen a small amount of decline but with the difference that after just 1 one year they experienced the lowest amount of thefts from less that 10000 to about 5000 for both having had a slightly drop in their first four year and continue steadily for Canada until 1999 and France having a rise before gradual drop.
Unlike all those countries Sweden experienced three steeply rise in 1991, 1996 and 1999 and being steady throughout the periods between starting from 5000 and reaching roughly 15000 at the end of 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates how many vehicles' thefts occurred in four countries including: Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada, over a decade, starting from 1990, and it is measured in thefts per 1000 vehicles.
Overall, it is clear that while thefts of vehicles increased significantly in Sweden over the whole time, other countries witnessed a stable trend. Furthermore, Great Britain had the highest number of car robberies.
Sweden experienced the upward trend during the time. Despite a small fall in thefts between 1990 and 1991, the number of thefts increased from below 10 in 1990 to almost 15 at the end of the period. However, the figures for Great Britain were more than Sweden in all years.
Some countries had the stable trend. Canada and France had the lowest values for thefts, which stood at about 7 for both. During the time, they had fluctuations between approximately 5 and about 7, and finally finished at the same point at almost 6, in 1999.
Great Britain had a fluctuation trend, however it was the highest value among all countries. The thefts, standing at almost 18 in 1990, experienced a volatile period, and finished at the same point of the start point.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compare the number of car thefts per 1000 vehicles in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, it is evident that the Britain had the largest ranked in the number of thefts from 1990 to 1999. The number of those who steal the car in Canada and Sweden ,also, decreased slightly with a negligible fluctuation and reached the equal figure at the end of the year, while there was an upward rise in France’s car theft over the whole period.
In 1990, the number of car thefts in the Britain was near to 18 , it was the highest number among the others countries and in 1995 this figure reached its peak to 20,
Then at the end of the year this trend fell to almost as the same number as in the first year, whereas the number of vehicle robbers in initial year was the least in France with 6 .This figure went up significantly from 1990 to 1999 and this trend overtook the other trends in the year 1991. Between 1990 and 1999, both figures for Canada and Sweden had a striking resemblance with a slight decline from 7 and 8 respectively to equal number by about 5 per thousand vehicles.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the number of cars could be stolen in specific scale ( thefts per 1000) in four countries including Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada over a period of 10 years.
Overall, it can be seen that the highest figure of the vehicle belonged to Great Britain, while the lowest proportion of auto theft pertained to Canada in 1993. Needless to say, Canada and France were able to reach the same number after fluctuations.
To begin with, although Great Britain’s car was stolen And also it underwent fluctuations and also the highest was related to it (19 per 1000), it reached to 17 thefts per thousand in 1999 in comparison with the 1993 which was 18. Furthermore, Sweden’ car theft was starting a slight decrease (9per 1000) and then could go up till 1995, 10 cars per 1000. After 1995, Sweden’s number had been increasing and reaching from 10 to 13.
Moreover, in 1990, Canada had a higher rate of car thefts than France. However, at the end of the years ( 1999) both countries could reach the same figure( 6 cars per 1000).
Hooman eftekhari_ AC
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph provides information about the number of car burglaries per thousand vehicles between 1990 and 1999 among four different states. Overall, France Great Britain demonstrates the highest car theft in 1999, in contrast, France and Canada not only have approximately the same number of car theft, but they have the lowest number among these countries.
To begin with, Canada denotes more than seven cases of burglary, after nine years continually reduced and reached to nearly five cases. Similarly, a fluctuation in number of theft cars could be seen for France. What’s more, the highest number of car robbery in France, occurred in 1991 with relatively 8 cases. However, Great Britain compare to three other countries indicate a dramatic rate of car theft during this 9-year period. Although the graph shows parodic fluctuation for this state at the end, its number is the same as that of 1990 where it was nearly 19 cases of report. Moreover, for Sweden a sharp rise can be detected, although its rate remained constant between 1996 and 1998.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the number of cars that were stolen over a period of 10 years in Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada.
Great Britain was by far the most car stealing country over the period shown. Canada had almost the lowest rate of auto theft each year except in 1990 when France showed the lowest rate of automobile robbers.
In 1990, there were over 15 car thieves in Great Britain while in the same year in the other three countries, there were approximately 5 to 10 where France had the lowest amount of auto thieves and Canada was in the second rate. One year later, France overtook Canada and stayed in second place where it had an equal amount of thieves with Sweden, with nearly 8 thieves.
The number of thieves in Great Britain, France, and Canada was steadily the same around 5 to 10 and just showed a small fluctuation, for the whole 10-year period. By contrast in Sweden, the number of the person who steals cars rose from nearly 9 in 1990 to almost 14 in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The illustrated data in the diagram displays the number of car theft in four nations since 1990 to 1999.
Overall, the proportion of robbery of vehicles in Sweden experienced an upward trend across the mention years, whereas ,the number of car burglary remained roughly stable in other countries. Also the largest number of car theft committed in Britain far more than other countries.
In 1990, while approximately 6 car thievery out of thousand recorded in France, it faced an increase by almost 8 in 1991 and then after some slight fluctuations , met the number of 7 out of thousand in 1999. Also while 7 car theft had committed in Canada in 1990 , it decreased in 3 following years to almost less than five automobile robbery and after a negligible rise, reached about 6 at the end of study where met France axis.
According to the graph, 8 car burglary committed in Sweden which after a slight decline, gradually grew by around 10 and then remarkably increased the to roughly 13 out of thousand in 1999 . Finally the most vehicles where stolen in Britain by about 17 in every thousand in 1992 and 1996 and eventually decreased to about 12 thievery in 1999 .
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The bar chart figures number of car theft per thousand in 10 years, from 1990 until 1999, in Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada.
Overall, it is clear that the car theft in Sweden increased significantly in the period. In contrast, other countries had not many changes between the first year and the last year of the period. Great Britain saw the most car theft in these years.
Due to the chart, Great Britain had the most number of car theft in all years of the period. Interestingly, its statistics in 1990 was about two times more than other countries. The figure of Great Britain saw some fluctuations in the period, and the most value of it was in 1992 and 1997, at about 20 thefts per 1000 cars. Although, Sweden was the second country in these years, started at about 8 thefts, its trend rose remarkably and peaked at around 14 thefts, which was near to Great Britain’s trend in 1990.
The two other countries had not manay changes in the period. The figure of France and Canada stood at around 6 and 7 thefts respectively. While the number of thefts in France increased slightly, this number decreased in Canada. Finally, their trends remained fixed at around 6 thefts per 1000 cars.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
Provided chart illustrates the quantity of stolen vehicles in four nations (the UK, Sweden, France and Canada) over a nine years timescale, from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, it is apparent from the data supplied that, Great Britain saw by far the highest figures for car theft among all regions during the period. conversely, Canada was relatively the safest region in this regard.
Turning to details, fluctuating in the vicinity of 18 to 20 stolen cars per thousand, Great Britain had the highest numbers in car theft. Meanwhile, Sweden experienced a relatively positive trend, climbing from almost 0.6 % in 1990 to 0.1% in 1999.
regarding the safest countries -France and Canada- in this question, the figures in France had roughly declined from about 9 cars in 1990 to 6 cars in 1993, peaking again at some 8 cars per thousand before tailing off. Likewise a similar trend was reflected in Canada, declining by almost a negligible 0.1 %, to arrive at approximately 5 stolen cars per thousand at the end of the period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line chart illustrates the percentages of car thefts have occurred in different countries (Great Britain, Sweden, France, Canada) during the year ended December from 1990 to 1999.
The initial impression the chart is that the most percentage related to the UK. (approximately 20 percent) whilst, the least proportion connect to Canada by about 5 percent.
Looking in closer detail at the chart, it can be observed that, Great Britain’ trend was fluctuation during these periods. It reached a peak twice, followed by a fall the whole these years. (Around 2 percent) what is more, the biggest difference related to this country compared to the other countries by about just over 10 percent)
According to this chart, the Sweden, France and Canada have increased slightly until 1995. Then they have decreased gradually and finally to reach together (just over 5%) expect the Sweden that was soared significantly from 1995 onwards. and to close to the UK’ trend.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line chart illustrates robberies per thousand automobiles in Grand Britain, Sweden, France and Canada in a 9 year period.
It is obvious that Grand Britain had the most car theft in compare with other countries, followed by Sweden. In most of years of survey, Canada got the lowest figure, followed by France.
the number of car thefts in Sweden rised significantly, reaching about double amount of primary number, with approximately 14 thefts per thousand vehicle. In France, the quantity of car robbery remained relatively steady, witnessing a slightly decrease in last five years, observed about 5 thefts per vehicle.
The number of car thefts in Canada declined moderately in first 3 year, hitting almost 5 thefts in 1000 vehicle and remained relatively steady for following years. The quantity of car robbery in Grand Britain falctuated during the 9 year period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
This chart displays obviously thefts of cars in Great Britain are strikingly more than in other countries over 9 years. It demonstrates thefts were steadily between 15 and 20, it’s not lucid to say the exact of it while at the end of 1999, it was lesser than in other years.
Furthermore, this diagram shows stealing was much less in France, also there was a bit of change in increase, and after during years, there was a change in decline until both France and Canada had the same thefts at the end of 1999. Moreover, it and Sweden had an equal robbery in the middle of 1991. On the other hand, the third steal indicates Sweden that has increased successively over time. Whereas robbery was more than in 2 other countries, its stole was less than in Great Britain. On the other side, unlike Sweden, Canada regressed consecutive.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph indicates the rate of car thefts per 1000 vehicles in four countries including Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada. The comparison had been done over the period from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, it can be seen that Great Britain had the highest number of thefts compared with other countries in whole 10 years.
To begin with, in Great Britain, the number of carp thefts originally was about 18000, the largest amount of stealing in the first year between four countries. In 1992, this rate saw a grown to just under 20000, but in next fallowing year experienced a drop at about 17000.Between 1994 and 1996, the number of burglaries reached its maximum number at just over 20000, but during next 3 years hit the bottom at about 16000.
As for other three countries, in Sweden, around 9000 cars were stolen in 1990, which had upward trend during 10 years and touched its maximum almost at 13000. France and Canada, had relatively similar patterns, so that the number of thefts started at approximately 7000 in Farmer and latter in 1990 and had a period of stability over 9 next years.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the rate of car theft and compared them in 4 countries between 1990 to 1999.
Generally speaking, while the car theft decreased in France, Canada, and Great Britain over 10 years, it is dramatically grown in Sweden in the same years and Great Britain had by far the most car theft during this period.
Looking into more detail, between 1990 and 1992 car theft in Canada and France dropped by almost 3 and 2 thefts per 1000 vehicles respectively, however, in Sweden it doubled and in Great Britain it rose by near 2 thefts.
Between the year 1993 to 1995, all of the countries experienced a slight growth in the number of theft and in the next period between 1996 to 1999 it was a small growth in Canada about one theft and a moderate fall in France, meanwhile, in the number of robbery per 1000 vehicle in Sweden remained steadily before surging to approximately 15 thefts and the number of theft in Great Britain plummeted in the same years.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph below presents a comparison of car theft per 1000 cars in 4 countries(Great Britain, France, Sweden and Canada) over years 1990 to 1999. All in all, it can be seen that there has been fluctuations in all countries.
To have a look at the graph, it’s been described that Canada with around 7 cars per 1000, saw a constant decrease to 5 cars over the years 1990 and 1993. From 1993, however, there was an increase moderately until 1999 with around 6 cars. In contrast with this, in France we can see fluctuations over the years, starting with almost 6 cars in 1990 there was a considerable increase to around 8 cars by 1991,however, it declined until 1993 but again rose up by 1995. From 1995 there was a constant decrease by 1999 showing same number as Canada.
Looking more at the graph, Sweden has seen a significant soarer over the years. There was a slight fall by 1991 but after that the increase in noticeable with a peak with vicinity of 15 cars. Great Britain, meanwhile, had the most stolen vehicles with around 17 cars in 1990. However, as it increased by 92, there was a plunge by 93 and again it soared to 20 cars until 97 but fell again by 99. Overall, the number of stolen cars vary over the years and countries and as France and Britain decreased slightly until 1999, other countries saw a rise.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The figure gives information about thefts per thousand vehicle in four countries in a 9 years period from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, it can be seen from the graph that Great Britain had the majority of car theft percentage out of four measured countries throughout the period. In addition, the percentage of car theft in Sweden experienced a growing trend in above mentioned period while that of France and Canada remained steady relevantly during the period.
It is clear that proportion of car theft in Great Britain wildly fluctuated along the period as it stood at approximately 18% in the beginning of the period and reached to its peak between 1996 and 1997 at 20%, however after that period saw a decreasing trend in following years down to about 16% in 1999.
A glance at the line graph provided reveals that the percentages of car theft in Sweden grown gradually during the mentioned 9 years period from 9% at the beginning to fairly 14% in 1999, while that of France and Canada remained steady just at the percentage of they had started at a bit more than 5%. Although car theft in Canada fell down to its trough between 1993 and 1994, car theft in France in comparison had a similar trough at 6% in the same period of time.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line chart illustrates the number of cars which was stolen per one thousand cars in four different nations over a nine-year period.
Overall what stands out from the graph is that Great Britain accounted for the vast majority of thefts across the whole period shown in the graph. Over the entire period, there was a near twofold in the number of car stolen by theifs in Sweden.
In 1990, Sweden and Canada ranked second and third with regard to the largest number of theft cars. By 1996, the figure for car stolen by robbers in Sweden had increased to nearly 12 per 1000 vehicles, which was approximately twice as high as that for Canada in 1996. From 1996 onwards, the number of theft cars in Sweden witnessed a moderate growth of rougly 2 per thousand vehicles, while that of Canada leveled out around just over 5 per thousand vehicles.
On the other hand, between 1990 and 1991, the figure for car stolen in France grew marginally, after which it declined by 1 per 1000 vehicles until 1999. The number of theft cars were highest and also fluctuated around approximately 18 per 1000 vehicles over the entire period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the volume of car theft in four countries, including the UK, Sweden, France, and Canada over a 9 years period, starting from 1990 and it is measured, per thousand vehicles.
Overall, it is clear that the highest amount of thief have been accrued in the Great Britain during the whole years, while the trend of that in France and Canada was almost similar and the lowest, as well. Furthermore, Sweden experienced an upward trend from the beginning to the end.
In 1990, the UK was at the top of the list by almost 17,000 reported car thief, while, three other countries were in the range from 5,000 to 10,000. In the four following years, statistics for France and Canada showed a permanent decrease and standing at 7,000 and 5,000 respectively in 1993. While the rate of cars theft in a Sweden almost remained stable around 10,000. However, the increase trend was seen in the UK and reached to 20,000 in 1992 but it declined to around 16,000 in 1993.
The number of car vehicles in a Sweden went up by around 3,000 from 1994 to 1996, which was also similarly reported in the Great Britain. Whereas, at the same time, there was a little fluctuation in France and Canada’s trends. From 1996 to the end of period in 1999, this crime in the UK fell from 20,000 to just about 15,000, on the contrast the car thief committed in Sweden is steadily grew to around 15,000 in 1999. Both Canada and France countries, despite of having a little bit different trend at the ending years, hit around 5,000 car vehicles in 1999.
AC
Sara Naderi
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph gives information about the number of car thefts in 1000 vehicles for various countries from 1990 to 1999. Overall, while the number of stolen cars in France and Canada decreased slightly over the given period of 9 years, the figure of car thefts in Sweden experienced a significant growth. Moreover, car theft in Great Britain, as the highest reported number in all years of the study, changed constantly.
In the first year (1990), both figures of committed car thefts in France and Canada started at approximately 7 thefts in 1000 vehicles. In the following 3 years, the amount of car thefts for France and Canada witnessed a decline, reaching their minimums of 6 and 5 cars in 1000, respectively. Afterwards, the mentioned figures did not change noticeably and finally, ended at almost 6 stolen cars in 1000.
The reported amount of car thefts for Sweden originally was lower than 10 cars per 1000 vehicles at the beginning. Over the given period, this figure had a doubling in its initial amount and ended at its maximum of 14 in 1999.
In Great Britain, the number of car thefts stood at near 17 in 1990, which was followed by a period of constant changes. The figure made a peak at around 20, which was higher than other figures in all the years.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
This line graph illustrates the number of thefts per 1000 vehicles in 4 different countries from 1990 to 1999. Most noticeably, Sweden is the only country among these group which experienced a constant growth in car stealing.
As can be deduced from this graph, Great Britain had most thefts per 1000 vehicles in mentioned time period, which means they had about 17 stolen cars out of 1000 in the beginning of this time period and they experienced a peak in 1996, where they had 20 cars stolen out of each 1000 cars. Highest number among all these countries. However, they managed the situation and in 1999, they had less car stealing incidents than 1990. Canada and France also managed to decline their statics from 1990 to 1999.
If this line graph is put under more scrutiny, it is transparent that number of stolen cars in Canada were gradually reduced from 1990 to 1993. In fact, in 1993 they had the lowest statics among these four countries, but the number increased from that year. The number of stolen cars in France plummeted from 1990 to 1993, but after that it skyrocketed and reached roughly 8 cars in 1995. Sweden thefts per 1000 vehicle were 9 cars in 1990, while they reached from 8 stolen cars out of 1000 in 1991, to nearly 14 cars, which shows drastic increase.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph compares cars thefts per thousand in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, the figure for Great Britain ranked first throughout the period, While that for Canada ranked last at the end of the period. The figure for Sweden overtook that for France and Canada and ranked second.
The figure for Great Britain initially stood at almost 18 per thousand in 1990, after some fluctuations it reached a high of 20 in 1996 before a dramatic fall to about 17 in 1999 ranking first.
In 1990 Car thefts figure for Sweden stood last at 6 ofter which it rose dramatically and outstripped France and Canada before it levelled off at 12 for the next three years. In 1999 after a slight growth it reached a high of 14.
In the first year, the figures for France and Canada were initially stood at 6 and 9 respectively, for the next year they remained stable, after which the former fell slightly to about 6 before experiencing fluctuations and reaching to the amount that was in 1992. In contrast, the latter decreased significantly to just under 5 in 1993 before rising slightly to reach the same amount as that for France.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the number of car thefts which happened in Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada between 1990 and 1999. Overall, it can be seen from the graph, the vehicle theftؙ s numbers in Britain were the highest during the shown period. Additionally, all four countries except Sweden experienced a slight decline in this crime from 1990 to 1999.
There was a gradual increase in the figures for thefts from 6000 cars to nearly 10000 in France just one year after 1990. And then it remain almost stable to reach 6000 again in the next 8 years.
In Canada, car theftؙs numbers followed a similar pattern with a negligible amount of changes, beginning from 7000 vehicles and falling to just under 5000 in 1993 and then increased again to 6000 in 1999.
The numbers of vehicle thefts in Sweden in comparison with other three countries, witness a significant rise from under 10000 cars to approximately 15000 over a period of 9 years.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph details the figures of transport which were stolen in the 9-year period from 1990 to 1999.
Looking from an overall perspective it is readily apparent that, Great Britain had the most number of car theft out of 1000 during 9 years. Furthermore, the fraction stolen transport had decreased considerably. Also, Great Britain had upward trend from 1990 to 1999, followed by a fall till 1993. Great Britain line that display stolen cars had experienced a peak in 1996.
The figures of car theft out of 1000 had increased gradually in Sweden throughout the given time. Moreover, this line experienced a peak in 1999. Turning next to France, there had been approximately stable trend in the proportion of stolen cars during the supplied time frame.
Canada had seen the lowest fluctuation. In addition, this country had the lowest point in 1993. France and Canada lines join together in 1999 representing 5.
Shaghayegh Mottaghi
(AC)
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line chart illustrates the number of vehicles which were stolen in four regions from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, it is evident that there was an upward trend in the number of car theft in Sweden, while other countries saw fluctuation during the time period. It is also noteworthy that Great Britain by far displayed the highest rate of vehicle robbery.
Looking at the largest number of car theft, in Great Britain, the figure stood at about 15 thousand in 1990 which after ups and downs during the time frame it decreased gradually and ended at about 14 thousand in 1999. In Sweden, although the figure started at the lowest amount, it increased significantly from 5 thousand in 1999 to almost 14 thousand in 1999.
Regarding the remaining countries, the number of vehicles rubbery in France and Canada stood at 9thousand and 7thousand respectively in 1990. The two countries followed a similar pattern in which the figure after fluctuating ended at the same point which was about 6 thousand in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph details the frequency of stolen vehicles in four countries between 1990 to 1999. Looking from an overall perspective, it is vividly clear that the number of thieves in Great Britain is higher than other 3 countries in this time period.
A closer look shows that the number of cars stolen in Sweden, France, and Canada was almost equal between 5 and 10 per 1000 in 1990. while the highest frequency of thieves is allocated to great British in 1990. (approximately 18000)
The data for the Canada, British and France shows that the frequency of stolen cars has declined during this period of time, the number of stolen in France and Canada started at almost 6 thousand and finished at around 5 thousand and the British started from 18000 in 1990 and finished almost 17000 at the end of this period time. In contrast, Sweden has risen considerably during this period time, Starting from 8000 and ending with 14000 between 1990 to 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates means of transport which stole in four countries (Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada) from 1990 to 1999. Units are measured in per thousand.
Overall, it is crystal clear that Great Britain had the most thefts over the period shown. While thefts were soaring in Sweden, the robbery in Canada saw a negligible decrease. On the other hand, the proportion of robberies in France had a few fluctuations between 1990 and 1999.
With regards to the diagram, the transports burglary in Great Britain had fluctuated between 16 and 21 per thousand vehicles for the whole ten years and achieved to the highest amount of burglary in 1992 and 1996. In Sweden, the vehicles theft had a upward trend until 1996. After that, transports stealing maintained its stability around 12 per thousand cars in the years 1996, 1997 and 1998. For the last year, Sweden car theft increased a few amounts and obtained 14 per thousand car.
Transport robbery in France had paralleled with Sweden in 1991 and descend gradually 7 per thousand vehicles in 1993. Likewise, Canada burglary decreased to 5 per thousand transports robbery in 1993. France and Canada saw a slightly rise for thefts between 1993 and 1999 and eventually had 4 4 per thousand cars burglary in 1999, where France thefts was there in 1990 and it was fewer as compared with Canada thefts.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
A glance at the graph provided reveals the number of car thefts per thousand vehicles in several nations from 1990 to 1999.
It is crystal clear that during this a nine-year period, the number of robberies was highest in Great Britain, and after rising rapidly, France stood at second place. Furthermore, Sweden and Canada had mild fluctuations and eventually reached to similar quantity, which was lower than France.
In 1990, however, a number of robbery in Sweden were greater than that of Canada, in 1999, the number of steals through Sweden was accurately as much as that of Canada, making up 6 cars per thousand vehicles.
It is evident that the lowest proportion of robbery was allocated to France in 1990, while the rate of that saw a considerable climb until 1999.
Having grown between 1990 and 1992, the amount of steals of Great Britain declined to 1994.This followed by a moderate increase until 1996, and it then plunged to same initial value in 1999, approximately.
It can be inferred that there is seen to be an upward trend in France, nevertheless, slight fluctuations was witnessed in other countries over the period mentioned.
Mahsa yaghoubi
AC
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The below graph illustrates number of thefts per thousand vehicles during ten years, starting from 1990 to 1999 in four different countries. This essay is going to analyze and compare the given information and trends
By a quick glance at this graph, it is evidently observed that maximum vehicle thefts occurred in Great Britain in comparison of other countries, approximately possessed 17 theft per thousands, had slight fluctuation during these years. On the other hand, the least vehicle thefts belonged to Canada, started 8 thefts in 1990, decreased to 5 times after three times, and almost remained constant until 1999. Furthermore, France and Sweden are situated in middle of this graph but have opposite trends, particularly after 1995. Although this event happened approximately 9 times in 1990 in Sweden but this happen rose after 1995, reached to 15 thefts in 1999 while trend of thefts is vice versa in France, had diminishing trend after 1995, approached to 6 times in 1999.
As results, it is obvious that the maximum thefts belonged to Great Britain while Canada almost possessed the minimum event. France and Sweden are approximately positioned at the middle of the graph with different trend especially after 1995.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
Given line graph illustrates comprehensive information concerning the number of vehicles' thefts in four different Nations Through Time, commencing from 1990 and culminating in 1999.
From an overall perspective it is starkly apparent that great Bertin has had the highest thefts over 10-years period in comparison with other countries.
a more rigorous scrutiny at the graph it can be seen that in 1991, Sweden experienced a great growth with around 8 units in comparison with France which showed a slight decrease in the same year. Following three years, Sweden remained stable, again from 1994, it witnessed a gradual increase, whereas France declined gradually. furthermore, France after some fluctuation reached the highest point in 1999, while Sweden reached the peak with approximately 13 units.
A closer look at the graph it can be apparent that Canada after experiencing a slight decrease between the years of 1999 and 1993, in following years showed neither a growth nor a cut. Although experienced some fluctuations over 10 years, hit a rock bottom in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line chart illustrates the amount of robberies of conveyances in Canada, Sweden, France and Great Britain from 1990 to 1999. From the overall glance, it is obvious that Great Britain witnessed a way higher theft rate than other countries throughout the given period.
A closer scrutiny reveals that, from 1990 to 1993, France and Canada had the similar downward trends, from 9 to 7 and 7 to 5 thefts per 1000 vehicles respectively. Although Canada experienced a slight rise from 1993 to 1999 and reached to 6, France first soared by 1995 to 9, and then declined to 6 in 1999. While the number of vehicle stealing in Great Britain was 17 thefts per 1000 conveyances in 1990, and after a fluctuation remained approximately unchanged around by 1999, it almost tripled in Sweden and reached to 15 within the given period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graphs illustrate the number of car thefts in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada over a period of ten years starting from 1990. What stands out from the graphs is that the number of stolen cars in Great Britain was far higher than that of other countries throughout the period.
Sweden, having the most considerable change in the figures during the period, started at just over 8 per thousand. Despite a decrease and hit a low at about 7, the figure of theft cars increased significantly, as it approximately doubled in just ten years. Automobile theft in Canada accounted at about 6 in 1990. there was no considerable change within a year, after which their numbers decreased dramatically to under 5 in 1993.Then it grew constantly and finished at less than starting point.
France and Great Britain experienced the similar pattern. In 1990, the stolen vehicles stood at almost 6 and 18 respectively. After a year, the number of thefts for the former reached at 7, being as high as the Sweden, and the latter grew slightly. Having fluctuated similarly over the next eight years, both ended up at just under the beginning figure. It is interesting that both Canada and France had the lowest numbers of theft cars in 1999, which were a little higher than 6.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the number of thefts car that happened in every 1000 vehicles in Great Britian, Sweden, France and canada between1990 and 1999.
Overall, it is creastal clear Great Britain has experienced the most case of car thefts over the 9 years by comparison with three other countries. However there was a lot of fluctuation and these numbers have changed between 17 to 20 case up from 1990 to 1999.
According to the graph, Sweden is second country where the most car theft has occured by nearly 8 case in per 1000 vehicles in 1990 and this number has a slight increase that reached at 10 case during the next 6 years. This growth continued gradually by sharp rise in 1995 and 1999 too.
In 1990, France has the lowest rate of car thefts, 6 case, then it is went up dramatically to approximately 9 case during the next year but the trend in number of car thefts fluctuated slightly from 1991 to 1999, so has reached at 6 case in the last year.
In Canada, there was more than 6 thefts car in 1990 and this amount slowly dropped to 4 case during the 4 year and again there has been an upward trend in numbers over the 6 year almost 5 case in 1999, that this number is the same with France ,in the same year.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph illustrates the figure of vehicles stolen in four countries, such as Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada, through the 1990s decade.
Overall, we can see that Great Britain had more car thefts than other three countries between 1990 and 1999. It is also noticable that Sweden, which had the lowest amount of theft at first, reached second rank at the end of period.
According to the graph, car thefts that occurred in Great Britain varied considerably and faced a significant decline between 1996 to 1999, however, its figures were higher in comparison with others.
The line graph clearly shows that Sweden had a dramatic increase from alittle more than 5 in 1990 to nearly 15 in 1999 and passed France and Canada in 1991.
It is worth mentioning, there was constant fluctuations in car theft rates in France, and the figures of Canada which had been falling until 1993, remained steady to the end.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.
Given is a graph providig a comparison in the amount of stolen vehicles in four nations during the period from 1990 to 1999. It is evident that 3 nations were in the same range while UK had some striking diffrences from others.
It is apparent from the information supplied that the rate of theft cars in Sweden had a rapid growth and peaks at 1999 with approximately 15 stolen cars. Moreover both, France and Canada, saw considerable fluctuations with lows in 1993 and highs in 1990. That seems the developments in technology and security reduced the rate of stealing.
The UK, meanwhile, fluctuated at somewhere between 15 to 20 cars in this period and followed by a sustained decline after 1996.
It is interesting to note that while the theft rate of France, Canada and Sweden were comparable until 1994, the gap between them widend with the sudden soar in Sweden's rate. While Britain had the highest amount of all without any rest which is such a disappointment for this country.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph illustrates robberies per thousand cars in Frabce, Great Britain, Sweden Canada between 1990 and 1999.
Overall, the Great Britain has the highest level of vehicle robberies during this interval. As is shown, the thefts per 1000 vehicles in this country fluctuates. From the beginnig of the period this number increased slightly from around 18 to just under 20 in 1992. After reaching the peak, it plummeted to around 17 in 1993. It rose mildly and hit a peak of 20 in 1996. Then, this number diclined moderately until the end of period.
As can be seen, the number of thefts in Sweden had an upward trend. At first, it went up moderately, then remained unchanged. It increased again and levelled out at around 12 between 1996 and 1998. Then it rose again. The number of robberies in France is approximately between 6 and 8 between this years. At the beginning, the trend was upwards during the first year. Then, it followed by a downward trend. Then, it went up minimally to 8 between 1993 and 1995 and after that, dipped again to around 7.
Canada had almost the least number of theft. At first this number was unchanged at around 7, then it dropped moderately. From 1995 until the last of period, this number increased mildly to around 7.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph illustrates that the number of car theft in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada during 10 years.
Overall, during this period as a whole, there was a slight decline in the number of car theft in Canada while the number of cars stolen in Great Britain were far more than other countries.
Great Britain had the most theft vehicle at the beginning of the period. It reached to a peak of about 20 thousand theft per vehicles. Since then, there has been a fluctuation between 1993 and 1995, and it again reached to a peak of around 20 in 1996. After that increased sharply at the end of this period. In 1990, the car theft was around 9 thousand per vehicle in Sweden after a decline in 1992. The number of theft vehicle increased steady which was from about 9 to 14 thousand theft per vehicle.
The number of car theft in France and Canada followed approximately a similar pattern from 1991 to 1994. In addition, in Canada this figure rose slightly between1994 and 1999. While, the number of theft car fluctuated and then reached in the same quantities in Canada at the end of this period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The chart is presented to show how many cars per thousand were stolen in four different countries in 1990s. The car robberies took place in three European countries and a North American country. The Great Britain is in way too much higher level in comparison to the other countries.
Sweden started from about 10 cars per thousand in 1990 and at the end of this decade it reached to about 15 cars per thousand. The UK line graph shows ups and downs and the highest rate for this country is recorded in 1996 while from that year a steady fall is obvious. Falling the rate is also noticable for France. On the other hand, Canada experienced a steady rise while the two country, Canada and France, met each other at the same rate in the year before starting the new century.
The number of car theft per thousand is presented in this line graph in the last decade of 20th century. Two of them showed increase in their records while the two of them recorded decrease.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line chart shows information on the number of car theft in for distinct countries during a 10-year period. As is shown the number of cars stolen per 1000 vehicles in the Great Britain was by far more than other countries, whereas Canada has the lowest car robbery during the period shown. France and Sweden were just between these two.
In 1990, France had the lowest number of car theft among other 3 countries with around 6 thefts per 1000 vehicles. However, this showed an exponential growth, and by 1991 France was the second country in the rate of car robbery and this grow until it reached to 13 per 1000 cars.
The rate in the Great Britain fluctuated during the period, with the two greatest peaks occurring in 1992 and 1993 at 20 cars stolen per 1000. However, the figure at the start and end of the period was the same at around 16 cars. The quantity of car theft in Sweden and Canada remained almost constant at about 7 and 6 stolen cars respectively.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Martha,
I am writing about the presentation which was about solar power. This presentation played an important role in terms of our office development. I was very lucky since you gave me a valuable book related to this subject that can respond loads of my question.
As I am master in sustainable Ar4chitecture, I prepared a presentation that explained about clean energy and their benefits in modern building. In contemporary era. Preserving supplies is vary significant role for next generation. As far as you know solar panels are able to convert sun lights into electricity which means that it can save loads of sources. The presentation mentioned that the intelligent house can be very beneficial.
the manager of contract department told me they had a meeting with a reputable foreign company. they wanted to conclude a contract to investigate in our new project which was an intelligent house. This cooperation can boost the company and the salary of all the employees will be increased as a result. I, therefore, had to attract them and convince them about that this project is efficient.
I had a myriad of questions about solar power such as its price and its performance. The book that you gave me could transparent all of my suspicious of the solar panel mechanism and other not clear response. It helped me to add controversial slides that can surprise audience. I could present the best economic justification to persuade them to conclude the contract.
Thank you for your help.
I hope I will be able to compensate it to you.
Best Regard,
Sevda
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Hi Michael,
Hope you’ve got over your Covid and be back to work in upcoming week. In fact I am writing to thank you regarding the book you gave me a month ago since it changed my life.That book is truly impressive. I quoted lots of its statements in my presentation and evolved them broadly; so to speaking, that was my anchor. It was about the reasons and effects of mistrust in a community. All sociology students have to prepare such presentation in the last semester and I had chose that topic right off the bat.
On a more positive note, three top students would be given full fund for Master’s degree and I am one of them. A whopping 50000$ fund is worth for everyone to try their hands in such presentation, so the influx of students made that competition a turning point for everyone.
All statistics and subtle clues which it reflects gave me an array of unexpected insights which ended up receiving an A+ score for the presentation. Frankly speaking, I supposed that I would not have a prayer, but when presentation was prepared, the confidence ran through my blood and I believe I am indebted of you. Since you scratched my back, that is my turn to scratch yours and want to invite you to a short two-day trip to Manitoba.
Call me when you feel better to plan for the trip!
HESAM
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
The line graph gives data about car theft in 4 countries over a nine-year period between 1990 and 1999.
Overall, Great Britain had the highest rate of car theft among other countries over the whole period. Sweden showed an upward trend.the rate for Canada and France remained unchanged despite slight fluctuatations.
At the start of the period, Great Britain with 18000 car theft was in the first place, which experienced two peak levels in 1993 and 1997 with around 20000 car theft, but at the end, the number experienced a considerable fall to 16000. For France, despite increasing sharply at first, the figure fluctuated and finish at the same number of the start Point (6000). In Sweden, the number of car theft was 9000 in 1990, which was followed by a slight fall to 8000, and increased considerably until it reached the peak at 14000 car in 1999. There was a significant fall in car theft for Canada, which started at 7000 car and ended to 6000.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Sam,
I’m writing this letter to express my gratitude for you. You might not know why, but the book that you gave me last week, turned out to be very beneficial in a presentation that I had yesterday.
As part of the biology class I’m teaching this semester, I had planned to conduct a presentation on the history of universe, and how evolution works. The presentation was absolutely critical to me and the course, since it aimed to encapsulate the syllabus that I’m going to cover this term. Therefore I had put a lot of time and effort into preparing it, however I still felt something was lacking in terms of its comprehensibility. That’s when the book that I borrowed from you came in handy. One thing about the book that really fascinated me, was the sheer simplicity and legibility with which the author had elaborated otherwise indecipherable theories of biology which, in turn, rendered my presentation interesting and enjoyable for students.
Once again, I would like to show my appreciation for giving me the opportunity to experience such a fabulous read.
Regards,
Reza.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
The line graph illustrate the rate of thousand robbed cars in some countries between 1990 and 1999. Also, it shows thefts vehicles in four continents that contain Great Britain, Sweden, France, Canada during nine years.
The initial impression from the graph is that the most number of cars that robbed, is related to Great Britain through 9 years. Moreover, in 1990 the last of robbed cars was about Sweden with nearly 7000 cars. However, this number had an upward tendency until 1999. Further, in Canada the rate of thefts vehicles had a downward tendency and in 1993 stabilized. Also, the most number of these cars in 1990 was in France and had a vawe in continuesly.
Meanwhile, the number of those vehicles in Canada and France were the same in 1999 by 6000 cars. Also, in 1991, 8000 vehicles were theft in Sweden and France.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Sara
I am writing this letter to appreciate you because of your help giving me the book I needed for my presentation last week.
As you know I am a senior student of master degree in electrical engineering and in last semester we should defend our thesis in front of our instructors. My thesis was about "Image Processing", not only does it need to knowledge about electronic but I had to study some mathematic theory of statistic, which I awful at it, to process input images to system correctly.
My thesis was about a fully automatic face detection used in secret doors of offices and banks. The method of this idea was simulated with MATLAB software and I finally implemented it on PCB board.
The book you gave me was brilliant, solving my problem I have been struggling for almost three weeks ago. Needless to say I need to finish my graduation to be master in my major and get promoted in my work position, so your guidance means a lot to me. I defended my thesis thanks to your generous help yesterday.
I hope make it up for you some day, If you need any help I can do for you I am looking forward to hearing as soon as possible.
Yours sincerely
ALI
Ali Najib
General Madule
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
The graph compares the car robbery per thousand in four different countries including Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, there was a highest amount of car theft in Great Britain during the period. While, the figure for Sweden saw a dramatic increase, the figure for France and Canada showed fluctuation during 9 years.
At first, Great Britain stood at 18 theft per thousand vehicles, after which it rise significantly to reach about 20 in 1992. In following year, it experienced a considerable decline to 17. Then , it surged substantially to hit a peak at 21 in 1996 before a dramatic drop in last year.
In 1990, Sweden stood at 8 which is followed by a moderate growth to 12 until 1996. It reminded stable during next 2 years, then it experienced a marked increase in last year to reach about 15. The figures for France and Canada fluctuate widely throughout the period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph displays the amount of robbers for each thousand cars in Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada in a decade from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, Canada, France and Great Britain had seen a decrease in percentage of robbing machines during 10 years. In contrast, Sweden experienced a considerable rise in this period.
It is noticeable that Great Britain ranked the top level of unsecure country for vehicle’s owners compared to Sweden, France and Canada. In 1990 the rate of big car robbing was at least 3 times above the other countries. Although it saw some fluctuates, overall the Great Britain remained on the highest number of thefts of cars and at the end of 1999 the percentage of the robbers decreased.
In 1990, other countries: France, Canada and Sweden allocated a number around 6, 7 and 8 thousand car robbers respectively. After that Sweden saw a fall in 1991 then went up significantly. France had two rises and falls, but finally in the year 1999 the amount of car thefts relatively remained intact. Canada had a three-step decline. The year between 1990 and 1991 stayed in a same level then had a dramatic decline from 1991 to 1993, after that saw a gradual growth up to 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given graph demonstrates the proportion of car theft in four European countries from 1990 to 1999 and in this essay, the main details are highlighted. Among other mentioned countries, Great Britain has always had the biggest proportion of car theft while France and Canada are at the bottom of the list in this regard. It is blatantly obvious that Sweden is in second place.
Nearly, more than 17000 cars were stolen in 1990 in Great Britain and this trend increased slightly to 20000 vehicles from 1990 until the late of 1992. After 1992, the number of stolen cars plummeted sharply, then again in the late of 1993, this trend started to go up in a steady way until 1993. This trend began to decrease from 1996 to 1999 in a gradual way.
In comparison to France and Canada, the number of stolen vehicles in Sweden was much more; approximately a little less than 10000 cars were reported stolen whereas the proportion of stolen cars were much lower in the first mentioned countries. After 1990, this trend started to diminish slightly until the late of 1991, then it began to rise fairly steadily till the mid 1996 up to about 13000 cars. The number of stolen cars neither decreased nor increased from the mid 1996 till 1995 for three years. Finally, in the last phase this trend increased somehow sharply between 1995 and 1996 (up to slightly less than 15000 cars).
The proportion of stolen vehicles in Canada didn’t show any particular changes between 1990 and 1991 with almost 75000 stolen cars. After 1991, this trend deducted really fast to 5000 stolen vehicles until late of 1993. In the next period (from 1993 to 1999), this trend increased extremely slightly which is truly negligible.
France had the lowest rate in relation to car theft with a little more than 5000 stolen cars in 1990, then this trend skyrocketed sharply until late of 1991. An interesting coincidence was that the proportion of stolen vehicles in France and Sweden became as equal as each other in late 1991. From 1992 to 1999, this trend fluctuated steadily; it went up and down in a predictable way.
As it is evident, the given graph illustrates car theft rate between 1990 and 1999 in four European countries including Great Britain, France, Canada and Sweden. It is tried to elaborate all the crucial features related to this graph as much as possible in this essay.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph demonstrates the number of thefts occurred per thousand vehicles over a 10-year period ending in 1999 in four cited countries: Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada.
As it can be seen from the graph, there was a particularly wide gap between the results concerning Great Britain and the three other countries. The figures show that Great Britain’s robberies ranged from a low of 15 to a high of 20 in mentioned decade, with modest rise and fall.
As regard of France and Canada, almost similar patterns were seen. Initially, France had higher amount of car thefts (almost 8) in comparison with Canada (almost 7). In the following, the same trend continued, more or less steady, until they both reached the number 6 in 1999.
Regarding Sweden, it had the lowest rate of car thefts at the beginning of period but the number of robberies per thousand tended tu increase since then, as far as it equaled the number of car thefts in France (almost 7) in 1991. Again, it continued to increase with a low slope and peaked at quite 14 per thousand in 1999.
In short, the figures suggest that Great Britain had the highest rate of car thefts, during the whole period, among all countries. On the other hand, there was Sweden with lowest rate at the start point, which tended to increase in car robberies rate and occupy the second position on theft car rate. Canada and France had the lowest rate with a quite straight slope.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
A glance at the line graph provided reveals some striking similarities between Great Britain, Sweeden, France, and Canada in terms of stealing per thousand vehicles from the year 1990 to 1999. All in all, it can be evident that these nations saw roughly downward fluctuations in theft rate, though, Sweeden had a considerable upward during this period.
To begin with, in Sweeden, a marked increase from less than 10 in the year 1990 to approximately 13 in 1996 can be seen, nonetheless, it had a steady ratio of about 13 until 1998 and then grew to nearly 15 in 1999.
Furthermore, Canada and France have had a similar rate at starting and ending about 3 during this period in total. However, a little more committing theft in vehicles can be viewed in France.
Ultimately, Great Britain saw a fluctuation between almost 16 and 20 throughout these years, while this variation has been lower in 1999 than at the start of the interval in 1990.
It is interesting to note that Great Britain has a significant gap with other countries in terms of the higher rate of thefts in vehicles.
Samane Gholami (AC)
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph compares four countries in terms of vehicle theft over aa decade from 1990 to 1999.
Apparent from the graph, United Kingdom reported by far the most car thefts during this period of time. It can also be seen that the overall trend for all countries, except for Sweden, experienced fluctuations.
The data for Sweden shows that unlike other regions, they saw a great growth in terms of the number of motor vehicles stolen. The figures for said country rise steadily from just above 5000 to approximately 15000. The number of cars stolen in the Great Britain oscillates between almost 18000 and something slightly over 20000.
Showing considerable similarities in this matter, the numbers for France and Canada show minimal volatility. While France reported the least vehicle theft in 1990, their figures climbed to approximately 7000, making Canada the country with the least number of cars stolen for the rest of the decade.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The comparing statics of rubbed vehicles in four countries every December of years 1990 to 1999 is illustrated.
Overall, although there are some fluctuations in France and Canada, they experienced more stable and maintained conditions rather than Great Brittain, during the aforementioned period. However, the rubbed vehicles per thousand one them go up almost steadily in Sweden.
For Swedish people, there are two decrements from 1990 to 1993 and 1995 to 1999, while there is also an increment between 1993 and 1995. However, the total result of the process is going down from 8 vehicles to 6. Canadian people have a diminishing from 7 to 5 and a growth of 5 to 6 vehicles per 1000 vehicles.
Great Brittain has the same situation as France but on a larger scale. The difference between peaks and minimum of its. It has a decrement the most minimal change of 18 to 17 vehicles among the countries, through the years.
On the other hand, Sweden has the most enormous change among them, starting at 6 vehicles and ending at 13 vehicles. In the three periods of 1990-1991 and 1994-1996 and 1998-1999, the numbers rocket up rather than the others.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given is a graph depicting the numbers of car robberies happening in four collected countries such as Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada during one decade from 1990. It is clear that the range of theft in Great Britain had been the highest in all the years in this chart.
France and Canada have had the lowest quantity of stealing cars among them whereas they fluctuated between 5 and 10 and also the total trend of them is falling. The number of Sweden increased significantly from above 5 to 10 until 1995. Next, it remained the same as much as almost 12 per thousands and finally it rose to just under 15 in 1999. Furthermore, at first Great Britain had the swing for 6 years from 1990 and additionally it reached two peak points as 20 per thousands in 1992 as well as 1996. After that, it experienced a decrease to only above 15 in the final year at the chart.
Totally, the difference between Great Britain and Sweden had been falling for one decade in the lately of 20th century. But, Great Britain has stayed in the most quantity of theft in thousand until 1999. In addition, Sweden has passed from France and Canada since 1991.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the number of cars were thieved in the UK, France, Sweden, and Canada over a period of 10 years.
Overall, it is clear that the UK had by far the highest number of stolen cars over the whole period shown. Also, the figure clearly demonstrates that the rate of car robbery offence increased considerably in Sweden.
In 1990, almost 18000 vehicles were thieved in Britain. In stark contrast, the rate of car thieving in Sweden, France, and Canada was under 10000. In 1991, the figures for France and Canada decreased slightly and reached to approximately 5000 in 1993 respectively. Surprisingly, the trend for Sweden increased in 1991, and reached to more than 10000 in 1996. Between 1996 and 1998, the figure for Sweden maintained its level, and then increased slightly to almost 12000 in the last year of the period. Apart from a negligible rise for the rate of car robbery crime in France between 1993 and 1996, the figures for France and Canada maintained their levels around 5000 for the rest of the period.
By contrast, the rate of car robbery in the UK fluctuated over the period, however, its rate reached again to 18000 in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The chart indicates the theft of vehicles in the UK, Sweden, France, and Canada over a period of nine years starting in 1990.
Overall, it can be seen that the number of vehicles that were stolen in the UK was the highest ever. In contrast, vehicle thefts in Canada were almost the lowest in the same period. Furthermore, the number of vehicles that were stolen in Sweden has a dramatic growth, but this number for other countries fluctuated during the same time.
Looking at the chart in more detail, it is evident that the number of vehicles which were stolen in the UK was around 18 thefts per thousand vehicles in 1990 and this number after some variation reached 17 thefts per thousand vehicles in 1999. In the same way, this number in Sweden, Canada, and France all fell in the range of 6 to 9 thefts per thousand vehicles in 1990. The car thefts in Canada and France arrived at almost the same, 6 thefts per thousand vehicles in 1999. But, this amount in Sweden raised sharply to almost 14 thefts per thousand vehicles at the end of the period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph illustrates the number of robbery per thousand vehicles in Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada from 1990 to 1999. A brief glimpse reveals that Great Britain had undertaken the most automobile burglaries during the mentioned decade.
To commence, France and Canada by standing approximately on the same number (about 6) in the beginning point experienced a same trend concerning to car burglary throughout the mentioned duration. Although Canada maintained in its previous number in 1991, France increased slightly and reached to about 8. However, in the next two years both countries undertook a small decrease to about 5 and 6, respectively. In spite of the fact that after 1993 vehicle robbery rate in Canada increased gradually and reached to 7 in 1999, France after hit a high in 1995, slowly went down and eventually in 1999 stood in the common point like Canada.
Vehicle theft in Sweden substantially increased and reached to about 12 in 1996 as nation with the most car robbery after Great Britain in 1990 (about 8). In the continue, after being stable since 1996 to 1998, it rose and stood in just under 15 at the end of mentioned period.
Great Britain experienced a fluctuated trend by hitting a high in 1992 and 1996 to about 20 theft per 1000 vehicles. Eventually, it stood in about 18 the same number as it used to be in 1990 at the end point.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given graph illustrates thefts per thousands from 1990 to 1999 in four separate nations.
In 1990, car thefts rate was about 7 per thousands in Canada and this decreased at an quite rapid rate reaching approximately 5 per thousands in 1993 before increased slightly to 6 per thousands in 1999. In Sweden, however, the rate of car thefts was about 8 per thousands in 1990 and it reduced slightly to 7 per thousands in 1991, but increased quite massively to 12 per thousand in 1996. During 1996 and 1998 the car thefts rate remained static over this period before the substantial rise in 1999. (14 per thousands)
In Great Britain, on the other hand, car thefts climbed dramatically from 18 per thousands in 1990 to about 19 per thousands in 1992 and it decreased with a rapid rate to 17 per thousand in 1993. In 1996, it reached its peak which was 20 per thousand and next, it reduced to below the starting level in 1999. It can be seen that France followed the same pattern but with a lower rate of car thefts. It was about 5 per thousands in 1990 and the increased to a peak 1991 and finally it reached approximately its starting point.
Overall, the number of vehicle thefts per thousands in Great Britain, France, and Canada decreased during the period of 1990 to 1999. In Sweden, on the other hand, there seems to be a different pattern that shows an increase during in car thefts form 1990 to 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the number of car robberies (in thousand) in four different countries over the course of ten years.
It is clear that Great Britain led other countries in car thefts in all years. Sweden figure experienced the greatest rise in compared with other countries.
It is shown that Great Britain figure fluctuated between 15000 and 20000 during the period shown: however it still accounted for the highest car robberies all the time. At the beginning of the period, although the number of car thefts was lower that other countries at about 8000, it grew gradually, overtook Canada and France line in the following years and reached a plateau at roughly 15000 in the final year after it remained static between 1996 and 1998.
France figure fell and rose in a narrow range from approximately 6000 and 7000 in the first half of the period given. Then it went down steadily reaching at the level it was in the first year (some 6000 cases). The number of cars which were stolen in Canada was nearly 7000 in 1990; its figure represented a decline by almost 2000 in the first half of the decade. Then it rose marginally and met the France line in the last year.
Maryam Saati/ AC
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph compares the number of car theft in some countries, named France, Sweden, Canada, and Great Britain, over nine years from 1990 to 1999.
At first glance, it is clear that the two countries, including France and Sweden, experienced an upward trend, while Canada faced a downward trend throughout the given period.
According to the information, at the beginning of the time frame (1990), France had the lowest number of theft cars, but during this interval, the figure for theft vehicles increased slightly, in addition, Sweden experienced the same trend, and also this country had second-ranked in the number of car theft during these years.
However, in 1990, Canada was the third country in this comparison in terms of measuring car theft, and at the end of the interval, it had a slight decrease. As well as in 1999, both of these countries, named France and Canada had the same and lowest thefts, also the highest number of car theft was devoted to Great Britain during these years, and it was almost steady at the end of time.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares four countries in terms of their car theft numbers between 1990 and 1999. It is obvious that, more vehicles have been stolen in Great Britain than others.
It can be seen from the graph that, the cases of thefts in Great Britain, as the highest one, after a period of fluctuation reached to a pick of 20 per thousand vehicles in 1996 but in three years considerably decreased nearly to the same point as it was at the beginning. In Sweden, the amount of thefts slightly reduced in the first year but continuously rose to till 1996 and leveled out during two later years. In the last year (1999), Swedish car thefts suddenly rose to just under 15 per thousand vehicles.
The graph shows that, in France, the car theft number has fluctuated over the nine year given period, interestingly staying at the same level as approximately as it was at first. Finally, in Canada, while the theft cases decreased significantly from 1990 to 1993 and fell to 5 per thousand, it moderately increased year to year and reached to the equal level of France in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line chart provides the comprehensive information regarding the number of vehicles which were stolen in 4 countries from 1990 to 1999.
overall, it is starkly apparent that the number of stolen cars in Great Britain and France had decreased after many fluctuations. However, this data had increased sharply and gradually in Sweden and Canada respectively.
Initially, in Great Britain, the number of cars stood at 18 per thousand in 1990. It was gone up to 20 thousand after 2 years. This number was fluctuated widly and reached the plateau to over 20000 in 1996. However, it had descended to the figure for stolen vehicles was the third highest among the four countries with some fluctuations in range of 5000.
A closer look at the charts reveals that the cars which thefts in Sweden was under 10 thousand in 1990 and it had a upswing suddenly to near the Great Britain before 2000. Canada illustrated the moderate slump between 1990 and 1993. After this period of time, the cars were stolen slightly and it seems remained unchanged.
sara mazaheri ac
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph illustrates the number of vehicles which were stolen from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that the rate of car theft in Great Britain is significantly higher than other countries through this period. Although French and Canadian people have experienced different numbers of car theft, eventually they had the same number of stolen cars in 1999. Furthermore, Swedish people underwent an upward trend.
Looking at cars were stolen in the UK, the figure was approximately 1800 at the starting point of this period, which was almost twice of other countries. After some fluctuations, it reached to 20000, then it declined to around 16000 cars in 1999. Moreover, Sweden with minimum number of car theft among others in 1990, went through an upward trend and reached 15000.
Focus on France and Canada, whereas the former had more stolen cars than the latter, they nearly experienced same trend and after a number of fluctuations, they converged into roughly 6000 car thefts.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph gives information about the number of car thefts in different four countries of world from 1990 to 1999. Overall, the car thefts in Great Britain (GB) were much higher than in other three countries. While the rate of cars stolen in Sweden was lower than the France and Canada, witnessing a moderate increase.
Moving to more detail analysis, the number of car stolen in Canada and France was 7000 and 8000 in 1990 respectively. While in France ,car thefts fluctuated, standing at 75000 vehicles in 1999, Canada experienced a graduate increase and stood at 75000 in 1999. Both countries followed fairly similar trends.
With regards to Sweden, this country had the lowest car stolen, was 51000 cars, after graduate rise, Sweden and France stood at 9000 number of vehicles. The time frame between the middle of 1992 and 1993, Great Britain saw a slow fall in car thefts in 175000. Car stolen in GB increased considerably, standing at 2000, Followed by a significant decrease to 16000 in 1999.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, the number of unfit and overweight people has increased. Some say that to tackle this drawback sport curriculums in the educational system should be compulsory, while others think sports would affect only people exercising with their own decisions. In my opinion, sports have positive impacts, even done by force.
On the one hand, placing restrictions on sports in educational establishments would help people be fit. That is to say, physical activitiy plays a key role to enhancing people's health, doing it either voluntary, or mandatory. Firstly, students not interested in sports have to do them regularly in schools because of its rules, the risk of overweighing in the future would be less for them. So, the more sports they do, the healthier they might be in the years ahead. Secondly, in some cases, people are not content with something at first, but after some time, they are attracted by it. For instance, consider a boy who does not like football, were his coach to encourage him, the student might be keen on football and place a premium to doing it, which is beneficial for his body.
On the other hand, some believe that compulsory sports have no impact on people. This means that exercising only because of rules, is not helpful to prevent overweighting. Consider a student as an example, who does not tend to sport, and is not serious in his practising, so that sport is not efficient for him. Although, even this kind of practice has little influence.
To sum up, it is sport which is one of the solutions for addressing the growing number of overweight and unfit people. I think both compulsory and voluntary sports could solve this problem.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line gragh given illustrates the number of stolen vehicles per thousand in four nations including Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada over a decade between 1990 and 1999.
A glance at the graph reveals that although Great Britain had by far the highest rate of car theft, the rest of the countries showed a closer trend based on the statistics.
When it comes to the beginning of the period, Great Britain had roughly 18000 car theft in 1990, while it is followed by Sweden at nearly 8000, Canada at 7000 and France at 6000. All countries experienced fluctuations during the decade for example, taking Great Britain into account, the figures rose to 20000 in 1992 then fell for a year and again increased to more than 20000 in 1997, but it showed a falling trend at the end of the period.
Considering Sweden, the figures started growing until the year 1996 at more than 10000, then they remaind unchanged for three years, it went up to more than 12000 in 1999 though. Canada's vehicle theft rate demonstrated a falling trend by reaching 5000 from 8000 in 1993. However, the figures went through a slight increase until they reached 6000 in 1999. Finally, France's car theft rate showed more fluctuations by starting at 6000 and moving up to 8000 in 1991, then the numbers went down until 1993, went up to 8000 again in 1995 but the figures remained volatile in the whole period until it experienced a fall in the end.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph provides information concerning the numbers of automobiles stolen in four countries (UK, Sweden, France, and Canada) over a 9-year period (1990–1999).
Overall, it is evident that rate of car theft in most of the given countries slid into a decline with the exception of Sweden; Moreover, the number of cars stolen in the Great Britain was significantly higher than the other countries.
It can be seen that British people experienced the most car theft throughout the period, starting at nearly 18000 cars; Despite the mild fluctuations in the middle, the figures for the UK stood relatively high ending at 16000.
The initial rate for Sweden was the lowest of all the other given countries, standing just above 5000. The number of cars stolen in Sweden, however, witnessed an exponential increase, having reached to almost three times as much as its starting figure by the end of the period.
Turning to the remaining countries, the initial digit for both Canada and France were rather low, approximately 6000 and 7000 respectively. Both countries followed a similar trend until the later half of 1993 but the gap between their lines widened from 1994 to 1998 before finishing at the same point in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph compares the rate of stolen conveyance per thousand among Great Britain, Sweden, France and Canada in a ten-year period from 1990 to 1999. At first glance, it can be clearly seen that the number of stolen vehicles in Great Britain are considerably higher than other countries through the whole period.
To begin, in 1990, Great Britain was the most unsecure country for conveyances as the number of thefts in it accounted for 17 per thousand, far more than others while Sweden ranked second at 9 in a thousand. In the same year, the rate in Canada and France stood slightly less than that of Sweden at 6 and 7 theft, respectively. Over the whole period, Great Britain experienced a fluctuated trend in theft rate which peaked at 20 in 1n 1997 and finally reached to 17, the same with the beginning of the period. In a stark contrast, in Sweden the rate witnessed an upward trend over the period and reached to 15 stealing in per thousand in 1999, twice the rate in 1990. regarding France and Canada, although the trend slightly fluctuated in both countries over the period, the trends was approximately identical and reached to equal rate at 6 per thousand in 1999.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Due to the increase in obesity worldwide, some people have advocated that the addition of physical education should be a necessity while others argue for a more voluntary approach. I would argue that taking these drastic measures will be more impactful because it will eliminate obesity and its detrimental effect in a more urgent manner.
Staying indoors and online learning in the comfort of one's home, have stemmed and limited the physical activity of students. This not only has health consequences but also terrible effects on the mental health and self-confidence of learners. For example, a recent study has shown that physical activity releases happiness hormones such as dopamine and endorphins which are highly corollated with happiness. Generally, speaking, if children do not get intermittent and regular doses of these chemicals, they will become sad, lazy, and lethargic. To put it another way, if learners do not get them, it will make fewer children and more like lazy zombies that do not find fulfillment in their lives.
When arguing about this subject we should also consider that children already have a copious amount of courses that are forced upon them by the education system. Students regularly have to get meet a certain threshold when it comes to school work and exams for subjects like math, physics, and french. These courses have been added to the curriculum because they are beneficial to students. Therefore, arguing for the addition of another set of courses that target the physical aspect of students' lives is a very pragmatic and logical idea. For example, Sweden has made it mandatory for students to visit the Swedish mountains to ski and snowboard which initially received backlash from the locals. These new rules resulted in an increase in drive and motivation and also the most common mental health measures of Swedish students. These obvious improvements rapidly changed the mind of the parents that would previously argue against these types of rules.
To conclude, I have argued that forcing the students to be more physically active is better despite all of the backlash from the opposition since being more active makes the children less sad and saturnine. These types of regulations are not anything new with regard to the education system and are an inherent part of it therefore, adding them to current rules would not be difficult
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is said that sports have played a vital role in human lives. Some individuals argue that all educational centers should make some compulsory sports courses for students because of the growing number of individuals who are not fit and struggle with being overweight. In contrast, others believe that this manner can be associated with some side effects for students. I will discuss both viewpoints as well as give my own opinion.
On one hand, Compulsory sports courses in educational institutions can lead to some advantages for students in the short and long terms. First, it can lift students' moods and make them refresh, which decreases their stress and anxiety as well as the risk of mental diseases among them. So, this approach can directly link with the improvement of mental health in the short term. In addition to a short-term benefit, it can bring a long-term advantage for them in the future. This is because the amount of fat will decline in their body when they exercise and will have a better body shape in the long term, which will increase their self-esteem and self-assurance. In addition, if someone has a better body shape, he can find easier both finding a gorgeous partner and a suitable job.
On the other hand, some argue that this manner can be associated with some disadvantages and only voluntary sports programs can improve students' fitness. The first cause for this point of view is that compulsory physical courses embarrass students who do not fancy sports, which will decrease the probability of doing sports for these individuals in the future. Another reason is that some students are struggling with diseases such as heart and lung illnesses, and these compulsory sports may act as deadly activities for them, which usually goes up the risk of premature death.
In conclusion, I agree with the view that compulsory sports programs in educational centers for students can have some benefits such as improve their health status in the short term as well as self-assurance in the long term. However, some argue that voluntary sports programs can only be efficient for students' fitness because compulsory ones can increase the risk of premature death and decline the motivation of some students to do sports in the future. But I think that educational institutions can handle these problems by giving rewards to the students who do not like sports as well as doing strict medical monitoring on those struggling with diseases.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It has been argued that since the rate of overweight is unprecedented during last decades, educational system should involve obligatory sport courses in curriculum. However, there is no unanimous consent on wether this opinion encourage people’s engagement in sports activities as, conversely, the shame of not doing exercise voluntarily may make pupils reluctant. Nevertheless, I personally, believe that the compulsory sport can be beneficial for students.
Considering the effectiveness of making exercise compulsory in all institutions, some people debate that implementing this program will not be a persuasive factor, as expected, for promoting sports participation. This is based on the embarrassment of not doing exercise intentionally compare to other athletically skilled participants. For instance, there was a high school classmate of mine who tended to escape exercise hours because she felt shameful about her disability in running and not being chosen by other students to be a member of their sports group. This is not an unsolvable problem, though. In fact, in order to tackle this issue, compulsory sport schedules should include more than one type of sport. Therefore, students can choose their favourite one which they are good at.
On the other hand, obliging pupils to take physical education courses affords the opportunity of experiencing various sports activities which provides an appropriate basement to spark the longing toward doing exercise for the ones who are not ambitious enough to intentionally allocate their time on sport. This obligation can even flourish the hidden talents in sport and inspire one to continue a particular sports activity as future job. All of these developmental impacts assist the enhancement of sports participation in society and reduce the rate of overweight.
In conclusion, although making sport a compulsory part of educational system may discourage incapable individuals, by optionalizing the type of sport that they should take courses of, this problem will be alleviated and others can take advantage of compulsory exercise.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In the general population it is argued that owing to the increasing number of fat people, working out should be mandatory in educational institutions. Other say that people should decide to do sport on their own and mandatory exercises make students to be unsatisfying about doing sport. I am convinced that mandatory exercises can bring about many impeccable results.
To begin with, the more students work out in their schools, the more healthy society may be emitted.A healthy nation can be created if its students possess of mental and physical health and these criteria are associated with doing sport since it has profound effects on students’ brain so their cognitive may be boosted. In this case, they make decisions better than others ,besides, their educational status would be reach the top owing to the fact that working out accerlates the brain function. Schools have an obligation to make it mandatory by dedicating particular time to do sport in the schools. For instance, an educational organization can incorporate the sport sessions into the curriculum, hence, scholars take up the exercises as a part of their schedules not as a extra task. This is to say, mandatory sport sessions can make students more confident and upgrade their well-being.
Moreover, if this decision be voluntary, fatness among students will be rised. Being students, they are heavily loaded with their core subjects so they can not allocate adequate time to do the exercises and they may be oriented to become obese and unfit. Not only does the voluntary decision to do sport make the students overweight, but also it brings about plenty of mental issues namely, boredom, exhaustion and such like. Furthermore, due to the fact that working out nourishes the brain, if pupils take it for granted, they can not concentrate on their main syllabus in school, thus, their educational situation can be deteriorated. With all the above, the hazards of voluntary decision to work out should not be neglected.
By way of conclusion, highly vital as scholars’ decisions are, but the significance of doing sport is more crucial that should be imposed in educational centers.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Fitness and weight control are arguable topics these days among different groups of people. Some claim that exercising must be mandatory and everyone must be forced into working out. However, others believe compulsory activities in general, make people detest the mentioned activity. I strongly agree with the latter group and I think encouraging people to work out, students in particular, must be replaced with putting them under the pressure to make sure to keep exercising in their educational program.
Doing sports is a great activity to dedicate time to it. First and most important of all, it helps people to lose weight. Many youngsters and children suffer from obesity and it can cause certain diseases like high pressure blood in the future. Therefore, by including exercise in their daily routine, they can fight against obesity. Second of all, it is proven that while exercising some hormones (for instance, endorphins) are released. Consequently, energy levels boost and students will be more motivated to continue studying for the rest of the day.
On the other hand, everyone tends to have a saying in activities they must perform and they want to have enough freedom to make decisions. So, obligatory physical activities might lead students to lose motivation and put exercising aside. However, they can be encouraged to work out at schools by some easy approaches. For example, in general, children enjoy doing activities with their friends. By providing training centers and gyms at schools, they would be volunteered to participate to do sports.
To conclude, my point of view is that the best solution to the problems of obesity and lack of exercise among children is to facilitate schools with various sports equipment and then, encourage them to work out or spend some time doing simple physical activities.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Since more and more children have become obese recently, some people say that educational authorities should make sports a mandatory part of education. Others, including me, however, believe that such compulsory programs can sabotage children's self-confidence and therefore are not the optimum solution.
On the one hand, an increasing proportion of children have not engaged with physical activity almost at all, so they do not know if they like any type of sport or not. And many think that enforced to engage various sport types, some children could find interest in some sports and as a result become fit after a while. A lazy student who is obligated to try playing tennis in school for the first time might become interested in it and enrol in tennis clubs to exercise on a daily basis which helps him or her to reduce their weight eventually. There are other aspects to this approach, however, that can have negative impacts on children in my opinion which is why i do not agree with this view.
Many others, myself included, believe that enforcing these young people to participate in sport programs can be to the detriment of their self-esteem on the other hand. The reason for this is that any kind of compulsory task narrows down the sense of autonomy in human beings and therefore, reduces self-confidence consequently. Furthermore, if a child who is forced to do sports cannot show an aptitude, he or she would be embarrassed in front of their counterparts and this can result in a huge detrimental impact on his or her emotional well-being. For instance, enforced to play basketball in school, An overweight pupil who cannot jump high enough or run fast enough could be devastated and embarrassed, which is why I side with those who are of the opinion that such programs should not be mandatory but voluntary.
In conclusion, although some claim that to tackle the common obesity among children, educational institutes should force them to exercise, I agree with those who hold the view that mandating these children can end up damaging their confidence, thus, it is not a good method to help children become more fit.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don’t like sport.
Agree or not with opinion
The subject of doing sport by force has been a controversial one throughout the world. Many people believe that doing sport as compulsive in educational centers is advantageous, while others disagree with this notion. I agree with it and in the upcoming paragraphs I shall discuss my point of view in detail.
During recent times, obesity has been considered as one of the indispensable problems for governments across the world. Because governments have to spend high amount of their budget to cure fat people who get myriad diseases such as blood pressure, movement problem, heart attack and etc. For example, as recent investigation, in my country has been spent about one-third of tax to health care, however it can be expended in construction projects.
Secondly, another noteworthy concern here is the psychological effects. Not to mention that recently, people are encouraged to be fit. Although encouragement of students to be exactly fit is not accepted by psychologists and doctors, gaining weight in proper range and doing sports depend on individuals’ age, gender and etc, are advised. As fat people suffer huge psychological problems. Never could they wear whatever they like or are in fashion. Also, their activities will be limited, experience out of breath sooner than others. All of these reasons cause a sense of shame in them and consequently they may be solitary.
Having put forth all of the substantial arguments, it is clear that doing sport as compulsory should be made in educational centers because not only does it decrease the financial allocations to cure fat people, it can cause more self-confidence and self-esteem which will prevent serious psychological problems.
Nasrin Roshani(AC)
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Our modern lifestyle has brought some challenges which obesity is among them. Some people argue that sports should be mandatory for students, others, however, believe that having a forced plan for sports could not result in decreasing overweight, and students would not do sport by legislation. While the second group's reasons sound rational, I think we do not have another efficient way to tackle this problem, at least in a short time.
Sports could be mandatory and still interesting for students if officials provide some measures to make them more acceptable. Not all students are appealed to sports types providing in schools, so it seems necessary that authorities should present facilities for more various range of sports. Therefore, we will probably see more students who are doing sports. For example, football which is the main sport provided for students is not interesting for all of them, and if educational centers bring yoga and fitness facilities, more of them would do sport.
Although I agree with the inefficiency of forced activity specially for young people, there is no other way to face the problem as it is changing into a crisis in some societies. Besides, we should convey and teach this fact to young people that all tasks could not be interesting, and we force to do many things in our lives which may not be our favorite. This could help students to not just think about the entertaining and fun aspects of doing sport, but the undeniable benefit of it makes it necessary for us. Schools and families could encourage the young generation to participate in sports activities for their health, and maybe they will afterward thank them for this decision.
In conclusion, because of the significant impact of doing sport on health, and the increasing number of overweight people, it seems there is not other way to solve the problem in short term, but making sport appealing for students at education centers.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people believe that students should be forced to do exercises to stop the increasing rate of obesity. However, some others argue that doing exercises will merely be beneficial when students select it based on their own will. As far as doing sport is involved, the latter opinion can make sense for various reasons.
To begin with, those who favor the compulsory physical activities suppose that if students are made to do them, whether they will find it appealing or, at least, they will have a minimum activity per week. As a consequence, more calories will be burnt, and thus it will contribute to weight control and maintaining a healthy lifestyle, which is not really true due to the fact that the more pressure that is put on students, the less satisfactory the results will be. Needless to say, a large part of physical disorders stems from unhealthy habits and mental problems, which are not dealt with in this solution.
On the other hand, those who favor in voluntary physical activities assume that this problem, being unfit, is a multi-aspect challenge. Therefore, it can only be tackled through a comprehensive action including encouraging students to become more active. For instance, they can set role models by being given financial help in terms visiting some inspiring matches in the stadiums. This way, not only will they enjoy physical education in school, but also they are more likely to pursue a personal training program in the future, regardless of what career they embark on.
In conclusion, although the idea of compulsory physical activities in students may lead them to be more active, this approach will not provide them with a stable passion and only can have a limited effect. Therefore, if a healthy upbringing is aimed, education should not be forced.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is contended that because of increasing the rate of unfit and fat individuals sports ought to be mandatory in every educational system. Others argued that being a volunteer could help people to be fit. But obligatory physical education could make them shy and they turn away because it is not their favorite. I will be explaining my point of view in forthcoming paragraphs.
Generally, the sport has many advantages that could help for boosting their efficiency. Presumably, it is the requirement to be more healthy. The more they do activities, the more they increase their power, which could make the students more talented and it might bring a brighter perspective to them. Sport has a direct impact on learning which might control energy intensity. As a practical example, students sometimes are at an unmanageable level that teachers couldn't make them care about their lesson. Doing sport can brilliantly manage them.
Additionally, making the sport mandatory might bring some conflict. All humans have the right to choose everything themselves, making obligatory sports might not be a competent item. Some students don't have any special skills in it, it would make them disappointed. Probably it has a significant impact on their mood when they observe, their classmate are more capable than them. However, some student could change their lifestyle for being at the top.
In light of these facts, sports have many merits that could help your health. And Making compulsory sports could bring some changes for the student
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
A grave problem in the recent days are ever-increasing obesity among individuals. It is argued by some groups that setting a schedule in educational centers which oblige pupils to participate in sport activities may improve the situation; however, it is a concern for others that the taken approach may distant them further from sports by making them feel embarrassed in front of their peers. There is a debate in this regard which will be viewed in follow.
The supprter of the idea of obligatory exercise in educational establishments state that, firstly, due to the students tight schedule nowadays, making time for unnecessary activities such as exercising is rather difficult, if not impossible. Therefor, having sport in the curriculum would be a fitting solution. Secondly, it can be seen that, the students suffering from overweight often lacked the required determination and encouragement to take action against their physical issue. Hence, making them to do sports would possibly push them through the first difficult steps on a route to a more healthy lifestyle.
Conversely, those who oppose the view of compulsary exercising in educational facilities cite that, in the first place, individuals health might be put at a high risk if the movement of the sport expected of them to do, would not be suitable for them physically. For example, Sports with high physical impacts seems to affect the heart or other vital organs of an obese on excessive pressure which may result in stroke or other fatal physical reactions. In second, while being obliged to take part in sporting benefits pupils physically, it may be detrimental from psychological perspective. Not having the ability to move as fast and delicate as the classmates due to their obesity may embarrass them gravely. It is a possibility that, they be crushed mentally by it to the point to feel unconfident and incapable compared to the other which may lead to them avoiding any form of sports to save themselves from embarrassment.
In conclusion, it appears that the benefits of the obligatory exercising overweight the negative impacts, if is performed under an expert’s surveillance.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In modern times, the issue of the importance of sports in school curriculum has become highly controversial. While it can be argued that it plays a crucial role in losing students' weight, another opinion is that it should not be as obligatory as other lessons are. This essay will examine both sides of the argument and provide an overall opinion.
Generally speaking, there are a wide variety of reasons why people believe that sport is of great importance in school syllabus. Health reasons seem to exceed all other benefits. Not only does working out make students more flexible physically, but it also helps them improve mental health. The more students have an opportunity to participate in sport activities regularly, the more they can achieve their goal. It is because physicians always warn students If they do not pursue a healthy lifestyle, they will be faced with many hardships physically and mentally all of which lead to diabetes, fatty bloods, and depression. In general, underestimating the importance of exercising in schools is not logical.
Despite these arguments, many people feel that students themselves should decide either participate in sport activities or other curriculums based on their talents and tastes. Perhaps the main reason why people are not in favor of obligatory plans is nothing but flexibility. In their opinion, a flexible program aims to make learning environment more enjoyable. The more adaptable an environment would be; the more student would be encouraged to attend the activities. As a result, a school community have right to choose which activity they want to join in.
In conclusion, physical activities of students are very relevant contemporary academic life. Having considered both sides of the issue, I would argue that sport is of great help to keep students fit.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
As a matter of fact, the number of people who are overweighted or unfit is rising.
A range of people believe that doing sport must be mandatory in whole educational institutes for a number of reasons. First and foremost, since performing sport or exercise is really important and useful for citizens and also can be difficult somehow by being compulsory, people lead to know and do it as much as possible. For example, somebody may do not like sport owing to lack of awareness benefits of sport but with this compulsion, their mind can be changed. In addition, it is a fact that some dwellers are lazy than spending time for sport therefore, it can affect their behaviors.
On the other hand, others assert that compulsive physical education excite them negatively while doing physical programs as a volunteer can help them for a range of reasons. First of all, it is noticed that forcing and imposing any conditions causes a defensive reaction which makes this problem worse. It is widely accepted by many of people as well as researchers that performing any plans must be optional to reach the best performance. Moreover, it is kind of impossible to establish a place related to physical training in all institutes or organs. By way of example, sport centers need to minimal facilities to have a suitable acting for that whereas it may not be available everywhere.
Nevertheless, as a conclusion, depending various conditions and cultures, this manner can be changed in spite of the fact that it has been a debate among people that establishing and performing sport should be mandatory or voluntary.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, doing exercise or sports on a regular basis have become rare due to a variety of reasons such as lack of time, working long hours, sedentary lifestyle, laziness, the advent of new technologies and so on. As a result, I totally approve of the idea of making sport a mandatory subject in the education system due to a myriad of reasons which I intend to single out some of the most significant ones in the following paragraphs.
First and foremost, as the number of people who have ended up suffering from obesity has been on the rise at an alarming rate, some drastic measures should be taken so as to put an end to this trend or at least cut down on the worrying figures because overweightness has had a detrimental effect on people of all walks of society’s health and wellbeing regardless of their age, sex and social class.
As far as I am concerned, when sport was made compulsory especially at primary schools because most experts believe that skills should be learned from an early age in order to be instilled into people, after a while students would get into the habit of doing exercise and a lot of other sports based on their interests and talents. As a result of this, as time goes on, they not only would realize the importance of being in shape and healthy without complaining about it but also it would turn into an enjoyable activity once they become interested in doing sports. Nevertheless, at first, it might be seem harsh to impose a mandatory subject on students at all levels.
Furthermore, students’ talents at whichever level they are, would be nurtured, so they might wind up becoming professional sportspeople in the future which could completely turn their lives around which in turn would be beneficial to the whole community because the more healthy and successful people a society has, the better and sooner it can achieve its goals and make huge improvements especially in terms of having great human resources to rely on in the long term.
Another point worth mentioning is that, doing sports at different ages and stages of their lives can help individuals to improve other aspects of their lives. For instance, it can affect their personal and social lives in a constructive way to such an extent that they become more effective citizens in the future because as the saying goes, “a prepared mind can be found in a prepared body”. So, it can also lead people to study harder and learn other subjects better.
Finally, doing exercise and sports along with education would prevent individuals from getting a lot of diseases which could pose a threat to their lives, because every day people are prone to heart attacks and other health problems which are rooted in the lack of doing exercise which in turn deter them from leading a healthy, happy and prosperous life.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people believe that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people, sport should be compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away student who don't like sport.
There is concerns about increasing rate of obese individuals which drive some to put exercise as an integrated part of education curriculum, while opponents state that it is the right of students whether participating in sports classes or not. It seems that mandatory physical workout might not be suitable for all levels of study.
It is crystal clear that, sedentary lifestyles are becoming more popular more than ever,so many societies are facing problems associated with obesity. To address this issue, regular exercise as a mandatory part of educational systems are widely focused. In other words, both school and university students are required to participate in sport courses. If young people attend actively regular workout, they can be more fit and healthier in comparison with inactive students, for instance. Moreover, these sports classes are intended to foster student's interpersonal skills such as interacting with others, making friends and cooperating in a team work, in particular, for elementary and secondary children.
Others, however, argue that sport activities should be optional as it is a personal interest which might all do not performed well , so feel shy and embarrassing. To put it more simply, some adolescents may not be interested in doing sport and feel comfortable in the public, especially for young girls at university, thereby, doing compulsory exercise may result in unpleasant outcomes like depression, anxiety and strain.
In my view, although the benefits of a sport-oriented educational system is undeniable, other circumstances like age and gender should be held into account to bring satisfying result. Compulsory sport activities can be justifiable for elementary and secondary schools as a way to push them to be more active both physically and socially while young people at high school and universities are mature enough to make decision for themselves.
To sum up, compulsory PE for all educational level may not lead to suitable result, therefore, it would be better to be mandatory only for elementary and secondary children but optional for high school and university students.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Even though to many people enacting a law regarding doing compulsory Sports in all educational centers is a certain way to prevent students from obesity and gaining weight, many beg to differ, maintaining that this rule has counter-productive effects and it is beneficial when it is voluntary. to my view, however, both statements convince me due to some reasons.
To be lethargic, overweight, and depressed are some consequences that living in the realm of technology and a steady lifestyle can bring for individuals. since willingness towards a sedentary lifestyle through the bold presence of computer games and the use of ultra-modern gadgets for students is more than adults, besides they are digital natives and it is more simple to do their activities using state-of-the-art technologies rather than traditional tools, mandatory sport is a blessing in disguise which help them to be in shape, moreover lead them a more enjoyable life because by doing workout special hormone called Androphine will be released in their bodies causes happiness and prevent them with depression.
Another group of society, on the flip side, believes that compulsory physical activities have counter-productive effects. since facts and figures show that mandatory activities might address a particular problem at first, but in the middle of the path can be detrimental because it restricts human freedom. thus these individuals are of the opinion that if authorities and officials provided students with some innovative ways, such as competition, which pursue them to put the technology behind and do work out, would be more beneficial.
To sum up, also compulsory sports can be an effective solution to solve the problems of being overweight and obese, in my mind, it is accompanied by devastating consequences such as making chaos in the school by disobeying the rules by students. therefore, it is recommended to make physical activities more interesting for students using some creativity.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There is no doubt that obesity among students is of utmost importance which should be addressed promptly. Although some believe that it is practical to make sport an obligation in academic settings, I am of the opinion that it may deter students from doing exercise and make the situation worse. This essay will examine reasons and conclusions each idea holds.
Any outer force that pushes a person to do a task implies obligation and it is vastly examined that it never lead to pre-planned targets. When it comes to exercise in order to affecting on fitness of students, it seems more annoying due to physical activity which it demands. This mandatory principals remove more students from sport and they gradually become isolated thanks to not respecting their attitude. They experience undesirable moments in schools and it exacerbates students life during a vicious circle.
From a depth of processing perspective, doing a task on a voluntary basis means that the doer is aware of the importance of that. In other words, voluntary workout is mostly done with enthusiasm and it ends up more satisfying results regarding fitness of body. For example, most of sport players have worked their way up eagerly since they chose their field base on their interests and were not forced to do it. Subsequently, not only fitness is achieved, but also other successful aspects of such route resonate through the sport player’s body and life.
In conclusion, what matters more, is that nothing could be achieved by mandatory regulations, or the result is not satisfactory enough. The only fruitful way to overcome obese is to exhort students to hit to exercise and look at that as an enjoyable task to do regularly.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
An increasing concern for many people around the world is their physical health. It is true that some people think that some mandatory programs have the ability to control overweight people. But some people stand against these kinds of plans. I think that these programs should be optional.
Generally speaking, there is a wide range of reasons why people believe that some obligatory sports programs in school or university could be able to help people lose extra weight. The requirement to keep body fit could be a kind of external motivation to start physical activities in order to lose weight and if this activity is at an educational zoon it would be controlled in the right way. However, this issue may not be fully effective.
On the other hand, those who do not like sports or any other physical exercise should think of another solution for that. First, it is hard to move or do sports for a person who is overweight, so the beginning should create motivation. It could help more than external and forced pressure. Then, this internal motivation will be caused everybody to do other related work to get this target such as to keep tolerating a strict diet. Thus, the most optimum mode for people to lose weight could not be compulsory.
In conclusion, weight loss of people is a topic that raises strong passions on both sides of the argument. Having considered both sides of the issue, I am of the opinion that it is necessary to increase their internal motivation, and I am against forcing them to do this.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, there is an ongoing debate regarding the high rate of obesity globally. It is believed by many people that an increasing number of unshaped and obese individuals doing physical activities should be forced in all educational institutions, while it is thought by others that optional decision to do sport can be beneficial to get the shape, and pupils may be reluctant to do sport compulsorily. I will look at both sides of the argument, and try to draw some conclusions in the last paragraph.
There are various reasons why people are of the view that doing sport should be forced in schools. Firstly, compulsory exercise can pave way for scholars who prefer to get fit. This is due to the fact that the vast majority of students are unaware of a wide range of exercises and effective impacts on their health, hence they will apparently reap the benefits from being exposure to do regular sport in their schools. Take educational establishments in less developed countries as an example, they have been putting forced and regular sport in students’ schedules, so they get acquainted to do exercise and get fitter. Secondly, mass sport in schools may encourage pupils to get fit. Provided that students are forced to do regular exercise with their classmates, they will seemingly enjoy and spend more time on physical activities. Consequently, collective exercise in educational establishments can increase the level of students’ health.
However, other people are of the opinion that compulsory exercise may be unhelpful. Some students would prefer to choose alternative methods and activities to get shape. To put it another way, many students have a burning tendency to get stick to their healthy diet due to the fact that they are reluctant to exercise in their schools. For instance, my cousin has zero interest in doing exercise in her school and desires to follow her diet without doing exercise.
In conclusion, scholars can benefit from forced exercise because of getting familiar with a large number of physical activities and doing exercise with their peers, and the optional decision to do sport can be beneficial because students may prefer to opt for their preferable methods to get fit.
Sara.amini/ac
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Methods of lifestyles have been noticeably varied in today’s advanced world, leading to making a majority of students less fit. It would be far-fetched to say that compulsory physical education discourages students who do not like sports. I hold the view that everyone aware of the advantages of exercising, will change the attitude about doing sports. This essay is going to provide some reasons to reinforce the idea.
Being overweight is one of the irrefutable parameters that the majority of societies suffer from, leading to mortal illnesses such as heart disease, blood pressure, and even depression or anxiety. Due to age, students, especially in elementary schools and lower levels, cannot find out the benefits that exercising will bring to themselves. Therefore it will be so effective to teach them about how sports enhance various aspects of their lives, especially their body styles and spirits.
On the other hand, social media, which is accessible on new-age cellphones, makes people, particularly students, show intention to roam in virtual entertainment for several hours, sitting on a chair or sofa. This action leads to conserving calories they receive during the day resulted accumulating fat in their body. In addition, these days, students intend to consume industrially processed food, which possesses high fat, making them overweight. It would be so effective to warn them about the harms of sedentary lifestyles and high-fat food, which severely threatens their health. Due to the implementation of this subject, many professional experts believe that the importance of exercising will be better recognized accompanied by other courses in schools.
As result, it is fair enough to say that teaching students to do sports should be compulsory subjects instead of giving them opportunities to choose exercising as a voluntary activity. Because they do not have sufficient knowledge about the detriments that obesity will create.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Obesity and overweight are becoming increasingly prevalent in today’s society. Many individuals maintain that in order to tackle this issue, students should be forced to do sports, while others argue that this would be counterproductive, as students may not be willing to do sports. In my opinion, the former statement seems more practical.
To begin with, making exercise obligatory would result in students perceiving it as an important activity. This is to say, if sport is not a mandatory subject, there would not be many students interesting in it. This is because other subjects such as mathematics, physics, biology, and so forth seem more worthwhile to many students as they can pay the way for their higher education. As a result, sports become an insignificant matter in schools, and many students would not even try to work out during their education period. This unhealthy habit of inactivity will probably maintain in their life later on, contributing to un unhealthy society.
In addition, educating students with respect to physical activities instills the importance of health into them. This is especially important for junior students, as the younger they are, the easier it is to develop healthy habits. By doing so, sports would become an inevitable part of their lifestyles. However, I believe that students should be given the freedom to choose the type of sport they find more appealing. Furthermore, the considerable effects of regular exercise and the risks of a sedentary lifestyle should be taught to students along with doing physical activity. When completely aware of the significance of sports, students would feel proud of exercising rather than being embarrassed.
In conclusion, I take the view that compulsory physical activities in educational organizations could be an effective step towards mitigating health problems. Nevertheless, the sport type should not be forced and students should be allowed to decide it themselves.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some argue that Since the number of unfit and obese population is increasing, people ought to be compelled to exercise in all educational establishments. However, many believe that forced activities can lead to embarrassment and that voluntary exercise is more likely to be beneficial to one's health. I must say I concur with the later.
Firstly, getting fit requires a significant amount of dedication and patience. Therefore, It might take ages for those who are reluctant to exercise, to see desirable results and this would only disappoint them and lead to them turning away from sports altogether.
Moreover, research findings confirm that those who are obese or are considered to be unfit are much more likely to be self-conscious about their bodies and have lower self esteems. Owing to which, putting them in situations where they have to play a certain sport, can make them feel like they are on display. Thus, adding to their tack of confidence.
However, there are still ways that authorities can encourage the unfit population to take action and start their fitness journey. For instance, schools and other educational establishments can eliminate their elevators or escalators in order for students to use the stairs more often as this can help them become healthier. In addition, access to a personal trainer can be provided for students so they are able to reach out to them whenever they feel the need to.
To sum up everything that has been stated so far, compelling obese students to play different sports at schools can have several adverse affects on them hence alternatives ought to be adopted.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people are of the belief that according to increasing rate of the obesity between individuals these days, sport should be obligatory in schools and universities but others think that it will not a practical approach and make people hate exercising and people should themselves choose to work out or not. I do agree with latter group, the reasons will be discussed in this essay.
Regular exercising is, to begin with, a personal quality of anyone and it is not acceptable to interfere in personal aspects of people’s life and break their privacy. People should be ordered to obey social laws, like driving regulations, because if they do not admit them others will be hurt and cities will be filled by utter chaos. Whereas exercising is a personal decision for anyone to make. Although it would be perfect for a society to have people who exercise on a regular basis It will not happen in real world. Hens, not only authorities of educational system should not force students to exercise but also, they have to replace alternatives for it like cycling as a joyful activity. Additionally, Teachers have to inform them about the necessity of sport in sedentary lifestyle and what will be the results of being physically inactive.
Moreover, forcing student to exercise in educational years will not guarantee to keep working out after graduation. It is obvious that students just think about passing their courses with good marks particularly subject like sport. But if authorities try to encourage students to participate in some domestic competition with valuable rewards for the winners maybe they can change student’s mind to take sport more seriously in their lives. They also can manage to form school team in different types of sport like football, basketball and swimming and support students to compete with the other students in their region or whole country or even continental or international games.
To sum up, I think sport should not be compulsory in schools and universities because it is against student’s freedom as sport is a personal issue and It will not a proper solution to force people work out in the future.
Ali Najib
General Module
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There’s always been a growing number of overweight people all around the world, which brings up the argument about exercising more in younger ages. Sports help with fitness and being healthy, so it’s discussed whether “Physical education” should be compulsory or not. This essay agrees with this matter and backs it up with two reasons: better physical condition in the future and scouting exceptional talents.
With the rise of videogames, many children prefer playing with their gaming consoles rather than having physical activities. This leads to obesity problems amongst youths. Early ages are extremely important for development, therefore it’s a necessity for children to participate in physical activities. Researches also point out that people with regular fitness programs will have longer life expectancy and less health issues. Hence, even having a weekly “PE” class for students may have huge positive impacts on their future.
A lot of successful athletes in their biography mentioned that they started their career from young ages and in schools. Many talents can be found after shining in competitions and they can improve their skills during upcoming years. There are several programs for scouting young talents in countries like USA. For instance, “National Basketball Association” league has an annually “draft” plan, in which each team picks two young players from University Clubs. Supporting these plans are great investments for every country.
Overall, forcing an individual to do somthing against their will is always a bad option, espcially in kids that may become tired of something easily; but with the right education system this can be prevented.Providing suitable options and mixing sports with having funs encourages children to take part in physical activities. To conclude, exercising is a must-do activity. The sooner it starts, the better. The outcome will be a healthier society which is capable of overcoming any problem.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some individuals argue that due to a sharp increase in obesity, doing exercises regularly must become a compulsory in circumstances activity for everyone, however, others believe this work make a bad feeling among the student and they search to find a reason not to participate in any kind of sport. It seems that this is a huge issue, although forcing pupils to do sport cannot be solved.
These days youth eat lots of junk and processed food which is delicious and has good tests but also completely unhealthy without vitamins. Moreover, they use a lot of chocolate to boost their energy while they are studying. They are too busy with school and their homework, then they cannot find time for exercise which led them to gain weight and become a fat young person after a while.
Obesity would not be solved just by exercising, so this is the main highlight that society must be aware of it. Being overweight has a number of reasons such as overeating, following an unhealthy diet, and avoid do physical activity during the day and all of these together shape an unfit body. To decrease this phenomenon adults, have the responsibility to teach younger people how much important to be fit, exercise, and follow a healthy diet to keep their bodies in good trim which helps them extend their life too. In addition, helping them to control their portion, eat moderately and use more nutrients such as nuts and fresh fruit between meals can be helpful. By forcing youth to do any kind of activity, they start to be stubborn and try to do not to understand what is better for them.
In sum, overweight grows rapidly among students and parents and teachers must pay attention more to pupils being fit. Not just doing sport can reduce this problem, they must change their eating habit and explain what healthy habit means.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
A group of individuals present the view that educational centers should incorporate sport into their programs in order to preventing obesity, whereas others believe this scheme should be optional according to people’s abilities and interests. I strongly agree with the latter one.
On the one hand, some people justifiably argue that sport courses which are held in school or college does not take into account individual differences and capabilities of students. Therefore, these programs are not be able to provide students with an opportunity to be fit. Moreover, research findings confirm that when something is compulsory, many people are more naturally reluctant to turn to that. Students, for instance, who are compelled to take part in specific sport activity in school which may not be their favorite or even not appropriate with their abilities, are less likely to do that properly. Thus, sport is failed to be helpful.
On the other hand, another group of people claim that sport plays a vital role in combatting obesity. They firmly insist that if sport programs are included as a compulsory subject would help to improve student’s health. However, I do not find this argument convincing as most schools do not have appropriate facilities to do exercise and, in turn, may result in such injuries. And also, for being fit and maintain it, following a sustainable diet along doing exercise on a regular basis is necessary.
To conclude, in my opinion, schools should provide a wide range of sport programs that can cater for all ages and interests and motivates students to engage in sporting activities. Moreover, not only eating habits should be corrected but also, suitable facilities for this program be provided.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, there is a serious debate about the growing number of unfit people and those who are overweight. Some individuals believe sports should become obligatory in all educational systems. While, a group of people say that there are many drawbacks to enforcing sports on students. I strongly agree with the letter opinion.
On the one hand, some people claim that sport obligation in schools can help to reduce the number of overweight people because doing exercise on a regular basis after a while becomes a habit. However, I do not find this argument convincing as, from a social viewpoint, the obligation has many adverse effects on mental health and can cause many mental problems. In my personal experience, when I was in secondary school, one of my classmates was obese, and our teacher forced her to run more than the other students. As a result, she is currently going to therapy because she suffers from depression and won't be doing sports again.
On the other hand, a group of people justifiably argue that in order to resolve the obesity issue, should be taken many factors into consideration, such as poor eating habits and genetics and inactivity. Thus, only forcing young people to do exercise can not help to reduce the number of people who have overweight. I believe educators should raise public awareness about health problems associated with obesity. Also, the government should hold free workshops to promote awareness about workout benefits.
To conclude, In my view, students should voluntary decision to do sports and school officials should promote awareness about benefit of having activity lifestyle. Furthermore, sport compulsory can cause turn away students from workout forever.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Sports occupy an important role in our lives. It keeps us healthy, fit, and fresh. Some individuals believe that according to the increasing number of unfit and overweight people, physical activity should be mandatory in all educational institutions. Others suppose that only non-mandatory decisions to do sports help people to stay fit and they imagine that compulsory physical education can cause shame and ward off students who don't like sports.
In my point of view, you can't find a person who doesn't like any kind of sport. Some people like to work in groups and they enjoy teamwork. For these people team sports such as football, basketball, volleyball, and so on can be a great option. People who like individual sports can dance, swim, ski, or do anything they want. If people find out which sport is best for them, educational institutions don't have to force anyone to have some physical activities.
Besides, educational establishments should try to make sports fun. For instance, they may hold competitions and marathons and students can attend these programs. In this way, students can have fun and exercise at the same time.
It is widely believed that, when sports are mandatory in the educational system and teachers try to assess students by grading them, it causes frustration and fear among students who may not be very good at sports. Students should learn that sports and exercise are a part of their life and it is essential for their health. Hence, they will try to do sports for their health and they make an effort to enjoy their time doing physical activities.
In the end, we should not forget that each person has their abilities and talents. Thus, we can't say everyone has to follow the same rule. If some students are not able to do sports or they are interested in other subjects, they must not be forced to do athletics. Their opinions and interests should be respected.
In conclusion, though sports are important for students to stay fit, they shouldn't be compulsory and students should have options to choose activities they like most.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Growing the number of obese people has created two various point of views in society to cope with that problem. In the first point of view, to solve the issue of obesity of people what can be done is making sport compulsory at schools. The second attitude, however, disagree with mandatory physical education and also is on the same page with voluntary decision of society to exercise for being stylish. These two attitudes both have their own good aspects which are described below.
The great thing about mandatory exercise at schools is that, students are unconsciously informed about the effects of doing sport on their daily activities as well as health by the passage of time. To put it simply, they are not likely willing to do physical activity or have no positive thought of that. This can be provided through compulsory physical education. What is more, this method also may cause pupils motivated to follow a sport professionally. For example, I am a footballer now while I was never interested in that as well as no informed about my ability in playing football, however, my skills and information learned at school made me to pursue this sport as my job.
But in the case of people being self-motivated to do sport, in my opinion, there are two major merits along its countless positive side effects. First, your sport time is flexible. It means you can exercise whenever you want, for instance, either before going to work or after that. Doing your favourite sport without time shortage is another beauty of this manner in contrast to the imperative routes. To more explain, you want running for 1 hour you do that without any disturbing.
In conclusion, despite their probable disadvantages, the two opinions are useful for being fit and declining the number of obese people in society.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
The numerous amount of people who are unfit and overweighed, face significant problems in the society in which they live. This leads to considering physical education as a remarkable factor which has a key role in fitness. This is the reason of a common held belief that compulsory physical education, especially for students, is an absolute necessity. On the other hand, but for having a determined aim and internal willingness, no significant result would be achieved. It is crystal clear that physical education is not an exception. Thus, what I strongly agree with, is the cultivation and encouraging people to be fit, first of all in their minds and then, in reality.
So, the first and maybe the main reason why compulsory physical education could not be beneficial is that this issue is a trout universally acknowledged that, the brain does accelerate environmental phenomena. As a sequence, not only does compulsory education have a negative influence on the mental part of the brain, but also it is not beneficial for body improvement. As a result, seldom do people continue compulsory sport and show hatred about it, to a startling degree.
Besides, as a second reason why compulsory physical education is not a benevolence for students, is that all of them are not at the same level of physical readiness. So, this could lead to physical injuries in the weaker ones. For example, various studies show that most knee surgeries, after a sports trauma occur when people have not had enough sports background, and despite this fact, they have been forced to do intense sports activities.
To recap, if I were a sports policy maker, I would pay more attention to cultivation and knowledge enhancement to increase the number of people who are keen on continuity of the regular exercising. It is evident that, although lots of fiscal problems exist, the huge number of athletes will grow up in this situation, and they will move the boundaries of the championship in near future.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some individuals believe according to the increasing number of people struggling with obesity, it's essential to include physical activities as an imperative subject in every educational organization. On the other hand, some uphold the idea that people followed their interests, not an imposed activity which can make them embarrassed among other individuals. I definitely agree with the second statement; in the upcoming paragraphs, I shall explain why.
First of all, according to everyone's busy schedule, nowadays people mostly don't have time to do exercises, they usually are exhausted when they arrive home and compulsory sports courses can be like torture for them. Besides, considering the huge role social media plays in our day-to-day life, people mostly prefer to lie down and surf on the internet rather than go to sports centers So, I think sports-related ads on various online platforms, may be much more encouraging for a large number of individuals, especially the younger generation. Online videos can make people work out at home or take a walk to keep fit instead of compulsory sports classes in an educational environment.
Secondly, disobedience is in our nature, we all are used to be by obstinate when mandatory chores occur. Due to this fact, energizing people in indirect ways like installing sports facilities in public areas or involving a small gym in office buildings for employees, can be a much more effective way two lead individuals to have a healthy lifestyle and do more physical activities.
In conclusion, compulsory sports classes may be beneficial for many people especially those who are fighting over-weighty. However, most people will be annoyed and bored when there is pressure on them to do what they don't like by force. Due to this, some productive steps need to be taken to make people aware of the importance of physical activity.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
The fact that sport plays a crucial role in people’s health is obvious to all. Although a group of people believes that educating students about physical activities is a brilliant way to reduce the number of people who suffer from obesity, another group argues that doing sport when is a good idea that is an optional decision. In my perspective, forced sport is not a suitable solution to overcome being fat.
On the one hand, in this machine-oriented life, everyone is suffering from an epidemic disease which is called ‘hurry sickness'. not many people place a high value on their health. That is why forcing students to exercise can activate them much more which may result in having a healthy society. Moreover, if students got used to doing exercise, they could relieve from the long-term consequences of obesity ranging from physical problems like cardiovascular diseases, fatty blood, and diabetes to mental disorders the most common one being depression.
On the other hand, has losing motivation affected many individuals’ minds that they are of the opinion that forced training in sports is not just the most effective way to reduce weight. Because when they have to do something for a long time may lead to turning away from their own. Moreover, they argue that there are other ways that are useful for avoiding being overweight. For example, choosing a healthy diet like serving organic food instead of genetically modified food may help students who do not like physical activities to be fit.
In conclusion, while some people suppose schools ought to educate sports plays to are decreased the number of heavy people, I completely agree with others that believe if this is an own choice, it can lead to correct results.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is true that nowadays, more and more people are unfit. Some people think that governments should put strict rules on educational systems to force students to do physical activities. Others, however, think that compulsory methods are not a good option. I think voluntary physical education is completely better than obligatory one.
On the one hand, some individuals think that the best way to decrease the number of unfit population is that governments should have mandatory plans for physical activities in all educational curriculums. To begin with, they think people are more unfit because their lifestyles have changed, and people tend to do most of their plans by using smartphones and laptops. As a result, they do not show interest in doing voluntary physical activities in school or universities. In addition, proponents of obligatory sports activities may think that a specific group of students do not participate in physical activity courses because they are not aware of the benefits of doing sports and then, being fit. They think this method is the best way that people can be noticed the advantages of physical activities.
However, I completely disagree with putting obligatory sports courses in the schedule of students. Firstly, I think that this has a negative effect on students. To put it differently, people would be demotivated when facing an activity that they have been forced to do. Based on this fact, students would be discouraged if they have to do the obligatory physical courses. They, then, would ignore to do sport activities in the future. Furthermore, some students may not be keen on sports activities and they would lose their motivation by facing obligatory sports courses. I believe that It is better to accept their tendency and try to encourage them to take action to improve their stamina by participating in voluntary physical courses.
In conclusion, there is a case of an argument whether compulsory or voluntary sport courses is better for students to make them to be fit. I completely believe voluntary physical courses are better than compulsory one.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Physical education, known as PE, is a helpful subject for students, both physically and mentally. Although some might disagree with this subject to be compulsory for everyone in all educational establishments, I believe, the more students do sports from an early age, the less unfit and overweight people would be in society.
All societies need active and healthy people. It might be possible to have these societies if students start doing exercises as soon as they go to the kindergarten. At first, it might be challenging for most of them, but after a while, exercising with classmates would be enjoyable for them, especially if their instructor treats all students equally. In this case, not only children will be encouraged to do more physical activity, but also they will not feel ashamed for whatever mistakes they make. Improving these behaviors in children could teach them to have a healthy competing spirit. For example, if a pupil has a problem with an activity, the other one could help him humbly. Therefore, by making sport compulsory, not only students would be healthier physically, but their mental health would be nurtured in a way that apart from enjoying sport, to have a healthy competition with others.
However, if doing sport be a voluntary decision, most of the students might give up soon. Being active may be frustrating for almost every children, it needs hard work and dedication. Consequently, it could be easier to do not even start physical activities for whomever has difficulties with them. As time passes and these children become older, since no one has encouraged or forced them to do sports, they might gradually face with either physical problems such as obesity, or mental problems like depression. Being ashamed while they are in a place full of in shape people might affect their confident which might gradually make them depressed. These people may the time when they could have chosen PE subject in school, but they did not, or may blame schools for not making sport mandatory.
In conclusion, I think physical activity would be beneficial both physically and mentally for students if they start it from an early age; otherwise, most of the students may regret it if sport be optional.
Kimiya Akrami
General training
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There is a controversy about whether physical activities should become mandatory in all schools or not. Even though the number of obese students is increasing, it is a choice for students to do sports or not. Both views have a significance of their own and I will provide more details before forming a logical conclusion.
On one hand, based on the scientist’s reports obesity and excess weight can cause serious damage to pupils and other people. For instance, cardiovascular diseases, respiratory problems, and mental disorders like concentration problems. All of them are threatening issues for society and the reason for insisting on obligatory sports programs in all educational curricula can be considered this way. Therefore, if a sport is included in educational programs as a mandatory subject, it will contribute to the improvement of students’ health.
On the other hand, every person has his rights and we should respect them. Compulsory sports can alienate students. Some people argue that obligation in sports cannot guarantee good results since if somebody does something for a long time by force, he would lose his motivation and even not study other subjects anymore. Besides, there are a plethora of alternative options which can be beneficial for overweights. For example, cycling, playing football, walking to school, going on a healthy diet, and holding some meetings with parents to raise their awareness about the importance of their children’s healthy life.
Taking everything into consideration, physical activities and sports play a significant role in people’s lives. However, it should not be imposed on students since so many measures can be considered to lead an active lifestyle and become healthy and fit but first, it should be a person’s own choice.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some individuals believe that sport should be an inseparable part of the education system which should compell all students to take it seriously. Other people think that obese people won't lose fat, unless they are working out voluntarily. And they hold the idea that obligation in this case will only cause students shame and embarrassment. I have to disagree with the later group. Excersing should be compulsory for all students for 2 compelling reasons.
Students should be required to take sport courses in order to eradicate obesity which is increasing each day. Although force is never good for making good habits to become an inseparable part of our lives, it should be necessary when it comes to health issues. When the majority part of the society is suffering from obesity, it should be considered as a problem which needs solution. Take the obesity's high rate in different countries as an example. Many Americans are suffering from obesity and this problem is seen in many of the documentaries they produce about this topic. If the government don't take action and eradicating this as soon as possible, it will only increase in numbers and it will get harder to solve it.
Furthermore, sports should be taken more seriously for all the beneficial effects it has on humans. Thus, it is not to be concerned about. When the benefits of it come to light, it will become easier to understand how this action could help and nurture the society. Take the studies that show how excersing has a big role in one's health as an example. Children who are more active and doing excersies instead of playing with their gadgets are found to live longer and have less serious mental issues in their adult life.
In conclusion, doing sport should be mandatory for all students because of how it helps people with their health and mental health.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Although some say that with regard to the growth in the number of overweight people sport needs to be mandatory in all educational establishments, some other people claim that sport should be done voluntarily to help people keep fit as compulsory physical exercise can embarrass those who are not keen on that. In my opinion, it is absolutely vital to put emphasis on regular exercise and make it part of the educational curriculum.
Firstly, a paucity of physical education ca be a menace to the students and the society they will form in the future as adults. In other words, leading a sedentary lifestyle might result in unfit and overweight students, which can unfortunately trigger a plethora of other consequences. With respects to facts and figures, more than half of the students in the United States of America are above the standard BMI, and this is attributed to a lack of physical activities one ought to do.
Secondly, students’ physical health can boost their morale and increase their chance of learning incredibly. Not only will that improve the physical state, but it will also have a positive impact on their self-esteem and mental health. Statistics have illustrated that regular exercise is like a precautionary measure that prevents many mental and physical disorders one can face, even though it is not given its due in the school syllabus.
In conclusion, while there is not a consensus on whether or not it must be compulsory for one to have PE in their curriculum, I myself tend to believe it may bring about more benefits than any drawbacks it can contribute to. However, the hot debate is to be here.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In the modern era, the rate of obesity has escalated sharply due to having a sedentary lifestyle and awful diet and doing physical activities is recognized as an effective solution. It is suggested that in order to encourage different groups of society, especially youngster to have a more active life, physical education becomes a mandatory subject in school curriculums. It happens to be a quite controversial issue thus, some groups of society are for it and some other are against it. As the writer of this essay, I side with the latter for several reasons. First of all, some individuals might not be interested in playing sports so they have the right to choose what they desire. Secondly, playing sports is not the main solution for obesity. Finally, when people are obligated to do a particular activity, they will feel that their freedom is taken away and they can’t act as independent individuals.
Some people are not cut out for playing sports therefore, if this turns into an obligatory activity, it may generate dire consequences. For example, some young adolescent who are not talented in sports might do poorly so they will be made fun of by their peers. This leads to increased rates of depression or even suicide, as these victims are not allowed to avoid taking part in physical education. Furthermore, students who are not good at playing sports, may injure themselves severely because they have to play some dangerous sports like soccer, basketball and volleyball or do some complicated aerobics moves which can hurt them. So, not only do they might be ridiculed by their classmates, but also their health is compromised.
Although the majority of public take the view that playing sports or doing regular physical activities are effective ways to lose weight and stay in shape, the calories that are takin in play the key role. As long as overweight individuals don’t have a solid plan and sufficient determination to cut down on some high-calory food, losing wight will be an unachievable dream. The point is, essential measures should be taken to control the diet, and forcing the members of society to accept compulsory sport scheme seems outrageous.
The majority of people are not able to deal with mandatory programs because they sense that they are under other’s thumbs. This makes them feel obnoxious which is the opposite of the main aim of a mandatory sports program. These schemes are supposed to have positive impacts on society but this seems far-fetched through them.
In conclusion, obligatory sports schemes are introduced as a rational solution for obesity and like any other phenomenon, these have some supporters and critics. Due to some reasons such as taking people’s freedom away, not being effective as much as they are supposed to be, and causing harm to individuals, these programs are not functional.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It has been suggested that all students in educational institutes ought to be involved in sport activities as an obligatory program because the number of overweight people is on the rise. However, some people opine that by compulsory plans, students who are not interested in sport might lose their incentive to exercise. I agree with the former group.
On the one hand, there are two main reasons help to explain why some people find mandatory sport activities useless. Firstly, if such program might not have positive impacts on people’s way of living , it is mainly because when under pressure, people from various ages might lose their motivation. This means that mostly by being patronized, people join sport programs and stick to them in order to have a healthy lifestyle. Secondly, most students especially university ones are already engaged in a firm timetable and find it difficult to focus on other extracurricular plans which are not related to their study subjects, thus compulsory plans might impair their proficiency in their studies.
I, on the other hand, agree with those who opine that compulsory sport activities can have benefits for all students. First and foremost, because sports offer various cardiovascular movements and meditation gestures, they can assist all students with different aptitudes and interests to maintain a healthier lifestyle. Although some students might consider obligatory exercises as a burden and hard to perform, these programs are completely beneficial inasmuch as they are thought-provoking and energetic. In addition, if sport activities were optional, only motivated students would join them, while by the help of compulsory pragmas, all students are forced to seek out a field of sport that they are keen on, leading to promoting active lifestyle.
In conclusion, while some people consider mandatory sport programs as a negative issue, I believe that they are highly fruitful and authorities should put them into action for all students. The reason for which is that most exercises are refreshing and students are obliged to pick one of them according to their interest which can improve their physical situation.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Overweighting has been becoming increasingly common in recent years. Controversy exists as to whether sport should be obligatory in educational places or not. To obtain a clearer picture I intend to put this contentious matter into comparative perspective and give my opinion which I think compulsory activities can do more harm than good.
On the one hand, some people hold the view that having compulsory activities in educational curriculums can help people to prevent gaining weight. The main reason for justifying their belief is that activities can burn a lot of calories regardless of being mandatory or not. Take elementary students for example, when we force them to do sports in schools it would be more likely for them to be fit in upcoming time. Besides, many people can grasp the importance of the physical activities during these sport events.
On the other hand, others hold the view that making people to engage in sports can lead to many detrimental effects. The main problem associated with forcing individuals to do sports is that many people will leave the activities after the education period. It is scientifically proved that people are reluctant to do tasks that they are obliged to do. This, in turn, can results in more sedentary lifestyle among residence in the long turn, as a result overweighting will increase. I am of conviction that, instead of obliged people to do sports in some occasions, authorities should increase the awareness of people about the beneficial aspects of physical activities and warn them about the catastrophic consequences of having not physically demanding lifestyle.
In conclusion, owing to these reasons I profoundly convinced that the negative points of obligation overshadow its plus points. Afterall, such is the significance of sport in our lives that under no circumstances are we allowed to put it in trial and error situations such as forcing people to do sports.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
As people are growing overweight and less fit, a number of individuals argue that sports courses should become mandatory in all stages of educational system. However, others believe that this is not the best way to encourage students to do sports. In their point of view, taking this approach would not only makes students embarrassed, but would aslo discourage pupils who are not keen on physical education. In this essay, I would outline two main areas in which compulsory sports courses appear to be beneficial to decreasing the trend mentioned.
The first significant area is in terms of making a habit of doing sports by people since they are students at schools. In other words, one of the most principal usages of this strategy is that individuals will get used to doing sports if they are trained effectively. As they, for example, learn arithmetic, they can learn how to plan their days in order to do sports which are their suitable ones. In this way, they can choose a kind of sport to take up and then give it up to start another, if they are bored with the previous one. In fact, the only important issue is to motivate people to do sports more.
The other area is associated with students learning efficiency. There are a huge amount of researches which claim that exercising has a completely direct relationship with mind concentration. Students will, indeed, perform much better in their courses and exams if they do sports on regular basis. In this case, they will be motivated to continue exercising even if they leave school after graduation.
In summary, making physical education compulsory in all stages of educational establishment is likely to result in best outcomes if students are allowed a degree of autonomy in choosing their appropriate sport. In opposite, it may also be at the expense of adverse consequences if it is not planned properly.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
How major is the problem of being obese and unfit?A group of people hold the opinion that due to the increasing number of overweight people, human beings should be forced to do exercise in every educational organisation. Others, however, argue that only volunteers to do sports can become fit and compulsory exercise will bother the rest who might not be interested in sports. I strongly believe that people should be free to decide whether to be physically active.
It is an inevitable fact that compulsion results in repulsion. In other words, when people are made to do or not to do something, they will be triggered to do exactly the opposite. Therefore, while the number of unfit individuals is mounting, if doing exercise becomes mandatory, they will avoid obeying this rule. As a result, with having people do obligatory exercise, the problem of obesity will not be solved orreduced.
Moreover, anything which is done based on a person’s own decision, will be being fulfilled consistently. If a person suffering from being overweight makes a decision to change their lifestyle and adopt a healthier approach of living, he or she will definitely be loyal to this new goal. Unlike a voluntary decision, someone who is obliged to be physically active and have a healthy diet will unquestionably give up somewhere and return to his or her previous unhealthy way of life. Thus, if people are not willing to reform their lifestyle from the bottom of their heart, nothing will in fact changebecause of lack of determination.
In conclusion, while some people advocate the idea of making sports forcible for every society member, likewise the other group, I strongly support the opinion that people should choose to do exercise themselves.
Parnian Zoughalian
AC
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
These days, overweighting is becoming one of the important issues. Some parts of the community believe that sport must be put in all curriculum of each level of academic because of increasing the number of unfit people, while other refute this argument and think that pressure and force is not a suitable way to do exercise and to be fit and causes to get away from the sport. I believe that the former idea is the best way for individuals to pay attention to their shape.
One of the main reasons posed by doing sport should be made compulsory in educational organizations is forming a habit. In other words, many students do not like many courses but they are forced to learn these lessons for the job prospect, so if sport becomes a course, they would accept and do it like other courses for their health. As a result, continuous exercise helps them to suffer less from obesity.
Another reason for forcing sport is a limited time. To put it differently, in this contemporary era, people have less spare time to devote to exercise. They are burdened with many tasks and duties. They prefer to enjoy activities that they like instead of sports in their free time, so being forced to do exercise in their syllabus help them to care about their body appearance. A pupil who goes to school from 8 to 4 is a clear illustration of this situation, does not have enough time to do exercise due to having assignments and needing a rest.
In conclusion, there is no denying the impact of exercise on our bodies and health. It is argued that if sport becomes compulsory in all educational establishments, we would witness the rate of obesity decrease. I wholeheartedly agree due to less time to allocate exercise and after a while becomes a routine of their schedules.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, high incidence of the obesity in all societies has been turned to a significant concern. Although adopting obligatory measures to make students participate in sport activities has been an available option, voluntary engagement sounds as the most sensible option which will not arouse hatred as well as ashamedness concerning to exercise after a while amongst youngsters in my consideration. The following essay provides some reasons for my perspective.
Firstly, any type of mandatory affair which imposes on young generation would noticeably decrease their inclination to keep on according to psychologist assertion. Additionally, it will be assumed as an unpalatable activity which they may look for a way to get rid of it. Moreover, amateur individuals may hurt emotionally since they are not able to imitate special movements during obligatory courses. Eventually, their perseverance as well as enthusiasm are the other factors which not only will diminish but also may turn to aversion of students. On the other hand, the level of stress which they are undertaken to carry out this obligatory actions may lead them to obesity as a reverse consequence. Moreover, amateur individuals may hurt emotionally since they are not able to imitate special movements According to this attitude, teachers have been advised to refrain from including any type of sport program in a kind of pushy curriculum.
Secondly, individuals voluntary involvement in different types of sport has been introduced as a practical remedy towards obesity. In fact, voluntary enthusiastic attendance indicates that they have apprehended the beneficial effects of exercise on their physical fitness. Moreover, they will strive to do their best in order to improve their appearance and health status while they are not under any pressure. Their faith owning to utility of exercise helps them to be punctual as well as follow their trainer recommendations correctly. Furthermore, acting in a peaceful circumstance, lack of stressors, ends them up with more achievements. moreover, overweight amateur characters never feel that they are under concentration and freely scour to find basic exercise classes to involve and improve themselves. Finally, according to all mentioned before this type of involvement has been suggested as the most crucial strategy to attain ideal physical fitness.
To sum up briefly, voluntary physical engagement is likely to be relatively pursued more seriously and the probably of absenteeism as well as abandonment will decrease considerably. Also, I think educational authorities should be care about the detrimental consequences of any obligation in these activities.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Undoubtedly, nowadays a myriad of people are bothering from overweight and obesity problems. Therefore, one way to approach this problem is a compulsory sports activity. While some people are believing that to resolve this situation, compulsory sport is a good solution, some are against this belief, due to when an activity is not arbitrary, it could result in an inverse outcome like being reluctant and putting it away forever. Therefore, the complex nature of this topic necessitates more accurate scrutiny, which will be considered in the following.
On the one hand, first and foremost, losing weight and keeping our body in shape is not only associated with doing physical activities. As a matter of fact, there are various topics related to resolving this issue. Firstly, lifestyle indeed has a pivotal role in being in shape. Inasmuch as lifestyle is as important as if not more important than physical activities, it can have a good effect on reducing weight. For example, by eating healthy products out of unhealthy ingredients like fat, salt, and sugar, we can make a major stride in losing weight, as well as having an organized time to sleep is, clearly, a way for burning calories. Resting time indeed has a crucial role in losing weight. Thus, losing weight is not a simple topic and there are different parameters related to this issue, so compulsory sport is just one of the solutions.
On the other hand, the opponent of the aforementioned claim asserts that compulsory sports activities have their own effect on reducing weight, so it should not be underestimated. It means that sports activities are indeed important for having a better life. When there are many studies indicating that doing sport even at a low level of activity could bring physical and psychological benefits. However, a compulsory sports activity at first could be unapproachable, when without people's buy-in no one can persuade them to involve in a sport, but a telling example indicates that compulsory activities are indeed to some extent beneficial. For instance, from my own experience compulsory mountain climbing in my teenage year just brings me an opportunity to join in a mountain climbing group these days. Needless to say, this sports activity at first was indeed hard for me, but the compulsory instinct of this activity just makes it for me beneficial these days. Thus, the compulsory idea of something important could be useful sometimes.
On the whole, whilst losing weight is a complex issue related to different parameters, in my conviction immersion in one aspect of this issue to resolve this problem with a compulsory attitude could cause benefit, not only for that specific solution but also all the parameters involved.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is believed by some that sports should be mandatory in educational institutions in order to solve the overweight problem. My opinion, however, is that despite the obvious advantages of obligatory sports lesson, ones should have freedom of choice as they are more inclined to stick with habits that they themselves have made.
The role of schools in teaching and encouraging students to learn a skill can be a reason why some think that sports lessons are imperative to be taught. Physical education plays a large role in students 's lifestyles; the earlier the children learn a sports skill the more likely they are to master it and get fit. Not only this will result in improved healthy way of living but also, its next effect will be over the next several decades when these generations grow up and are probably a health-conscious nation. In addition, nowadays in many families both parents work and hence they do not have time to monitor the eating habits of their children which have led them to suffer from excess weight. In such situations, if the child is well-informed, he can help himself to decide when to eat what.
While there are evident benefits to compulsory sport in the schools’ curriculum, students have always found ways to escape the lessons in order to satisfy their desires to feel pleasure, no matter what measures the teachers have taken. Therefore, the most effective way is to give the students freedom to choose. This is mainly because, compared to forced training which their good results cannot be guaranteed for a long-run, individuals who feel free to choose, are more likely to do something for a long period of time and to form a lifelong healthy habit. Consider an overweight student, if he is obliged to take part in these lessons, he may feel embarrassed and lose his motivation for exercise forever. Without a shadow of a doubt, there are other ways, which are beneficial in dealing with obesity, such as walking to school or riding a bike. These alternative physical activities would definitely help people to burn the extra intaken calories and shed weight.
In conclusion, I should cleave to my belief that though there are great plus points to imposed sport, students truly benefit from this lesson once it is a person's own choice. In this way they are given the ample opportunity to make a healthy lifestyle habit.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people believe that doing sport should make obligatory in educational institutes in order to the solve overweight problem, whereas another group of people argue that this should be unforced. In my opinion, while there are some drawbacks associated with making sports voluntary, I believe the benefits are more substantial.
On the one hand, some people justifiably argue that arbitrary physical education has some significant benefits. Students who are passionate about sports would attend these classes. So, they do their exercises with a good feeling and the class would have a pleasant atmosphere. As a result of this atmosphere, all attendance are more likely to be encouraged to exercise and they would get a striking result. Moreover, research findings present that people are happier during doing arbitrary activities than when they are doing mandatory ones, and in turn, voluntary workouts will be more beneficial for people’s health. For instance, one of my friends, when he was a teenager, had a passion for swimming and he used to participate in his school’s swimming class with enthusiasm. It was very useful for his physical health. He is still doing it and he can manage to be in shape evermore.
On the other hand, some people claim that compulsory exercise in educational institutes could help people who are overweight to reduce their weight and be fit. They believe that some people just do sport with compulsion. In that if attending sports classes and doing their workouts have an influence on their scores, they may do this and it would be helpful for their health. Moreover, they argue due to this solution, not only do they exercise during their study period but also it becomes a part of their daily routine in the future. I do not find this argument convincing as the one reason why fat students would become embarrassed in sports classes is that they are not as fit as their classmates. Thus it leads to reduce their self-confidence in all walks of life.
In conclusion, although people may have various opinions, I completely disagree with compulsory exercise in educational environments. While this has some potential benefits, its drawbacks are more significant and they outweigh its positive effects.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is undeniable that there has been a significant increase in the number of fat and out shape people in recent days. there are conflicting views on how to tackle this issue. While some individuals claim that sports activities should be imposed in all curricula but others believe that forced sports programs run away from them. I am convinced that exercising without any motivation will not be beneficial to their health.
Obesity is one of the most impressive reasons for preventable death. In this fast-space and comparative world, most students have forgotten their responsibility to take care of their health and just focus on their studies to succeed. predominantly they have a sedentary lifestyle which makes them overweight. if there is a regular curriculum to force them to have activities and do their chosen sport, it may enthusiasm them to have an active and healthy life. For instance, in our school, there are various types of sports like volleyball, basketball, handball, and football in a well-equipped sports club that encourage a student to choose among them and start it with a tutor without paying any money.
On the other hand, the evidence illustrates that compulsories in an operation may have the opposite result. everyone has different levels of energy during the day or the week which makes it difficult to exercise in a pre-determined schedule by the school. there compulsory exercising may create a sense of hate about sport. on the other side, to lose weight or have a fitted body they have not required to do an identified sport. they can have a healthy body just by walking to school or doing vigours housework or gardening.
Having weight the up all arguments, I believe that every person should do some activity in their life according to her time and interest and not based on compulsion from the school
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In this modern epoch obesity has become a serious obstacle which assist people in thinking about how to iron it out. Considering physical activities as a mandatory program has been known as a controversial solution among people. There are a plethora of people who are of the opinion that schools and universities are supposed to force their attendees to do exercises while some individuals have a counterintuitive attitude regarding this issue. I would argue that keeping these types of activities voluntary is of great importance and I will elucidate my motivations.
It is stated that doing sports plays a vital role in preventing people from becoming unfit and out of shape. To put it in other words, myriads of residents believe that in order to challenge with sedentary lifestyle, which leads to obesity, educational systems are expected to add some compulsory programs to their timetable in order to assist their participants in losing weight. They argue that if such activities remain voluntary, some offspring never attract to them.
On the other hand, some group of people opine on this issue in a different way. They advocate the opinion that claims no pressure should be on students regarding physical activities. They are of the opinion that not only compulsory sport is not able to help youngster in becoming in-shape but also it assists them in becoming reluctant to doing exercises. This can make a significant contribution to getting children away from sports as they consider it as a root which ruins their freedom. The more they feel restriction, the more they lose their passion.
In conclusion, although having physical activities is one of the most effective ways which leads to a decline in the number of people who are suffering from overweight, I concur with the idea that making exercises mandatory to students can have adverse influence and indeed, we are supposed to encourage them instead of forcing.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There is a controversial debate about the accurate way of increasing the amount of doing exercise in schools. Some people argue that students should be forced to do exercises to mitigate worrying trend of obesity in society while others believe that mandatory sport plans in schools results in putting off some students and it should be introduced as a personal option. I strongly agree with second opinion that considers sport in schools as a personal and optional matter, however both perspectives will be addressed in upcoming paragraphs to reach a conclusion.
The proponents of mandatory physical activities argue that it is the one of the best methods to alleviate the ever-increasing obesity. They claim that by forcing students to do physical activities, they become familiar with its remarkable effects on their physical and mental situation. so, they pick up the habit of doing regular sport for the rest of their lives. Otherwise, a considerable proportion of pupils never take up playing sports due to human’s natural tendency that to remain still and immobile.
However, there are some other individuals that oppose the obligatory exercise in education system and believe this could bring about reverse results. They argue that plenty of experiences in educational system and other field has demonstrates that forcing or restricting people to involve in a policy or activity like compelling children to play sports mainly results in resistance and resentment in them. Moreover, from their perspective involving in physical practices is a personal choice which individual liberty right in this field should be respected and recognized by authorities.
In conclusion, although the benefits of involving in physical activities are great and amazing, it should be considered as an optional activities in educational establishments, otherwise, it can cause resistance and hatred in pupils.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There is no doubt that exercise has dramatic aspects on people's life. No one can deny the direct and indirect effects of doing sports on our lives. The inevitable question which has caused a heated debate among people is whether it is wiser to compulsory exercise in school or not. Some people are inclined toward the opinion that people like to do their favorite sport and they should not be compulsory because it helps them to progress in this way, whereas others hold exactly the opposite perspective. As far as I am concerned, I have a penchant for the latter. In what follows, I will pinpoint my outstanding reason for explicating my opinion.
The first and foremost reason coming to the mind at first glance for compulsory sport in educational establishments is likely their knowledge. People have an opportunity to gain some information about some sports then they can decide to continue with their favorite sport. As a case in a point, they should know about burning calories, rules, the harms of sports, and so on. In other words, they kill two birds with one stone, not only can enhance their knowledge about sports with coaches but also can choose their favorite sports and keep it to reach their goal, which both of them are definitely important for their future. In addition, In primary school children can know about their talent in sports and learn about the benefits of exercise in academic institutes.
The aforementioned reason was not the only reason which is coming to mind, Being compulsory sport in educational institutes might be another equally important reason for their health people can learn about which food is suitable for their health and with the rapid raise of overweight people to junk-food instead of healthy food, they can be fit and healthy with this tutorial, for instance, children can be higher with some sports such as volleyball or basketball. On the other hand, they learn to use some materials that help them to be healthy such as a drink of milk or eating vegetables and fruits.
To recapitulate, Although the first group presents some cogent ideas justifying their claim including eager people to do their favorite sport, I think the merits of compulsory exercise in an educational institute is overweight those of voluntary sports.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
The increasing obesity rates have led to dividing opinions regarding this issue. Some hold the belief that government intervention through the educational system is the most effective solution, while others believe enforcing restrict sports activities on children will impact their health and social life negatively. Although both opinions have their own merits, I explain why I side with the latter view.
The accessibility of fast food and the abundant leisure time have caused many people, especially children to become overweight. This has become a crisis, as children are the future of humanity, and some people believe the government must intervene in order to restore the youth’s declining health. By enforcing mandatory sports sessions, children will be disciplined into losing wight and becoming healthier. To the holders of this belief, sports must become compulsory like any other part of the school circular, such as math and science. Many children don’t enjoy math, for example, but through the restrict education system, they have to learn the basics of mathematics in order to function properly in society. A healthier society will also be less of barrier for the government and the health care system in the long run.
However, studies have repeatedly shown that while such positive habits are crucial, children often despise mandatory routines. Forcing children to participate in sports can lead to their resentment of this activity and have the opposite outcome all together. Moreover, many overweight children are born with birth defects or have had a poor diet throughout their lives without a choice. By being put in the spot like this, their peers may taunt or bully them, which will result in life-long trauma.
To summarize, I think encouraging children through games, child-friendly programs, and TV shows is a more powerful way to tackle the obesity issue, and by learning to appreciate sports, children will incorporate the healthy habits willingly in the future.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In recent years, the style of living has changed and the majority of people have been willing to follow a sedentary lifestyle. While some people opine that students have to do sport as a core course because most of them suffer from being overweight, others argue that mandatory course causes less tendency among students. In this essay, I tend to agree with the former statement.
On the one hand, it is believed that technology has revolutionized people’s lives. These cutting-edge devices have been substituted for physical activity, so individuals particularly children have become unfit due to less activity in person. Considering the sport class as compulsory forces students to do some exercises during the week. As a result, these classes are a helpful remedy for families who do not have time to exercise with their children which helps their children to lose weight and have a healthier life. If the schools put sport classes obligatory, parents would have less worry about their children's lives.
On the other hand, many students have an aversion to sport classes. This is because of that they are not fit, and they feel ashamed to display their body. They prefer to dress up in their uniform rather than sport garments to hide their body. Furthermore, most students are concerned that others laugh at them. In this case, I personally think that coaches should help students to throw away these feelings. When such classes are compulsory, it helps students to improve their self-confidence, moreover, do some exercise with their classmates. The result of this, these classes are a good way to develop both mental and physical health.
In conclusion, Although some people believe that sport should be voluntary for students, in my opinion, forcing students to do exercise is more practical for them to have a healthy lifestyle.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In recent years there has been a controversy about compulsory sport in the school's curriculum. Some individuals believe that obesity has become one of the most important problems of students. Therefore, the only solution is that they are being forced to keep fit. I agree with the latter point of view, and this essay will provide the logical reasons for this claim.
First of all, compulsory education is one of the worst teaching methods for children, because they tend to learn unconsciously through games or cartoons. Parents and teachers should encourage them to exercise in a different way. Children are good observers, so they follow in your footsteps. Thus, the best method for persuading them is that to do physical exercise in front of their eyes. For instance, parents can take their children to the pool and swim with them.
In addition, some people have overweight genetically because they have a low level of metabolism. As a result, they find it really difficult to lose weight. They see other pupils who receive compliments for their bodies. This trend has a negative impression on such pupils which can lead to depression. On the other hand, students with fit bodies think that being fit is their positive point compared to other students.
Taking everything into consideration, although being overweight is one of the health problems of today's generation, they should not be forced to lose weight, because it can lead to mental problems for children. Parents and teachers should be role models for students and only encourage them to do sports.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
It is considered by many that our sedentary lifestyle in the modern world leads to overweighting in particular for students, and these problem could be solved by mandatory curriculum in pedagogical cycle. While some people assert that education system should invest much more initiativa schemes to revamp this harmful trends, in my opinion, these compulsive programme should kept at Bay by presenting some alternatives to replace.
First and foremost, it is often argued that exercise should be duressly for people to make them fit and help them in terms of wellbeing and maintain their physical health. Although these schemes can provide a better situation for new generations in this respect, these regulations might be tough and unpleasant for many and because of that they may refuse doing sports activities. On the other hand, individuals who suffering from obesity should reduced their portion and eat fresh food instead of junk and fast food, because the more people consume healthy and nutritious meal, the better they can control their weight and retain a body balance.
Equally important the fact that support schemes can provide the situation to be more energetic and vibrant and therefore, these might fruitful for being fit. Keep tracking exercise and struggling in the school sports centres and gyms not only would bring a lot of Joy for one's, but also can come in handy for gaining a fit body. If spending time in sports or fitness classes be voluntary for pupils, they would be more content as they can find it more enjoyable, entertaining, and engaging. By the way of illustration, if their syllabus fulled by some mandatory activities and courses, they would have turned away and this can lead to disollution.
To sum up, while some argue that a sports classes should be compulsory for students to reduce their weight and resolve obesity, I assert that any decision in terms of putting unvoluntary classes on pupil curriculum might brings difficulty and could act reversely.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
A group of individuals hold the view that all industries which educate people should force them to exercise as they are not as fit as they used to be. Others, however, think humans should not be compelled to have sport by virtue of it may devastating them if sport do not appeals them. In my opinion, exercise should be compulsory in an attempt to have a population with proper weight.
On one side, some humans believe is since people are getting obese nowadays, they have to have sports in their educational establishments in order to lose weight. Moreover, a routine exercise not only is able to reduce embonpoint but also provides assistance to people to have a healthy life. as almost everybody goes to the aforementioned industries, an athletic part, will lead to having more individuals with a healthy weight. Thus, compulsory sports, from my point of view, should be mandatory at institutes which train people, as the vast majority of people go there and that exercise will make them fit.
On the other hand, others are of the opinion that exercise should be voluntary rather than compulsory because if students whose sport does not fascinate them are been obliged, they will turn away from sports. In other words, although exercise will make pupils fit, it can depresse students if they do not get pleasure out of sports. By the way of illustration, according to BBC news, a great number of people who do not have a tendency to sport, will not derive benefit from it even if they do that under coercion. hence, these human beings argue that a compulsory sport in a bid to decrease fat students does not work.
in conclusion, in an affort to seek for an approach to intercept overweighting People, a group of humans' view is that compulsory exercise should be done in educational institutions, while others' opinion is that students should be authorised to choose if they tend to have exercise. From my Point of view, as overweight students might be a huge predicament, education institutes are highly recommended to have a sporty part and force pupils to exercise.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In this contemporary era, we are facing an increase in obesity and lack of fitness in society. In order to tackle this problem some people suggest that setting an obligatory rule of doing physical education in all of educational institution, While some criticize that point of view and believe that physical education should be voluntary to prevent those pupils who are not in favor of sport from being upset. I believe that some issues like sport is so important that it should not be optional.
There are several reasons that I think physical activities have better be mandatory. Firstly, in this technology era many youngsters prefer sedentary activities like playing video games or watching TV, and as a result, most of the obese people dealing with this condition due to lack of proper movement. So, if sports become voluntary, athletics is not their priority. Secondly, workout is beneficial for everyone, not only mentally but also physically. It leads to enhance student’s brain function, therefore they can learn better and be more productive at school.
On the other hand, while practice is compulsory, but the apprentices should not be tested to pass it. When students are not competing, they do not feel the pressure that comes with rivalry. Doing group sports and activities that are not complicated and everyone can participate in, can be included in the curriculum of educational establishments. For instance, when I was a high school students, we had to do yoga in our exercise class. Although attending that course was necessary, after each section, we felt so comfortable and satisfied as we were able to release our stress.
In conclusion, to reduce the negative impact of overweighting and motionless life especially on youth, the best way is to force them to be more active.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
A segment of the society hold the view that to curb the challenges posed by the population becoming increasingly obese and unhealthy, athletic activities should become mandatory. Others however believe that irrespective of the benefits coming with exercise, should people are obliged to do so, it would put pressure on those who lack sport-related talents by making them being looked down on. Having discussed both sides of the argument, the following lines tries to explain why it seems that the latter group are making a more valid point when claiming obliging people could be counterproductive.
To commence with the group believing in fitness-related programs becoming a must, it can be said that their argument lies in the fact that regardless of the method someone is using for sport, he/she should see the results in the long run. It means that no matter you hate an activity, you would possibly become accustomed to it and reap the benefits concomitant with it when it becomes your routine. That might be explained by the hypothesis that the muscles do not sense, so they cannot backfire if their body is not interested in exercise. Seemingly reasonable, this is not true for psychological aspects of humans are not that simple. This because firstly, when obliged to take up sport, students would likely not develop the pattern of having it in their future lives, making these efforts to no avail; secondly, no matter how much exercise people do, without having a salubrious overall lifestyle, they cannot flee from the negative outcomes of contemporary living with just shedding some pounds. A salient example could be seen in those who -despite having physical activities- use unhealthy, junk food or even healthy ones detrimental to their health condition by making them blubber.
Turning to the viewpoint of those opposing sport becoming a must-have course, it can be said that considering that the compulsion is a reactive measure, maybe acting proactively and encouraging good behavior instead of punishing bad could be a better advice. This is because when things become mandatory, regardless of them being well-intended or not, people feel pressurized and deprived of their basic human rights, thence, tend to react or even underperform. Specially in students who are not that experienced in life events, this mandatory curriculum could make them become bullied by others or lose their confidence because of not being able to be as athletic as their counterparts. Take, for instance, talented students having feeble wrists who are forced to do bar fix for their exam and how humiliating it could become for them -because of a defect on which they do not have control. Such experiences might even affect their other lessons, making them reluctant to the whole education context, as they are intertwined with physical course. This could be easily prevented by incorporating sport in academic extracurricular activities, subsidizing gym discounts, or holding competitions to encourage pupils in a more motivating pattern, therefore, making a longer-lasting influence on their future salubriousness and fitness.
To conclude, having discussed why compulsory exercise appear to be futile as it needs to become a habit and accompanied by other lifestyle changes, and how students might find it overwhelming for being judged by their condescending mates, this essay tried to elaborate on why rewarding activities instead could lure people into having more of such activities, thus, becoming healthier in total.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Some people claim that sport should become a compulsory subject in schools’ and universities’ curriculum due to increasing amount of obesity among people. While on the contrary, others state that making sport a compulsory subject will only overwhelm and discourage students who aren’t interested in sport. While I believe that doing sports is beneficial, it can have drawbacks if made compulsory.
With regard to youngsters, sport can be helpful especially if they start doing it from early ages. Firstly, they would learn to allocate a specific amount of time to doing sports on a daily basis and by doing so there would be little chance for them to gain weigh in an unhealthy way. Moreover, there would be an opportunity for them to develop their skills in certain type of sport that most appeals to them and become professional athletes later in life. To help their enthusiasm grow, teachers and coaches could combine their physical education classes with some sorts of games both in kindergartens and primary schools.
On the other hand, by taking all kinds of personalities and physiques that students have into account, educational establishments should try to come up with more versatile solution to this issue. Because there might be students who are overweight and are insecure about their body and by making sport a mandatory part of their life they will only grow to detest it, as they might be less physically active in comparison to their fit classmates. As a result of them having less ability to adapt to heavy exercises, they will get lower marks at the end of the semester which will only contribute to their lower self-esteem.
In conclusion, although the idea of making sport a compulsory subject might be appealing at first, it must be taken into account that by doing so it might have detrimental effect on students’ overall mental and physical health.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Obesity is a current problem in society. Some people assert that to reduce this problem, sport should be mandatory in all educational institutions. In contrast others advocate that establishing rules regarded to against freedom. In my opinion, both ideas are considerable with different conclusions.
On the one hand, people can develop the habit of exercising since their childhood, therefore get rid of health problems such as cardiovascular, breathing and many other diseases. Not changing the habit of staying inactive in obese children are more frequent. To take a specific example, one of my relatives is suffering respiratory problem due to being overweight only because she has been away from exercising since she was born. Furthermore, they can be exposed with different sports and choose one to continue in the future otherwise they might not recognize their favorite sport.
On the other hand, human beings are free for all their decisions, therefore forcing an activity to them can be against their freedom. If people have to do something for a long time which doesn’t seem appealing for them, they won’t have inducement to do it later. Additionally, mandatory activities might not be as effective as optional choices. Hence these obligatory rules can be also destructive. It is said that even the best and enjoyable activities can be changed to irritating once only as a result of compulsion.
In conclusion, although sport has a crucial role in every single life, imposing it to people is not a good idea for all people, instead other solutions can be exposed to stimulate them working out.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
As a result of an increase in overweighting rates, in some people's opinion exercise is necessary to be an obligatory part of students' educational program; however, others believe that in order to be effective, doing exercise is critical to be optional and by people's choice. This essay will discuss both viewpoints.
With regard to forcing young people to do sport on a regular basis, it should be highlighted that some adults are of the belief that children are not often completely aware of their health condition as well as the importance of leading a healthy lifestyle schedule, and because of that, parents and school board must make them follow their rules, even if they do not enjoy it. It means that forcing students to work out, even if they are against it, would be definitely a beneficial method to prevent them from getting fat in the future. Furthermore, they may claim that, as a child, when someone repeats an action, they will get used to it, and based on that, an obligation in exercising will turn into a habit.
However, although sports are scientifically proven to mitigate overweighting levels among people, doing something passionately and eagerly origins from selection, not an obligation. Following a workout program will be helpful as long as it depends on one decision whether their want to stick to it or not. On top of that, there are some actions that parents can take by which children can benefit from a high-quality life, as well as prevent obesity. Considering the fact that obesity results from a vast variety of causes, if a child is not keen on exercise, parents can put more effort into some other aspects, such as having healthy food, getting them to a park, or going on an adventurous hiking trip by which they can have fun and some kind of exercise in the same time.
To sum up, despite the fact that some may argue that we should make sport compulsory for students, in my view, instead of telling them that they must do sport, we can smartly and carefully navigate them toward a healthy life to protect them from getting overweight.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
In today's society, the issue of fitness and weight management is becoming increasingly prevalent. If sports were made mandatory in all educational institutions, it would help ensure that all students engage in regular exercise, promoting overall health and fitness. Conversely, only through voluntary participation can individuals truly develop a passion for physical activity and maintain a healthy lifestyle.
Personally, I believe that a balance between mandatory and voluntary activity is necessary. On one hand, mandatory sports can foster a sense of teamwork and camaraderie among students, having a positive impact on their mental well-being. However, mandatory education may also place undue stress on students who are already struggling with academic or personal issues.
Therefore, it's important to strike a balance between mandatory and voluntary activity, providing a wide range of activities such as team sports, individual sports, and fitness classes, so that students can choose what they enjoy most, as well as opportunities for students to participate in physical activity outside of school hours through extracurricular activities or community programs to promote fitness and well-being.
In conclusion, By offering a variety of activities and opportunities for voluntary participation, we can provide students with the tools they need to lead a healthy and active lifestyle, while considering the individual needs and preferences of students. This is the key to promote fitness and well-being.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
How to prevent individuals from being unfit and overweight is a hot topic. The first group believes that people must start sports based on their keenness. While the second group's opinion is that doing exercise has to combine with elementary school. I firmly believe that encouraging people to work out in the educational system has enough impact on students to consist for a long time.
When people notice their health, the first question is how to start a new plan, where is the best gym for sport, how much time for fat consumption and many bizarre questions. In fact, they would like to answer a question and, most of the time, question their answer. So, they would finally need clarification. Meanwhile, the prominent subject here is that they have keen enough to be far from illnesses. Consequently, considering this attitude makes them healthier than past. For example, when anyone passion about begin climbing, a variety of questions crowd his/her brain, like which bag, shoes, flask and others. Unfortunately, sometimes disasters must of them to be a climber. Therefore, having enough enthusiasm toward sports is not only sufficient for being healthier, but also it is vital for encouraging others to exercise during sports life.
Absolutely, there are plenty of benefits from learning courses or skills in school. The first and bold item has a foundational plan. For example, swimming is one of the dangerous and tricky sports, and encouraging children in school mitigate their fear. Concurrently, they would be aware of a vast amount of details of this sport, such as how to consume energy, control their heartbeat, keep their health in a storm and so on. Furthermore, as they will be an athlete in future, they will improve their ethics in sports communities. Experience proves that graduated students from school who are educated in sports are not only useful for their life but also are valuable for their society. Because they can encourage people to go to the gym, do aerobic exercise and many others. Finally, people would be fitter and healthier than past automatically.
Overall, enthusiasm toward sports to keep healthy and avoid being overweight has to start from childhood in school to stick in their mind solidly.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Obesity has become one of the growing problems of human societies. To address the issue, people are of opposing opinions; while some parties advocate mandatory physical exercise in every education system, others believe that engaging in physical activities should be optional, otherwise, forced training might results in disgust. This essay will discuss main aspects of each extreme side, and provide a moderate practical approach.
Historical cases have shown that humans, in essence, cannot stand compulsory education and taught materials do not last long, or even result in adverse outcome. Similarly, as people spend a limited time in educational environment, mandatory physical training would have a flimsy lifetime. If a person does not like to exercise, he finds a way to scape it. As a tangible example, people who pass compulsory military service have to exercise heavily under pressure, but none of them ever have changed his lifestyle only due to compulsory training. Therefore, I believe that while some strictness should be an integral part of each education method, only compulsory approach does not work efficiently.
On the other hand, people dominantly seek instant gratification and avoid developing demanding habits which require certain levels of perseverance. Physical exercise require determination, and its effects appear after a longtime commitment, and therefore, many people quit it after a short period of time. Consequently, from a psychological view, it should not be expected that the second approach also yields favored results. As a vivid example, most people are conscience about ingredients of healthy diet, however, food selectin is not based on health sides, and consumption of unhealthy foods is prevalent. Hence, due to the complexity of the selection process in human brain, having freedom to choose is not equivalent to best option.
In conclusion, I believe that neither compulsory approach, nor freedom to choose physical exercise does not work effectively, and tactful attitudes based on human psychology would be more prosperous.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Changes in modern life styles have resulted in people having less time and energy to pay attention to themselves leading to a high number of unfit and overweight individuals. Some advisers suggest a compulsory fitness programs in the educational curriculum, while in my belief there are better solutions for this widespread problem.
As we all know, with having an exercise routine and sticking to a balanced diet, human bodies will greatly become healthy and fit but this does not necessarily mean that by forcing this plan, outcomes will appear to be the same. For instance, Observations have shown that sports teachers and trainers often complain bitterly about absence of students in classes or them either not taking the class seriously or not participating energetically. It has been claimed that pupils find it unnecessary to follow the physical commands and instructions when there is compulsory requirement. This can be mainly due to the fact that physical challenges may become excessive to deal with when there is no source of pleasure and motivation by the subjects themselves.
On the other hand, there are some positive and beneficial results rising from different types of plans for keeping the society fit. The first solution can be illustrating the negative impacts caused by sedentary lifestyles eventually resulting in various illnesses. Secondly, inspiration towards an active healthy life can work as a useful tool for making students and generally the whole society interested in exercising. Governments can also offer and provide a wider range of sport centers and gyms therefore people can participate voluntarily in their favorite sports.
In conclusion, it can be said that exercise courses are better to be left optional and the focus should mostly be dedicated to facilitating gyms and fitness centers so that a higher number of people can be attracted in keeping themselves fit and healthy.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
These days, societies are facing a growing problem with obesity. Some people hold the view that physical education should be a major subject in educational systems, while other group of people agree on the opinion that forcing students to do sport can result in feeling stressed out, so it should be avoided.
A growing group of people believe that schools can be a good place for pushing children to lose weight as a student`s duty. It is their belief that by spending some hours a week exercising with coaches in schools they may keep physically fit. What I mean by this is that they have to work out by using sports facilities which are prepared at schools or play volleyball, basketball, football, and other sports activities with their classmates in order to lose weight and be healthy. Take Iranian schools for example. Physical education is a major course with the same importance as mathematics or chemistry, which students have to take and get reasonable scores in.
On the other hand, many people hold the view that it might have some negative impacts on students unless they decide to exercise themselves. There is an argument that children who are not keen on doing sport often feel under pressure which not only cannot help them to keep fit, it also has some side effects on their mental health. In other words, if schools and other educational institutes push children to do physical activities which they are not interested in, they may lead to put off potential sports lover students as well.
All things considered, although some people believe that doing sports should be a part of education system, others claim that it cannot help children to lose weight. However, I believe that it is an efficient method of teaching younger generation to take care of their health and avoid gaining weight.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
A group of individuals present the view that owing to the rise in the number of people who are unfit and overweight, doing sports should become mandatory in all educational centers, whereas others uphold the idea that making sports compulsory in educational establishments can bring about many problems in students as those who are not interested in sports would be embarrassed.
On the one hand, some people justifiably argue that in the contemporary world, compelling students to do sports is more likely to act as a deterrent in that they would be reluctant to exercise or even when they will do it is solely because they want to get rid of the mandatory task as soon as possible so not only does not making sports compulsory guide learners to reach their desired weight, but also students are more likely to be discouraged.
On the other hand, another group of people claim that as people are getting obese more often as a result of the sedentary lifestyle, those who study in the educational centers should be forced to do sports so as to stay fit and healthy. By being forced people have to keep up with a routine so cannot neglect it since it is a mandatory task. However, I do not find this idea convincing as I believe students should be rewarded for doing sports so they become encouraged to do so. Discounts for tuition fees, for instance, students can utilize these discounts in order to continue obtaining their qualifications and, in turn, they would have a positive attitude towards sports.
To conclude, in my view making students do sports can contribute to a sense of dissatisfaction and embarrassment because it gives rise to becoming unwilling to complete the given task. Moreover, students can receive rewards instead of being forced to be encouraged.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
Nowadays, the number of people suffering from obesity has increased noticeably. Some people argue that in order to stop this trend we should make sports compulsory in educational institutions. However, others believe this measure proves to be futile as sports being compulsory does not appeal to students who do not have an interest in sports, and people themselves have to decide to exercise. While I agree that anything that becomes compulsory tends to repulse people rather than attract them, I hold the opinion that it could be of benefit at some point.
The obvious argument in favor of compulsory sports is that students all start to participate in a type of sport. It is said that the hardest part of doing everything is starting it and working out is no exception. Once they begin to do sports, it becomes a part of their routine, and even becomes hard for them to let it go as they might actually like it. They see the effects not only on their physical appearance but also on their mental health and overall well-being so hopefully, they decide to continue it later on.
On the other hand, people who disagree with this approach indicate that people should be willing to do sports and not to be forced to. In order to do so, people should be aware of the implications of being obese and having an inactive life. One way could be that the government and health authorities promote awareness about the importance of exercise and a balanced diet. People do not take action to change their sedentary lifestyle unless they are convinced that it would be beneficial for them.
In conclusion, I think along with compulsory sports we should take other measures to tackle improve the level of health among people.
Despite a variety of sport facilities and gyms, people are less fit nowadays than ever before.
What do you think are the main causes of this problem?
What solutions can you suggest?
Compared to previous decades, the number of gyms and sports facilities has increased dramatically. Surprisingly, however, the lifestyle of people and their physical health do not correlate with this improvement and have even worsened over the years. I will try to explain the roots of this problem and offer some solutions in that regard.
With all the advances in technological areas, all societies have been more or less industrialized and urbanized in the last decades. As a result, most physical jobs are being done by machines and tools, not demanding any physical effort. This means that compared to older times, people are less mobile and are stuck in sedentary lifestyles, which leads to a reduction of life quality. Furthermore, the world economy is going through recurring crises, which contribute to the loss of jobs and a rise in poverty. Hence, more people are slaving themselves in return for the minimum wage, only to meet their basic needs. With working long hours and still having difficulty providing proper housing and sufficient food, going to the gym would be considered a luxury out of reach. Therefore, people are less fit and healthy in contrast with older times.
There is no straightforward answer to how we can overcome this problem. In addition to structural modifications to uproot poverty and bettering the quality of people's lives, one of the effective solutions can be fitting some exercise hours in employees' schedules during working hours. Desk stretches and mobility exercises can help blood circulation and prevent heart conditions resulting from sitting for long hours. On the other hand, building gyms inside the offices would solve the problem of commuting to the gym from the office. This way, employees would have better access to the gym and work out.
In conclusion, finding the roots of people not being healthy and in shape, these days is quite complex and needs scientific assessment, and fixing them needs structural alterations by the government to have a more healthy society.
Kiandokht Masoudi/ Academic Module
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Thomas,
I hope this letter finds you well. I’m writing to thank you for the book that you lent me last week as it was very useful for preparing me for one of the most important presentations that I’ve ever had throughout my life.
The subject of the presentation was how to deal with stress under different circumstances and adversities. I had to also present some practical solutions for people who have various age groups, which means my audience was not only adults but also children and teenagers. The presentation should offer them how to confront their anxiety and stress when they face unexpected turmoil in different milestones.
As you may guess, the presentation was so significant for a huge group of people suffering from stress. It could help them to reach a peaceful and healthy lifestyle as stress is the main cause of many spiritual and physical disorders. The presentation also would play a vital role in my career prospects because some participants were professionals and researchers whose majors were quite similar to my studies. That is why presenting in a good manner might allow me to seize an unprecedented opportunity to pursue my research in a prestigious institution.
I was looking for a comprehensive resource about what the best way is to have an effective presentation. I was stocked in a dilemma about how to compile my data and how to present the whole information that I’d gathered. The book that you gave to me solved all of my questions and relive my concerns since it teaches in a friendly and simple manner how to make a presentation step by step. So reading your book was a time-saving solution for me to prepare my presentation in time as my deadline was so limited.
Thank you again for lending the book, and I hope to meet you soon for discussing more the presentation.
All the best,
Hamid
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Banafsheh,
I hope you’re doing fine. I thought I’d give you the terrific news right away. I, fortunately, did my presentation last Monday. That was our company’s “marketing strategy”. I’m writing to inform you that the book you granted me helped me a lot all the way during the presentation. I just want to say thank you and I’m glad to have such a nice friend like you.
As you know, since I got this job position, it has been the first time I’ve had to prepare a Marketing Strategy presentation for our managers. However, I had done it before at the previous company in which I worked. This one had been very difficult for me.
Having said that, I was looking for a guide among my educational books and suddenly this book helped me to figure out the numerous points. I was over the moon while preparing notes and I was so ecstatic right after my findings on the topic. In addition, our CMO and CEO were mesmerized by the coherence of the presentation file and they were impressed by the breathtaking parts of the all-striking aspects. Besides, this provided me with perfect strategy templates which were meaningfully beneficial for documenting the presentation.
I cannot wait anymore to offer a party and I look forward to hearing your availability and I hope we will meet soon.
Best Regards,
Arefeh
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph illustrates the changes in the number of cars being stolen in Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada during the period 1990 to 1999 and is measured in number per thousand automobiles.
Taking a glance at the graphs, it can be found that generally, in spite of some fluctuations, the rates have not considerably changed in Great Britain, France, and Canada, as opposed to the levels in Sweden, which rose in this duration.
Stood at fairly similar levels of between 5 to 10 thefts per 1000 cars in 1990, the rates in Canada and France then gradually declined to 5 and 6 by 1993, respectively, while Swedish people experienced a steady increase in the number of their stolen cars to the level of almost 9 in that time. Over the following 6 years, the numbers slightly changed and finally stabled at just above 5 for France and Canada in 1999, but in Sweden, the rates inclined slowly and reached a high of nearly 15 car thefts.
Great Britain had a more erratic pattern rather than the other countries. The level stood at 17 stolen cars per 1000 vehicles in 1990, which was the highest rate among all. They had a steadily increase over the following 2 next years and peaked at 20 by the year 1992. Then the rats had some fluctuations and finally over the last 3 years, with a decreasing trend, the level hit a low of nearly 15 in 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the rate of thefts per thousand automobiles in four various countries, namely Sweden, France, Canada, and Great Britain, over a ten-year period.
As a general trend, it can clearly be seen that in terms of vehicle thefts, the UK accounted for the most crimes. It is also noticeable that Canada was the safest region among all four countries.
Considering the Line graph of the UK, the rate of theft cars witnessed a rapid fluctuation between approximately 17 and 20 thefts per 1000 cars during the period of ten years. As for other countries, at the beginning year of the period, the number of robberies in Sweden, Canada, and France, respectively, stood at approximately 8, 7, and 6 per 1000 vehicles. From 1990 to 1993, the rate of stealing vehicles in both France and Canada dropped to a trough of almost 6 and 5 per thousand vehicles, respectively.
From this point, they both rose steadily until 1995. However, during this period, the line graph of Sweden saw a slight increase and reached a peak of roughly 12 thefts per thousand automobiles in 1996. After the year 1996, it plateaued by the end of 1998, but climbed to just below 15 thefts per 1000 vehicles in 1999. Although the number of thefts in France declined from around 7 in 1995 to 6 per 1000 vehicles in 1999, this number saw a small growth from 5 to 6 per thousand vehicles in Canada.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The diagram demonstrates the number of individuals who stole vehicles from 1990 to 1999 in 4 selected European countries. Overall, the number of cars theft in Sweden increased considerably during the period, while there was a slight decrease in the other three countries.
As can be seen, in Sweden, car theft went down from well over 8 thousand in the first year to just under 8 thousand in the second year, followed by a slight growth until 1995 which reached just over 10 thousand. It grew by about 2 thousand in the next year and remained unchanged until 1999, which advanced to just under 15 thousand.
According to data, the number of car thefts went up by about 2 thousand and 1 thousand in France and Great Britain, from 1990 to 1991, respectively. After the period, in France and Great Britain, it experienced some fluctuations and eventually reached well over 6 thousand and 16 thousand in 1999, respectively.
In Canada, it remained constant at around 7 thousand between 1990 and 1991 and drop to just over 5 thousand in 1993, which was followed by a steady increase until 1999 which reached around 6 thousand which was approximately as many as in France.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The graph compares car thefts in Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada Per thousand automobiles in a 10-year period. Overall, it can be seen that in Great Britain thefts were always more than in the other three countries as opposed to the number of lefts in Canada and France. Theft numbers also had considerable changes in Sweden throughout the decade.
In terms of Great Britain, the figure was always comparatively higher compared to the other 3 Nations. The number of thefts per vehicle fluctuated steadily between 18000 and 20000 but generally had not changed much in the number. In contrast, Swedish thefts accounted for 8000 in 1990 and remained unaltered until 1993. Then the figure showed a slight increase of 4000 in 1996 and levelled off again in the next 2 years, rising to 14000 at the end of the decade. This was the highest change among all nations.
Moving to France and Canada, they both showed a downward trajectory. In France, the number of thefts was 6000 in 1990 which was the least compared to other nations, and had continuous oscillations between its peak at 7500 in 1991 and 6000 throughout the decade. In Canada, thefts were initially 7000 per vehicle within the first year. Then the numbers showed a slight decrease to 5000 in 1993 and marginally went up to 6000 by the end of the decade.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the number of cars stolen in four countries from 1990 to 1999. As can be seen, Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada are all countries of subjects.
Over the entire period, Great Britain had the highest number of car thefts among the others countries by nearly 10%. The figure for thefts per 1000 machines in Britain fluctuated around 19%. In 1990, the number of vehicles that stole in France decreased by just over 6%. During the same period, the proportion of cars that steal decreased minimally in Canada. There was a gradual rise in the number of car thieves in France from 5% to 8%. After 1991, car thefts fell marginally. Although, the proportion of car thefts soar in Sweden in one decade by 10%.
Overall, Britain has the highest number of cars stoled at 20%. Sweden saw a rapid increase in car thefts, and France and Canada Had a lower range of auto thefts.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The information on the comparison of car thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries (Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada), between 1990 to 1999, is provided in this given line graph.
Considering the line graphs of Britain and France, it is noticeable that both countries followed the same pattern. In 1990 the number of thefts per thousand in Britain and France stood at approximately 18 and 6, respectively. After a fluctuation, they both reached the same number as in 1990. Moreover, from 1993 to 1996, they had an increase (20 for Britain and 9 for France). In the last years (1996-1999) they experienced a decrease including nearly 16 for Britain and 6 for France.
With regard to Sweden and Canada line graphs, in 1990 the number of thefts per thousand vehicles was similar to 1991 (on average 6.5). Then the trend of Sweden illustrated a steady surge to about 12, in 1996. Whereas, in Canada, the number of thefts per thousand vehicles dropped to 5, in 1993. After that, from 1993 to 1999, it climbed to reach the same number as in 1990. Additionally, Sweden after two years of remaining stable, had a rise to about 14, in 1999.
Overall, the trend of Britain, which had the first place for the number of thefts, did not change from 1990 to 1999, as did not the trends of France and Canada, yet Sweden saw an upward trend during the period.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line graph illustrates data about the number of vehicles that were stolen in four distinctive countries over nine years, from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, what stands out from the line graph is that Great Britain had the highest number of car theft in all period.
Looking at the information in more detail, France and Canada followed a similar trend over the first five years, all remaining at approximately 7 per thousand. Sweden experienced a rise in the number of cars stolen over the period and reached a peak in 1999, at 15 per thousand, however, Canada and France had a declining pattern and leveled off at 5. Moreover, Car thefts were higher in Great Britain than in the other three countries. In 1990, cars were thieved at about 18 per thousand and then fluctuated over the next six years and reached a peak, at 20 thefts per thousand, while the trend had a declining slope and in 1999, 17 cars were stolen.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph compares the car theft figure alternations in four countries, namely Great Britain, Sweden, France, and Canada, over a nine-year period, during 1990 to 1999. As a general trend, it can clearly be seen that the theft numbers related to cars in Great Britain saw the greatest figure per 1000 vehicles in comparison with the others throughout all these years.
In 1990, the number of car thefts per 1000 vehicles in France accounted for merely just above five, which was the lowest among these countries; however, it witnessed dazzling growth until 1991. Unlike Sweden, which experienced a rising trend generally, the others recorded slow fluctuations over these years. Finally, declining as the theft trend in Great Britain from 1996 to 1999 was, it made up about 17 per 1000 car theft, the highest amount, despite increasing procedure in Sweden. In addition, Canada experienced an almost generally steady trend.
Overall, Great Britain saw the largest number of car theft per 1000 vehicles while Canada witnessed the lowest ones. Besides, Sweden recorded the biggest increase.
A colleague gave you a book which you used for your presentation. Write a letter to your colleague.
In your letter
What the presentation was about
Why the presentation was important
how the book helped you.
Dear Amelia,
I am writing to express my deep appreciation for the book that you so kindly lent me, which I utilized for my recent presentation on the significance of human rights. The aim of the presentation was to provide a comprehensive examination of the various factors that contribute to the safeguarding and advancement of human rights, and how these rights are indispensable for the well-being of both individuals and society as a whole.
If it had not been for the book, my research and preparation for the presentation would not have been as extensive. The book was an invaluable source of information and insights, delving into the historical and philosophical underpinnings of human rights, as well as the current challenges and controversies in the field. Furthermore, it served as an excellent source of inspiration for my own ideas and arguments, allowing me to present a nuanced and well-rounded perspective on the subject.
The presentation completed, the audience rose to their feet in applause, I felt a sense of accomplishment and satisfaction. The presentation was of paramount importance to me, providing me with the opportunity to share my knowledge and understanding of the topic with a wider audience. Additionally, it presented me with the chance to demonstrate my expertise and contribute to the ongoing discourse surrounding human rights.
Ultimately, I am extremely grateful for your assistance in this matter. Your generosity and willingness to share your resources, the book being an invaluable source, have been crucial in enabling me to successfully prepare for and deliver this presentation. I eagerly anticipate the opportunity to collaborate with you in the future and hopefully, I will have another chance to utilize your resources.
Sincerely,
Arthur Pourali
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line chart illustrates the comparison of car thefts per thousand vehicles in four different countries over a period of 10 years.
Overall, the number of thefts in Sweden had a noticeable increase. While this number hardly decreased in Canada and France. Also, between 1990 and 1999, theft numbers fluctuated in Great Britain and did not change at the end of the period.
In 1990, thefts per 1000 vehicles in Canada, France, Sweden, and Great Britain were about 7, 6, 9, and 17, respectively. While theft auto numbers gradually rose in Great Britain and France, approximately 20 and 7 respectively, this number experienced a noticeable decline in Canada in 1992, and in Sweden, car theft remained steady. After a year, Great Britain’s car theft dropped remarkably to almost 16. Also, in France and Canada, the number of car theft slightly decreased to 6 and 5. During two years, 1994 and 1995, all countries’ auto theft numbers barely rose.
In 1996, the number of cars stolen in Great Britain hit a peak at about 21, then dramatically dropped to almost 16 in 1999. Also, this number sharply increased in Sweden to about 12, and then remained for two years, and again, had a dramatic rise at the end of the period, about 14. But, the number of cars robbed in France noticeably declined from 8 to 6 and was the same as the Canada car theft.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The chart demonstrates the number of automobile theft per thousand in the last decade of 20th century in Great Britain, France, Sweden, and Canada. Overall, although Sweden had a gradual increase in thefts per 1,000 vehicles, Great Britain had by far the highest number of stolen cars within the period.
Over the timeframe, Great Britain, France, and Canada followed similar patterns of narrow fluctuations, around 17, 7, and 6 thefts per thousand cars, respectively. At the start of the decade, France had the lowest number of vehicle theft at just above 5; however, it soon overtook the car theft number of Canada before the beginning of 1991. By the end of the century, the number stood at over 15 in Great Britain, and above 5 in both France and Canada.
In contrast, the figure for automobile thefts in Sweden maintained at approximately 9 vehicles per thousand in the first half of the decade, followed by a gradual increase, and ending at just under 15.
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The given line chart depicts the statistics concerning car thefts (per thousand vehicles) which ensued in four distinct countries from 1990 to 1999.
Overall, while the number of car thefts rose substantially in Sweden, this rate in France and Canada remained approximately unchanged during the period. It is noteworthy that the highest incidence of car theft was attributed to Great Britain over the entire period despite experiencing mid fluctuations.
As for Sweden, the quantity of thieving cars stood at about 8 in 1990. This rate saw a considerable growth, reaching around 12 in 1996, and stayed constant in the following two years. There was a significant increase to 14 in committing this crime in 1999.
With respect to Great Britain, the incidence of car thefts represented about 18 which had the highest rate compared to others in 1990. This rate went through a period of instability over the period, varying between 17 and 20 car thefts.
Turning to the remaining countries, the rate of car theft constituted around 7 in Canada in 1990. It hit an all-time low of nearly 5 in 1993 and then saw a partial growth to around 6 in 1999. The number of car thefts was around 6 in France in 1990, which was the lowest rate. This rate fluctuated mildly with two upticks to nearly 8 in 1991 and 1995, eventually reaching its initial value in 1999.
Yaser Oghabneshin
The line graph shows thefts per thousand vehicles in four countries between 1990 and 1999.
The line graph represents how many cars are thieved per thousand in four nations over a period of nine years starting from 1990.
As can be seen, it is the Great Britain that stands out as having the highest rate of thefts. France and Canada decreased their rates over the period, while Sweden increased theirs.
In Great Britain, the figure had more fluctuations and started at about 18 thefts in every thousand and increased nearly 20 in every thousand over a period of 2 years, after which it declined until 1992 when it hit a low at about 17 out of a thousand. Despite rising sharply at about 20 per 1000 in 1996, the British experienced a significant fall in their theft rate over the next 3 years and bottomed at approximately 16 in every thousand.
France and Canada stood at over 8 and 7 in every thousand respectively in 1990. Having decreased at different rates until 1993. The both gradually went up until 1995. The former fell to 7 per 1000 in 1999 and the latter reached the same point by a gradual increase.
In Sweden, the overall trend was upward. The figure started at nearly 7 out of thousand which was the same rate was reported by Canada and France but at the end of the period. It modestly climbed to about 12 per 1000 in 1996. Despite reaching a period of stability, the theft rate hitting a peak at above 13 in every thousand in 1999.
Some people say that due to the growing number of unfit and overweight people sport should be made compulsory in all educational establishments. Others claim that only voluntary decision to do sport helps people to be fit, but compulsory physical education embarrasses and turns away students who don't like sport.
There are different views about whether a sport should be made mandatory or voluntary for students, as the number of people suffering from obesity is increasing. Some argue that it should be obligatory in all educational institutions, while some believe that physical education is only effective when students do it willingly.
On the one hand, an obligation to do physical workouts in educational programs can certainly help combat obesity. Fatness or being out of shape may lead to serious health problems such as heart disease, diabetes, and cancer. By regular exercise at school, students may develop a valuable habit of participating in sports. It can help burn extra calories and build healthy bones and muscles, and therefore may reduce the risk of being in danger of these ailments. For example, a scientific article comparing the students doing a compulsory sport with those doing it as a voluntary task showed a significant health improvement among those who had to do exercise at school.
On the other hand, individuals should be free to choose whether to do physical workouts. If students have to do sports for a long time without any interest, they will lose their motivation. In the long term, they may feel hatred towards all sorts of sports and even maybe alienated from following them in adulthood. In this way, instead of encouraging children to maintain a healthy lifestyle, schools will act as a deterrent in dealing with overweight.
In conclusion, I can understand why people might agree with voluntary sports programs in educational environments, but it seems to me that the compulsory ones are much more beneficial to tackle obesity.
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Mr. Jones,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing this letter because I believe our street is in dire need of your support, as a local council member, due to a problem regarding the issue of sanitation:
Lately, trash bins are not emptied in a timely manner, and sometimes they are left unattended for more than 24 hours. To learn the reasons for this, I have inquired some civil servants, and they have cited budget cuts as the main culprit, which essentially leaves the sanitation service understaffed.
Naturally, I am extremely worried about the possible ramifications of this change, as not only people have to endure a vile smell in the neighborhood, but also they worry about the spread of diseases, especially in households that have young children playing outdoor. Furthermore, I have personally witnessed feral animals roaming the streets and scavenging garbage plastics for food, which is concerning as they are known to attack humans if scared.
I, therefore, believe that your intervention on this matter is of utmost importance as it threatens the safety and the health of residents. While I understand that in these trying times budget cuts is an unavoidable tactic for keeping the city running, the issue of hygiene, in my view, is not a negligible one. Consequently, I would like to request that you urgently endeavor to restore the funds of services that affect public health.
I cannot stress enough the importance of this matter and would like to know about the council’s ultimate decision on this matter. Thus, your response on this matter will be deeply appreciated by me and some other concerned citizens.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
The chart compares different types of commuting to and from work in a European city from 1960 to 2000 in intervals of 20 years. At the first glance it can be seen there is a significant shift from going on foot to using private cars throughout this period.
In 1960, transportation on foot was the favorite commuting way with a little less than 35% of people; However, the figure has dropped dramatically to less than 10% in 2000. In contrast, the usage of private vehicles has increased sharply from only 5% in 1960 to about 23% in 1980, and more than 35% in 2000, which is the highest proportion on the chart.
Similar to pedestrians, the percentage of bicycle riders has declined too; although it is less sudden than the former group. While they were about a quarter of total workers in 1960, the proportion decreased to approximately 5% in 2000.
On the other hand, the chart related to bus travelers varies from the others. Bus has been the most popular transportation mode in 1980. Meanwhile, the percentage of bus users in both 1960 and 2000 is rather close, around 17% and nearly 16%, respectively.
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Mr. Smith,
I am writing with regard to the pollution and contamination which have been seen in Richmond street since 6 months ago.
As you might have noticed before, the garbage collection system is not working efficiently in our district. While we had had an extremely organized waste collection system before the management changes, recently the collection vehicles do not collect the household garbage on the agreed time. As a result, a huge sum of household cast-off remains in the streets, particularly on the pavements.
As you may appreciate, it has caused substantial inconvenience for the residents of this area. The faulty garbage collection system not only has made a negative contribution to the appearance of our district but also could have life-threatening consequences for our children. As you may know, Richmond street is the main road for reaching elementary school. Therefore, our children are exposed to a huge amount of chemicals and pollutants which can lead to dire health conditions.
If I may suggest some improvements, I think we could reconsider the management of the responsible organization. If we had more organized and committed managers, we would not face these difficulties. In addition, more care could have been taken with the number of bins which are located in the street.
I look forward to receiving your reply with a confirmation that all these have been actioned and planned to go ahead.
Sincerely yours,
Shabnam Javanmard
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am one of the residents in the district under your supervision, and I am writing behalf of all residents to aware you of a recently risen obstacle in our neighborhood.
Since last month when the rubbish collection contractor has changed, we have been struggling with the proper disposal of trash. The previous contractor was all the time on-time and had passed our district between 8 to 8:15, but the new one visit here whenever possible. This anarchy has brought us chaos, and rubbish bags are dumped in the disposal area every time. The neighbors are definitely not to blame, because they do not know when they should put their bags outdoors.
Whenever we cross the vicinity of the specified trash bins, it stinks and we should turn our way around. That is not the main problem, but stray dogs are. The dumped rubbish attracts various types of wild animals, especially dogs, here, which has caused an extra problem for us. Some days ago, a pack of dogs attacked a resident, but fortunately, her son reached on time and scattered them.
As you have the authority, we believe that you can solve the problem easily. Either remind the contractor of the timetable or terminate the contract and replace him.
We are awaiting your urgent action.
Yours faithfully,
Adam Rogers
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening.
What problem it will cause.
What your suggestions are.
Dear sir/madam,
I am Sam Stone, a newly relocated citizen to your authorization district. I am writing this letter regarding a problem that has been occurring in our street for three months and it is getting worse as time continues to unfold.
Considering the construction operation which started in the last three months the rubbish collectors could not access the side of the street as well, and the neighbors are piling their trash at garbage were located there. It has turned to a nightmarish scenery, and awful smells can be felt almost all day long.
As the municipally place a premium on city environment hygiene, this kind of circumstance will cause an increase in contagious disease and infect the residential area. It will not only affect the people's health but also potentially collect wild animals around the city to hurt the infrastructures and reason for traffic accidents. Moreover, it may breed some forensic problems for the contractor working there.
Hence, It would be appreciated if the responsible authority tended to take an approach to clean the street side alongside informing the contractor to leave a detour way for rubbish collectors to access the piles.
I am looking forward to hearing your response or resolving the problem before long.
Yours faithfully,
Sam Stone
Saman Malek Nia
GENERAL TRAINING
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately. In your letter, you should tell:
- Why it is happening,
- What problems it will cause,
- What your suggestions are.
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am writing this letter to complain about the waste, which has been thrown away on River Street and has not been collected for a long time.
Unfortunately, since the river passes through the middle of the street, a lot of people discard their household rubbish in the river or on its banks. Although this area used to be cleaned up by rubbish collection services, it has not recently been done.
As you are no doubt aware, there are many kinds of waste, ranging from sharp objects to dirty ones, which not only makes environmental pollution but also can be hard on dwellers’ health, especially children, who play in this environment. In addition, it makes the landscape of this part of neighborhood seem ugly and untidy.
I would like to suggest that your staff dispose of the waste from this residential area as soon as possible. I will be grateful if you can possibly fix a warning sign so people do not litter and impose a heavy fine for individuals, who discard their waste in this place. Your assistance in this matter is greatly appreciated.
I am looking forward to hearing your swift response.
Yours sincerely,
Shabnam Lee
Shabnam Tannazian/GT
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Sir or Madam,
I hope this letter finds you well. As I have been a resident of King street for five years now, I would like to inform you that a Hard Rock café has recently run in our local area by disregarding environmental issues, causing defectiveness of Citizenship rights and pollution problems for present occupants.
The cigarette butt discarded by customers in the pedestrian precincts not only contributes to unpleasant cityscape but also threatens the plant life by entering the soil. In addition, leftover and takeaway packages from plastic or irresolvable containers by the café-owner and consumers have left them outside without paying no heed to environmental considerations, have polluted the urban area and created an undesirable situation.
I believe that strict criteria should be applied by the municipality for this type of business, considering that many times the citizens have given notice to the case about this issue, but it has not been efficient. Probably, higher taxes and fines will prevent them from violating or changing their discipline.
Yours faithfully,
Armineh Mohamadi
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The given bar chart compares four different means of transport, namely bus, car, bike, and foot which European citizens used to commute to and from work during the years 1960, 1980, and 2000.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that, as time went further riding a bike and walking to and from work were becoming less popular, whereas driving cars gained popularity. Additionally, the bus commuters remained quite unchanged over the examined period.
Looking at traveling by foot and bike, it can be seen that they were two common methods of travelling in 1960, at about 34% and 25% respectively. The former started losing its popularity and reached just below 10 % in 2000. As for the latter, it experienced a fall of 20% at the end of the period.
In terms of two other modes of transportation, European people used buses for about 18% of their total traveling, compared to only 5% of residents who went to and from work by car. The usage of buses saw a peak of 25% in 1980, before recovering to approximately 16% in 2000. Meanwhile, people showed more inclination to travel by car and the percentage of that rose to just above 35% at the end of the period.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart compares various means of transport used to commute to and from the workplace in four distinct categories, namely bus, car, bike, and foot, in a city located in Europe over a forty-year period.
Overall, it can clearly be seen that both bike and foot modes witnessed a downward trend during the given period. It is also noticeable that the proportion of car users saw an upward trend over the period of forty years.
Considering the bus category, it started at well below a fifth. It climbed to just over a quarter in 1980. However, in 2000, the ratio of coach utilizers dropped to a trough of approximately 15%. In 1960, a tiny portion of individuals preferred to travel by private car or cab, but this percentage boomed to almost 23% in 1980. Finally, it reached a peak of 35% by the end of the period.
As for bicycle drivers, the rate plunged from 25% in 1960 to nearly 5% in 2000. Although around 35% of people tended to walk to the workplace in 1960, just under a tenth of them commuted to work on foot in 2000.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The column chart compares four different means of transportation for commuting in terms of the proportion of total passengers in a European country over a four-decade period.
Overall what stands out from the graph is that while the percentage of people using cars witnessed a significant growth, the reverse was true for bike travellers across the whole period shown in the graph.
In 1960, the proportion of people who used bikes stood at around 25%, which was approximately five times as high as that of cars. By 2000, the figure for passengers travelling by car had increased to a peak of just over 35%, which is the highest figure shown on the chart. By contrast, there was a decline to a low of nearly 5% in the percentage of people who were interested in using bicycles.
On the other hand, over the entire period, the proportion of people who selected walking instead of using other transport modes saw a substantial decline of approximately 25%. Conversely, by 1980, the percentage of travellers using the bus had risen before experiencing a moderate decline to just over 15% in 2000.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The given bar chart compares the diverse means of transport system which were applied to the commute to the work in one European city in three separate years: 1960, 1980, and 2000.
Overall, while employing car vehicles rose dramatically, unpolluted types of transport saw a considerable fall over the scenario period. It is noteworthy that the percentage of individuals who opt for public buses remained approximately unchanged over this period.
As for car vehicles, this type contributed only about 5% to the transport system in 1960. However, there was an upsurge in the use of this vehicle to just over 35% in 2000 which was the highest percentage throughout the period.
Regarding the environmentally-friendly transport systems, while initially walking and biking were more prevalent, comprising 35% and 27% receptively in 1960, these sustainable methods of transport experienced a significant decline in the end of the period, consisting of nearly 15% collectively.
Turning to the remaining item, the percentage of people who commuted by public buses stood at roughly 18% in 1960. It grew partially, reaching a peak of around 26% in 1980, and then climbed back to about its initial figure in 2000.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart compares four transit options that were used in one city in Europe in three different years.
It is clear that during these three years, the total number of travelers who used cars was dramatically increasing and cars were the most popular means of transportation in 2000. It can also be seen that the most popular transport modes were foot, bus, and car in the years 1960, 1980, and 2000 respectively.
In 1960, cars were the least popular mean of transportation with just above five percent, while at the end of the period its usage reached more than 35%. Although 18% of travelers used buses in 1960 and 16% in 2000, they were the most popular means of transport in 1980 with just over 25%.
Despite a considerable decrease, which can be seen in the usage of bikes and feet over four years, walking was the most popular way to travel with slightly less than 40% in 1960, and bikes got second place with 25% in the same year.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The given bar chart illustrates information about the total proportion of travelers using four diverse types of transportation modes for commuting in a European city for three years (1960, 1980, and 2000). Overall, it can be clearly seen that there was a significant downward trend in the percentage of travelers who used bikes and commuted on their foot over the given period.
With regard to the percentage of commuters riding bikes, having started at 25 in 1960, the figure then decreased dramatically to 5 in the final year. Likewise, the proportion of travelers traveling on their foot started at just below 35 in the first year, after which it fell significantly, reaching just under 10 in 2000.
On the other hand, if we look at the percentage commuters who drove cars, it increased dramatically from 5 in 1960 by 30 to 35 in 2000. As for the proportion of travelers who used buses to travel to and from work, it began at approximately 18, having reached its peak at 25 in 1980 before decreasing significantly, reaching 15 in 2000.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The presented bar chart compares the four means of transport used by work travellers in one European city in the years 1960, 1980, and 2000.
In general, it is noticeable that there was an overall drop in each mode of transportation, with the exception of cars, throughout the period shown. Also, cars saw the biggest change among the remaining types of transport, with a considerably larger number of users.
In 1960, over 5% of people travelled to work by car, rising to more than 35% over the next four decades with a jump of around 30%, meaning it was the highest percentage on the chart. However, there was an enormous decrease, from approximately 34% in 1960 to just under 10% in 2000, in the share of travellers going to work on foot over the 40-year period.
Even though bus users witnessed a significant jump of well above 25% in 1980, the proportion of travellers dropped considerably by almost 10% in 2000, which is around 2% less than the same trend in 1960. By contrast, the figure for bikes fell dramatically from about 25% in 1960 to only nearly 7% in 2000.
191 words.
Duysenbekov Muzaffar. Academic IELTS.
The following bar chart shows the different modes of transport used to travel to and from work in one European city in 1960, 1980 and 2000
The bar chart illustrates different forms of transportation systems which were used to commute to workplaces in a European city in 1960, 1980, and 2000.
Overall, it is evident that the number of people who traveled by car increased significantly, while the percentage of travelers by foot witnessed a sharp decrease. It is also noteworthy that the car was the most popular way of going to work at the end of the time frame.
In 1960, the most significant way of transportation was by walking which the figure decreased dramatically from just under 35% in 1960 to about 10% in 2000. The percentage of using bikes also displayed a considerable fall. The figure accounted for 25%, 20%, and 6% in 1960, 1980, and 2000 respectively.
Turning to the remaining categories, although the proportion of using cars showed the lowest amount at 5% in 1960, it rose rapidly to 35% in 2000. It is also noticeable that the percentage of people who used buses stood at about 18 in 1960 which went up to above 25 in 1980 and then experienced a significant decline to a little lower than the stars point at 15 in 2000.
Media surrounds us, from the shows we watch on television to the music we listen to on the radio.
How does media affect the society?
Do you agree that the impact of media has more disadvantages than benefits?
These days, the ever-increasing influence of media, especially the audio-visual ones, on various strata of society has become noticeable. Consequently, questions concerning the ways media impact society and whether its adverse effects outweigh the positive ones have risen.
To examine how media influences the community, firstly, we must mention its irrefutable power of channeling the public's thoughts, opinions, and sentiments toward a specific direction. Thus, in some instances, through manipulation of people's minds, media can cause major political or social alterations in society, especially ones desired by those behind that media. Furthermore, by providing productions through which information about various subjects becomes available for people, such as scientific documentaries on television, or educational podcasts on radio, media plays a valuable role in raising the level of awareness and knowledge in society.
Although media may have a limited number of negative aspects, its myriad advantages for society arguably exceed its drawbacks. Firstly, by entertaining people through music, and amusing television programs, such as shows, movies, and series, media can substantially raise the spirit in the community and inject a sense of happiness into society. Secondly, as mentioned before, media is a beneficial means to convey knowledge or up-to-date information to the public, especially nowadays, when people have comparatively drifted from books to audio-visual media. However, some disadvantages of media cannot be ignored. For example, sometimes, the media mislead a majority of people or disturb society by giving incorrect information or fake news. Moreover, the attraction to media productions, especially movies or series on television, has a considerable potential to turn into an addiction to these programs.
In conclusion, media greatly affect society by directing the public's attitudes or emotions regarding an issue in a specific path and enriching people's knowledge and awareness. Media's advantages, such as providing entertainment and information to the public, outweigh its demerits, including occasionally misinforming people or making them addicted to its productions.
Children engaged in sport are often overloaded with physical activity or get serious traumas.
What are the main reasons of this? What solutions can you suggest?
Nowadays, registering children in sports clubs and obliging them to follow a sports field has become a ubiquitous trend among parents. Recent government research has shown that children who do sports may be prone to mental disorders as they are so occupied with physical exercise. While there might be several fundamental reasons why this is happening, feasible measures can be taken to tackle it.
Using non-professional sports trainers and having a highly demanding schedule may be two of the most important reasons why children participating in sports activities suffer from mental problems. The sports clubs where children attend usually hire one or two general trainers for the whole individuals having different ages, not having sufficient knowledge about how to train children with delicate physical bodies. While children generally do not have enough ability to follow all the strict and severe training sessions, they are trained with other athletes having adequate strength. This unprecedented physical demand may lead to some physical injuries in the long term, thereby losing the confidence of children whose bodies cannot tolerate those tough training sessions. What is more, children not only have to handle their hectic curriculum at school, doing their homework on time and taking exams with fabulous grades, but also need to go to sports clubs. Today’s children are under dire strain from their parents to take exercise professionally in their free time so that they can become sports stars. This unfair passion and ambition of parents without noticing their children's capabilities and interests can pose severe spiritual health issues, including depression and anxiety.
Some practical actions can be done to deal with this adverse impact of doing physical activities for children. The straightest solution is to hire some trainers and coaches who have accumulated knowledge and expertise about how to train children having diverse physical abilities from an early age. The government should impose some strict regulations for sports centres in order to employ well-qualified trainers for children. Another effective way is to raise parents’ awareness about how many negative consequences may emerge for their children if they push them to do exercise without first recognizing their favourite pastime pursuits. Schools can play a vital role in providing children with adequate and distinct leisure activities to discover each student’s inborn talent. Thus, parents can decide whether their children can become prominent athletes or not based on the primary evaluation of schools.
In conclusion, although doing regular sports activities is highly beneficial for the physical and mental health of children, improving their cognitive skills and academic performance, forcing them to do exercise without deeming their actual needs can oppositely result in bringing traumatic conditions for them. However, a number of simple strategies can be applied by governments and schools to stop occurring this worrying situation.
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
The pie chart compares the revenue and expenditure of a children’s charity in the USA in terms of their proportion in the year 2016.
It is clear that the majority of income was received from donated food, while the charity spent the largest amount of money on program services in 2016. Also, total revenue just exceeded outgoings.
In detail, the proportion of income received from donated food was 86.6%, which provided most of the revenue for the charity. Community contributions was the second biggest category shown on the revenue source’s chart, with 10.4% of overall income, and this was followed by program revenue, at 2.2%. Other income, investment income, and government grants contributed a small amount of money to charity, with percentages of 0.4%, 0.2%, and 0.2%, respectively.
The amount of money spent on program services was by far the largest among the other two categories, with expenses reaching 95.8%. The figure for spending on fundraising was 2.6%, while only 1.6% of outgoings were related to management and general.
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
A glance at the two pie chart provided reveals that a charity in the USA collected funds and managed for spending money during one year in 2016.
Overall, although the largest amount of expenditure was devoted to the program services, one of the lowest amounts of income was supplied by the program revenue. In addition, the most source of this collection was related to the donated food in this period.
It is clear that Six different revenue sources in this charity collected an amount of price of around $53,561,580 total in this period. First and foremost, the donated food was the most dramatic source in this category at 86.6 percent. The second highest overall was associated with the community contributions at approximately 10 %. Moreover, the proportion of program revenue and the rate of other income were at 2.2% and 0.4%, respectively. The lowest rate of revenue was at the same level for investment income and government grants at 0.2 percent.
Turning to expenditure, there were three special categories that total cost of them was $53,224,896. In fact, the most significant rate of cost was devoted to the program service at about 96%. With regard to a large amount of difference rate, the fundraising, and the management and general were at 2.6% and 1.6%, respectively.
The pie chart shows the amount of money that a children's charity located in the USA spent and received in one year, 2016.
The provided charts illustrate the percentage of expenditures and income resources for a charity organization for children, which were divided into nine significant categories in the United States, throughout 2016.
In general, it can be observed that the most proportion that stounds out was allocated to both program services and donated food. Also, it can be notable that the total figure for revenue sources was more than expenditures.
As can be seen from the charts, initially, in the revenue resources there was an equal rate of government grants and investment income of only around 0.2%. While the opposite was true for the amount of donated food, approximately 86.6%. Meanwhile, the percentage of community contributions was roughly 10.4%, which was five times as higher as program revenue and other income experienced a dramatic fall of nearly 0.4%.
Looking at the pie charts in more detail, the lowest figure can be seen in the percentage of management and general almost 1.6%. In addition, the proportion of fundraising was about 2.6%. However, the biggest difference was in the number of program services, around 95.8%. Likewise, the total amount of charity expenditures and revenue accounted for about $53,224,896 and $53,561,580, respectively.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
A notion suggests that incorporating art in schools' curricula as a compulsory subject is imperative since art can tremendously help students develop or reinforce several skills and, consequently, improve their performance in other study subjects. While confirming the positive effects of studying art on students' function in other areas of study, I believe art should be an optional subject in schools' syllabuses.
On the one hand, by studying art, students can acquire several beneficial skills, each of which can act as a powerful booster for their performance in other school's classes. Firstly, educating art in schools can noticeably improve students' creativity, innovativeness, and resourcefulness, equipping them with a strengthened problem-solving ability in a more innovative manner. For example, when working on a science project in the school laboratory, improved creative thinking resulting from art classes can help students to come up with innovative new methods or initiatives for that project. Secondly, art classes can be invaluable in training students to notice every detail around them and discern discrepancies and resemblances with greater precision. Being precisive and sharp-eyed can aid students in performing better in other lessons, especially those which need utmost precision, such as mathematics.
On the other hand, the idea of art being a compulsory subject in schools' curricula may be disadvantageous to some students. For instance, some students who may not be gifted with inherent artistic talent or are not interested in art may experience frequent failures in art classes, making them feel frustrated or less intelligent compared to their peers, and these feelings can negatively impact their grades in other subjects. Moreover, in some instances, art classes in schools may adversely influence students' function in other classes. For example, some students may be obsessed with art and, subsequently, dedicate their entire time and energy to learning arts and neglect other study subjects in school.
In conclusion, I believe studying art in schools may positively affect students' performance in other study subjects by improving their creativity, problem-solving ability, attention to detail, and precision. However, it can sometimes be disadvantageous, for example, for those students who are less interested or talented in art subjects or those who neglect other lessons due to being excessively passionate about art lessons.
Studying art in school improves students' performance in other subjects, because it is easier for multi-skilled students to learn new things. That's why art should be obligatory in schools.
Do you agree or disagree?
Art is a subject that has fascinated human beings for centuries. It is a form of expression that transcends language and culture, a way of communicating emotions and ideas that words alone cannot convey. From the caves of Lascaux to the canvases of Picasso, art has taken many forms and has inspired people from all walks of life. But what role does art play in modern education? Is it an extraneous subject that detracts from other essential disciplines, or does it have a vital role in nurturing students' creativity and enhancing their cognitive abilities? In this article, I will explore the topic of art education in schools and argue that it should be mandatory.
Art education has a multiplicity of benefits, with one of the most significant being its ability to enhance cognitive skills. According to studies, art education helps develop critical thinking, problem-solving, and decision-making skills. Additionally, it provides students with an avenue to express themselves creatively, which is vital for personal growth and development. In a world where creativity and innovation are highly valued, art education nurtures the skills that are essential for students to succeed in the 21st century.
Furthermore, art education has an integral role in developing cultural appreciation and awareness. Through art, students learn about the history and traditions of different societies and gain an appreciation of the diversity of human experience. They can learn to empathize with people from different cultural backgrounds and develop a global outlook that transcends boundaries.
In conclusion, art education should be mandatory in schools. Its benefits are numerous and far-reaching, from enhancing cognitive skills to developing cultural awareness and appreciation. Opponents of art education fail to appreciate the value of the subject and the importance of nurturing creativity and innovation in students. By making art education mandatory in schools, we can ensure that students receive a well-rounded education that prepares them for success in all areas of life.
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The pie chart illustrates the proportion of people who are in prison for five years ending 1994 and the bar chart illustrates most crimes that trigger citizens arrested. Overall, it can be clearly seen that male citizens who are arrested over-numbered female people by a significant margin. While both modes are relatively similar between the sexes, there are some variances, especially in drink driving when the percentage of men arrested doubled compared to women. With regards to the breach of order, assault, theft, and other reason, while there is no difference between genders in the other reason, which means both are almost 19%, the proportion of males arrested in the branch of other is substantially more than females with 5% difference. Although male prisoners are more than females in theft, females who are arrested are just over males in assault with the same difference between both reasons, which means 3%. According to the drinking driving, public drinking, and no answer, although the percentage of females arrested almost halved compared to men in drinking driving, which means 14%, the proportion of females who commit a crime in public drinking and no answer is remarkably more than males, with a difference of 8% in public drinking and 4% in no answer.
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The pie charts illustrate the proportion of males and females who were arrested during five years from 1989 to 1994, while the bar chart depicts the causes of arrest.
Overall, the percentage of men who got arrested was higher than women, while the reverse was true for non-arresting. Additionally, the main reason for arrest among genders was public drinking.
Looking at the pie chart it can be observed that the highest percentage of arrests belonged to men at 32%, while this figure accounted for only 9% of women.
Regarding the bar chart, the principal cause of arrest for both males and females was for public drinking and this figure was 36% and just over 30% respectively, although the reason for the lowest percentage of arrests was because there were not any relevant answers. Moreover, the proportion of getting arrested was higher in men at about 26%, in comparison with approximately 14% in women. Meanwhile, the percentage of males who got arrested as a result of the beach of order, other reasons, and theft were higher as compared to females at about 17%, 16%, and just over 20% respectively, while females got more arrested in an assault than men at 19%.
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The pie chart displays amounts of arrested males and females during five years, from 1989 to 1994. Also, the column graph demonstrates the reasons for arrests between men and women.
At first, based on the pie chart, there was a higher amount of apprehending among males, which is 32 percent, than among females (9 percent). In other words, the arrest rate for women was nearly one-fourth that of men.
Secondly, according to the bar chart, there were numerous causes to captures males and females that public drinking was the main reason in both genders, which is 31 percent and 38 percent for men and women, respectively. Moreover, among various causes, there were three categories consisting of no answer, assault, and public drinking that were higher in females than males. On the other hand, other groups comprising drunk driving, breach of an order, and theft showed a higher percentage of arrests of men than women.
Overall, males illustrated a higher amount of arrested than females during the five years ending 1994. Furthermore, there were diverse reasons for their trap.
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The pie chart illustrates the proportion of persons who were arrested during a period from 1989 to 1994, whereas, the bar chart indicates the different reasons in terms of seven important categories at the same time.
Overall, it is clear that a significant proportion of men and women were not arrested in five years, while there was a considerable increase in the percentage of males who were arrested because of public drinking and drink driving. In addition, the percentage of arrested females due to public drinking rose substantially compared to those who drunk during driving.
The greatest proportion of females who were not arrested represented 91% of the total arrests, while for males, the figure for this category was just 68%. Meanwhile, the percentage of women who were arrested was 9%, whereas the figure for males was significantly higher at 68%.
About 26% of men and approximately 14% of women were arrested because of drunk driving, while the figures for public drinking climbed significantly, showing nearly 32% and almost 38% for men and women, respectively.In terms of Breach for Older and Theft, the proportion of women was relatively similar, at more than 10%. In the former category, the percentage of men was around 18%, while the proportion of them in the latter category was nearly 16%. Moreover, Assault and Other reasons represented the same proportion for women and men at 19%. In terms of Assault, the percentage of men was slightly lower compared to women in the Theft category. In a small percentage of cases, no answer was given.
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
Given are a pie chart illustrating the proportion of people arrested in five years ending 1994 in addition to a bar chart showing the most recent grounds for arrest.
Overall, it is apparently seen that the percentage of arrested women was substantially lower than that of men. Moreover, the most significant reason for the recent arrest was public drinking for both genders.
The percentage of men who were arrested stood at approximately 30 percent, while that of women was lower at less than 10 percent. Turning to the reasons for arrest, the most significant reason for recent arrest was public drinking for both genders at more than 30 percent. With regard to the grounds of drunk driving, men were arrested for this reason at well over 25 percent. However, less than 15 percent of women were arrested for this reason. More than 15 percent of males and females were arrested due to assault and other reasons. Theft and breach of the order were two other grounds that the percentage of men arrested for this reason was higher than women. The figure for men was well over 15 percent, while that of women was lower at around 12 percent. Finally, the proportions of no answer for both group accounted for the least figures.
Write a letter to the director of your company to recommend a group in your local community which deserves help.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why you suggest helping this group
How your company can help this group
What the benefits your company will in return for.
Dear Mr. Jackson,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing this letter to discuss a proposition that not only helps with the company’s social responsibility strategy, but also can act as an indirect form of advertising.
Being based in suburbs, I witness an abundance of stray cats and dogs scavenging trash and roaming the neighborhood and try to help them. In my endeavor, I stumbled upon an activist group that aims to provide relief to the animals, despite their severe lack of funds and personnel. I believe by helping this group we can fulfil our goal to provide support to the community, which will ultimately decrease the number of animals attacking people.
I have a several ideas should you choose this path, which depends on how much budget the company will be willing to allocate to the cause. While some extra donations can do miracles for the group, in case financial support is not preferable, our personnel can do some volunteer work a few days a month.
Aside from the obvious help to the society, I believe the company will benefit from the project as well, since it can be a way for us to show up among the people with uniforms and show that our company is concerned about more than just earnings. This, in turn, may help us gain coverage from news stations and essentially increase our number of customers. I strongly hope that you find my offer one that is worth of further discussion and eagerly await your permission to prepare a comprehensive draft of my proposal.
Sincerely yours,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Write a letter to the director of your company to recommend a group in your local community which deserves help.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why you suggest helping this group
How your company can help this group
What the benefits your company will in return for.
Write a letter to the director of your company to recommend a group in your local community which deserves help.
In your letter, you should tell:
- Why you suggest helping this group.
- How your company can help this group.
- What the benefits your company will in return for.
Dear sir/madam,
I am writing this letter regarding some proletariat people's condition in my living area, which may potentially meet the purpose of your commercial target compared to expensive television advertisements.
Considering this group of people's low income during COVID contagious they would need financial and design assistance with their house maintenance and interior design.
Because of our company's involved job, interior design, we can address the company's intention for design and construct some of these houses for free in order to their necessity level. Moreover, they can have some raw budget to opt for their interested accessories compatible with their chosen design.
I have recently heard about the quota of advertisement budget which will have spent on TV commercials whether making video clips or broadcasting per-second price from the main channel. The company would be able to make almost three or more interior design projects by spending such an amount of money. In addition, it will bring the company's venerability and new actual resume in comparison to hypothetical video clips on TV channels.
I am looking forward to hearing your positive response.
Yours faithfully,
Sam Stone
Saman Malek Nia
GENERAL TRAINING
Write a letter to the director of your company to recommend a group in your local community which deserves help.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why you suggest helping this group
How your company can help this group
What the benefits your company will in return for.
Dear Mr. Smith,
I am writing regarding a group of profoundly gifted school students who are impoverished and disadvantaged and need to be looked after. They live in Richmond area and our company could make a great contribution to give them higher standards of living.
The reason why I recommend these pupils for charity works is that they have extraordinary talents in sports. Although they have been playing in a local park since two years ago, they are not able to sharpen their exceptional skills in their current economic situations. Furthermore, as criminal acts are prevalent in the location they live, they might commit crimes in the near future, if their talents are not propelled into desirable routes. I believe our company could aid these adolescents to foster their invaluable potentials by constructing a leisure-time complex in the Richmond area. In addition, it would have been nice if we could donate money for registering them in professional sports schools.
These charity acts not only can benefit those children but also could lead to enhancing our company's social reputation and its public image. This strategy has been used by an array of organizations which can result in incomparable profits.
I look forward to receiving a positive response.
Yours sincerely,
Shabnam Javanmard
Write a letter to the director of your company to recommend a group in your local community which deserves help.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why you suggest helping this group
How your company can help this group
What the benefits your company will in return for.
Dear Mr.Amani,
I am writing this letter to know whether it is possible to aid labour children who work on the streets nearby our company. Please allow me to elaborate on why I believe supporting them is highly essential for the company.
The main reason for helping these children is to deter them from involving in criminal activities. Because they come from poor families living in deprived areas, such as slums, they are usually obliged to commit some minor offences, including robbery, from an early age to be able to survive under today’s economic turmoil and meet their living expenses. Another important reason is that helping this group of our community is a civic duty for major companies, like us, whose revenue should be dedicated to creating a prosperous society.
There are a number of feasible measures that can be taken by not only the company but also the employees willing to participate in this charitable activity. I am of the opinion that the initial step is providing these children with educational facilities, registering them in the schools located near their homes. The other effective action could be considering some monthly allowance for them so that they cannot be compelled to work every day. I also know that some of them may not have any place to live, thereby buying a suitable accommodation can help them to take advantage of basic living conditions.
In return, I am sure that many obvious advantages can bring for the company and the whole community. If these children go to school and become illiterate, the company will capitalize on them as a valuable workforce in the future. Moreover, when they are deterred from carrying out juvenile delinquencies, all the individuals working for this company can benefit from a safe and secure environment.
Thank you for your kind attention to this significant issue, and I hope you are willing to accept my request.
Kind Regards,
Hamid Gholami
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The pie chart compares the rate of arrested people in two different genders over a five-year period. The bar chart illustrates the percentage of reasons for recent arrests in seven distinct categories.
Overall, it can clearly be seen that fewer women were arrested in comparison with men. It is also noticeable that public drinking was the most common reason why people arrest.
According to the pie chart, while nearly two-thirds of men were arrested during the period of five years, a tiny fraction of women was arrested.
As for the bar chart, the ratio of drink driving item were almost a quarter and 15% for men and women, respectively. The public drinking category, which ranked first, accounted for over 30% of arrests in both sexes. In addition, well above a tenth of women were arrested because of thief and breach of order. The assault was the reason behind the arrest of approximately 15% of males. Furthermore, around 20% of arrests were related to other causes. Finally, the proportion of the no-answer group was negligible for all two groups.
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The graphs give information about how many people were imprisoned and the causes of committing crimes the prisoners over five years between 1980 to 1994. Overall, the number of men arrested was much higher than that of women. The most popular reason among both genders was public drinking.
If we look at the details, the percentage of prisoners was roughly four times as many as women, with 32 % and 9% respectively. However, the figure for women who were not arrested was just over nine-tenths, making it considerably different than for men, with just over two-thirds.
Regarding the reason for the female accused, the proportion of public drinking was the highest at 35%, followed by that of assault at about 18%, slightly more than the percentage of drivers drinking, with approximately 14%.theft and breach joint fourth with about 12% apiece. However, 7% of female accused did not answer the question as compared to 17% of participants responding with "other reasons". As for the male prisoners, similarly, public drinking ranked first with one-third while drinking while driving was lower at one-fourth. Breach orders came next with 17%, whereas the percentage of theft was equal to that of assault. Just only 4% of questionnaires did not respond compared to 18% of male accused who opted for "other reasons".
The pie chart shows the percentage of persons arrested in the five years ending 1994 and the bar chart shows the most recent reasons for arrest
The pie chart displays the proportion of individuals taken into custody from 1989 to 1994. The bar chart also illustrates the most recent various causes of arrest.
It is worth noting that men were arrested more than women in that period. Furthermore, it is clearly observed from the chart that public drinking was the most common reason for detention in both genders.
The percentage of male detention was 32%, whereas only 9% of females were taken into custody. Public drinking was the most common cause of arrest among women and men at 38% and 31%, respectively. Moreover, males were twice as likely to get arrested as females because of drinking while driving, at nearly 26%. Interestingly, women had a higher percentage of detention rate for assault than men, at 19% compared with 16%. However, getting arrested because of other reasons, breaching of order, and theft was higher among males, with all these offenses standing in the range of 12-18% for both sexes. Based on the chart, there were no given answers for 7% and 5% of women and men, respectively.
You have a complaint about the hotel you stayed at while attending a seminar in a foreign country.
Write a letter to the seminar organiser and say
Dear Mr Smith,
I am Hamid Gholami who was one of the participants of the seminar held last weekend at the Hilton Hotel in Italy. I am writing this letter to make a complaint about what happened during the time when I stayed there.
Some irritating difficulties occurred that were not acceptable for such an international seminar. The most significant one was that those who had a responsibility treated me in an unfriendly way. I asked them several times to speak to the lecturers with whom I would like to share my opinions, but they did not allow me as they mentioned that it was against the seminar rules. Another issue was the low quality of food and services offered by the hotel. All the foods were pre-packaged dishes and local cuisines that were not delicious.
I am willing to complain since I spent a huge amount of money for attending this seminar, yet some of the programs were not according to the seminar brochure and advertisement. Although I could gain some useful and new knowledge from lecturers, it had not the value of paying the high cost of its entry fee.
I believe that if you want to continue throwing future seminars, you should reconsider the staff working for you and the place where the seminar is going to be taken place. It would be better if you or a loyal person on your behalf is present during the seminar to tackle some unexpected problems or enquiries that attendees may have.
I hope you deem my complaint seriously, also my suggestions work for you.
Kind Regards,
Hamid Gholami
You have a complaint about the hotel you stayed at while attending a seminar in a foreign country.
Write a letter to the seminar organiser and say
Dear sir/ madam
I am writing to express my dissatisfaction about the hotel where I stayed during your seminar.
Unfortunately, there were many negative points about this hotel which made me to write this letter. Firstly, the hotel was too noisy and with no proper air conditioning system which I could not sleep well at nights. Secondly, the hotel staff were not friendly and helpful and did nothing when I expressed my complaints and disappointment regarding the poor services. Furthermore, the food quality was terrible and after having two meals there, I preferred to have my food out of this hotel.
All these issues made me dissatisfied with your seminar services. However, as a paid participant I expected more quality and satisfaction. I would suggest you to arrange better and more reputable hotels for your guests in your future programs. This, definitely affects your overall score in the long term and provides better experience for your attendees in the future
All in all, I would like to let you know my disappointment about the hotel you booked for seminar participants, and recommend you to take it into consideration for your future plans.
Yours sincerely,
Samaneh Alidousti
Module: General
The diagram shows how tea leaves are processed into five tea types.
The process of producing five different types of dry tea from the first to the last step is illustrated in the given paragraph.
Overall, it is a seven-stage diagram, demonstrating five various dry tea from the earliest level which is leaf growth.
According to the diagram, the first step of tea production is cultivating tea leaves. Next, they plunk in order to wilt. Then, based on the final tea, the process is different. For instance, if tea leaves were crushed and fully fermentation, after oven drying, as the last step, a small leaf of black tea would produce. However, if they rolled, through full fermentation and the last step, it would result in large-leaf Black tea. In addition, by slight fermentation and the last stage, Oolong tea would produce. What stands out, for green tea, after the third stage like other tea, steaming, rolling and overdrying will produce. The fewest stages belong to making white. Just wilting and heat drying are enough to end up with this kind of tea.
The diagram shows how tea leaves are processed into five tea types.
The diagram illustrates the way that five types of tea are produced by tea leaves. Overall, it can be clearly seen that this procedure follows 4 to 6 stages which depend on the type of tea. The first three stages not only are the same but also the final stage is alike, beginning with growing tea leaves and ending up with oven drying. White tea, after the first three stages which are the same in all types of tea, which means growing tea leaves, plucking, and withering, getting ready after oven drying. Green tea is produced in 6 stages. After passing the first three-stage, followed by steaming, rolling, and before being produced is the oven drying stage. Oolong tea is resemble green tea with a difference, instead of steaming before the rolling is slight fermentation after the rolling. Large leaf black tea is similar to oolong tea with just one difference which is in the 5th stage, instead of slight fermentation, full fermentation has been done, and if crushing is done instead of rolling, small leaf black tea will be produced.
The diagram shows how tea leaves are processed into five tea types.
The diagram illustrates the way in which five different kinds of tea are carried out by their leaves.
Overall, there are seven stages in the whole tea preparing process, beginning with plucking the leaves and ending with drying them into the oven.
To begin, leaves that have grown enough are either plucked by a piece of equipment or manually collected. Then, due to removing these leaves from their stems, they gradually start withering. Following this, only green tea is steamed. Next, roll the steamed leaves, which are related to Green tea, Oolong tea and Large leaf black tea. At the same stage, Small leaf black tea is crushed.
The subsequent stage includes fermentation with a difference in their degree. Small and large leaves of black tea and Oolong tea are gone through a complete and slight fermentation prior to putting them into the oven. In the last stage, the products are placed into a heating machine, where they undergo heat treatment. Finally, the teas are ready for sale.
The diagram shows how tea leaves are processed into five tea types.
The diagram describes the way in which the five different sorts of teas are produced by the tea leaves.
At a glance, all kind of teas comes from the same leaf. However: they undergo different processes to make five kinds of tea.
According to the tea diagram, tea manufacturers experience four same stages. These teas come from leaf growth, then plucked and withering them. Plus, the final step is identical and dried tea in the oven, Whereas the process of tea illustrates some kinds of tea experience extra steps.
First of all, the manufacture of white tea is accompanied by no extra phase. Green tea, Oolong tea, and Large leaf black tea have one more same step, which is rolling, while in Green tea, before rolling steaming happens for green tea. Next, after rolling, slight fermentation of tea in this process makes Oolong tea. Instead of slight fermentation, the tea is manufactured with full fermentation. Subsequently, it makes Large leaf black tea. Finally, producing small-leaf black tea is manufactured by crushing and full fermentation.
The diagram shows how tea leaves are processed into five tea types.
The given diagram illustrates the process of tea leaves into five different types of tea (white tea, green tea, oolong tea, large-leaf black tea, and small-leaf black tea).
overall, it can be seen that all types of tea are produced from the same leaf. However, the manufacturing process is different.
The first three steps (leaf growth, plucking, withering) and the last step (oven drying) are the same for all kinds of teas. However, in the stages between this, different procedures are employed. White tea just needs (plucking, withering, and oven-drying) steps to produce. In producing green tea after the withering stage leaves need to be steamed and rolled. The process of oolong tea after rolling leaves needs a slight fermentation step. When it comes to producing the large leaf black tea, after the rolling stages, full fermentation can be observed. And finally, manufacturing smell leaf black tea involves crushing and full fermentation after the witting stage and before the oven drying stage. The final stage in all kinds of tea is oven drying.
You have a complaint about the hotel you stayed at while attending a seminar in a foreign country.
Write a letter to the seminar organiser and say
Dear Mr. Clarkson,
I am writing this letter to express my deepest dissatisfaction with the accommodation provided to the Project Management Seminar attendees Last August. In fact, the extremely poor state of services and staff conduct were surprisingly disheartening.
Having spent several hours in my flight to Boston, I was expecting a chance to refresh in the comfort of my room at the Jenkins Hotel. However, my dreams were shattered as I learned that my room was mistakenly allocated to another guest, and the staff were quite indifferent to my problem which probably explains why it almost took two hours for them to find me a room. Later on, my first-hand experience was even more disappointing as the room ventilation was faulty for which nothing was done until the last day of my stay.
Having had an experience with holding a seminar in my country not long ago, I understand that the process of finding appropriate accommodation is harder than it may seem to an unexperienced person. Nevertheless, I felt that it was necessary to correspond with you about the matter as I believe the services are received were far from what I was promised and payed for.
Hence, while the past cannot be undone, as a member of Project Managers Society, I consider it my responsibility to help as much as I can for future enhancements. Firstly, in my opinion, your organization needs to ascertain a pleasant stay for the guests by auditing the hotel prior to the seminar and hold the hotel liable in case of any wrongdoing. Additionally, it is probably a productive approach to win the trust of attendees by setting a policy that compensates for any dissatisfaction. I hope you find my proposals worth reviewing and look forward to discussing the matter further with you.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Technology provides us a lot of means to communicate. But now that people have the ability to talk to each other in a wider variety of methods, our communication and social abilities have taken a step back.
Why does technological advance hurt nontechnical communication?
How can we solve this problem?
It is undeniable that people benefit from a wide range of ways to communicate with each other thanks to technological advancements, these days. Although the emergence of this unprecedented condition has facilitated communications, the social skills and effective communication between individuals have deteriorated noticeably. There are apparent reasons why this is happening, yet logical measures can be taken to tackle it.
The scarcity of physical contact can be one of the main drawbacks of technology in bringing people close together. When people find it convenient to make friends and socialize with others in the comfort of their homes, they will lose their tendency to build long-lasting and hospitable relationships through face-to-face meetings. In other words, today’s people take advantage of various social networks to increase the number of those with whom they might share common interests, but their relationships are limited only to following and liking each other’s posts, thereby not having enough time to get to know each other in a depth way. What is more, the main focus of many sophisticated communication mediums is to demonstrate how celebrities' or public figures’ lives are glamorous or how users can establish just job-oriented relationships together. On social networking platforms a negative trend has become ubiquitous, and that is everyone scrambling hard to exaggerate their living conditions, seizing every opportunity to show how they thrive and make a success of life. That is why this fake competition between people to illustrate their artificial lives deters them from coming into contact with each other in a real life and broadening their horizons about those whom they might know.
A number of practical strategies can be implemented both by official authorities and social media users to cope with this detrimental impact of technology. For one, governments should raise their citizens’ awareness about the negative consequences of limiting themselves only to virtual communication. If people know how many how to register on social networks with unreal identities so that they can make a living through fraudulent activities, they will lose their intention in socializing with others through social platforms. Nations can also regulate and monitor people’s interactions on the internet by enforcing some strict rules about how social platforms operate, allowing people to have the chance to meet each other in person. Another possible solution would be holding some regular meetings outside those internet-based platforms by users. People who have similar friends or are in the same groups on social platforms should strive to dedicate part of their communications in person. For example, they can organize weekly gathering meetings in some public places, such as parks and café shops, allowing themselves to have the opportunity to discuss or speak about their personal interests or favourite pursuits. As a result, not only can technology assist them to widen their friends circles, but it also provides them with a situation to learn how to socialize with strangers and improve their social competencies.
In conclusion, it is true to claim that despite various communication methods due to technology, individuals suffer from a social ability to know each other more seriously. This problem is rooted in people’s unawareness about how to use technology, but by employing some basic actions, this negative trend can be fixed effectively.
Technology provides us a lot of means to communicate. But now that people have the ability to talk to each other in a wider variety of methods, our communication and social abilities have taken a step back.
Why does technological advance hurt nontechnical communication?
How can we solve this problem?
With the rapid expansion of technology-based communication, it has become easier and cheaper for people to connect. Nevertheless, it is argued that surprisingly, technological advancements harm our social skills. In this essay, we will discuss why this is so and what are the solutions for this issue.
To begin with, due to the nature of mass communication tools, connecting anytime and anywhere has created problems despite its many benefits. Firstly, over time, people have tended to do their tasks in the simplest way, which has caused a broadening of indolence. Consequently, most folks avoid face-to-face meetings since they prefer to communicate with their friends or colleagues by calling, chatting, or video calling from their homes. Secondly, our contemporary world is more involved in digitization than ever before. The expansion of technology and related entertainment has made people use technological tools such as mobile phones, laptops, and game consoles more. This has caused people to move away from social customs, group entertainment, and out-of-town picnics every day. As a result, the decline of social skills in each generation is quite clear.
Also, there are some solutions to encounter this issue and its results. For instance, governments can promote historical events, festivals, and cultural celebrations. Holding these events in open places and city level not only increases social affinity and communications skills but also can transfer these historical and cultural ceremonies to the next generations. Moreover, teaching social skills in schools is another solution. Since children are at a growing and learning age during school, teaching them how to communicate correctly can become a repetitive pattern for them.
In conclusion, although technology has facilitated our world and presented us with wonderful means of communication with everyone, we should not ignore its drawbacks to live healthier lives.
You have decided to leave your current employment.
Write a letter to your employer. In the letter:
Explain why you have decided to leave the company
Tell your employer what you plan to do after leaving your present employment
Say what you have gained from working for the company.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing to let you know that I have decided to leave the company. Since I decided to move to Canada to live with my brother who has been living in Toronto and our company has no branch in Canada, I have to resign to work in Canada. In addition to that, company policy does not accept remote working which lefts me no option to stay in the company. I hope you will consider my situation favorably.
Let me explain my future plan after leaving my current position.
A few months ago I got a job offer from Ubisoft company in Toronto which is one of the greatest game companies all around the world. They offer includes relocation package so they will cover my relocation costs. But I need to buy a personal laptop because I had used companies laptop for work and I do not own a sufficient laptop for work purposes.
I would like to say thank you and the company for all the valuable skills taught to me. In fact, I have gained huge experience in game design in the company. In addition to that, I improved my soft skills such as communication and time management during my tasks which made me a better programmer.
Thanks for your consideration.
Yours faithfully,
Yousefi
The diagram illustrates the process that is used to manufacture bricks for the building industry.
The given flow chart indicates the way in which bricks are produced for the construction industry.
Overall, there are seven distinct stages in the brick manufacturing process, commencing with digging of the clay and ending with transportation of the bricks to their destinations.
To begin, the clay is dug up from the ground by a digger truck. Next, this clay is put onto a metal grid and then rolled simultaneously resulting in smaller pieces of clay. In the third step, sand and water are added, and this mixture is turned into bricks by either using a wire cutter or placing it into a mould. Following this, these bricks are kept in an oven to dry for 24–48 hours.
Once they are dried, they go through a 3-step process, from the initial heating to the eventual cooling. They are heated in a kiln at a moderate (200-980C) and then a high temperature (870-1300C), followed by a cooling process in a chamber for 48–72hours, which is approximately 24 hours longer than the previous drying process. Having completed all of these stages, the ready bricks are packed and delivered to the customers.
You have decided to leave your current employment.
Write a letter to your employer. In the letter:
Explain why you have decided to leave the company
Tell your employer what you plan to do after leaving your present employment
Say what you have gained from working for the company.
Dear Mr. Philips
I am writing to inform you that unfortunately I have to resign from your company duo to some reasons.
The reason that I have to stop working in Green company is that I should immigrate to London. This is because my brother, who was the only caregiver of my mother, passed away yesterday. Therefore, although it is really hard for me to leave this office, I have to go to London to take care of my mother and keep her company.
To earn money in London, I have planned to find a job. Thus, I have applied for several IT companies, but I am sure they are not as prosperous as yours. Moreover, since finding a new career can be time-consuming I can take some computer courses in London during this gap.
During working in your firm, I have gained a great deal of experience. Firstly, I have learned how to use difference software from my kind colleagues. Moreover, it used to be hard for me to cooperate in a team; however, after working in your firm for several years I have learned how to work with a teammate. Finally, you taught me to be determined and not to give up whenever I face a problem.
I am appreciative of your support and hope you will be successful as always.
Yours sincerely,
Merry Yazdi
You have decided to leave your current employment.
Write a letter to your employer. In the letter:
Explain why you have decided to leave the company
Tell your employer what you plan to do after leaving your present employment
Say what you have gained from working for the company.
Dear Mr. Richard,
I am writing this letter with a heavy heart to inform you about my intent to resign from the company. Having spent about a decade in your company, this was not an easy decision to make, for which I believe I owe you an explanation.
Of all the possible reasons for my resignation, our last talk was my incentive. As you know, I have always dreamt of starting my own business and the only thing that hindered my advance toward this goal was my fear of failure. Your talk gave me the courage to take a leap of faith for which I am deeply grateful.
I have already taken a few steps. Currently, my lawyer is doing the paperwork for establishing the company. Upon my departure from the company, my partners and I will focus on providing management insight into the investment outlooks of various companies, and we will have to work hard to find our first client.
Finding the first client seems to be hard and filled with uncertainty. This would have been an impossible task had I not learned from my years of working under your supervision to welcome the challenge. Furthermore, working for the company through these years has blessed me with some important skills such as negotiation and time management. These skills, in my view, will be essential in my upcoming endeavor and I am thankful to you for shaping me into a confident consultant. Lastly, I hope we stay in touch after my departure and please know that I will be happy to provide any help should the need ever arise as I believe we are a family not mere colleagues.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Dear Mr. Richard,
I am writing this letter with a heavy heart to inform you about my intent to resign from the company. Having spent about a decade in your company, this was not an easy decision to make, for which I believe I owe you an explanation.
Of all the possible reasons for my resignation, our last talk was my incentive. As you know, I have always dreamt of starting my own business and the only thing that hindered my advance toward this goal was my fear of failure. Your talk gave me the courage to take a leap of faith for which I am deeply grateful.
I have already taken a few steps. Currently, my lawyer is doing the paperwork for establishing the company. Upon my departure from the company, my partners and I will focus on providing management insight into the investment outlooks of various companies, and we will have to work hard to find our first client.
Finding the first client seems to be hard and filled with uncertainty. This would have been an impossible task had I not learned from my years of working under your supervision to welcome the challenge. Furthermore, working for the company through these years has blessed me with some important skills such as negotiation and time management. These skills, in my view, will be essential in my upcoming endeavor and I am thankful to you for shaping me into a confident consultant. Lastly, I hope we stay in touch after my departure and please know that I will be happy to provide any help should the need ever arise as I believe we are a family not mere colleagues.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
The diagram illustrates the process that is used to manufacture bricks for the building industry.
The given diagram depicts diverse steps and machinery applied to brick production for the construction industry.
Overall, manufacturing bricks which is a linear and man-made process can be outlined clearly in seven consecutive steps, starting with digging clay and ending with delivering the packed bricks to the industrial sectors.
The process commences with digging clay by excavators. In the subsequent step, metal grids configured with fine meshes are employed to sift the clay on the conveyor belt. After blending the sifted clay with sand as well as water, the mixed materials are formed into rectangular-shaped pieces by pouring the materials into moulds or using wire cutter equipment. Bricks then are dried in the oven which approximately requires time between 24 and 48 hours.
The process proceeds with baking bricks in the kiln during the two stages. In the first stage, they are moderately heated under temperatures between 200 and 980 centigrade and then undergo the process with higher temperatures ranging from 870 to 1300 centigrade. Before packing the bricks, it is required that they are maintained in the cooling chamber between 48 and 72 hours. Eventually, the packed products are delivered to the industry for construction projects.
The diagram illustrates the process that is used to manufacture bricks for the building industry.
The diagram shows different steps of brick manufacturing for the building industries. Overall, there are seven stages, which start with digging and delivering by the end of the processes.
To begin with, the clay is gathered by a special digger and then passed through a roller machine which filters clay with a grid metal. After, filtered clay is mixed with sand and water. This process is followed by two main means to produce bricks. It can either be put in a particular mould or get with a wire cutter to be shaped. In the next stage, bricks must be held in a drying oven for 24-48 hours in order to get ready for transfer into the first kiln. There, bricks are heated at a moderate temperature, about 200 to 980 C. Then they are heated in a second kiln under a high temperature from 870 to 1300 C. Finally, they are cooled in a chamber for two or three days then are packaged and delivered as it is given by the graph.
To summarize, the processes of manufacturing bricks contain collecting, filtering, shaping, drying, heating, cooling, and packing to delivery.
Some people think that schools should prioritize teaching students practical skills for the workplace, while others believe that schools should focus on academic subjects such as science and math. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.
A number of individuals present the view that instructing practical skills ought to be an overriding priority in schools. Nonetheless, others are of the opinion that academic courses exceed other subjects in importance in schools. To some extent, I agree with the former idea and I will support my argument in the following essay.
It is an undeniable fact that teaching theoretical courses such as math is one of the most important objectives in schools. A vast number of students are inclined to continue studying at university and they can pass a university entrance exam provided that they have in-depth knowledge of academic courses. Furthermore, learning basic courses such as math and science can be highly beneficial for students who are massive fans of becoming professor at universities.
On the other hand, although I admit the benefits of learning fundamental courses, I opine that acquiring practical skills can be of more significance in comparison with other courses because of many compelling reasons. Firstly, numerous students want to be recruited in the future, and in this day and age, companies are willing to employ people who have detailed knowledge of practical issues. Secondly, becoming familiar with real-life courses and success are inextricably bound up with each other. A sizeable number of successful people believe that even though practical courses were conspicuous by their absence in their school curriculum, they have acquired them in different ways. Without learning these courses, becoming a successful person would be neither feasible nor achievable.
To sum up, in spite of the upsides of academic subjects, I embrace that learning real-life courses can be highly worthwhile for being employed and becoming successful in the future.
The diagram illustrates the process that is used to manufacture bricks for the building industry.
The flow chart depicts the steps in which the bricks are produced for the building industry.
Overall, there are 7 incessant sections in the production process of a brick, starting with digging up the clay and finishing with the delivery of them to the seller.
First of all, the clay should be dug up by a huge digger in order to make them into metal grids. Then, they are rolled on a roller. Next, some amount of sand and water are added to the products of the previous stage to be prepared for the shaping or cutting section. In this section, bricks are shaped rectangular by a wire cutter or a mould.
In the subsequent stage, a dryer is used to decrease the humidity of bricks for about 1 to 2 days. After passing this residence time, the dried bricks are sent to a stage-wised chamber in which the bricks are heated in 2 kiln stages from a moderate temperature to a high one. Then, they are cooled in a cooling chamber for a residence time of about 2 to 3 days. Finally, after they are relocated, the packaged bricks are transported by a truck to the customers.
You recently had a problem with a product or service that you purchased, and you have decided to write a letter of complaint to the company. Write a letter to the company, explaining the problem and the action you expect the company to take.
In your letter:
Describe the problem you experienced
Explain how this problem has affected you
State what you expect the company to do to resolve the issue
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing to complain about a Bosh washing machine that I have bought from your shop.
Last week I purchased a silver washing machine which was delivered the next day. I was so excited about my purchase as I heard that the products of Bosh are durable. However, after loading this machine for two times, it does not work properly and leaves most of the clothes neither clean nor dry.
This faulty product has caused some problems for me. This is because I put some of my branded clothes in the washing machine and now there are some stains on them. Even I took these clothes to a laundry, but the stains have not been removed yet.
I am absolutely furious as your shop assistant ensured me that this product works without any problem which was not true. Since this machine is under six-year warranty, I am entitled to ask for it to be replaced or repaired. As I am not satisfied with my purchase, I would like to return it and I expect you to call me personally.
I await your prompt response.
Yours faithfully
Mery Yazdi
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart depicts chosen destination for British immigrants for 4 consecutive years.
Overall, it is clear that Australia was by far the most popular destination for British immigrants in four years. While New Zealand and the USA were the least popular among other countries to them.
In 2004, around 40 thousand Britons chose Australia to immigrate to. Spain was also a favourite destination with around 35 thousand British immigrants. The number of immigrants to New Zealand, the USA, and France was almost similar (just under 25 thousand each). One year later, the number of immigrants to France rose dramatically to approximately 35 thousand. In contrast, the figure for immigration to the USA fell to just under 20 thousand. The number of Britons who moved to Australia, New Zealand, and Spain, however, remained stable.
In 2006, immigration to Australia reached a peak of around 50 thousand. While the figure for France decreased by around 10 thousand. Immigration to Spain and New Zealand also declined but by a negligible amount. After one year, immigration to New Zealand, the USA, and France was similarly around 20 thousand. While the number of British immigrants in Australia and Spain was approximately 45 and 27 thousand respectively.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The given bar chart depicts how many British people emigrated to five various destinations over a five-year period, beginning in 2004 and ending in 2007. What stands out from the chart is that throughout the period, it was Australia which remained the most popular terminal.
Australia, the pioneer in the entire period, was the choice of just below 40,000 people in its minimum amount in 2005, which was about at least 6,000 higher than Spain, having the second most emigrated state, peaked in this very year, having around 35,000 participants, and was approximately twice the USA, having the fewest amount, and its maximum in 2006, was just over 50,000 numbers, was bigger than the amount of emigration to the sum up of New Zealand and the USA, being just over two tenths and approximately one fourth respectively, and at least fifteen thousands higher than the Spain or France.
On the other hand, the losers, France, New Zealand and the USA all together have been the destination of fewer British people than the sum up of the two previous countries. Among these three nations, New Zealand had the fewest change in the number, but it had a slight decline each year over the whole period. The other two, the USA and France fluctuated, having just over 20,000 in their minimums, and seeing approximately 24,000 and 33,000 in their maximums, in order.
While the most emigration was happen in 2006, from the UK to Australia, the least of it belonged to France in the next year, turned to the less favourite destination despite its third place in its two years ago.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart compares the number of British immigrants to five different countries during the three-year period from 2004 to 2007.
It is obvious that Australia was by far the most popular destination country among the British over the period shown, in particular in 2006. France saw a noticeable decline in the years 2005, 2006, and 2007, unlike the first year.
The emigration to Spain decreased only marginally from just fewer than 35 thousand to roughly 28 thousand, except in 2005, with a mere increase compared to last year. France saw a remarkable rise between 2004 and 2005, as it reached the same position as Spain in 2005, but suddenly the trend changed, as the figure became half that of the beginning of the period.
New Zealand and the USA generally maintain the last positions, averaging approximately 20 thousand. New Zealand had a slight downward trend falling to about 20 thousand at the end of this period, while the USA experienced a period of erratic behavior.
You recently had a problem with a product or service that you purchased, and you have decided to write a letter of complaint to the company. Write a letter to the company, explaining the problem and the action you expect the company to take.
In your letter:
Describe the problem you experienced
Explain how this problem has affected you
State what you expect the company to do to resolve the issue
Dear Mr. Simpson,
I have been a client of your establishment for many years and I am writing this letter as a result of a disappointing experience with your team’s performance regarding my latest purchase. Unfortunately, the poor performance of the technician has left me with no choice but to seek your assistance.
Per my annual routine, I contacted your company to hire the services of a technician to overhaul the air-conditioning system before the hot season. Everything seemed to be normal and a day for the house visit was set by the staff. However, on the scheduled day the specialist sent was not only late but also had forgotten some tools. The situation was further complicated as the person claimed that I was liable to pay for his services despite not having finished the job.
As a result of this poor conduct which is contradictory to my image of your company, all my plans for the day which included an important work meeting were ruined and I was further disheartened by being forced to pay for the services I have yet to receive. Thus, I decided to contact the customer services unit of the company and ask for either a refund or a new technician which has been to no avail so far.
Therefore, as a loyal customer of your company, I would like to request that you endeavor to preserve the perfect image of your company by firstly providing me with some explanation regarding the reasons behind the complications I have had to endure. Additionally, I would like to be compensated for the money I have paid which could include a second visit by another professional. Naturally, I hold my rights as a customer to follow the matter through legal channels should my letter remain unanswered within a week.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The given column bar chart compares five different countries as the main destinations of British Emigration from 2004 to 2007.
Looking from an overall perspective reveals that Australia was the most popular destination compared to other countries and the rate of emigration was almost a downward trend among destinations except Australia over the period. It should be noted that figures are given in a thousand scale.
Australia with about 45 emigrations was the chief destination, while New Zeland and the USA ranked last alike(with about 20 emigrations). Spain and France ranked second and third, respectively, in which the former and the latter accepted about 30 and 25 emigrations in order.
On the contrary to other countries, Australia in 2004 accepted just above 40 emigrations and after a fluctuation in the middle years (2005 and 2006) in 2007 experienced a larger number of emigration, that was about 45 emigrations. Other countries like Spain and New Zeland quite faced with a reduction in the number of emigrations, which were about 8 emigrations for Spain and about 2.5 for New Zeland based on a comparison between the first and the last year of the period. Although the USA and France showed an oscillation, especially in the initial years of the time period, they also lost a part of emigrations (about 2.5 and 2 emigrations for the USA and France, respectively) over the period.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart compares the number of British people emigrating to five different destinations from 2004 to 2007.
Overall, the most popular place to move to was Australia for British emigrants, while the USA and New Zealand were among the leasts popular countries throughout the period.
In 2004, emigration to Australia stood at just over 40000 people, which was approximately 6000 higher than for Spain, and twice as high as the other three countries. Apart from a jump to a peak of around 52000 in 2006, the number of British emigrants to Australia remained relatively stable at an average of 40000 people over the period.
The second most popular country for Britians to move to was Spain, which experienced a fall in the number of emigrants, ending at bellow 30000 in 2007. Despite this, the figure was still higher than for the remaining three countries. On average, almost 20000 people emigrated to New Zealand per year, while the number of people leaving for the USA flactuated between 20000 and 25000 people during the given period.
As for as France, although it witnessed a remarkable increase to around 35000 people in the year 2005, it was the least popular country among British emigrants at the end of the period, with just under 20000 people moving there.
sepideh arabi/ Ac
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart illustrates the number of British people who selected five different nations as a destination over a three-year period, starting from 2004.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that although the number of people who wanted to emigrate to another country witnessed a decline in four out of the five countries, the reverse was true for people who seleceted Australia across the whole period shown in the graph.
In 2004, the figure for people selecting Austrialia stood at just over 40,000, which was approximately as high as that for New Zealand. Over the course of 2 years, the number of people interested in emigrating to Austrailia increased dramatically by 10,000, whereas that of saw a marginal drop of nearly 3,000. From 2006 onwards, these figures declined by around 8,000 and 1,000, respectively.
With regard to other countries, by 2007, the number of people who were inclined to emigrate to Spain had dropped from around 35,000 to 26,000. Similarly, there was a marked decline in the number of people selecting the USA of roughly 3,000 over the same period. Regarding France, between 2004 and 2005, the figure for people choosing France increased to around 35,000, after which it declined to just under 20,000 until 2007.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart provides information on the number of emigrants from the UK to 5 different countries over the period of 2004 to 2007.
Overall, it can be clearly seen that Australia was by far the most popular destination for the whole investigated period.
Considering Australia, the number of travelers has been flat at just under 40 thousand for two years in a row and reached a peak of above 50 thousand people in 2006 which was the highest ever-recorded among all the data. On the other hand, Spain has beaten France into third place with a slight downward trend from about 35 thousand to fewer than 30 thousand people. It is worth mentioning that France experienced substantial fluctuations in its record figures.
Turning to New Zealand and the USA as the last choice of emigration for the British, even though the total number of emigrations was quite the same and around 20 thousand at each year, New Zealand has been chosen by fewer people over time while there were variations with regard to that of the USA.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart Compares the number of British immigrants who selected five different countries from 2004 to 2007.
It is clear that Australia was far more popular over four years compared with the other four destinations. It can also be seen that Spain and France were the second selected countries in 2005.
Looking at the information in more detail, the number of British people that selected Australia considerably increased from the initial more than 40000 in 2004 and reached just above 50000 in 2006. Although there was a slight fall in the selection of Spain, it was the second most popular destination to immigrate among British immigrants.
There was a gradual drop among the four countries, while there were fluctuations in the number of people that chose the USA and France, from 24000 to 20000 and from 22000 to 18000 respectively. In 2004, more than 30000 people selected Spain, while the figure in 2007 was 28000.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The number of British people emigrating to five distinct countries (Australia, Spain, New Zealand, USA, France) between 2004 and 2007 are compared on the given bar charts. What stands out from the data is that although Australia was the most popular destination where the British immigrants chose to move to, the rate of emigration to other countries decreased throughout the period, with France being the lowest.
The lion's share of British emigrants (almost 40000) preferred going to Australia at the outset of the period, after which it saw a slight decline in 2005. Spain accepted just 34000 emigrants from the UK, making it the second favorite destination in the first two years. Although the number of movers to Australia experienced a surge to 51,000, which was twice as high as Spain in 2006, both of them lost their popularity over the time. In the final year, 42000 and 28000 UK citizens decided to settle in Australia and Spain, respectively.
New Zealand, where 22,000 British residents departed for in 2004, observied a declining trend to 20000 in 2007. USA and France were both the less comfortable countries, being the second home for almost 23000 UK citizens in 2004. In the following years, while the former fluctuated between 23000 and 20000, the latter jumped to 33000 in 2005, then continually dropped and ended up at 19000.
Zahra Teymouri
AC
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The provided bar chart illustrates the most popular destinations for British immigrants over a three-year period from 2004.
Overall, the data reveals that Australia and Spain were the top two destinations for British immigrants during this period, while all countries, except Australia, experienced a decline in the number of immigrants over this timefram.
In terms of the most popular destinations, it is evident that Australia had the highest number of immigrants, accounting for 40% of the total in 2004, after a drop by 2006 peaked at more than half of the total number of immigrants. However, there was a decline of approximately 10% towards the end of the period. Spain, the second most popular destination, experienced a decline of 10%, dropping from a high of 35% to a low of 25%.
Regarding the remaining countries, the data shows that the USA, New Zealand, and France had a similar level of popularity, starting at around 23%. However, the USA and New Zealand experienced fluctuations before hitting a low of one-fifth of the total, whereas ther was a twofold increase in 2005 for that of France before declining to less than one-third in 2007, representing 18%.
Dorna Nezami
Academic
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The provided bar chart illustrates the proportion of destinations that British people had selected to emigrate, which was divided into five significant countries, from 2004 to 2007.
In general, it can be observed that the vast majority of British immigrated to Australia throughout the period, while the opposite was true for both New Zealand and the USA. Also, it can be notable that the 2006 year has experienced a gradual increase in the whole countries.
As can be seen from the chart, Australia was the most attractive place for individuals, with approximately 50 thousand people in 2006 and almost 40 thousand in other years. Meanwhile, there had an equal figure for Spain of over 30000 migrants from 2004 to 2006, however, the number of people decreased marginally to under 30000 for the rest of the period.
Looking at the bar chart in more detail, the figure for New Zealand was similar roughly, 20 thousand over the period. Likewise, there has been an equal proportion of the United States, nearly over 20 thousand and under 20000 in (2004, 2006) and (2005, 2007) respectively. Moreover, a significant increase was seen in the figure for France, around 30000 in 2005, which was twice as much as the figure for 2007 and the number of people in 2004 and 2006 were lower than that of 2005.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart illustrates the number of people from Great Britain who emigrated to other countries over four years, from 2004 to 2007.
Generally, the International Passenger Survey demonstrated that Australia was the first destination for emigration among British people in all given years, followed by Spain. However, the lowest number of British emigrants was observed in New Zealand and the USA.
According to the data, in 2004, Australia habituated the most British emigrants (more than 40000), while New Zealand, France, and the USA were involved in the lowest intent, which constituted approximately 22000. One year after that, Australia was still at the top of the emigration list (lower than 40000), whereas the USA indicated the lowest number of British emigrants, which was about 20000. In 2006, Australia stayed first ranked in emigration like before (nearly 50000), while New Zealand showed the lowest number of British emigrants, which was about 21000. Finally, in 2007, Australia displayed the most number of British emigrants similar to previous years (nearly 42000) in comparison to France as the last option for emigration (approximately 18000).
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The given bar chart depicts the number of British people emigrating to five different countries from 2004 to 2007 in thousands. Overall, it can be seen that people were most interested in choosing Australia as their destination in this period, while Spain and New Zealand experienced decreases and there were significant fluctuations in the number of immigrants to the USA and France.
It is noticeable that Australia was the most popular country for the people of England to emigrate to. It had a figure of more than 40,000 in 2004, which underwent a slight fall in the next year, before reaching a maximum of roughly 52,000 in 2006. In the last year, it fell markedly to the number of around 44,000. Spain and New Zealand had downward trends. The former started at 35,000 and although it saw a very gentle increase in 2005, it gradually decreased to about 27,000 by the end of the period. The latter fell slightly, beginning from approximately 25,000 and culminating with 20,000.
The trends for the USA show some variations, since from 25,000 in 2004, it declined to less than 20,000 in a year and it reached its first figure again in 2006. However, there was a dramatic fall of 5,000 after that. France fluctuated widely from more than 20,000 to a peak of almost 35,000, followed by noticeable declines to about 18,000 in 2007, which is the lowest number on the chart.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart compared the number of British people who emigrated to Australia, Spain, New Zealand, the USA, and France over a period of four years.
It is clear that Australia was the most popular country for British emigrants while Spain and France come is the second destinations. New Zealand and Spain were the least popular country compared to the other three nations over the four periods.
In 2004, the figure for people who emigrated to Australia was just under 40 thousand, whereas that of Spain was lower at roughly 34 thousand. Over the following two years, the figure for Australia saw a rise of 10 thousand. By contrast, the number of Spain decreased by 2 thousand. Between 2006 and 2007, these figures declined by 42 and 28 thousand respectively.
The other three nations that people emigrated there between 2004 and 2007 were New Zealand, the USA, and France. In 2004, the number of British people who emigrated to these countries was around 22, 23 and 21 thousand respectively, but France overtook the other two nations' British emigrants at 32 thousand in 2005. Over the next 2 years, there was a gradual drop in the number of British people who emigrated to France from 32 to 19 thousand, while the USA decalin only slightly.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The presented bar chart provides information about the number of British people who moved to five countries between 2004 and 2007.
Overall, what stands out from the chart is that throughout the period Australia was the most popular country for immigrants among these studied countries.
In the year 2004, just over 40000 British people went to Australia. Spain was the second most popular country for British people to move to (34000 immigrants). The number of British people who chose New Zealand, the USA, and France was approximately equal in 2004 (about 23000 people). In 2005, The number of people emigrating to Australia fell to just under 40000. However, this remained still the most popular country. Spain and France saw the equal number of British immigrants in this year (35000 people). And just over 20000 and just under 20000 British people went to New Zealand and the USA, respectively.
In the year 2006, Australia experienced the highest number of British immigrants with about 50000. For other countries, the number of Britishs moving to them in 2006 was almost comparable with their number in the year 2004. Lastly, all countries except Australia had the least number of British immigrants in 2007.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart compares the rate of emigration among the UK public to distinct countries, namely Australia, Spain, New Zealand, the UAS, and France, over a four-year period.
Overall, it can clearly be seen that Australia was the most popular destination for British migrants. It is also noticeable that a tiny portion of migrants accounted for New Zealand, the USA, and France during the period of four years.
According to the bar chart, the number of British people who were into emigrating to Australia stood at just above 40 thousand in 2004. However, it boomed to nearly 50000 in 2006. It, finally, dropped by approximately 10 thousand by the end of the period. In the year 2004, roughly 33000 migratory British selected Spain as their destination country. This number remained almost unchanged until 2006, but decreased from about 32000 in 2006 to around 27000 in 2007.
The quantity of migration to New Zealand witnessed a slight decline from 23000 in 2004 to 20000 in 2007. This rate in the UAS saw a small fluctuation between 20 thousand and 25 thousand. Although the number of migrants in France reached a peak of 33000 in 2005, it plunged to a trough of just under 20000 in 2007.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The provided chart compares British emigration in five countries from 2004 to 2007.
Overall, the prominent emigration destination for British people has been Australia. Besides Australia, all countries saw decreases in the number of British emigrants.
In 2004, about 40 thousand Britons emigrated to Australia and the number dropped slightly in 2005. In 2006, by a surge to over 50000, Australia allocated the largest portion of British emigrants among others, while the number decreased to approximately 44000 after one year. Spain with about 34000 emigrants in 2004 constitutes the second emigration destination for the British people and after an imperceptible rise in the next year, the number declined to 27000 by 2007. Emigration to New Zealand tamped down steadily from 23 to 20 thousand.
With roughly 23 thousand emigrants, the USA and France had the same number of emigrants in 2004. whilst the number of British emigrants to France rose dramatically to 33000, in the USA it underwent a diminution to 18000. Both countries had around 25000 British emigrants in 2006 and witnessed a decline in 2007. Britain's emigration to France had the lowest figure in 2007 which is under 20000.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar charts depict the number of Brits that over the period of four years emigrated from the UK to five different countries around the world. A first glance at the chart reveals that Australia was the favorite destination for the British. Meanwhile, New Zealand and The USA were the last choices for them to emigrate.
In 2004, approximately 40000 and 35000 British emigrated to Australia and Spain, respectively, and these numbers were being continued to the same level in the next year. However, in 2006, Australia’s figure significantly increased to slightly more than 51000, and for Spain, this figure fell down to almost 32000. In 2007, this statistic was in the vicinity of 42000 for Australia and 28000 for Spain.
Other countries attracted a small number of British expatriates. In the period of 2004 and 2007, between 23000 and 20000 British, each year emigrated to New Zealand. Meanwhile, these numbers for the USA were between 24000 and 19000 annually. It is also evident that, in 2004, almost 23000 British immigrated to France. This number grew to 33000 in the next year, and then declined to 25000 and 19000 in 2006 and 2007, respectively.
Some people think that robots are important for human’s future development. Others think that robots have negative effects on society. Discuss both views and give your opinion
In recent years, the development and integration of robots in society have become a topic of debate. While some people argue that robots are essential for future human development, others are concerned about their negative effects on society. In this essay, I will discuss both views and provide my opinion on the matter.
On the one hand, proponents of robots argue that they are crucial for human progress. Robots can perform tasks that are dangerous or difficult for humans, such as exploring space or carrying out complex surgeries. Additionally, robots can complete repetitive and mundane jobs, freeing up time and resources for humans to focus on more creative and challenging work. Moreover, robots can help improve efficiency and productivity, leading to economic growth and job creation.
On the other hand, critics of robots believe that they have negative effects on society. One of the main concerns is that robots will replace human jobs, leading to unemployment and economic inequality. Additionally, robots lack empathy and emotional intelligence, which are essential for human interaction. This could lead to a decline in social skills and ultimately harm the social fabric of society. Furthermore, robots could potentially malfunction or be hacked, posing a significant threat to human safety and security.
In conclusion, the debate surrounding the use of robots in society is complex and multifaceted. In my opinion, while robots have the potential to bring numerous benefits to society, their development and use should be carefully monitored and regulated. We should prioritize the creation of robots that can complement and enhance human abilities, rather than replace them. Moreover, we should invest in education and training programs to ensure that people can adapt and acquire new skills as technology continues to evolve. It is crucial to strike a balance between innovation and caution to ensure that robots contribute to human progress without causing harm.
Some people think that robots are important for human’s future development. Others think that robots have negative effects on society. Discuss both views and give your opinion
Among the numerous breakthroughs in modern science, the field of robotics has garnered remarkable attention and simultaneously divided opinions. While some believe that a cautious approach should be adopted while dealing with this issue, others note the ways that robots might revolutionise our daily lives. Despite both sides having their points, I personally believe that robotics should be embraced with all its downsides. In this essay, a summary of both stances will be given, while trying to reach a middle ground in the end.
People have a general tendency to resist anything unfamiliar when it comes to real life, and robots, in spite of having been present in a variety of media in the previous decades, are not excluded. Among the fears of many lies their reluctance to be under constant surveillance, an ambiguous feature of robots that totalitarian governments can easily exploit. Furthermore, with the emergence of machines as the primary source of the workforce, human labour will be gradually made redundant and enormous numbers of people will be dismissed from their work.
On the other hand, many experts assert that the need for human workforce will never diminish, as robots themselves are in need of upkeep and maintenance. Besides, the advent of robot-run factories and civil services entails a more efficient economy and production of value, which if distributed in egalitarian measures, leads to decreased working time for humans and notably richer hours they could spend with their families. Last but not least, there exists a set of undesirable jobs and domestic chores that will be left to robots to mitigate their physical and emotional burden on men and women.
In conclusion, while there are several pros and cons ascribed to the use of robots in society, I presume the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages. However, the prerequisite would be a regulatory body that comprises experts from various fields, ranging from mechanics to anthropology and social sciences. If robots are to be introduced as our regular acquaintances, a number of inherently complex issues should be addressed first to maximise their good for everyone.
Some people think that robots are important for human’s future development. Others think that robots have negative effects on society. Discuss both views and give your opinion
Some people think that robots are important for human future development. Others think that robots have negative effects on society. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.
Several individuals assert that robots will have beneficial effects on humanity’s life in the future, however, others believe that they have unfavorable outcomes for society. There are arguments on both sides of this contention topic, which will be discussed in this essay, followed by my own take on the matter.
On the one hand, some people hold the view that robots will improve human future living conditions. Firstly, the more robots are used to perform tasks, difficult for people, the faster and more accurately tasks are expected to be completed. To put it differently, automatons have been planned to carry out tasks, especially detail-oriented jobs, quicker and with relatively few errors. Take surgeries, requiring less human error and high precision, as an obvious example; it has been proven that they can be performed by robots better than humans. Moreover, these mechanical men are always available. They do not need to sleep or take breaks. Thus, they can be used in businesses such as customer service work and banking.
On the other hand, some individuals hold the opinion that robots affect negatively people’s life. To begin with, since robots are machines, working via computer algorithms, they require deep technical knowledge and tools to work. Therefore, lack of access to experts and relevant equipment, which are expensive, in an area is likely to lead to serious problems in society. Furthermore, when it is preferred to take advantage of robots in conducting tasks, it is expected to eliminate human jobs and increase the unemployment rate and its irreparable consequences. For instance, it has been reported that in some developed countries like Japan in which robots play a leading role in performing work instead of human labor, people suffer from unemployment.
To conclude, there are valid arguments on both sides of the controversy, however, it is my firm conviction that automatons are likely to develop human future life, provided that they are used in a balanced and controlled manner.
Shabnam Tannazian/GT
Some people think that robots are important for human’s future development. Others think that robots have negative effects on society. Discuss both views and give your opinion
It is often argued that only through taking advantage of robots will humans be able to achieve major breakthroughs in the future. Although some subscribe to the view that robots can bring about an avalanche of benefits for humans, I would adopt a rather ambivalent
attitude toward this statement.
There may prove to be several underlying reasons why some state categorically that robots can make an appreciable contribution to our life. Firstly, accuracy and restlessness, often regarded as great features of robots, might seem to be conspicuous by their absence in some actions of many humans. Not only will they be capable of accomplishing their tasks more promptly and efficiently, but they also would obey commands without questioning. It may therefore come as no surprise that the general public, particularly scientists, is inclined to have a robot as an assistant. Secondly, with the modern lifestyle keeping us swamped with myriads of everyday tasks, people might appear to have neither the time nor the energy to pay particular attention to their families and friends. Thus, robots are capable of helping us to do our daily affairs more easily and faster, thereby leaving us plenty of time by which we enjoy moments with our loved ones. Finally, basking in the glory of robots, scientists have a world of opportunities at their fingertips to conduct scientific research into other planets and broaden their horizons of knowledge about other galaxies. Were it not for the Mars rover, Nasa would have failed to develop our knowledge about this barren planet.
On the other hand, mounting evidence shows that negative consequences will assuredly abound if robots' growth is not curbed. First, we should not overlook the fact that the creation and maintenance of robots with cutting-edge technology are too expensive. It would probably mean that a considerable amount of the government budget would be dedicated to the development of robots, while less attention would be paid to other important subjects in society, such as education and health, most of which are in dire need of generous budgets. Moreover, there is little doubt in the fact that an overwhelming majority of companies would profit from rabots, which are far more affordable as well as efficient than the human workforce, leading to nothing but a high rate of unemployment in the society. Last but not least, from a psychological point of view, people interacting with robots in their houses barely tend to be a part of society and develop their social network. The belief is that this phenomenon would raise the rate of depression and anxiety in the communities.
In conclusion, despite the aforementioned factors regarding the merits of robots, I do believe these smart machines would carry troubling consequences for society.
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused. In your letter:
- Details of your stay, including the dates and room number,
- A description of the problems you experienced such as poor room service or noisy neighbors,
- An explanation of how the problems affected your stay and your business trip,
- A request for compensation, such as a refund or a discount on a future day.
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am writing this letter to express my dissatisfaction regarding problems, which I struggled with in your hotel. I stayed in the hotel for 4 days due to a business trip, from April 10th to 14th, in room number 104, which had been booked by one of my colleagues.
Unfortunately, during these days, there was a lot of annoying noise in the environment because of maintenance actions next to my room. Although I asked for changing my room, it was neglected by your staff. In addition, I did not receive services properly. For instance, the internet connection did not run properly, thus, I could not keep in touch with my colleagues.
Since I dealt with a challenging project, which required high-level concentration I was unable to focus on them due to the problems pointed out above. Therefore, I failed to complete the project on time.
Considering paying a substantial cost, I was wondering if you could possibly refund my payment entirely. Otherwise, compensation in the form of a complementary room on my following trip would be warranted. I can be contacted at the Email address provided.
I am looking forward to hearing your swift response.
Yours sincerely,
Shabnam Lee
Shabnam Tannazian/GT
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing this letter to bring to your attention some problems I encountered while staying at your Tehran hotel. I am Kimia Seyfi, and I was at your hotel during my one-week business trip.
Your hotel was booked by my company to accommodate me during my trip to Tehran. My room number was 13E, and I settled there from 25th April to 2nd May. It was a single room located on the 10th floor of the hotel. Although it overlooked spectacular views of the town, I faced some problems which did not allow me to enjoy my stay.
Unfortunately, there were some difficulties in chiefly in my room. When I arrived, I figured out the air conditioner is broken, and the toilet flush did not also work. While I informed the front desk about the problems, they did not appear receptive and no action was taken to solve the issues.
Owing to the hot weather, I found it hard to stay in the room and work during the day, making me spend a considerable amount of my time in the lobby. In addition to it, I had to use public toilets because of the broken toilet flush which was annoying. These problems adversely affected my performance and I could not accomplish my responsibilities well.
I suggest that you need to check all the convenient facilities to make sure they work properly before your guests arrive. It also marks your respect to your customers if you change their room in case of any problems. I would be grateful if you make some form of restitution to me as a gesture of goodwill.
I am looking forward to hearing from you, and I hope you take my suggestion into consideration.
Yours faithfully,
Kimia Seyfi
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing to complain about the poor service of your hotel and seek compensation.
I stayed in room 102 from 1st of April to the 10th of April. However, during my stay at Green hotel I had many problems.
There are some reasons why I am not satisfied with your hotel service. First of all, my room was neither spotless nor quiet. There were some stains on my bedsheet and smelly pillow which were revolting. Also, my next-door neighbor made a great deal of noise at night. Although I called the receptionist to solve this problem, they did not care about it.
The issues mentioned above have caused some problems for me. Firstly, due to the noise at nigh I could not sleep. Therefore, I was not alert at meetings the next day and felt lethargic. Because of not being focused, I could not make the right decision for my business in meetings and made a loss. Moreover, my clothes stank as my room was dirty, thus I took them to a laundry.
As I lost a large amount of money during my stay in your hotel, I expect you to compensate me and give me a full refund.
I await your prompt response.
Yours Faithfully,
Merry Yazdi
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
Dear Mrs. Grey,
As an international entrepreneur, I choose the hotels I stay at with great care, and having had a pleasant stay at your establishment repeatedly is the reason why I am one your regular guests at the hotel. However, this perfect record was tarnished by the awful and uncharacteristic experience I had during my last stay.
I arrived at the hotel on April 16 and was directed to room 206 for my 3-day stay after being asked to wait for about an hour. While I was surprised by the unnecessary delay, I was once again disappointed to realize that my room was located in the smoking section of establishment. Being extremely sensitive to fumes and having specifically requested a non-smoking room I was infuriated by the mix-up and was asked to be moved to another room but to no avail. Additionally, I was further disappointed by having noisy neighbors who refused to stop laughing and shouting until late at night for which I asked the intervention of hotel security, which was again fruitless.
As a result of this hardly acceptable performance of hotel staff I was not only sleep deprived the next day, but also had to bear a head-splitting headache for the next day. The combination of the fatigue and pain, naturally, limited my performance in the next day’s meetings and further complications in business meetings.
Consequently, while my business loss cannot be calculated, I believe that I have a right to be compensated for the discomfort caused by the unacceptable service provided; otherwise I will be left with no choice but to use the services of another establishment in my future business and personal trips. It is also worth mentioning that while I prefer the compensation to be in form of refund or discount votures, I am open to other suggestions. Please do not wait to contact me through my contact me should you need any further information.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing with regard to the poor service I received at Divan Hotel.
Having had the good fortune to visit Antalya one more time in 2022, I am Ahmad Safaei who booked a standard sea view room with a number of 7008 for 5 nights from September 12 to 16.
Although everything was ok in the first moments of entering the hotel, the receptionist announced to me that my desired room has been already filled by another guest. Thus, I was given another room with a view of a street that was extremely noisy.
The room was neither neat and tidy to make me feel good, nor was it specious to be comfortable. Thus, apart from a lack of sleep just because of the excessive noise of vehicles, I failed to have enjoyable moments in the private room. This phenomenon adversely affected my performance in my career which was of crucial importance.
By the way, I want kindly ask you to refund the extra fee I was charged for a sea view room. My debit card number is 4522000100244142. It seems to me that only through this way will I be able to have a sense of satisfaction with your services.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully,
Ahmad Safaei
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
Dear Madam/ Sir
I am writing to declare my dissatisfaction with my short stay in your hotel. I was accommodated in your hotel for three days from the 20th to the 23rd of Farvardin in room 214. Sadly, to inform you of a series of inconsistencies that occurred to me during my stay in the hotel.
First, although a pick-up service was included in the reservation, I waited for two hours in the airport so, I took a cab to the hotel as I got to the hotel, I spoke about this unscheduled issue with your staff in reception, and I couldn't receive persuasive reason. This delay affected my programs significantly, and I had to cancel my evening appointment. Secondly, I’m sorry to inform you, the chain of the inappropriate events did not end down the road, and room 214 was not the room I reserved online. The room not only wasn’t one that I reserved online with a balcony but also was located near the elevator, and this led to a lot of noise during the day and even at night. When I asked for changing the room they told me that all rooms were booked. I was there for a conference, and I needed a comfortable place to concentrate on my presentations but unfortunately, the inconvenient ambiance and unacceptable delay affected my task in a bad way.
I'll appreciate you considering the situation fairly. Since I stay regularly in your hotel during recent years so I expect an official written explanation. You will acknowledge that it is my right to ask for at least a 50% discount on my future stay. Thank you for taking the time to address my concerns. I am impatiently looking forward to you writing back to me at this address.
Sincerely
Azam
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The bar chart illustrates living and household expenses of an American family for four consecutive months in a specific year. Overall, it is clear that general family expenditure remained approximately unchanged in January and then experienced a steady increase in the subsequent month. Finally, the amount declined sharply from March to April.
In 2010, the American family outgoings for eating in January (which was more than 400 dollars) was about two times higher than that for clothes. Conversely, in April about two times as much was spent on food as on clothing. In February, with approximately 600 dollars, the same amount of money was spent on clothing and food and far less on gas. Turning to March, with about 400 dollars, food was the first option that the family used their money for. Furthermore, expenditure on gas and clothes were second and third options respectively.
It is noteworthy that the highest spending was attributed to clothes in April which was higher than 600 dollars. In January, by contrast, just about 200 dollars is paid for clothing which is the least. in April, nearly 600 dollars is used for gas which is the highest expenditure for fuel in this year. Finally, the peak for food was in February.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The given bar chart illustrates how much money was spent on three disparate categories (food, gas, and clothing) by an American family every single month in 2010. Overall, it is clear that although, from Jan to Apr, the expenditure on both gas and clothing faced an upward trend, spending on food significantly declined. Moreover, the average cost of the family saw a downward trend.
As is shown, the amount of spending on the food section was about $500 in Jan, followed by a moderate growth ($570) in Feb. This figure then went down markedly to almost $450 in Mar, ending at nearly $300 in Apr. In contrast, the cost of gas saw an opposite trend. This cost plummeted to just $240 in Feb from $350 in Jan. This cost surged to $350 before reaching almost $600 in Apr.
As can be seen, when it comes to expenditure on clothing, it is interesting to note that there was a dramatic growth from approximately $200 in Jan to about $600 in Feb. This figure then plunged to $340 in Mar, followed by a sharp rise (nearly $700) in Apr.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The column chart illustrates the amount of money spent on three different items by an American family on a weekly basis in 2010 over a three-month period, starting from January.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that although the amounts of money spent on clothing and gas witnessed a growth, the reverse was true for food across the whole period shown in the graph. Furthermore, the average expenditure dropped markedly over the entire period.
In January, the figure for expenditure on food stood at around 500 $, which was approximately twice as high as that for clothing. By March, the amount of money spent on food had dropped marginally to around 450$, whereas that of clothing had grown markedly by nearly 100$. From March onwards, the figure for money spent on food saw a moderate decline of roughly 100$, while there was a near twofold increase in the amount of expenditure on clothing over the same period.
As for gas, from January and February, the amount of money spent on gas dropped markedly to around 250$, after which it rose moderately to well under 400$ until March. In the subsequent months, there was a significant growth in the amount of expenditure on gas.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The presented bar chart provides information about the amount of money spent on three different items in the USA in 2010 between Jan and Apr.
Overall, what stands out from the chart is that throughout the period the amount of money allocated to these items on average saw an upward trend before dropping by the end of the period.
In Jan, food was the most expensive item with about 500 dollars, compared with the amount of money spent on gas and clothing (approximately 350 and 250 dollars, respectively). The amount of money spent on food experienced growth and reached a peak of 550 dollars in Mar. This was followed by a downward trend, falling to around 300 dollars by Apr.
The money went on gas, initially decreased to around 280 dollars, and then underwent a marked increase, rising to approximately 550 dollars by the end of the period. Although clothing was the cheapest item at the beginning of the period, the amount of money allocated to this item went up significantly to about 680 dollars in Apr after dipping to 300 dollars in Mar.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The bar chart illustrates how much an American family has spent on three sectors including food, gas, and clothing compared to an average family in the USA in 4 distinct months in the year 2010.
Overall, it is clear that this family’s expenditure was mostly more than an average family in April and February, while they spent lower than average in March and January.
According to the bar chart, this family’s spending on clothing peaked in April at almost 700$, which was noticeably higher than the other two sections in this month, with spending approximately 300$ and 600$ on food and gas respectively. In contrast, in April, they spent only around 200$ on clothing, which was the lowest amount not only among two other sectors in that month but also among every sector in other months.
Gas costs saw a rise over time, reaching just below 600$ at the end of the period, except from January to February which fell by around 100$. On the contrary, money spent on food saw an opposite trend. This figure decreased to approximately 300$ in April, after it peaked at just under 600$ in February.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
A glance at the bar chart provided reveals the money that an American family spent on three items in 2010. Looking from an overall perspective it is readily apparent that, the average amount of their expenditure reached a peak in March. In addition, their expenditure on clothing and gas reached a peak in the last month.
As can be seen from the bar chart, this family paid almost 500 dollars for food in January, this amount rose to nearly 600 dollars in the next month. Then, decreased steadily to approximately 300 dollars in the last month.
According to the bar chart, their expenditure on gas was a little more than 300 dollars in the first month, after that, it fell in February and reached about 300 dollars in March. This figure increased dramatically to nearly 600 dollars in April. Their expense on clothing was around 200 dollars in January, and then it fluctuated and finally reached more than 600 dollars.
The average amount of their expenditure was around 500 dollars in the first month, then it leveled off in the next month and reached a peak in March. In April, this figure decreased by approximately 150 dollars.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The diagram compares four months in terms of the amount of money spent by a family in the USA on three different items each month in 2010.
The average amount of expenditures on food, gas, and clothing was higher than in the other three months. Also, the highest amount of spending on clothing and gas was during April, while the largest amount of money spent on food was during February.
More than $600 and about 580$ were spent on clothing and gas during April, which was the highest amount of money spent among other months. However, the most money spent on food was during February, at just under $600.
It is also noticeable that the money spent on food was higher than the other two items during January and March at nearly $500 and $450, respectively. The amount of money spent on food in February was higher than the same item in April, while the money spent on gas was considerably less than expenditures on gas in April.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The provided bar chart details the breakdown of the US household expenditure per month on three distinctive categories, namely food, gas, and clothing in the scale of dollars during the year 2010.
The initial impression, at a general glance, is that while households originally spent the most significant proportion of their incomes on food, after a while clothing expenses occupied the first rank over the examined period.
Looking at the chart in more elaborate detail, in January residents within USA mostly paid for food, at roughly $500 monthly, which was followed by gas and clothing items with approximately $300 and $250, respectively. During the next month, all sorts of figures for mentioned units scrolled a quite substantial surge except for that of gas with a mild plummet by around $100. Meanwhile, values of clothing with about $600 per month exceeded the rates of food.
Over the following month, regarding March, albeit proportions of gas experienced a recovery process to hit its initial figures, other types of expenditures’ quantities indicated a drastic plunge by almost $200 and $300, the former for food and the latter for clothing. Lastly, during April, American citizens as households expended a mere $300 on food, however, rates of gas and clothing ended up by peaking at nearly $500 and $700 in turn.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The bare chart illustrates the monthly expenditure on food, gas, and clothing of a family living in the USA, in the year 2010.
Overall, it is evident that cloth was the most expenditure of the family during the given period, while gas was the least cost.
During the whole period, the average expenditure pattern there was a gradual increase from about 320 to 410 dollars followed by a minimal decrease of 80 dollars until April. Turning to the details, in January, the most expenditure belonged on food which was almost double the amount of cost clothing and about 60$ more than gas expenditure.in February individuals spent about the same amount of money on food and clothing roughly 590$, while gas was the least cost at 220$.
Between March and April, the amount of money that was spent on food dropped gradually from 420$ to 370$. In March, the figure for the expenditure on the family gas was 320$, whereas that of clothing was lower at 310$. From this mount until March, these figures rose by roughly 260$ and 340$ respectively.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The graph illustrates the expenditure of an American family in dollars on food, gas, and clothing from January to April 2010.
Overall, a family spent the most in March and the lowest expenditure was in April. It is also notable that food formed the major part of spending in the first three months, whereas it represented the lowest percent in the last month.
The amount of money allocated to food was the highest in January (around 500 dollars), which marginally increased to 550 dollars in the following month. While clothing had the least portion of a family budget in January, it surged to more than twice (around 550 dollars) in February. On the contrary, in the first two months, the money spent on gas saw a little decline ( about 100 dollars).
In March, the majority of monthly expenditure was related to food which was slightly under 500. Gas and clothing had a similar share of family spending ( approximately 300 dollars). Clothing formed the highest percentage in all categories in the given period at around 700 dollars in April, followed by gas which grew significantly to over 500 dollars. In contrast, food's monthly spending declined from 450 to 300 dollars in the last two months.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The bar chart highlights the amount of money a household in America spent on food, gas, and clothing between January and April 2010.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that although spending on clothing was ranked first in April, it had the lowest expenditure in January.
In January, the food charge was around $500, which was almost more than twice as much as that of clothing. One month later, however, spending on clothing rose dramatically to about $590, which was slightly more than the figure for food in the same month.
March and April witnessed an almost contradictory pattern. The amount of money spent on food in March was $430, and the figures for gas and clothing were roughly $380 and $375, respectively. On the other hand, while food expenditure in April was almost as large as that of clothing in the previous month, gas spending saw a rapid growth by approximately $200 in April, and the same can be said for clothing. In fact, expenditure on clothing hit an all-time high at $690 in April, making it the most popular item in the USA.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The given column graph compares the amount of the money was spent by American citizens from January to April. It can be seen from the chart that the average of the monthly expenditure experienced fluctuation over the given months.
It is clear that the largest proportion of spending was gone on food in most months, except for April and food was the minimum part of the expenditure. Although over 500 dollars was spent on gas in April, approximately 700 dollars was gone on clothing in this month and that was the most amount of the money in comparison with the given other items over the last months.
It is noticeable that clothing fluctuated between January and March. It can be seen from the chart that the amount of money that was spent on clothing was over 200 dollars in January, but this figure increased significantly to almost 550 dollars in the next month. In spite of the considerable increase in February, this number jumped suddenly to approximately 300 dollars in March. The same as clothing, gas showed fluctuation over the given months, but instead of increasing from January to February, the proportion of gas dropped dramatically from over 300 dollars to almost 230 dollars respectively, and suddenly grew to nearly 250 dollars in March.
Overall, it is observed that the spending priorities of people changed. Food was the most popular item among people between January to February but clothing took the lead in April.
Some people think that it is important to have access to information about the lives of famous people, while others believe that this should be private. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.
Some people believe that having access to information about famous people's life is important, while it has been stated that others believe that this information should be private. In my opinion, information about famous people should be limited and private.
A number of people argue that having more access to the latest information about famous people could be valuable. Firstly, famous people can be a valuable source of inspiration for people, especially teenagers, to have the determination to reach their goals. It is undeniable that young people can learn resilience, and countless hours of hard work are the essence of success. Secondly, famous people can increase people's awareness of certain important matters. The reason could be that as many people follow famous people on social media like Facebook or Instagram, the latest news could publish as soon as possible on their pages, which will lead to increase awareness about serious matters.
Despite the mentioned advantages, I am convinced that the personal news of important persons should not be disclosed. The first reason is that the wrong behavior of famous people in their life can have a profound negative impact on young people's character and worldview. It is undeniable that juveniles and children copy the behavior they see on the screen on social media, which could have a negative effect on their personalities. In addition, the materialistic lifestyle of important people does not set a suitable example of living righteously for young people. In this situation, the glamorous lifestyle of stars can encourage adolescents to be unwilling to enrich their academic knowledge or professional skills not only to be practical people for society but also to yield satisfying results.
In conclusion, although there are some possible benefits of accessing information about famous people, I believe that news of important people should be private because of the negative effect of their behavior on younger people and promoting the materialistic lifestyle.
Some people think that new houses should be built in the same style as older houses in the local area. Others disagree and say that local authorities should allow people to build houses in the styles of their own choice. Discuss both views and give your opinion.
Some people think that new houses should be built in the same style as older houses in the local area. Others disagree and say that local authorities should allow people to build houses in the styles of their own choice. Discuss both views and give your opinion.
People have different views with regard to the question of whether the houses that are built in the modern era should have the same style as the previous ones or not. While some believe that the style of new buildings ought to be similar to old ones in a specific region, others, myself included, claim that people have to be authorized to select what style they prefer for their houses.
Bringing a unity and solidarity atmosphere as well as creating a spectacular and breathtaking landscape in an area may be two of the most significant reasons why authorities make people force to follow the previous architectural style. When all houses built in a local area have the same outward appearance, it can give those living in that area feel like a family. In other words, if people with different capital and livelihood are compelled to construct their buildings in the same way, it provides them with an unprecedented chance to build a close and friendly relationship due to this similarity, thereby avoiding dwellers from feeling discrimination against each other. What is more, it is undeniable that when all houses which have been built in an area have the same style, especially when it comes to outside architecture, this can offer a more fascinating and enthralling viewpoint not only for residents but also for visitors. From an economic point of view, this analogy in the style of old and new buildings might play a vital role in grabbing the attention of tourists with whom local residents can make friends and rent their homes while they are paying a visit to that area.
Others would argue that obliging people to build their homes based on the same structure is not a correct strategy, believing that this policy is against civic rights. The people who want to build or refurbish their homes have the right to do it according to what they like and how they desire. Although there are some basic principles that official authorities can determine or submit to builders, which may be rooted in their cultures and traditions, enforcing them to build their buildings so that they completely look like the old ones is against moral obligation and the law. Moreover, if people are under severe strain from the municipalities to follow older styles and reject their designs, this can result in demonstrations against governments, creating chaos and an outrageous atmosphere for the whole society. This is mainly because new builders are willing to design their houses based on novel technologies and architects, incorporating many sophisticated and state-of-the-art features into their buildings. Thus, when they are restricted to building the same as the old buildings, they confront a huge amount of waste in design and construction and mental and emotional frustration.
My own view is that people should have the freedom to decide what style or plan they want to have for their buildings since they might have different tastes and budgets for their future buildings and have the citizenship right to construct their houses in the way they prefer. Despite the fact that authorities should allow people to build their buildings based on their own preferable style, there are some routine rules and limitations, which may be originated from religious and traditional beliefs, which they should accept when building their homes.
The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment.
A glance at the table provided reveals the percentage of household earnings in five different countries, namely (France, Germany, UK, Turkey, and Spain), expand on eating, dwelling clothing, and amusement.
Overall, the largest amount of money is spent on housing in France, Germany, and UK, while food and drink is ranked first in Turkey and Spain. By contrast, the lowest amount of money is attributed to clothing in all mentioned countries except Turkey.
Housing accounted for the highest proportion of France, Germany, and UK household spending with 31%, 33%, and 37%, respectively, whereas, in Turkey and Spain, spending on accommodation ranks second with 20% and 18%, respectively. In terms of food and drink, the people of Turkey spend the highest proportion of their revenue (36%) on food and drink, followed by Spanish, with 31%, likewise French, German, and British spend almost a quarter of their household budget,
In France and Spain, the money which is allocated to clothing is less than 10%, and Germany stands first with just 15%. In Turkey, the least amount of money is allocated to recreation, with 10% of their income, while in Germany, this percentage is almost double (19%).
Write a letter to your friend about a trip you recently took, describing the places you visited and the experiences you had. Include details such as the sights you saw, the food you ate, and any interesting people you met.
Dear Sara,
How are you? Hope everything is going well at work. I am back home this morning. As you know I had a short trip to participate in a conference that was held in Isfahan last week. I left earlier for more spare time to visit the campus and recalled the days we studied there.
To be honest, I have not been in Isfahan since graduation. It was surprising; unbelievable changes were seen everywhere. Do you remember how hectic Chahar Bagh Street is, but now it transformed into a magnificent cobbled stone street. A lively ambiance was created there by gorgeous pavement cafes catered for people and tourists. The atmosphere was highlighted by street artists' performances and lovely shops selling cute souvenirs. You know, I went to the university to see the faculty and the professors, I was entirely confused whether I am in the right address or not as was confronted by a modern building with an attractive design. Guess whom I met there, prof. Hatami! He still has been teaching philosophy courses. We talked about philosophy and also he asked about my work and we talked about you too. It is interesting for me that he remembers all of us vividly almost name by name.
However, I strongly advise you to plan a trip to Isfahan as soon as possible, and in the case of arranging my program, I will eagerly accompany you on that probable trip.
Hope to see you soon
Love
Azam
Write a letter to your friend about a trip you recently took, describing the places you visited and the experiences you had. Include details such as the sights you saw, the food you ate, and any interesting people you met.
Dear Sara,
I hope this letter finds you well. As you know, recently I have travelled to Malaysia, so I decided to share my travel experience with you.
During my stay in this country, I have seen loads of magnificent places. On the first day of my trip, I visited a cathedral located right in the heart of the city. Although this building was neither eye-catching nor popular, I became keen on it. This is because I’m really into religious places; therefore, I wanted to see religious practices in this building. On the last day, I went on an outing to see a world-famous statue. One unique feature of this work of art was that the name its artist was engraved on it.
The other enjoyable part of my journey was interacting with local people. They were so hospitable like you and even tried to navigate me around the city. In addition, there were a lot of gourmet restaurants within easy walking distance of my hotel. However, since I’m a peaky eater, I preferred not to try them and ate fast food.
Because of all these reasons, I highly recommend visiting this Asian country which is one of a kind.
Best wishes
Merry Yazdi
Write a letter to your friend about a trip you recently took, describing the places you visited and the experiences you had. Include details such as the sights you saw, the food you ate, and any interesting people you met.
Dear Sara,
Hope you and your family are in good health. I am writing this letter to share my great experience on my last trip when I traveled to Italy in July. It was one of the best trips I had ever had.
Our trip was amazing and the vibrant activities which there were memorable. Anyway, the weather was so nice and cool most of the time. Moreover, the local foods Not only were colorful but also delicious, so I enjoyed eating authentic foods.
I would like to mention that we visited many picturesque scenery, landmarks, and even historical places such as Pizza Tower. I was so overwhelmed by the beauty of Pizza Tower. I took several pictures which I will send on WhatsApp for you. Finally, our local guide was an adolescent who spoke English fluently and he was friendly as well he had a great sense of humor. I hope, next time, you can come with me to visit Italy.
Take care and write back soon.
Best Regards,
Elahe Vahdati
The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment.
The table chart shows the amount of money spent on basic household expenses, including food and drink, housing, clothing, and entertainment, in five European countries: France, Germany, UK, Turkey, and Spain.
Overall, the table provides information on the average percentage of household income spent on essential needs in five categories. The proportion of money spent on food and drink was the highest, while that of clothing was the lowest. Additionally, there was no significant difference in total proposed costs in all categories among the in five countries.
The percentage of money spent on all categories among German families was the highest, while that of Spanish families was the lowest. The largest percentage of expenses was on housing in German families at 33%, while that of food and drink in Spanish families was at 31%. This means that the amount of money expended on housing was nearly as much as food and drink in Spanish families.
The proportion of money spent on clothing was the lowest among the five countries with just under 15%. The lowest percentages were in France and Spain at 7% and 8 %, respectively. In this category, the highest percentage was for German, Turkish, and British families at 12%, and 11%, respectively. It is worth noting that the lowest figure for money spent on clothing and entertainment was equal at 11 %, followed by food and drink at 27%, and housing at 37% for British families.
The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment.
The table gives information about average distribution of expenditure for families in France, Germany, the UK, Turkey and Spain.
it is clear that a notable proportion of budget of the families in France, Germany and the Uk goes on accommodation, more than other sections. While edible products are more popular with Turkish and Spanish people.
The highest figure in the table belongs to the British people, who allocate 37% of their budget to accommodation. The second and third highest countries, which spend more on housing are Germany and France, which spend 33% and 31% of their budget on housing, respectively. By contrast the people of these nations do not have a notable tendency to spend on clothing. And the expenditure of clothing accounts for the lowest proportion of their budget, so that French families allocate only 7% of their budget to clothing, the lowest figure in the table.
With regard to edible items, the costs for these items accounts for 36% and 31% of the budget of families in Turkey and Spain respectively. 10% of the budget of Turkish families and 8% of the budget of the families in the Spain go on entertainment and clothing, respectively, the lowest figure for the household of these countries. But spending on entertainment makes up 19% of the whole expenditure of German households, the highest figure for entertainment, and similarly the equivalent figure for clothing blongs to the same country, at 15%.
The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment.
The table displays the amounts of money spent per month by households in five European nations on food and drink, housing, clothing, and entertainment.
It is clearly observed from the chart that in all countries, nearly half of their income is spent on housing and preparing food and drink. It is also worth noting that in all of them except Turkey, clothing has the least portion of their expenditure.
In Turkey and Spain, food and drink are the largest expenditure at 36% and 31%, respectively, while housing expenses are at 20% and 18%, respectively. In contrast, British, French, and German families spend the majority of their income on accommodation more than 30%, and nearly one quarter on food and drink. Furthermore, buying clothes has the least amount of cost per month in all nations, 7% in France, 8% in Spain, 11% in the UK, and 15% in Germany, except Turkey, since Turkish people spend 12% of their income on clothing and only 10% on leisure activities. However, other nations spend more than 10% of their earnings on entertainment.
The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment.
The presented table provides information about the percentage of salary allocated to food and drink, housing, clothing, and entertainment in five European countries.
Overall, what stands out from the table is that the highest proportion of income is spent on food and drink, as well as housing in all studied countries.
Almost a quarter of salary is spent on food and drink in France, Germany, and the UK. In Spain and Turkey, just over 30% and 35% of earnings are allocated to this item, respectively. In France, Germany, and the UK, housing is the most expensive item, making up 31%, 33%, and 37% of household expenditure, respectively. In contrast, approximately 20% of total money is spent on housing in Turkey and Spain.
The smallest percentage of salary is spent on clothing, with about 10% in all countries except Germany, where 15% of earnings go towards clothing. Entertainment is the second cheapest item, accounting for about 15% of household expenditure in France and Spain, approximately 10% in Turkey and the UK, and just under 20% in Germany.
The table illustrates the proportion of monthly household income five European countries spend on food and drink, housing, clothing and entertainment.
Given is a table comparing the percentage of household income which is spent on food and drinking, housing, clothing, and entertainment by five European nations.
Overall, it is clear that the highest income is devoted to housing in all countries except Turkey and Spanish. However, the lowest amount of money earned is spent on clothing.
Investigation the data reported indicates that in nations, families spend at least 20 percent and at most 37 percent of their earnings on food and drinking, and housing items, respectively. Considering these two items, communities in Turkish (36%) and Spanish (31%) pay mostly for food and drinking. Families in Germany and UK, while devote more than one-third of their income to housing.
In terms of clothing and entertainment, the data documented illustrates that people are very strict and spend less money, especially on clothing. In comparison to clothing, entertainment is a little better. Comparing nations shows that Germany (19%) and Turkey (10%) have devoted the highest and lowest budget to amusement activities, respectively. Meanwhile, families in France and Spain with a negligible difference with each other ( 7% and 8%), and in Germany with 15%, spend the minimum and maximum of their income on clothing, subsequently.
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
Globalization is an ongoing phenomenon that affects various aspects of people's lives, including indigenous cultures. Some argue that it impacts local cultures negatively, leading to the destruction and disappearance of traditional customs. While I believe, apart from some adverse effects, globalization also plays an invaluable role in preserving local cultures by facilitating cultural exchange between nations.
On the one hand, a perspective supports globalization's destructive impacts on indigenous cultures. In a globalized world, interconnections between nations around the world have increased due to the growth in the number and diversity of communicative means, such as mass media. Media, especially print and visual media and social platforms, has a significant role in connecting people globally as well as promoting specific cultural values and practices. Consequently, the promotion of certain cultures by mass media has led to the dominance of more approved and popular cultural practices in the opinion of people around the world, which in turn can result in native customs and traditions being neglected and forgotten. For instance, as a result of the dissemination of cultural values through social media, which has a key role in globalization, western culture has become highly popular with people around the world, especially the youth, and is gradually replacing native cultures.
On the other hand, globalization also can help the preservation of local cultures by increasing cultural exchange between nations in several ways. Firstly, owing to globalization and the associated advancements in transportation systems, people can travel more easily and frequently around the world. Thus, they can visit all corners of the globe and be acquainted with local cultures, leading to the survival of these cultures from being forgotten. Additionally, as a feature of globalization, the extensive networks of communications resulting from various communicative means, including media, can fulfill an influential role in introducing less-known local traditions to other nations.
In conclusion, although globalization can affect local cultures adversely by helping the domination of specific cultures over indigenous ones through the influence of media on people, it also can enhance cultural exchange between nations using several ways, including providing better conditions for traveling around the world and getting to know native cultures and using media for introducing local cultures to rest of the world.
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
We live in a global village that can connect to an extensive of humans, institutions, organizations, and nations easily and it is a major development in the life of humans that cannot be ignored. Nevertheless, globalization has serious opponents, who are part of the anti-globalization movement, believe that it is like a powerful wave of the sea that dissolves the small and the large and contributes to the destruction of local cultures that dominant systems destroy local systems in pursuit of uniformity, and this is a terrible danger that must be taken seriously.
According to them, globalization increases the risk of losing local languages, and this is something that worries many linguists because local languages are the cultural assets of any country and the dominance of one language over another is actually the imposition of the ideology of one culture on another. At the same time, postmodern critical thinking does not accept this linguistic supremacy, this is because this thinking, unlike modern thinking, wants to revive the native and local culture and keep it alive and the diversity of customs and languages.
In addition, the global economy caused by globalization affects micro-economies and destroys them. Because of this, small industries that are hundreds of years old are disappearing because they do not have the strength to face global capitalism and superpower industries. For example, handicraft industries such as carpet weaving, pottery, and mat weaving, which have a long history and are tied to the geography, history, and culture of the region, are vanishing.
As a result, according to the opponents, globalization, with all its advantages, can have irreparable consequences in the field of culture and the destruction of native languages and customs, as well as small but historical industries, and can be a disaster in human achievements.
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
These days, the effect of globalization has become widespread on an unprecedented scale in different aspects of people’s lives, from economic to social affairs. I strongly disagree with the notion that local culture may be confronted with the negative consequences of globalization.
Raising the popularity of ancient and local cultures as well as improving the financial condition of people may be two of the noticeable positive influence of globalization in the world, especially when it comes to third-world countries. It is an undeniable fact that many cultures and traditions were unknown to people in previous years, but those living in today’s era who are exposed to a dramatic change in the world, known as globalization, take advantage of being familiarized with their ancestors’ cultures and legacies. In other words, individuals whose information is limited about what cultures they have or which festivals they might hold can broaden their horizons by using the technological advancements having happened due to globalization, like connecting to the internet. From an economic viewpoint, people in different parts of the world, particularly those living in deprived areas with low income, can benefit from globalization by demonstrating their unique and enthralling culture to other parts of the world. This means that globalization can create many tourist destinations if people harness it to show their culture. Some developing countries, such as Morocco, in which people still live according to ancient periods and keep their old cultures have grabbed the attention of foreign tourists to come and visit their cultures, thereby providing local people with a huge amount of livelihoods.
Some would argue that globalization can bring adverse consequences for local cultures, believing that the glamorous picture of globalization manipulates people, especially youngsters living in third-world countries to replace their cultures with modernized nations. This is mainly because those people are suffering from access to basic needs and are willing to make a major breakthrough in their living conditions by imitating the culture of wealthy nations. People may think their adversities are because of their old cultures, so if they follow the lifestyle of developed nations, they might achieve a better life. I, however, am of the opinion that this illusion can be addressed if local authorities strive to raise public awareness about how their cultures and identities are so precious that they can bring them back various favourable points. When people find out how they can apply their culture as a good way to reach a prosperous life, they will never tend to lose it.
In conclusion, globalization has become a ubiquitous trend in today’s modern life. Although it may have negative impacts on the culture of weak communities, governments can teach people how to employ globalization as a useful tool to progress their countries by showing their cultures to the world and attracting tourists.
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
Having been introduced recently, globalization has revolutionized every aspect of human life, to the point that the world has turned into a so-called village. Some hold the view that this trend has adverse effects on features related to cultures. I disagree with the idea as there are many advantages to reap.
The modern world is characterized by the ever-increasing close bonds between countries in different areas such as communication and economics. By way of explanation, this phenomenon has enabled people to communicate with others, leading them to gain a deep insight into other cultures, and consequently, they have been given the opportunity to add to different cultures through this interaction. So, it can bring about an awareness about serious and debatable concepts such as freedom, human rights, and environmental issues; this awareness is highly beneficial for those who live in remote areas of, for example, Africa. Economically speaking, by being in relation with other nations, they are more likely to sell their local products, promoting their wealth, and use this advantage in order to introduce the beauty of their traditions.
There are, however, some negative points that may arise. It is said that in this globalized world, there are a few developed countries that have a competitive advantage over less developed ones, leading them to be overshadowed. By way of explanation, many local cultures, languages, traditions, costumes, and schools of thought have disappeared by the emergence of globalization, which can inflict damage to human civilization. Should it be the case, it is the responsibility of such governments to survive their culture by investing their effort to adopt some measures to raise their profile in the international community. Having a comprehensive program to promote their local culture is of prime importance as the process of globalization is an inevitable trend in the modern world.
To conclude, without underestimating the negative impacts of globalization, I have the idea that countries can draw the attention of other nations by taking practical steps in order not to be affected.
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
It is often argued that globalization has led to the erosion of local cultures. While it undoubtedly brings many advantages, such as economic growth and increased trade, it also has some negative outcomes for local culture.
One unfortunate effect of globalization has been the spread of dominant cultural values and practices that often push smaller cultures to the margins. This can lead to a loss of cultural diversity and richness. For instance, many indigenous cultures, with their traditional knowledge and language, have been threatened by the global spread of Western culture, resulting in their disappearance.
Another negative impact of globalization is its influence on traditional ways of life. Subsistence farming and small-scale manufacturing are often disrupted, leading to social and economic instability that further undermines local communities and their cultures.
Finally, the loss of traditional knowledge and language that goes hand in hand with threatened cultures is another adverse consequence of globalization. This loss can include traditional medical treatments, agriculture practices, and other time-honored processes unique to a specific culture, resulting in us losing out on the traditional heritage of that culture.
To mitigate these negative impacts of globalization effectively, various stakeholders' collaborative and participatory approaches are necessary. Education and awareness-raising efforts must be taken to promote cultural exchange programs, communities, and schools by having hands-on training programs promoting local arts and expertise, building museums and cultural heritage sites, and restoring preservation methods like cultural events. In addition, policies that promote local trade and business development must be implemented alongside mechanisms that protect local economies and cultures.
In conclusion, I firmly believe that globalization has had a damaging impact on local culture in several countries. However, with the right strategies and approaches, we can minimize its detrimental effects and promote cultural richness and diversity in our communities.
Some people believe that globalization has a negative impact on local culture. To what extent do you agree or disagree?
With the advent of the Internet and telecommunication, the world has become a global village. It is believed by some individuals that this phenomenon can exert adverse influences on the local culture of countries all around the globe. I completely agree with this view and adhere to the belief that globalization leads to cultural degradation.
It cannot be ignored that becoming a single community in the world has devastating effects on the culture of all countries. Due to advancements in technology, some developed countries, especially the United States, have powerful tools including the Internet and social media platforms to impose their culture, norms, and traditions on other developing and underdeveloped countries. Western culture is considered to be the most valuable one nowadays, making individuals imitate Western lifestyles. It cannot go unnoticed that many people wear jeans and drink coke as a result of globalization, forgetting their original identity.
Becoming the global village is also debasing languages which are one of the important aspects of each country’s culture. There is no disputing the fact that languages indicate the roots of countries’ cultures and heritage. Owing to globalization, human being needs a common means of communication allowing them to interact efficiently. An increasing number of people nowadays attempt to become fluent in English, the dominant spoken language all around the world, to be able to enter the international labor market and communicate with other communities. This trend causes many languages to be on the verge of extinction. Disappearing a language inevitably poses a great threat to the local culture of a country, putting it at risk of degrading.
In conclusion, I concur with the view that globalization adversely affects local cultures and destroys cultural diversity by giving value to a particular culture and language. I opine governments had better take appropriate actions and preserve their official language and rich culture to pass down to the next generations.
You recently traveled by plane and left your laptop on board. Write a letter to the airline company to :
▪️Provide details about your flight, including the date, flight number, and destination.
▪️Explain that you accidentally left your laptop on the plane and describe the laptop's specifications (e.g., brand, color, size).
▪️Express your concern and the importance of retrieving the laptop as it contains valuable personal and professional information.
▪️Request assistance in locating and returning the laptop to you, including any necessary contact information.
Dear Sir or madam,
I am writing this letter to request your aid in retrieving a laptop that I have left behind on an airplane of your airline.
On January 26th I traveled from Madrid to Istanbul on a business trip on 6 o’clock flight number 2814.
However, due to rushing for exiting the airplane in order to attend a meeting on time, I must have forgotten to pick up my laptop from the luggage compartment. It is an HP H-323d laptop sized 14 inches and is in black. The LED of the aforementioned laptop has a diagonal scratch from top to bottom. The laptop is in a dark brown satchel and should be somewhere near seat number 22C.
The laptop bears important spreadsheets related to my work which are crucial for me to be able to function as before. In addition, there is a folder containing many family photos that we have collected over the years.
I believe you can fully grasp the laptops significance for both my personal and professional life. Thus, I would like to request your assistance in locating my laptop and gaining it back. In case of any further information needed, please do not hesitate to contact me through my email at aliazbi@gmail.com or my mobile on 989369369369.
Thank you in advance for taking you considerations towards this matter.
Yours sincerely,
Ali Azbi
You recently traveled by plane and left your laptop on board. Write a letter to the airline company to :
▪️Provide details about your flight, including the date, flight number, and destination.
▪️Explain that you accidentally left your laptop on the plane and describe the laptop's specifications (e.g., brand, color, size).
▪️Express your concern and the importance of retrieving the laptop as it contains valuable personal and professional information.
▪️Request assistance in locating and returning the laptop to you, including any necessary contact information.
To Pan American Airlines;
My name is Roger Strong. I took the flight number 24H46C to Sydney on June 26th and unfortunately I forgot to bring my laptop with me. This happened due to the rush I was in to exit the plane when it landed. To give you some details of my lost device, I should inform you that it’s a 15-inch HP laptop in navy blue.
No need to explain that there is a huge amount of deadly important data in it, including personal and business stuff. These data includes my nostalgic photos and videos plus some confidential documents belonging to the company I work for. Since I have no backup of the aforementioned data, this issue is a matter of life and death for me.
Below I’ll share you my contact information and ways to find me. You can post it to my place or I can reach your headquarters and take it back, the decision is yours. I’m sure that you totally understand the hard situation I’m in. Thank you in advance for all your help.
Roger Strong,
No. 125, Palm Street, Chicago
Phone number: 052-54369845
The chart below shows the proportion of staff employed by age in the public sector in the UK in 2015 and 2020.
The presented pie charts provide information about the percentage of employees hired by age category in the public sector in the UK in 2015 and 2020.
Overall, what stands out from the charts is that the highest proportion of staff belonged to the 21-30 age group in both years.
Young people (under 21) made up just 14% of employees in the public sector in 2015, and their percentage fell by 2% by 2020. About 25% and 33% of employment were filled by 21 to 30-year-olds in 2015 and 2020, respectively. Those who were in the fourth decade of their lives accounted for just over 20% and 10% of workers in 2015 and 2020, respectively.
In 2020, middle-aged people(41-50 age group) made up the second highest proportion of employees in the public sector (28%), while in 2015, just under 20% of staff were in this age category. Lastly, in 2015, the percentage of staff who belonged to the over 50 age category was comparable with the proportion of workers in the 21-30 age group. By contrast, in 2020, their percentage went down sharply to just over 15%.
The chart below shows the proportion of staff employed by age in the public sector in the UK in 2015 and 2020.
The given pie chart represents the ratio of UK staff employed by age in the public department during the years 2015 and 2020.
Overall, it can be clearly seen that the highest percentage of workers in both years related to workers who are between the ages of 21-30.
To begin with, the age group of 31-40 has a downward tendency, dropping from 21% in 2015 to 11% in 2020 whilst the age group of 41-50 has an upward, increasing from 19% in 2015 to 28% in 2020. The age group under 21 showed no significant change; remaining at 14% in 2015 and decreasing slightly to 12% in 2020.
In subsequence, the age group over 50% was 23% in 2015 and it sharply declined to 16% in 2020; it shows the number of staff workers in this age is going to become lower year by year. On the contrary, the highest percentage of staff belonged to 21-30; it was increasing from 23% in 2015 to 33% in 2020; showing a trend of growth.
The chart below shows the proportion of staff employed by age in the public sector in the UK in 2015 and 2020.
The provided pie charts detail a breakdown of the proportion of the labor force recruited in the public section percentage-wise with regards to their age groups within the UK during the years 2015 and 2020.
The initial impression, at a general glance, is that while residents aged 21-30 along with the elderly over 50 originally shared the majority portions of the whole workforce, after a while figures for the youth generation remained at the top of the list as opposed to that of the elder group with a mild plunge over the examined period.
Looking at the charts in more elaborate detail in 2015, quantities of the elderly over 50 and inhabitants between 21 to 30 registered roughly half of the total staff employed collectively, with 23% each, followed by citizens at the age group of 31-40 and 41-50, with approximately 21% and 19% respectively. Regarding the population under 21, values accounted for a mere 14% in 2015.
As for the rates of work staff during 2020, figures for the youth aged 21-30 constituted the lion’s share of the total chart, scrolling almost a third. The rate of folks between 41 to 50 years old, with a quite substantial surge, occupied the second rank, at 28%. Albeit the population of staff over 50 was at first rank initially, with an overwhelming plummet, reached merely 16% in 2020. In terms of the two rest age groups, the sets of figures documented around a fourth in sum, at 11% and 12%, the former for 31-40 and the latter for under 21.
The chart below shows the proportion of staff employed by age in the public sector in the UK in 2015 and 2020.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing this letter to bring to your attention that I left my laptop on one of the planes of your airline three days ago. I need your assistance to find it as soon as possible.
On Wednesday, 20th April, I had a business trip from Tehran to Dubai by your company’s plane. As far as I can remember, the aircraft was an airbus a320, and the flight number was 1152. When I boarded the plane, I put the laptop in the cabinet above my seat, 32D. Being in a hurry, I forgot to pick it up when departing.
Due to the flight delay, I was late for a life-changing meeting, misremembering to take my laptop inadvertently. The laptop was a brand-new E14 Lenovo black in color. It is located in a brown laptop case which is medium in size. Being the only equipment that I own to accomplish my responsibilities, it is of utmost importance to me.
All data related to my projects as well as my personal information are stored on its hard disk. Not being able to do my tasks without my laptop and the data saved on it, I am at risk of losing my job if I cannot finish my assignments by the end of this week. Therefore, it would be appreciated if you could assist me to find it.
I inquired from the lost and found department but they did not appear receptive. I want you to ask one of your employees to check the cabinet above my seat to see whether my laptop is there. Please locate it and deliver it to the address enclosed at your earliest convenience.
I am looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully,
Kimia Seyfi
The chart below shows the proportion of staff employed by age in the public sector in the UK in 2015 and 2020.
Given are two pie charts illustrating the ratio of workers occupied by age in the public department in the UK by age between 2015 and 2020. looking from an overall perspective, it is readily apparent that the percentage of people in their 20s and 40s rose marginally, while employment for moving age groups, remarkably those over 50, witnessed a considerable decline.
In 2015, over 50, 21-30, and 31-40 were approximately equal with regard to utilization, with each slightly below about one in four. By 2020, the figures for over 50 and 31-40, had decreased significantly (about a quarter and one out of ten respectively) however the numbers for 21-30 increased substantially to represent about one in three of all proportions.
In contrast, the data for the residual was completely distinct on two very crucial counts. The first, in terms of those under 21, sustained a runty decrease accounting for the tiniest average share of 13% for five consecutive years. The second, which experienced a hefty 9 percent enhancement, exceeded the amounts of two significant parts of the charts.
Some people believe that the best way to improve road safety is to increase the minimum legal age for driving cars or motorcycles. Others, however, argue that there are better ways to improve road safety. Discuss both views and give your own opinion.
The most effective strategies for improving the safety of roads as much as possible have always been a matter of concern. While some believe that the best solution for enhancing road safety would be raising the minimum age at which individuals are permitted to take a driving license and drive, others, including me, argue that other robust strategies can be implemented to address the issue.
On the one hand, by bringing several arguments, some believe that the minimum age at which driving is legally allowed should be raised to make the roads safer. Firstly, they allege that since young motorists usually have an unfavorable combination of inexperience and overconfidence in their driving abilities, the law should prohibit them from driving until they acquire more driving experience and their confidence approximates a reasonable level as their age increases. Secondly, according to the statistics of road accidents, it has been proven that younger drivers are more prone to showing irresponsible driving behaviors, such as speeding, ignoring traffic signs, and driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Therefore, they should not be allowed to drive until an older age at which they are mature enough to avoid such dangerous behaviors.
On the other hand, another group believes that there are several alternative ways that can be more effective in improving the roads' safety than merely increasing the legal age for driving. One proposed idea can be to make the traffic rules more stringent, thereby decreasing the potential dangers on roads. For instance, in some countries, they have strict speed limits on their roads by which they can prevent considerable numbers of accidents that occur due to overspeeding. Moreover, improving the conditions of motorways to make them less accident-prone, for example, by installing sufficient traffic signs in the proper locations or repaving roads, is another way to increase the safety of roadways.
In conclusion, a higher legal age for driving may be a good solution for enhancing the safety of roadways since young drivers can be more inexperienced and overconfident about their driving skills and are more likely to show reckless driving behaviors. However, I believe there are other measures that can more effectively make driving on roads safer, such as imposing more strict traffic laws and improving the conditions of roads
You have recently moved to a new apartment. Write a letter to your friend describing the new apartment, its location, and your experience of moving in. Also, explain your plans for decorating the apartment and invite your friend to visit you.
Dear Sara,
Today, finally I received your letter. I have wonderful news. I have moved to the suburb and due to relocation your letter was sent to my old address and it was delivered to me with a great delay. As you know I hate the hustle and bustle of my previous neighborhood with the buildings looking similar with the same characteristics. There was no diversity in the monotone rhythm of the ambiance of my old-fashioned apartment.
Firstly, my new apartment is a cozy one on a quiet and gorgeous two-tree-lined avenue. There is a fantastic view through the windows. Besides, it is near the ring road then I take just 15 minutes to drive to my workplace. The greatest advantage is getting rid of terrible traffic jams on my way to my old home.
Secondly, I used to climb the stairs up and down several times during the day. No more stairs for me, Thank God. The building is constructed very recently and has all facilities included from the elevator to the central heating. My flat is a two bedrooms unit with a spacious hall which is full of light. I get it designed in a modern and minimal way that looks more brilliant and attractive.
I am impatiently waiting for you to pay a visit as soon as possible to have an enjoyable time. I suppose that this weekend is proper for you to come, please inform me ahead to arrange my plans and take some days off to have more spare time to hang out together.
Love you
Azam
You have recently moved to a new apartment. Write a letter to your friend describing the new apartment, its location, and your experience of moving in. Also, explain your plans for decorating the apartment and invite your friend to visit you.
Dear my friend Peter,
Today, as I write this letter for you, I am in my new flat in the middle of downtown.
My new apartment is on the thirty-fifth floor of the very famous skyscraper known as “ASEMAN”. The location has very good access to a subway station and is situated beside an enormous hypermarket. Going up with the elevator, I feel like I’m flying on the clouds because the 35th floor is above the clouds. My bedroom has two huge windows with a nice scenery of Central Park. Every morning I look through them and see people who are playing or running.
I have recently talked to my cousin, who is an interior designer, about redecorating my new flat. I had some ideas, and I asked him for changes, such as destroying the wall of laundry, which causes my kitchen to looks bigger. Another change was installing wallpaper in the living room. In addition, I make a decision to buy a circular sofa with a red color, the same as the flowers on the wallpaper.
I want to invite you to my new apartment. Remember, you are always welcome to come and stay with me. I have extra room here, and I can show you the fabulous scenery from my bedroom windows.
I hope to see you here soon.
Lots of love,
Taha
You have recently moved to a new apartment. Write a letter to your friend describing the new apartment, its location, and your experience of moving in. Also, explain your plans for decorating the apartment and invite your friend to visit you.
Dear Mahsa,
I hope you are well and healthy. I am writing this letter to let you know that I have recently moved out of my parent’s house to a rental apartment located in the heart of Tehran.
Not getting much privacy living with my parents, I decided to set up home. While my place is located on a very busy main street called Karimkhan, at least it is well-connected to the city center. Not having lots of furniture and stuff, it only took 3 hours to move in last week. My flat is on the third floor of a five-story old apartment and although there is no room to swing a cat, it is a very cozy place. There is one bedroom, a small kitchen, a bathroom, and a balcony with a spectacular view of a magnificent green oasis.
I am going to landscape the balcony with brightly colored flowers and purple lights, making it heaven on earth. Not only that, cabinets in the kitchen need to be replaced with modern ones and equipped with cutting-edge appliances. After the renovation, we can have lots of fun together in my flat.
I guess the decoration will be finished by the end of May, so we can celebrate my birthday here if you remember the day!
See you soon,
Kimia
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The two pictures compare the changes which have taken place in the village of Ryemouth from 1995 till now.
Overall, what stands out from the map is that while Ryemouth had many green areas, it has undergone tremendous changes to become a place with more recreational facilities. Moreover, it had some fishing facilities; however, they have been removed.
Focusing on the northern part of the village, the farmland on the top right-hand corner and the forest park to the south of it have turned into a golf and tennis center, respectively. As for the West, a new road has been laid, and some housing has been built just to the south of it.
Regarding the south, a fishing port has been knocked down, and a set of fish markets have been replaced by apartment blocks, across from which some restaurants were erected in the place of the shops. Furthermore, new parking has been introduced just in the vicinity of the hotel to the east of the village opposite the cafe.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The given two maps illustrate the changes which have taken place in a village in Ryemouth between 1995 and today. Overall, it can be clearly seen that the village has been modernized, with sports facilities, more houses, and other recreations having been built.
With regard to the northern part of the village, one interesting change is that the farmland has been removed to make way for a golf field in the northeast. Also, the number of houses has been increased on the two sides of the road. As for the central of the village, in 1995, there was a forest park in the east, but the trees have been cut down in order to add two tennis courts having been merged into the golf court. Another interesting development is that the side road has been expanded towards the west, and two houses have been constructed along it.
If we look at the southern part of the village, a car park has been built for the hotel, but the café located on the other side of the road coast has remained unchanged. In addition to this, there were several shops along the road coast, but some restaurants have replaced with. Two final striking developments in the coast are that the fish markets have been demolished in order for several apartments to be constructed, and secondly, a fishing port has been built in the sea.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
the map is showing the changes involved in the urban area called Ryemouth from years 1995 and today.
Overall, it is transparent that the changes have been made to the village to provide accommodation, facilities, and easy access for dwellers.
To commence with, 1995, on the northeast side of the village, the residential area is situated. Huge farmland was in the northwest corner of the rural area and just under the farmland, there was a big forest park. On the west side of the road that is situated alongside the sea, there were fish markets and shops, while on the east side of the street, there were a hotel and a small café. A fish port was near the markets which supplied the market with fresh fish.
Nowadays, the village has been developed. The residential area has been expanded. the farmland and the forest park have been replaced with a golf center and a tennis patch. Furthermore, the fishing port, the fish market as well as the shops have been flattened and instead of the fish market and shops, some apartments and restaurants have been built, respectively. The hotel and the café have stayed the same, but a car park have been constructed next to the hotel.
You have recently moved to a new apartment. Write a letter to your friend describing the new apartment, its location, and your experience of moving in. Also, explain your plans for decorating the apartment and invite your friend to visit you.
You have recently moved to a new apartment. Write a letter to your friend. In your letter:
- Describing the new apartment, its location, and your experiences of moving in,
- Explain your plans for decorating the apartment,
- Invite your friend to visit you.
Dear Monika,
I hope this letter finds you well. I’m writing to let you know that I’ve moved into a new flat the last month.
Let me explain my new house. I live on the second floor of a three-story apartment. It has a living room with a magical view of the river, a fully-fitted kitchen, two spacious bedrooms overlooking the flower garden, and a cozy study room. It’s located in a tranquil area near the city center as I can walk to the shopping center. About the relocation experience, I should mention that it needed a lot of patience because organizing and packing my personal belongings took a great deal of time.
As you’re no doubt aware, I’ve been living in classical-designed houses so far, and this one is no exception. Although the house is fully-furnished, some of them are rickety and old fashion such as the dining table and bedroom wallpaper so I consider changing them to my own taste.
Why don’t you come over for a few days? You’re more than welcome to come along to my place the following Saturday. We would have meals on the bank of the river and visit interesting places.
I’m looking forward to catching up with you.
Best wishes,
Shabnam
Shabnam Tannazian/GT
You have recently moved to a new apartment. Write a letter to your friend describing the new apartment, its location, and your experience of moving in. Also, explain your plans for decorating the apartment and invite your friend to visit you.
Dear Sara,
I hope this letter finds you well. As you know I have just moved to a new apartment. Although it was so hard for me to pack up all of my stuff, it was worth it because my new place is much better than the last one.
Since I’m excited about my new place, I’ve decided to describe it for you. It is located on the 10th floor of a high-rise building. So, when I look outside from windows, I can enjoy mesmerizing views as my unite overlooks a park. Thankfully, my place is neither tiny nor too big and is spacious enough for a family of three. It has two bedrooms with one attached bathroom. Also, there is a gym within-easy-walking distance of my apartment; therefore, for a gym rat like me the location is flawless.
I’ve decided to have my flat redecorated. This is because there aren’t enough cabinets in the kitchen. Besides, I would like to make a hanging garden in the balcony.
Why don’t you drop by to see my beautiful home up close? You’re more than welcome to come around.
Best wishes
Merry
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The map depicts different changes that have occurred in the Ryemouth village from 1995 to the present day.
Overall, the size of the village has remained the same, but new constructions such as road, houses, and a car park have been added. Recreational facilities were built in place of farm land and a forest park. The fish market was converted into apartments and the fishing port was completely demolished.
In the northwest of the village, there were two rows of houses on both sides of the northern road in 1994. Now the number of houses is nearly one and a half times that of 1995. Also, a new road in the southwest of these houses, which has an intersection with northern road, was built.
In the northeast of the map, where a golf course and tennis court now stand, there used to be a farm land and forest park. In the south of these places, there is now a hotel and car park, whereas in the past, there was only a hotel.
At the end of the road that goes from the southeast to the southwest, we can see changes on both sides of the road. In 1995, some shops in the northwest of this road were converted into restaurants. Additionally, furthermore, the fish market was destroyed to make way for a few apartments.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The given maps illustrate changes that happened in a village called Ryemouth between the period of 1950 to the present.
Taking a short glance, it can be immediately found that generally some new sports facilities have been established, as well as the number of residential places have been considerably increased rather than the past.
First of all, the number of houses has risen, whether in the Northwest of the village, where some new houses have been added, or in the coastal area, where there used to be markets selling fish, and now they have been replaced by some apartments. Furthermore, although the hotel has remained unchanged during this period, a new parking space has been built right next to this hotel.
Second of all, in 1995 there used to be five shops that no longer exist presently, as those stores have changed and now serve as restaurants. The farmland has also been removed; instead, a golf field has been established. Moreover, the forest park has completely disappeared, alternatively, there is a newly-built tennis court. Besides, the fishing area has totally vanished from the village and it is not on the map anymore.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
A glance at the map provided reveals how the village of Ryemouth has changed since 1995. Overall, there have been extensive developments with regard to the construction of buildings and facilities.
In 1995, there were two main roads running through the town from west to east and northwest to southeast. Alongside the road from west to east, there was a shop and hotel, and on the opposite side of them, there were a fish market and café. In the northeast, there was huge farmland just on the top of the forest park. Likewise, there was a fishing port in the sea.
At present, a new road has been constructed in a residential area, which is surrounded by houses. Also, a gall has replaced the farmland, and a new tennis court has been erected after the deforestation of the park. A new residential area has been built in place of a fish market, and a restaurant has been constructed on the opposite side of the road where the shop used to be. Furthermore, there is a new car park next to the hotel; additionally, the former fishing port in the sea no longer exists.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The maps illustrate how a village called Rvmouth has changed commencing 1995 until now. Overall, the jungle has seen significant growth residentially. It is noteworthy that recreational developments have occurred noticeable damage to the trees.
In 1995, there used to be a farmland located in the northeast of the area, which was next to the forest Park in the west. There were two main roads running through the jungle from east to west and its branch to the northwest. There were also a housing area and a series of houses along the main road to the northwest. Additionally, There were several shops similar in size and length which were located along the road to the east and west. Fish market area was off the main road and after that was a cafe across from a hotel in the east of the region.
Currently, in the west and northwest, a branch of the main road and more houses have been constructed. Golf has been replaced by the farmland and the forest park has been deforested and replaced by a tennis court with a smaller side. Restaurant and demolished fish market has been replaced by shops and apartments, respectively. Furthermore, Fishing port has been removed and a car park has been developed adjacent to the Hotel.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The given map illustrates the progress of the village of Rynemouth between 1995 and now.
At first glance, it is clear that this village experienced some remarkable changes over the span shown, becoming noticeably less green and it turned into an urban area. The only places that remained the same in this village over the period were the hotel and the cafe. The farmland and forest park in the east of the village, for example, were replaced with the golf and tennis court. Secondly, the shop and fish market on the left corner of the cafe was substituted with a restaurant and some apartments, respectively. In 1995, there was a fishing port in the middle of the sea, but now this place has been demolished. In addition, in the vicinity of the hotel, erect a car park. Furthermore, the housing zone in the top left of the map was developed, and also constructed a new road in this part of the village.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The maps illustrate the development which has taken place in the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and today. We can see that the rural area underwent many changes during this period, including the village used to have plenty of trees, and the farmland was converted for new construction and recreational facilities.
Not only have all the trees in the southern part of the farmland been chopped down, but the farmland has also been converted to make way for tennis courts and a golf course. In 1995, there was a fish market and fishing port located at the mouth of the sea. Currently, only apartments and the empty sea remain in that area. Additionally, new houses have been constructed near the existing residential buildings in the northwest part of the village.
In contrast, restaurants still remain in the southeast area near the sea. There used to be shops in this location, but they don't exist anymore. Furthermore, a car park was built facing a café, and the road has been extended from the main road to the northwest of the village.
The map below shows the development of the village of Ryemouth between 1995 and present.
The two maps illustrate the village of Ryemouth in 1995 and the present time.
Overall, the sea is stretched in the southern part of this village. A long main road is located in the north-western south-eastern direction, while another main road intersects it parallel to the sea. Ryemouth’s café and hotel situated on the two sides of this intersection are the only places that have remained unchanged from 1995 until now.
During the years, as the housing and apartments were expanded alongside the streets, the man-made sights replaced the natural areas; such as the farmland and the forest park in the eastern locations that together have turned into two tennis courts and a golf field. While some of the housing have been added to a new bystreet in the center to the west part of the village, the apartments have been built on the beach as a replacement for the fish markets. With the elimination of these markets, the fishing port was also deleted. The markets were not the only places that welcomed replacements over the years, but also the series of shops on the other side of the street turned into restaurants. Though the hotel remained unchanged, a car park has been added.
Write a letter to the manager of the Lost and Found department of the railway regarding the luggage you accidentally left on the train.
Give the details of your train trip
Describe the luggage you left on the train
Say what actions you want him/her to take
Dear Mr. Russels,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing to you because of a problem that I have been trying to solve for the past week, and all my effort has led me to deduce that unless you kindly accept to help me all my efforts will be in vein.
I am student at NYU and after years of hard work, I decided to reward myself by going on a train trip from New York to Seattle. The scenery and the professional conduct of the train personnel would have made it a memorable trip had I not forgotten my luggage on my return trip on May 21. I got on the 9 am train from Seattle and got off the train at the end of the line, New York at 5 pm, and it took me only 20 minutes to realize I had forgotten to collect my suitcase and rushed back to the train only to find it empty.
Ever since the incident, I have exhausted all possible options to track and find my luggage, which to this point have been fruitless. Hence, I have decided to seek your assistance as a last resort. In order to possibly provide aide in finding the item, I should inform you that my suitcase was a medium size green Echolac with a pink ribbon tied to the handle.
I understand that, as a very popular and overloaded establishment, you may face such requests repeatedly on a daily basis. However, as a foreign student I believe that my situation is more dire that a regular customer for I highly depend on the few possessions I have, some of which are irreplaceable such as a wrist watch my father gifted to me. I, therefore, would like to request that you help me by persuading the personnel at New York station to pursue my case more seriously and grant access to CCTV recordings to facilitate the process. I am once again grateful for the time you have taken to read my letter and will be at your disposal should you need more information through the contact information provided in the attachment.
Sincerely yours,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Write a letter to the manager of the Lost and Found department of the railway regarding the luggage you accidentally left on the train.
Give the details of your train trip
Describe the luggage you left on the train
Say what actions you want him/her to take
Dear Sir,
I believe you are in charge of the lost and found department of Tehran Railway Company, so I am writing to inform you that I misplaced my luggage on one of your trains. Please allow me to elaborate on what happened.
My trip took place last week. If I want to tell you the exact time when I took the train, it was Tuesday the 10th of May. The train that I got on was called Royal Star3, and my destination was Mashhad. I also remember that although the train was going to leave Tehran at 7 AM, it had an hour delay, which means the exact time of starting the trip was 8 AM.
The luggage I left on that train was a black leather suitcase. You can find a logo on its forefront, which is the name of the company where I work. I also tied a red colour ribbon to the hand of the suitcase so that I could recognize it more easily.
Since I found out that I left my suitcase on the train, I have been full of stress and anxiety because in the suitcase I have some valuable and precious personal belongings, like my tablet. That is why I kindly request you do me a favour to find my suitcase as soon as possible. I consider a decent gift for you to show my gratitude. Please when you find the suitcase, send it to the address attached at the end of this letter. I will pay all of the delivery costs too.
Thank you for your humble consideration and cooperation.
Kind Regards,
Hamid Gholami
Write a letter to the manager of the Lost and Found department of the railway regarding the luggage you accidentally left on the train.
Give the details of your train trip
Describe the luggage you left on the train
Say what actions you want him/her to take
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing this letter to bring to your attention that I misplaced my baggage on one of the trains of your company last Wednesday. I am Kimia Seyfi, your regular patron, and I need your assistance to locate my suitcase.
I traveled from Yazd to Tehran on May 15th by train number 245, wagon number 19B to attend a life-changing business meeting. I can vividly remember that I put my luggage above seat 3A when boarding the train. Unfortunately, because of the delay in the departure, I was in a hurry, and I forgot to pick it up while quitting the train. It is a large classic suitcase which is dark brown in color. Having all of my important documents in it, I need to find my luggage as soon as possible, Otherwise, I will lose all the precious articles and contracts that I have prepared for my career. I would be grateful if you could assist me to find it.
I would like to request you to check your lost items to find out whether it is my baggage among them. Provided that you could not find it in your department, I would appreciate it if you ask your colleagues to search the wagon for it. Please send it to me at the address attached at your earliest convenience.
I am looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully,
Kimia Seyfi
Write a letter to the manager of the Lost and Found department of the railway regarding the luggage you accidentally left on the train.
Give the details of your train trip
Describe the luggage you left on the train
Say what actions you want him/her to take
Dear Sir or Madam,
My name is Sam, and I am writing to inform you about a missing item that I left behind on my last trip to France.
On October 13th, I catch a train to Paris. I packed my belongings into a specious suitcase and a handbag which I had everywhere with me. I delivered the suitcase to the train’s storage and safety unit, then followed signage to lead me to my cabin.
I had a phone call when the train reached my destination, and I completely forgot to ask for my suitcase. A minute later train left the station, and I realized that I left my luggage behind. The day after, I called the lost and found department to inquire about the missing item with no success. The luggage is brand new and has a metal exterior all around so it would be easy to spot, however, the staff was unable to find it.
I wonder if it would be possible to receive your permission to have a look at the department to see if there is any chance to find it. It has a four-digit code locker, so there is no chance of a mistake when I find it.
Thank you in advance. I look forward to hearing about your decision. Please do not hesitate if there is any further question.
Yours faithfully,
Sam Smith
Hamed Shabani GT Modile
Many people believe that today there is a general increase in anti-social behaviour and lack of respect for others. What might have caused this situarion? How to improve it?
These days, anti-social behavior is considered a form of dissatisfaction among people. So of them assert that such behavior surges in many countries and causes disrespect for others.
Anti-social behavior is caused by people's dissatisfaction with their existing conditions. In many nations, individuals have some expectations from the government, like meeting their basic needs. When their requirements are not provided owing to the inefficiency of the officials, people behave in a tense manner since they tend to express their unhappiness with the government policy. For instance, if there is no political freedom or the unemployment rate is high in a country, people, notably the youth behave aggressively in their community. In this case, exchanging people's ideas on social media is a prevalent approach to represent their sadness. As a result, the respect disappears between the government and individuals. Another point worth mentioning is that anti-social behavior can indicate people's objection to a specific regulation, like the women's march on international women's day. So, they long to depict their protest by showing such conduct. Thus, these manners result in conflict between individuals and the police, and this circumstance causes disrespect to both sides.
There are some possible solutions to combat anti-social behavior. One of the most effective ones is altering the government's policies. If the state officials paysufficient attention to people's demands and strive to alleviate their dissatisfaction, individuals give up this behavior inasmuch as they can grasp that they are noteworthy to the government. Moreover, having conversations between people and the authorities may create a peaceful atmosphere and make individuals stop such aggressive behavior.
In conclusion, anti-social behavior is utilized for dissatisfaction that exists throughout society. When people decide to show their sad feelings, they behave aggressively as a result of not meeting their needs. Additionally, having conversations between people and the government and reforming the government’s policy can be prevented such behavior.
Simin Zamankhani (AC)
Many people believe that today there is a general increase in anti-social behaviour and lack of respect for others. What might have caused this situarion? How to improve it?
Many people believe that today there is a general increase in anti-social behaviour and lack of respect for others. What might have caused this situarion? How to improve it?
Many communities have expressed individuals performing disrespectfully and acting in antisocial ways with others has increased over the past few decades. Social media and instruction spaces at an early age lead to this dangerous situation; however, it will resolve by a series of changes in training and parental conservation.
Due to the popularity of social media throughout the world, many juveniles have access to various channels that affect their behaviors. Many bloggers and influencers are followed by individuals while displaying their lives without caring behaviors on plenty of issues, such as unprotection of the environment and Disrespectful to advanced-aged people. Then, gradually, such behaviors could be usual in various statuses. Additionally, youngsters communicate at school with peers at different levels according to economic, familial, and social and imitate their classmates' behaviors. For instance, the child of a single mother or family with a background of criminal issues from a weak social class has no opportunity for education. These children will have problems; if this person may tell the story and family issues that are normal for themselves, willingly or unwittingly lead to behaviors in their schoolmates, unlike social norms.
The government and educational institutions can create a context to teach people how to use Social Media appropriately. Try to identify people who activate on social networks and step on the right track to help others become more visible, so they can bring more ordinary people with them, such as creating charity and sport and environmental-friendly campaigns. Besides, parents restrict their children's commute if their children's friends are inappropriate. Spend more time with them, try to teach practical advice, and even accompany them.
To conclude, unexpected and inappropriate behaviors are common in societies, and this can be for reasons. However, by investing in educational and cultural issues for all people at different levels and taking care of young children by parents, it will be resolved.
Many people believe that today there is a general increase in anti-social behaviour and lack of respect for others. What might have caused this situarion? How to improve it?
Some argue that anti-social behavior is growing in society and respect is lost nowadays. In this essay, the underlying reasons and the solutions for this conundrum will be discussed.
We are living in a dynamic world where every value and norm is constantly changing; as result, people especially the younger generation establish their creed that may conflict with the conservatives' notion. In addition, they try to clash with any actions that they see as breaking the norms of their community. Consequently, youth feel disillusioned and fight back and show their disagreement by disrespecting the traditional beliefs of their culture. In addition, the current pandemic and some socioeconomic factors increase the economic gap in many countries across the world. This leads to a feeling of anger and inequality toward the government and well-off sectors of society thus some choose to disrespect the social norms and oppose the government in this way.
However, some measures need to be taken into account to address this predicament. First of all, families and authorities should recognize youngsters' perspectives toward the world and accept the discrepancies between different generations and allow their demands to be heard. Secondly, it is of great importance that governments and politicians take action to decrease poverty. Affluent individuals and companies must be obliged to have their fair share of responsibility by paying more tax. Furthermore, empowering unprivileged groups and disadvantaged neighborhoods ought to be on the government's agenda. This gives the rebels a sense of belonging to their society and prevents anti-social behaviors.
In conclusion, I am of the opinion that injustice and surpassing dissenting voices are the causes of this problem, and acknowledging various opinions and promoting justice, and improving the economic situation are the answers.
The chart shows the average number of hours each day that Chinese, American, Turkish and Brazilian tourists spent doing leisure activities while on holiday in Greece in August 2019.
The given bar graph illustrates how many hours perday tourists from four different nations spent reading books, visiting attractions and going to the beach in Greece in August 2019.
Overall, reading books was the top leisure activity among Chinese, American, Turkish and Braziliantourists, while siteseeing was the activity with the leastinterest among these travelers during the mentioned period.
Regarding all four nations, tourists spent the fewest hours siteseeing which included less than an hour for the Chineses, exactly two hours for the Brazilians, while the Turks and the Americans spent only three hours visiting tourist attractions, similarly.
The second favorite activity of all tourists was spending time by the sea in Greece, with the Braziliansat the top and the Chinese at the bottom of the list withsix hours and half of this time (three hours) per day, respectively.
The next holiday enjoyment with the greatest number of hours in August 2019 was book reading. When Chinese tourists read a third of their entire holidays (eight hours in a day), tourists from the United Statespent only a quarter of their time on this activity, and just a sixth of Brazilian and Turkish tourists' vacation(five hours per 24 hours) was spent reading books.
You are taking a course at a local college. The deadline for your project was last week but you haven't finished it.
▪️Introduce yourself
▪️Explain why you haven't handed in the project yet
▪️Request more time to do it.
Dear Mr.Akbari,
I am writing to sincerely apologize for not completing my project in a timely manner. I am one of the participants in your course which has been held since two months ago on Fridays morning on a weekly basis. My student number is 3348736.
Regrettably, while I was on the way to work last week, I got into a car accident in which my right hand was hurt. In view of the unfortunate event, It was difficult for me to write with my hand during this time, also despite my willingness to put in the work to complete my project, I was advised by my doctor to rest for a week, so I failed to accomplish my task by the deadline.
I wish to extend my apologies regarding the failure and hope you appreciate that my inability to do the task was not negligence on my part. I would like to cordially ask for a two-week extension on the task. Although I failed to meet your expectations, I assure you it will not happen again, and I will do my level best to deliver the task with very high quality. Furthermore, to make up for this, I intend to prepare a thirty-page presentation instead of a fifteen-page one.
I hope you will agree to my request. Thank you for your precious time.
Yours sincerely,
Arefeh Teimouri
You are taking a course at a local college. The deadline for your project was last week but you haven't finished it.
▪️Introduce yourself
▪️Explain why you haven't handed in the project yet
▪️Request more time to do it.
Dear Mr. Jenkins,
I am one of your students in the project management course at the college of Seattle, who you may remember as I am the only foreign student for this fall’s semester. Firstly, I would like to express my sincere and wholehearted appreciation for your exceptional quality of teaching, which has encouraged me to actively participate in class activities.
However, I unfortunately failed to maintain my progress in the course by missing last week’s deadline of your class project, scheduling a dam construction simulation. The reason behind this tardiness is, nevertheless, valid. About two weeks ago I was reached out by my lawyer in Iran who said my presence was needed there to conclude some financial affair and failing to do so would equal forgoing my claim on a sizable amount of money. This, in return, forced me to fly immediately to Iran, hence my delay in handing-in the project.
Therefore, I would like to request that you kindly extend my deadline for two weeks as it was due to unforeseen legal issues. In return, I can confidently assure you that the quality of my work in this project will more than please you. Once again, I would like to express my regret for missing the deadline and look forward to your response eagerly.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
You are taking a course at a local college. The deadline for your project was last week but you haven't finished it.
▪️Introduce yourself
▪️Explain why you haven't handed in the project yet
▪️Request more time to do it.
The chart illustrates the average number of hours each day that visitors from four countries spent carrying out entertaining activities when they were on holiday in Greece in August 2019.
Overall, the number of hours that Chinese travelers read books was the highest, while that of the lowest in both Turkish and Brazilian tourists. In addition, Chinese visitors were least interested in visiting venues.
Turkish and Brazilian tourists, both of them read various types of books four hours each day. Also, the proportion of hours that Brazilian visitors spent at the beach were greater than that of in Turkish tourists, at approximately six and five hours, respectively. Furthermore, travelers from Turkey were attracted to visit different tourist spots more times than Brazilian visitors.
Chinese and American tourists, the number of hours that Chinese travelers read books comprised the highest, at eight hours, whereas that of in American tourists was about five hours. The proportion of hours that people from the United States spent for visiting venues was greater than people from China.
Hoda.nik(ac)
You are planning to go and study English at a school overseas. You would like some information about their courses.
Ask about the school
Say what kind of accommodation you want
Mention any special requests you have (for example diet).
You are planning to go and study English at a school overseas. You would like some information about their courses.
Dear Mr/Madam,
I am an overseas student soon to take up studies in English course at your school and I am writing this letter to inquire regarding this course. First of all, I intend to know about your school and whether it is a public or a non-profit school due to tuition fees. In addition, I am wondering if it needs any English prerequisites or other academic requirements to enroll.
Another issue is where I would live during my studies. If it is possible for you, I would like to stay in a student dormitory or live with a host family, recommended by you. Because I think it would be better for me whether financially or safely.
Finally, I should inform you that I have an allergy to pepper. Thus, I want to know if it would be possible to have access to a special diet. I would be grateful if you could possibly provide me with some brochures containing information concerning my questions or any other essential requirements. I have supplied my email address along with my mobile phone number for convenience as well as I have enclosed copies of my academic transcripts.
I am looking forward to hearing your response.
Yours faithfully,
Shabnam Tannazian
Shabnam Tannazian
General training
You are planning to go and study English at a school overseas. You would like some information about their courses.
Ask about the school
Say what kind of accommodation you want
Mention any special requests you have (for example diet).
Dear sir or madam,
I am Armineh Mohamadi, and I am writing this letter to express my pleasure in attending this reputable school and my passion for knowing more about the different aspects of this instructional institution.
I have great aspired to be aware of core subjects and practical courses in the script writing major and its schedule in the first term ahead. Because I will probably join the filmmaking company as I have been eager to expose myself to first-hand experiences in this field. Therefore, being acquainted with this matter alleviate my nervousness about forwarding planning.
Another issue that I would like to mention is accommodating overseas students. About myself, it preferably would be a comfortable dormitory adjacent to the college and provided with shops that sell daily groceries and household products. Additionally, I wish to know if there is a study hall and Wi-Fi internet access on campus.
My last request is that since I have been playing tennis for years, now I am currently preparing for a national tennis tournament. And I wanted to ask if it is possible to use the university tennis court every other day individually, although I can afford to rent it. Please let me know about it.
I hope you will consider me for these requests, and I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully
Armineh Mohamadi
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The chart compares employment in two different years in the UK. It discusses the subject of full-time and part-time employment among men and women with details in both the percentage and the number of employed people. Overall, While the number of working people has increased, the proportion has not remained the same.
Firstly, the majority of job opportunities belong to male groups in both 1988 and 2012. In 1988, they got 53% of full-time positions and 6% of part-time job positions. Secondly, although, most career positions belonged to men, women were active outside of the household as well. At that time, 22% of females had part-time jobs and 19% of them were busy in full-time occupations.
On the other hand, in 2012, the total number of working people increased from 23,839,000 to 29,600,000. Based on the numbers it can be claimed that even though the proportion in percentage might show a fall in some specific groups, employed people have increased in all. For example, the chart shows that full-time working male has declined to 47%, nevertheless, by looking at the numbers it is crystal clear that there was also a raise in this group and it has come up from 12,539,000 in 1988 to 13,794,000 in 2012. Moreover, both percentage and the number of full-time female workers have increased within years.
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The two pie charts illustrate the number and proportion of men and women working entire-time and part-time in the UK between 1988 and 2012.
Looking from an overall perspective, it is readily apparent that, the total number of employees grew between these years. In addition, although the vast majority of occupations are held by men, the proportion of men decreased by 5%.
As can be seen from the pie charts, women working part-time declined slightly from 22 percent in 1988 to 20 percent in 2012, but their number increased from 5,268,000 to 5,979,000. Women working full-time accounted for 19% of jobs (4,482,000 people) in 1988, and it increased to 26% (7,696,000 people) in 2012.
Despite the 6% reduction in the proportion of men working entire-time to 47% in 2012, their population which was 12,539,000 in 1988, rose to 13,794,000 in 2012. Both the number and percentage of entire-time males increased during this period. They were 1,550,000 in 1988 and rose to 2,131,000 in 2012. In 1988, they made up only 6% of the workforce, but this rose to 7% in 2012.
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The pie charts provide data on employment in Great Britain in the years,1998 and 2012.
Overall, it can be seen that the total number of people who were employed grew significantly, from the total number of 23836 thousand in 1998 to 29600 thousand in the year 2012.
Looking at the data related to the employment of men in more detail, it is evident that 53 percent of men were employed in full-time jobs in 1998, and this number decreased to 47 percent in 2012. The number of men who were employed in part-time jobs increased slightly from 6 percent to 7 percent in the year 2012. This number is 1550 thousand and 2131 thousand for the years 1998 and 2012, respectively.
Turning to other data sets, for women, it can be seen that in 1998, 4482 thousand women were employed in full-time jobs, which is almost one-third of this number for men. Furthermore, the number of women in part-time jobs is 5268 thousand and 5979 thousand for the years 1998 and 2012, respectively.
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The two pie charts compare employment rates of four distinct groups of employees in the UK after a period of 24 years (in 1988 and 2012).
Overall, despite the rises in the numbers of employers in each group, the proportion of full-time men and part-time women staff decreased noticeably. Meanwhile, the percentages of full-time women and part-time men employees who had the least amounts rose throughout the period.
In contrast to Full-time employed men who had both the largest proportion(53%) and the highest number(5,268) in 1988, part-time men employees comprised 6%(1,550), ranking the last among the four groups. However, while the former experienced a considerable fall of 6%, there was a slight increase in the latter as it reached 7%, making up the smallest group in 2012. Having said that the contribution of full-time men staff was still the greatest in the final year.
Full-time and part-time female employees numbers and shares were very close in 1988(19%-4,482 and 22%-5,268, respectively). Full-time women had declined to 20% by the end of the period, whereas part-time female jobholder figures surged, amounting 26%(7,696), the second highest proportion in 2012.
Samaneh ghaseminejad
Writing task 1 / academic
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
Given are two pie charts providing comprehensive statistics regarding the occupation of British citizens in two years, including 1988 and 2012.
Taking a fleeting scan, it is starkly apparent that the total number of employees went up over the course of time, in which women experienced a considerable promotion in the share of job market.
Scrutinizing two diagrams reveals that the number of men who used to be in charge of a full-time job fell from 53 % in 1988 to 47 % in 2012. The portion of full-time workers from the opposite gender; however, experienced 7 percent of growth, with percentages being 19 % (in 1988) and 26 % (in 2012). Presented in numbers, total figures of workforce saw a rise of about 6000 (in 1000s) while the data had been 23,839 (in 1000s) in the beginning.
Regarding the proportions of those who landed a part-time job, less-or-more one-fifth of women pursued such careers, indicating a negligible alteration in two given dates. Representing a similar tendency, part-time male workers accounted for 6 and 7 in 100 total staff in 1988 and 2012, correspondingly.
Ardeshir Savari/Academic
184 words
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The pie charts compare the proportion of British men and women employees over the two separate years. Numbers are measured in 1000s.
It is clear that the total number of employees increased dramatically from 1988 to 2012. In both years, the percentage of men workers was more than half of the total employment rate of the UK.
The total rate of employment increased during the 24-years period, with 5761 people growth. The proportion of full-time job-takers was more than part-time in both years. Men who worked full-time had the highest figures in 1988, with 53% of the employment rate, and experienced a decline of 6% by 2012. The number of women employed full-time saw the greatest change during the years, and the number of them increased from 4482 to 7696 people.
Part-time jobs were less popular among men, with only 6% of the employment rate, and this figure almost remained the same in 2012. The number of women who occupied in this category was more by 5268 people in comparison to full-time women employees, but it cannot stand as the popular one between women and decrease to 20%.
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The following charts provide information on the rate of employment for both genders in the UK in two years(1998 and 2012). Overall, it can be seen that the number of employees increased significantly during the given period.
Regarding workers in 1998, it is quite obvious that full-time male workers constituted the highest rate with 53 % which is more than double the amount of female full-time workers at 19%. However, in this year there is a huge gap between part-time employees based on their sex, the number of women with 5268 (thousand) was roughly four times more than men at 1550(t).
With respect to the 2012 chart, the rate of men full-time workers gradually declined by 6% while the rate of full-time employees rose to 26%.On the contrary, the number of male part-time workers slightly increased to 7%, whereas for females this rate decreased by 2%. It can be mentioned that the proportion of female employees enjoyed a noticeable increase from 41% to 46% over 24 years.
Government needs to spend money to encourage the development of sport and art for school students, rather than to support professional sports and art events. Do you agree or disagree?
It is argued that instead of supporting professional athletics and art venues, the government should focus more on the promotion of sports and art among school students. From my perspective, although investing in any profession on behalf of the government has obvious benefits, the effect of encouraging the youth from younger ages should not be overlooked.
On the one hand, allocating funds to sports championships and art exhibitions is associated with two main advantages. Firstly, it could bring international achievements and cultural richness to a nation. For instance, winning an international champion’s league is an honor for any athlete. Likewise, global fame for a professional artist such as a composer, a painter, or a film director is a prominent way to introduce and promote the culture and traditions of a country. Secondly, such achievements not only will lead to international recognition of the sportsman and artists, but also it would pay the government back financially. For instance, many artists bring fortune to their country through their international work.
On the other hand, it is true that allocating considerable amounts of money to encourage students to pursue these fields proves practical. The reason is that young people’s minds are more susceptible to develop an interest in new areas. Therefore, they would be enthusiastic about sports and art at younger ages. Furthermore, it is highly likely that such students become successful athletes and artists in the future, contributing to their own nation in many ways. For example, it is seen that children who pursue an artistic skill from younger ages, usually become passionate artists in the future.
In conclusion, whether governments should spend more money on education than professions have been a matter of controversy. In my opinion, both areas are worth investing in. However, the ultimate outcome of bringing up athletes and artists from younger ages is preferable.
Government needs to spend money to encourage the development of sport and art for school students, rather than to support professional sports and art events. Do you agree or disagree?
Promoting art and sports has long been among the vital schemas of governments that annually consume a part of the public budget. It is agreed that this fund had better be injected into the pedagogical section, which has a long-lasting impact, instead of launching sports and art with a high chance of getting privet sponsors for financial support.
The major rationale why allocating this money to students in school is more efficient would be that it can ameliorate their mental and physical well-being. Should this stratum commence these measures from an early age, they would continue them in the other stages of their life as the habits established in children usually convey to adulthood. In this case, not only would this population be immune to mental and physical diseas, albeit to some extent, but some of them would also find their field of interest or even their talent would be discovered by their instructors in this area, both of which can pave the way for them to gain prosperity. The sports trainer of Cristino Ronaldo, the most successful soccer player, as a case in point, figured out that he is a gifted person over their school programs led him to gain a lot of crowning accomplishments.
Apart from this fundamental effect, professional sports and art events are of a high chance of absorbing privet financial backing. Being a great opportunity to enhance the number of customers and gain a lucrative source of revenue, these occasions sweep the private sections to invest in them. The obtained proceeds from these events, therefore, could be applied to running them. South Africa’s World Cup, which was held in 2010, plays a good example here, in which not only the expenditures supplied by the sponsors, but they also revitalized the economical situation of this country.
In the light of aforesaid analysis, regarding the profound constructive effects of starting sports and art in childhood for individuals and the possibility of supplying monetary resources of professional events from other sources, it is much more reasonable to assign governmental funds to the knowledge-seekers at schools.
Dorna Nezami
academic
Government needs to spend money to encourage the development of sport and art for school students, rather than to support professional sports and art events. Do you agree or disagree?
Since time immemorial, governments have been inclined to allocate a considerable amount of financial incentives to develop various activities in their societies. While some experts insist that the most remarkable initiatives should be specified to consummate professionals, the other side of the argument, myself included, believe that investing in educational system should be prioritized.
On one hand, a commonly held belief is that generating publicity for talented athletes and accomplished artists could be beneficial both financially and culturally. As for economy, having their fame been promoted by the media, celebrities can play a part in the policies of the government, along with the plausibility of endorsements that such ones give to products on TV commercials, stimulating outcomes of multinational companies. Such tendency; however, means that consumerism would be given the main focus, which does not bring merits to citizens. Paving the way for the cultural plans of the government; additionally, superstars could be an asset to authorities and their enterprises. Despite the fact that this option seems to be viable, there is no disgusting the fact that not all the state plans are well-oriented to the public interests.
On the other hand, it is conceivable to put forward the view that the more well-educated a new generation is, the brighter prospects a country can envisage, contributing to the society, as a whole, with regard industry and prosperity. Provided that the next generation are provided with a satisfactory training, they will be able to generate revenues and add to the GDP by working as diligent, well-qualified workforce in companies. This, in turn, will set the wheels in motion to improve the wealth of individuals, which would lead to a developed, prosperous country, ultimately.
From what has been discussed above one obtainable conclusion is that not only could the allocation of public spending to infrastructure such as schools bring those children gleam prospects, but also it could boost the economy of a country eventually, as opposed to allotting the overwhelming majority of finances to celebs, causing a yawning gap between the poor and the rich by making a fortune for magnates.
Ardeshir Savari, Academic
349 words
Government needs to spend money to encourage the development of sport and art for school students, rather than to support professional sports and art events. Do you agree or disagree?
Authorities are said to be better allocate most of their budget to the educational system than invest in sports and art in a professional way seeing that politicians wants to motivate knowledge seekers to pursue arts and sports; however, this idea seems to be refuted thanks to both external and dispositional factors that this decision caused.
One of the major impracticality of this notion seems to lie in the international sports and festivals competitions like Olympics, which trigger enormous benefits in different fields to the countries. Should policymakers don’t take these arts and athletic events as serious accounts, these ignorances would bear a hidden cost to the prospect of countries in these sectors. It is true that leading authorities should devote part of their expenditures to discovering talents in school. This, nevertheless, would not necessarily mean that government take athletes and artists for granted. That seems to be one of the main reasons why strategists would need an equal look and judgment toward these sides.
Another rationale for the impracticality of this theory is rooted in the fact that these kinds of encouragement measures in a seat of learning lead to either athletes or artists lose their interest in their careers since one such group wouldn't receive the expected support as making a concrete effort. Chiefly, Children motivated would require patterns to show an eagerness for activity. It is doubtless once these young-aged groups fail to find successful artists and athletes in idyllic ways, the enthusiasm of whim would be faded, as a result of which, these financial motivations would not seem to work wonders, and this would be other attributable to the failure of the attitude
Overall, it is conceivable that decision-makers, by implementing such methods, not only wouldn't assist in sparking art and sports interest in children but also distance the group from their aim
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
The bar chart provides some information about the percentage of five businesses ( manufacturing, construction, wholesale, retail and information and communication) that made e-commerce purchases from 2015 to 2019 in Canada.
Overall, the proportion of electronic commerce purchases increased for each business, although there were some fluctuations. The figures for information and communication were the highest in each year and this business was the most stable one over the period among all categories.
Looking more precisely, the manufacturing industry showed significant fluctuations. In 2015, the percentage of purchases stood at just over 30%, while it was much higher at more than 50% in the next year. Afterwards, it saw a decrease to about 45% in 2017, followed by a gradual increase of about 15% until 2019.
Construction and wholesale industries had similar constant increasing trend during the given time. However, the construction group showed more changes, from well above 20% to about 55%, while the figures for the wholesale industry experienced about a 20% increase to around 60%. Retail and communication and information categories had similar fluctuation patterns although the latter had smaller changes (around 10% over the whole period). The retail industry showed a significant increase in 2016, after which it rose slightly to well above 50%. Then it experienced a greater increase in 2018, followed by a marginal decrease.
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
Vahid Babalo/ AC
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
The bar chart compares five different businesses which constituted e-commerce purchasing in Canada over 5 years, from 2015 to 2019.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that, as time went further the number of online purchases increased. Additionally, Information and communication were the most popular e-commerce purchases among other businesses in Canada.
Information and communication were the most popular e-commerce businesses in 2015, at 60%. In the following year, it experienced an increase to just 70% and remained unchanged for the next year, in 2017, before peaking at about 74% in 2018. It then declined to its previous figure at the end of the period. A similar pattern can be seen in the retail business. It stood at just above 30% in 2015, which soared twice as much as its initial value in 2019.
Three other businesses, including wholesale, construction, and manufacturing, demonstrated quite similar behavior. For example, wholesome as the highest among the other three, started e-commerce purchases from 40% in 2015 and reached a peak at about 60% in 2019. This can be seen similarly for construction; it began from just about 20% and finished at 55% in 2019. Regarding manufacturing, although there were some fluctuations, it increased from just above 30% and finished just below 60%.
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
A glance at the figure provided reveals the shares of five distinct kinds of businesses (retail, wholesale, construction, information and communication, and manufacturing) that bought their needs virtually in Canada from 2015 to 2019 at 1-year intervals.
Overall, information and communication enjoyed a considerable bulk of virtual purchases, while others had approximately the same volume during the mentioned period.
The trend in retail and information and communication are the same as each other, and they grew from 2015 to 2018, and then a marginal decline occurred for both. In 2015 the rate was just over 60, roughly 70 in 2016, 2017, and 2019, and the most was in 2018(about 75). The amounts for retail were about 20% lower than the leader during each of the years.
The only business that fluctuated was manufacturing from one-third in 2015 to more than half in 2016 and about 45%, 50%, and just less than 60% in the following years respectively.Construction and wholesale saw constant growth during the period mentioned. In 2015 Construction was just over 20% and increased annually to reach a peak in 2019 with a little more than 60%. Wholesale stood at one-third in 2015 and reached half in 2016 and also the top of about 60% in 2019.
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
The chart reveals information on the amounts of online purchases by industrial businesses in Canada between 2015 and 4 years later. What stands out from the chart is the dominance of purchases in liaison with information and communications, which was the most-favourite item during these 4 years. It is evident from the trends that it e-commerce gained popularity over the years and experienced a slight increment albeit to widely volatilized degrees.
Regarding construction and wholesale, both of them underwent an upward trend in that 4-year period, and the figures clustered between 20-55 and 40-51 percent respectively. The former improved from 22-30, 30-36, significantly rocketed from 36-50, and slightly went up from 50-55 percent. The latter (wholesale) also rose from 40-50, 50-53, 53-58, and 58-62 percent. However, in manufacturing, the numbers first climbed from 30-50, but fell about 5 percent in the next year. It had a steady increment in the next years from 45-50, and 50-58 percent in the next 2 years.
As regards the first-ranked item, information and communications were in most favour from 2015 to 2019. It also climbed steadily from 60-69, 69-70, 70-75 percent, at which hit the peak and then, dipped to 60 percent. In retail section, it approximately doubled from 30-50 percent. Despite this dramatic change, the numbers faces consistency in the next years and went up from 50-52, 52-57, and a negligible drop from 57-56 percent.
Fargol Sayadian
AC
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
The chart given compares data regarding the proportional amount of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in five groups in Canada over a four-year period from 2015 to 2019.
Overall, it is evident that the least percentage of e-commerce in all five categories was for the year 2015. Another interesting point is that the purchase of information and communication was the highest percentage over the period in question.
A glance at construction and wholesale shows that the percentage of buying increased year on year. While 20% of construction was bought by customers in 2015, this figure reached its highest percentage at more than one in two in 2019. As for wholesale, this figure was almost twice as high as the construction sector in 2015. However, it enjoyed a rise to 60%.
Regarding the manufacturing and retail sector, the percentage of sales was almost the same at around 33% at the beginning of the period, whereas the former reached approximately 58%, the latter increased by 30% at the end of the period.
With respect to information and communication, 60% of its purchase was in 2015, which meant it was by far the highest amount of sale in that year in comparison with other groups. Having fluctuated between 68% and 70%, this figure then fell to about 67% in 2019.
The chart below shows the proportion of businesses making e-commerce purchases by industry in Canada between 2015 and 2019.
The bar chart illustrates the percentage of electronic commerce bought by five different industrial businesses in Canada over 5 consecutive years from 2015 to 2019.
Overall, it is clear that the proportion of e-commerce acquired by all the business sectors increased during the period shown. Furthermore, the number of purchases of all businesses peaked in the last year of the period, except for retail, and information and communication areas.
Manufacturing businesses were purchasing e-commerce at 30% in 2015 followed by a significant increase to 50% in 2016. This figure fluctuated over the 2 following years, but ended up at about 60% by the end of the period. Firms in construction and wholesale areas, experienced the identical pattern, starting at 20% and 40%, respectively. They both witnessed a substantial growth, and reached around 60% each in 2019.
The reverse was true for the corresponding percentages in retail, and information and communication fields. These businesses changed in the same way during the research period. Retail businesses started with buying 30% of e-commerce. This percentage rose to about 60% over the 4 following years in 2018, followed by an insignificant drop to 58%. The same was true for information and communication. This area started at 60% in 2015, reached 74% in 2018, and stopped at 70% in 2019. This field accounted for the largest proportion of purchases.
The natural resources such as oil, forest and fresh water are being consumed at an alarming rate. What problems does it couse? How can we solve these preblems?
The natural resources such as oil, forest, and freshwater are being consumed at an alarming rate. What problems does it cause? How can we solve these problems?
There is a claim that the rates of consuming natural inputs such as oil, forests, and water are increasing drastically. This statement can bring about numerous difficulties. However, it can be tackled if proper measures are taken.
Needless to say, overpopulation has resulted in the overuse of natural resources which is not only detrimental to human beings’ lives but also to other creatures. The main reason behind this logic is due to the fact that most species’ lives would be on the verge of extinction and the possibility of them finding an adequate amount of food or water would be minuscule. Consequently, by interrupting the food chain, all creatures, living on earth would experience lethal and life-threatening circumstances. Additionally, owing to the growing tendency among authorities to industrialization without considering its inevitable consequences, deforestation; for instance, can result in global warming and ozone layer depletion. These are all contributing factors to worsen the global situation and provide individuals with a greater sense of dissatisfaction.
Several options are available to overcome this difficulty, the best of which seems to be imposing heavy taxes on those who utilize natural resources in an obsessive and overwhelming manner. Thus, the possibility of people wasting water or other sources would be increased. Moreover, most individuals have not grasped the importance of these natural inputs on a global basis, yet. By informing and making them aware of the devastating consequences of their actions, and designating eco-friendly campaigns in different parts of the world, people would try their best to avoid harmful damages such as water shortage.
In conclusion, although the consumption of natural resources is increasing significantly and resulting in numerous issues, several strategies are available to iron them out in order to improve our surroundings.
(AC)
The natural resources such as oil, forest and fresh water are being consumed at an alarming rate. What problems does it couse? How can we solve these preblems?
Human beings are increasingly using natural resources such as fossil fuels, forests, and water, leading to a wide range of problems, both for the environment and for people themselves. However, there are several solutions to prevent overexploiting these non-renewable resources.
The rapid exhaustion of natural resources will have dire consequences. At present, these resources are the primary source for the majority of human activities, from operating a home ventilation system to larger-scale uses, such as wood production in a factory. Therefore, excessive use of natural resources, which eventually results in their depletion, would seriously disrupt human life. In addition, the more natural resources are used, the more damage to the environment there will be. For example, by chopping down large numbers of trees, which contribute to reducing carbon dioxide, to either use them as a source of fuel or for material, the air quality will deteriorate and the soil will erode. This can not only adversely affect human health but can endanger other plants and animals, resulting in disturbances of ecological balance.
To address the problems related to over-consuming natural resources, one solution could be to explore renewable sources. Utilizing solar panels and wind turbines to generate electricity, which currently, in most cases, is produced by burning fossil fuels, are some examples. By doing this, the high dependency on natural non-renewable resources would decrease significantly. Another method is to create a reward and punishment system. In other words, the government could encourage people to cut back on their natural resource usage by giving them incentives such as monetary rewards and, likewise, discouraging them from extra use by applying more severe taxes, for example.
In conclusion, finding alternative renewable sources and also considering incentives and penalties for individuals’ usage behaviors are effective procedures to reduce the consumption of natural resources, thus, protecting humans and their environment.
The natural resources such as oil, forest and fresh water are being consumed at an alarming rate. What problems does it couse? How can we solve these preblems?
The ever-increasing intensive exploitation of natural resources, including fossil fuels, forests, and natural freshwater reserves, is becoming an overriding environmental issue that needs immediate solutions; otherwise, it will cause numerous problems.
Firstly, the uncontrolled overutilization of natural resources, without considering the time required for their natural restoration, leads to their early exhaustion. For example, a process of millions of years is needed for forming fossil fuels; therefore, their limited deposits will be quickly depleted in no time if we continue to overuse them in an unbridled manner. Secondly, the excessive consumption of natural reserves inevitably leads to dire environmental consequences since it can disturb nature's balance. For instance, the massive amount of emissions produced by the immoderate consumption of fossil fuel resources changes the natural composition of gases in the atmosphere, leading to negative greenhouse effects and acid rain. Similarly, the destruction of forests and groundwater reservoirs due to their overutilization can cause natural disasters, such as floods, drought, and land subsidence.
One way to minimize the problems resulting from the overuse of natural resources is to find proper alternatives to reduce their depletion rate. For example, instead of over-dependence on oil for generating power, renewable energy resources, such as solar, geothermal, and wind energies, can be substituted. Moreover, the depletion of freshwater reserves can be controlled by applying modern techniques and equipment for farms' irrigation. Finally, to regenerate the damaged forests, laws can be established to deter logging companies from the extensive destruction of forests.
In conclusion, early exhausted natural resources and adverse ecological consequences result from the excessive use of natural deposits. These problems can be mitigated by substituting renewable energy for fossil fuels, using sustainable irrigation methods and equipment for agriculture, and establishing laws to preserve forests.
Maryam Azizzade
Academic
The maps show Pacific Railway Station station in 1998 and now.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.
The provided maps depict the developments that have taken place at Pacific railway station over a twenty-seven-year period.
Overall, the most significant fact to emerge from the maps is that this station underwent dramatic transformations over this timeframe, being noticeably more built up.
With respect to the infrastructures and services area, it can be clearly seen that the number of platforms has added up approximately two times more than past. The new platforms are right on the left of the map, stretched from roughly the middle of the station to the north of it. In addition, the ticket office, right in the southeast of the region, has been enlarged, having been doubled in size, by pulling down a shop that used to be there.
Turning to the eateries and shops, according to the data shown toilets, which used to be proportionally on the center of the map, have been demolished, and two shopping erected there. Adjacent to the second shop, a new restaurant has been constructed, the roof of which was colored blue. Interestingly, a new rectangular-shaped supermarket has been built in the southwest of the station. Surprisingly, the cafe, located in the south of the map, opposite the platforms, has remained unchanged.
Dorna Nezami
academic
The maps show Pacific Railway Station station in 1998 and now.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.
The given maps depict the changes which occurred in Pacific Railway Station between 1998 and now.
Despite the negligible changes, the station has significantly altered with developing a restaurant, a supermarket, and other railway tracks which provides a more facilitated place.
As for the items which have substantial changes. Pacific Railway Station comprised only four platforms situated on the right-hand side in 1980. In contrast, this station now constitutes other three platforms located on the left-hand side. while toilets which stood in the middle of the station have been demolished, there is a restaurant lying between the old and new platforms. Similarly, a supermarket has set up in the bottom left-hand corner.
Regarding the remaining items, in 1980 only a shop lay in the bottom right-hand corner nearby old platforms, but now there are two shops placed in the center of the station and provide more appropriate access for customers of each platform. Although the number of ticket offices has doubled, its location which was to the left of the shop in 1980 remains unchanged. Likewise, the café which stood to the left of the shop is still there.
Yaser Oghabneshin
The maps show Pacific Railway Station station in 1998 and now.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.
AC
The two maps illustrate changes that have taken place in the Pacific Railway Station area from 1998 up to now.
Overall, comparing the maps reveals a profound development that has occurred, from increasing the number of platforms to constructing many entertainment buildings to provide various services.
In the north of the station, in 1998, there were four platforms which have remained since now. However, in the recent regeneration, three more ones were built exactly on the opposite side of the station, in the northwest. Moreover, the building of the facilities was utterly demolished and replaced with two shops and a restaurant in the central area, between the two platforms zones.
Regarding the southern part of the maps, we witnessed fewer changes during the 24 years compared to the northern part. In the southeast, the building of the café is still in the same place, beside the thicket office. However, the shop was knocked down to make way for the development of the neighboring building. It is now twice times bigger than the past. A big supermarket was also constructed in the southwest, across from the café.
Many people believe that cooking is an essential life skill and should be taught to boys and girls in schools. Others disagree and believe it is a waste of school time. To what extent do you agree?
Nowadays, due to the increasing popularity of solitary living and independent lifestyle, developing personal skills is becoming inevitable. While some people assume that cooking, as an essential skill, ought to be taught in schools, others take the opposing view. My firm conviction is that learning how to cook will not only enable every pupil to become more independent but also help them to be well-prepared for their future.
On the one hand, some people are of the opinion that schools are not suitable contexts for teaching cooking and this would arouse dissatisfaction, leading to a neglecting attitude toward other crucial lessons. Moreover, they believe that cooking has to serve as a personal skill that parents have to take responsibility for, and schools must concentrate on academic classes and professional training.
On the other hand, some people - including myself - opine that schools have the commensurate potential to accelerate the learning process of gaining self-skills with its viable atmosphere. It is also believed that prolonged exposure to the appropriate way of doing daily activities will arouse expertise and self-confidence in that tasks, leading to a significant reduction in possible flaws. In addition, primary schools are constructed by the notion of expanding pupils' personal skills, and cooking is not an exception. If routine activities such as cooking become a part of the courses, there would be extra attention to the whole procedure, ingredients, and healthy levels of the diets, which lead to a healthier society in the future.
Having considered both sides of the debate, I fervently believe that although adding cooking classes to the curriculum may be trifling at first, the long-term impacts will not only benefit pupils but also initiate a healthy diet and lifestyle consequently.
You have heard that a developer plans to build a shopping centre near your home.
Write a letter to the council. In your letter
▪️Say how you heard about the plan
▪️Explain how you feel about it
▪️Ask for more information about it
Dear Mr.Smith,
I am writing this letter with regard to an announcement that I have seen in Time News Newspaper, in reference to a shopping center whose development is planned at First Avenue Street, Sector 11. To be specific, this news was published on the 2nd of July in the Real Estate Section. I am a resident of this distinct and have been living there since my birth in 1993.
Firstly, I am not enthusiastic regarding this update as being a resident of that location for the past few years, not only I, but all the fellow residents deserve to know such information beforehand. Already there is a lot of parking crunch, to which I certainly hope that builders have considered the situation and designed a workaround accordingly. Furthermore, there is a hospital in our locality, hence loud music will create annoyance, especially during festive times. Therefore, strict guidelines should be issued by the authority to the developer to minimize such issues.
Moreover, I would sincerely request you to kindly share specific details regarding it so I can have an in-depth idea about the aforementioned and I will eventually share the information with everyone in the locality so it can be taken to the Resident’s Welfare Association of nearby societies. Kindly find an enclosed visiting card with my contact details where you can revert.
Looking forward to hearing from you.
Yours sincerely,
Arefeh Teimouri
The graph gives information about the age of the population of Iceland between 1990 and 2020.
The bar chart compares the proportions of the different age ranges in Iceland from 1990 to 2020.
Overall, the age group from 25 to 54 accounts for the most significant proportion of the whole population in all years. Moreover, this age group increased steadily in this period, while all others have seen a decrease or stayed unchanged.
The figure for 65 and over was just above 10% in 1990, being responsible for the least number of people out of the whole population, in 2000 it maintained the same level, going up slightly and reaching about 15% in 2010, and keeping the same level afterward. Moreover, the percentage of Iceland citizens aged 55 to 64 remained stable, being about 15 percent in 1990 dropping slightly to 10% in 2020. Besides, the latter group forms the smallest segment of Iceland's population in the years 2000 and 2010.
In contrast, the proportion of the age group 25 to 54 rose by about 20% from around 30% in 1990 to about 50% in 2020, whereas figures for age groups 0 to 14 and 15 to 24 declined moderately from about 25% to just below 20% and around 20% to about 10%, respectively, from 1990 to 2020. In addition, in 2020 the smallest age band is 15 to 24.
The graph gives information about the age of the population of Iceland between 1990 and 2020.
The age of Iceland’s citizens in 10-year intervals, from 1990 to 2020, is compared on the provided bar chart into five groups.
Overall, it can be seen that the population of youths below 25 has decreased, while middle-aged groups experienced rather sharp growth. Another interesting point is that the differences between the five age groups’ proportions have rocketed to an extent in which individuals in their middle are over three times as others in 2020.
Looking at the details, adults with an age range of 25 to 54 have been the most predominant group among all, with above 30% in 1990 and their peak at around 50% in 2020. In contrast, children up to 14 years old and younger generations between 15 to 24, which had stood in the following places in 1990, with nearly 20% and just above 20% respectively, experienced a significant decline and fell more than 10%.
As far as elderly people are concerned, those consist of 55 to 64 years old, have seen a moderate decrease from around 13% in 1990 to 10% in 2020. Moreover, 65 years old people and above, remained almost stable with an approximately 13% population over the mentioned period.
Farzaneh Amrollahi/AC
You are currently taking a course at a college but you will need to have a week off during this course.
Write a letter to the college Principal. In the letter
Give details of your course
Explain why you need a week off
Say what you want the Principal to do.
Dear Mr. Simon,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am one of the international participants of the Project Management course at your college, which started on November first and is scheduled to finish before the New Year holidays. I am writing this letter after consulting the course instructor, Ms. Liz, and I am in need of your generous assistance.
As an international student it has not been long since I entered this country, and from my first moment of arrival, a close friend has kindly provided me with a place to stay and food. However, after some time of poor health and extensive tests, my friend was diagnosed with cancer, and his treatment is to commence next week. Being in debt of my friend and knowing that he has no one to support him, I have decided to accompany him to the first week of chemo-therapy sessions and take care of him during this time. Hence, I will need to have a week off from the course.
Since being absent from the class for this long poses the risk of being removed from the course, I believe that your heart-warming cooperation is the only ray of hope for my dilemma. I, therefore, would like to request that you kindly authorize my absence from the course only for the next week, and in return I vow to catch-up on my studies after my leave, and deliver a spectacular performance in the final exam. I hope you take my request into consideration and eagerly await your response.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
The tables below show people's reasons for giving up smoking, and when they intend to give up.
The given tables elucidate reasons behind why people quit smoking and the time they plan to start this process.
Overall, what stands out from the tables is that the main rationale mentioned for quitting smoking was being beneficial for general health, while the most common time planned for giving up was within the next six months.
Regarding causes of giving up smoking, the primary reason for stopping smoking was general health, with a total of 71% of all causes, whereas financial considerations were the second most popular reason, contributing to just below a third of all reasons. A quarter of smokers reported that they want to quit smoking due to lower risks of getting smoking-related illnesses, which is 13% more than those who quit for health problems and 9% more than those who give up because of the pressure from their family.
As for the second table, although 35% of questioned smokers planned to quit within the next six months, a fifth of smokers said they would give up within the next year, and just above a tenth of them cited that they decided to stop within the following month. Eventually, 71% of smokers surveyed claimed they have a tendency to quit, in a way that 60% of them smoked more than 20 cigarettes per day, and 79% smoked fewer than ten cigarettes each day; however, 29% of all smokers did not have any inclination to stop smoking.
The tables below show people's reasons for giving up smoking, and when they intend to give up.
The tables below show people’s reasons for giving up smoking, and when they intend to give up.
The presented tables compare the proportional distribution of reasons that made smokers give up smoking and the time they intended to quit it.
Overall, the most prominent reason was to enhance their health in general, while the share of “mitigating the risk for getting smoking-related conditions” and “financial issues” ranked second. Moreover, the two remaining groups were responsible for the lowest rates. In addition, regarding the time of stopping smoking, it is clear that the highest rates were reported in the “within the next six months” group.
Turning to the reasons, the most striking feature of the data was the percentage of improving health in general at 71%. This figure was followed by the “financial concern” and “less risk of getting smoking-related diseases” categories at 31% and 25%, respectively. By contrast, the two remaining reasons, namely "present health difficulties" and "family pressure" witnessed the weakest counts at an average of 14%.
Concerning the second table, it is noteworthy that a hefty 71% of smokers intended to stop smoking. Furthermore, the figures for the smokers who were inclined to quit within the next six months ranked first at 35%, followed by the share of quitters within the next year at roughly over 20%. The record for the quitters under one month, conversely, accounted for the smallest rates (at a margin of 12%).
The tables below show people's reasons for giving up smoking, and when they intend to give up.
The tables illustrate data about peoples’ causes of quitting smoking per the number of cigarettes they smoke every day, and when they aim to do it.
Overall, what stands out from the tables is that the significant reason for people to give up smoking is its betterness for health in general, while the lowest proportion of individuals quits it because of current health issues and family pressure. Additionally, the majority of people want to give it up.
There are five distinct reasons why people want to stop smoking. An increasing number of people, at 71% on average, want to give up smoking because it is better for their health in general; regardless of the number of cigarettes, they smoke per day. However, about 31% of people in total stop smoking because of financial considerations, compared to only about 25% in total who do this to prevent smoking-related diseases. Markedly, those people who smoke fewer than 10 cigarettes per day have less motivation to stop smoking to present health problems, at 10%, whereas this number is twice as high as those who smoke more than 20 cigarettes per day. The opposite trend can be seen among those who want to give up smoking because of family pressure, 16% on average.
Looking at the information on when people intend to stop smoking, we can see that about 71% of the total decide to do this, while this figure for those who do not intend to stop smoking is much lower, about 29% in total. In addition, three groups of individuals aim to end smoking through next month, six, and twelve months, which are 12%, 35%, and 21% respectively.
You paid a refundable deposit when you rented an apartment. You left the apartment in good condition but the Landlord won't return your deposit.
Write a letter to the landlord. In your letter
Explain why you are writing
Ask for the return of your deposit
Inform the landlord of possible legal action
Dear Mr. Smith,
I evacuated the rented flat last week and I am writing this letter to ask you kindly for the deposit refund. The resistance on returning my deposit is unacceptable, and I want to have my money back immediately, and clear out the probable outcomes for you in the case of refusal.
The monetary guarantee is a well-established rule for renting a property, and it is just for compensation of the probable damages. When I was leaving the apartment, you checked the property thoroughly and admitted there are no damage, and therefore my money would be safe from any penalty. After a week passed, you now refuse to pay it back without any justification. I need my money and want it back without further delay.
Our relationship has been based on mutual respect to date. But this reciprocal respect would be valid until each of us behave reasonably. I am sure you know about the clear laws in such situations to eliminate conflicts. I want just to remind you that legally, my right is assured in court and if I make a claim, all of your banking accounts will be blocked, which cause you trouble and loss of credit.
Let us resolve the problem wisely. You have my account number, I am waiting until tomorrow to have your reasonable response or my money in my account.
Sincerely,
James Cook
You paid a refundable deposit when you rented an apartment. You left the apartment in good condition but the Landlord won't return your deposit.
Write a letter to the landlord. In your letter
Explain why you are writing
Ask for the return of your deposit
Inform the landlord of possible legal action
Dear Mr Green
I am writing to you to inform you that I am leaving this city to another one as some personal issues have come up. So I am afraid that I need to leave your flat that I have recently rented from you and as it had been specifically mentioned in our contract, I have the right to have my deposit back if leaving the flat in the same condition as it used to be
I have been dealing with my husband for a long time, so I decided to split up for a while and live in my own place. However, since getting separated, we have been sorting out things with each other. Fortunately, everyone got better and we decided to give our marriage another chance, so I need to leave this place. Also I like to have my money back as I really need it. I would be appreciated if you could return the deposit.
Since we have agreed on refunding the deposit in the case of leaving the flat without any damage, if you will not follow the rule, I am afraid to tell you that I have to leave it to my lawyer to take it to the court and it does not sound something that either you and me would be willing to happen.
I am asking you before making the situation more complicated, it would be better to tackle this issue together without interfering the law.
Yours sincerely
Maryam Hedayati
The table below shows the changes in some household types in Canada from 1984 to 2020.
The provided table depicts the comparison of changes in household types in Canada from 1984 to 2020.
Overall, it can be seen that there are five types including one person, no children, dependent and non-dependent children, and lone parent. Moreover, all types show gentle growth during a 36-year period except for dependent and non-dependent children.
The one-person type surged slightly from 6% in 1984 to 12% in 2020. In comparison, the no children and lone parent types represented negligible rises. In other words, in 1984, the no-children type had 19% and reached 25% in 2020. In contrast, the lone parent type saw an eight percent growth during these years and finally touched 12% at the end of the period.
On the other hand, the dependent and non-dependent children faced reverse trends. In dependent children type had a 16 percent decline from 52% in 1984 to 36% in 2020. The non-dependent children type saw some fluctuations. The percentage of this type remained unchanged in 1984 and 1994, at 10% while it had a one percent increase and then a two percent decrease in 2014 and 2020, with 9%.
The table below shows the changes in some household types in Canada from 1984 to 2020.
The table compares the proportion of various types of householders in Canada between 1984 and 2020.
It is clear that the families with dependent youth were in the majority, while the lone parent householders are the type that saw the lower rate among all the residents.
In 1984, 52% of the householders were the group who had dependent children, and the second highest amount was related to couples with no kids at 19%. Lone parents and one-person occupants each had a percentage of merely under 7%, while10% of householders were the people whit non-dependent juniors.
The numbers in the table illustrate that for householders having non-dependent children, the percentage remained stable at around 10%. At the same time, the number of householders with dependent children decreased and reached 36% in 2020. In contrast, that year saw a rise in the percentage of houses with no children to 25%. One person, along with the lone parent occupants, had rapid growth in the number and reached about the doubled rate with 12% each in 2020.
Write a letter to your local council that the street you are living in has become dirty lately.
In your letter, you should tell:
Why it is happening
What problems it will cause
What your suggestions are
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing to bring to your attention my grave concern regarding the alarming decline in the standard of cleanliness on the street where I reside. It has come to my fore that the prevalence of litter and various forms of debris has seen a marked increase as of late.
The underlying cause of this issue can be attributed, in part, to a lack of effective waste management measures. Residents have been observed disposing of their refuse indiscriminately on the street rather than utilizing the designated waste receptacles. This has led to the street becoming a haven for vermin and a source of unpleasant odors.
If this matter is not addressed promptly, it could result in more serious health problems for the residents of the area. Additionally, the unsanitary state of the street may also lead to a decrease in property values and a detrimental impact on the overall aesthetic of the neighborhood.
In light of the above, I would respectfully suggest some measures to rectify the situation. To begin with, the council could consider increasing the frequency of waste collection services in the affected area. Furthermore, the council could initiate an educational campaign to raise awareness among residents regarding proper waste management practices. Finally, the council could contemplate the installation of additional waste bins on the street to encourage responsible disposal of refuse.
I would greatly appreciate your prompt attention to this matter and I am confident that, with the council's efforts, we can work towards restoring the cleanliness of our street.
Thank you for considering my concerns.
Yours faithfully,
Arthur Pourali
You have decided to leave your current employment.
Write a letter to your employer. In the letter:
Explain why you have decided to leave the company
Tell your employer what you plan to do after leaving your present employment
Say what you have gained from working for the company.
Dear Mr Kashani,
I am writing this letter to inform you that I have decided to resign. Please allow me to elaborate on why I made this decision and what I am planning to do in my future professional life.
The most important reason for leaving the company is my salary. Although the company provides a pleasant and friendly atmosphere for its employees, it does not consider their monetary issues. When I compare my wage with some of my friends with whom I have similar job experience, I find out that my job is a low-paying one. Moreover, as a result of emerging financial problems in our country, it has become quite hard for me to meet my basic living expenses, like paying bills and house rent.
After consulting with some of my colleagues and friends, I came to the conclusion that my best option is to establish my own business. There are some individuals who agree to give my initial capital for running this business. If I strive very hard to manage and handle this business to survive in today’s competitive job market, my efforts will be paid off and my goals will achieve in y career.
Those 5 years when I worked for this company were so precious and unforgettable. I have learned many valuable skills, not only related to jobs but also to life ones. I am so grateful to the company because you trusted me as a young and inexperienced engineer to give me many responsibilities. I am so sure that the experience and competencies that I have learned during my career in this company will assist me in my future career prospect.
Thank you for accepting my resignation, and I hope we will cooperate together in the near future.
Kind Regards,
Hamid Gholami
You recently had a problem with a product or service that you purchased, and you have decided to write a letter of complaint to the company. Write a letter to the company, explaining the problem and the action you expect the company to take.
In your letter:
Describe the problem you experienced
Explain how this problem has affected you
State what you expect the company to do to resolve the issue
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing this letter to express my dissatisfaction about the speed of the internet which I have recently bought from this internet service provider. Although I bought high speed internet service, I face numerous difficulties while using the internet.
To be more specific, working remotely as a software developer for an overseas country, I need high speed internet to upload and download a large amount of data. Despite positive user comments about your company, the quality of your service has not fulfilled my expectations. Unfortunately, not only is the internet speed low, but also most of the time it is disconnected. Thus, I can not meet the deadline at work, if this situation continues.
I look forward to taking some actions promptly in order to enhance internet speed and rectify the situation.I am afraid to say that if the situation is not mitigated, I will make a complaint officially. According to the contract drawn up, you are supposed to pay a fine when your company can not provide the desired quality.
Thank you for your consideration.
Yours faithfully
Leila Oskuie
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The bar chart illustrates British people who immigrate to Australia, Spain, New Zealand, the USA, and French From 2004 to 2007.
It is clearly that the number of emigrants decreased in British during the period. Furthermore, Australia was popular distention for British people, while New Zealand was least interested in there.
In 2004, nearly 41% of the people of Britain migrated to Australia, while approximately 21% of people relocate to French. Spain was the second location for emigration, stood at almost 33%. Between 2004 and 2005, the proportion of immigrants to Australia dropped slightly to nearly 39%, By contrast, the figure for emigration to French destinations climbed significantly about by %9. During the same time, the figure for emigration to the USA was by far the lowest, account for about % 18.
In regard to 2006, about half of the population of Britain migrate to Australia, Conversely, almost 21% and 23% of British people move to New Zealand and the USA, respectively. From 2006 to 2007, the figure for emigration to Australia fell by nearly 6%.similarly, the figure for immigration to French declined from approximately 25% to 19%. Moreover, the percentage of people who immigrated to New Zealand and the USA was almost similar, made up 20%.
The chart shows British Emigration to selected destinations between 2004 and 2007.
The given bar chart reveals the statistics on British individuals emigrating to five distinct countries over a period of four years from 2004 to 2007.
Overall, while the proportion of British people inhabiting Australia rose slightly over the entire period, the remainder of the countries saw a downward trend in this percentage. It is noteworthy that the highest demand for immigration was attributed to Australia during the scenario period.
As for Australia, almost 40% of the British immigrant population was reported in this country in 2004. There was a considerable growth in this figure, reaching an all-time peak of about a half in 2006. However, this percentage climbed back to nearly its initial figure in the end of the period.
Turning to other countries, at about 35%, Spain was the second country in which British people opted to inhabit in 2004. This amount remained approximately unchanged in the subsequent year and then experienced a steady decline, consisting of nearly 28% in 2007. Initially, New Zealand incorporated roughly the same percentage of foreign people as the US and France, at about 23%. Then, this figure shrank minimally by 3% in this country in 2007. However, this percentage went through a period of instability in the US during this time frame, varying between nearly 8% and 23%. Additionally, the percentage of British immigrants in France decreased gradually contributing only about 8% in 2007.
You recently stayed at a hotel for a business trip and were unhappy with the service provided. Write a letter of complaint to the hotel manager, outlining the problems you experienced and requesting compensation for the inconvenience caused.
Dear Sir,
I believe you are in charge of the Hilton Hotel branch located in London. I am writing to inform you how I am dissatisfied with the services provided at your hotel during the time when I was staying there.
The exact day I entered the hotel was the 5th of April 2023, and the last day I left was the 10th of April. I vividly remember the room where I stayed, it was a double-bed room situated on the sixth floor and had a view of a beautiful park. If my memory serves me well, my room number was 632.
There were several problems that I confronted during my 5 days of staying. The most significant one was the bad behaviour of your servants with whom I could not establish a good connection. Whenever I asked them to give me something, like shampoo or soap, they denied my request. My room also was not cleaned perfectly as the servants never changed the towels and blankets in my room. Another issue was that those occupied in the room next to me made a lot of noise, especially at midnight when I fell asleep, so they interfered with my inner peace, and I could not sleep very well. When I mentioned that issue to your employees, they told me that the walls are soundproof, without giving any warning to the noisy neighbours.
I experienced a nightmare business trip. As I could not take a rest at night, I had not enough energy during the day to handle my meetings. I also lost my temper quickly and could not focus well on my tough duties. Because I was so angry about your servants’ behaviour, I was compelled to shorten my trip, which meant I was unable to accomplish my mission goals, thereby emerging negative consequences for my company.
Although you cannot compensate me for all of the suffering and difficulties I experienced due to your hotel, you can show how you are sorry for my inconvenience by offering a discount for my next trip or refunding a proportion of my cost. This action will definitely play a vital role in saving your reputation.
I am looking forward to your prompt reply.
Kind regards,
Hamid Gholami
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The bar chart compares the monthly expense of a family in the USA in three distinct categories, namely foodstuffs, gas, and clothing, in the year 2010.
Overall, it can clearly be seen that the average monthly spending ranked first in March. It is also noticeable that spending money on gas saw an upward trend over a four-year period.
According to the food item, it started at almost 500 dollars. After increasing by approximately 50 dollars in February, it dropped to a trough of 300 dollars at the end of the period. As for the gas, it went down from 350 dollars in January to 250 dollars in February. Then, it surged to a peak of 550 dollars in April.
While a family paid just above 200 dollars for clothing in January, they paid well below 600 dollars and 300 dollars in February and March, respectively. However, this amount surged to well over 600 dollars in April. The average monthly expenditure stood at roughly 350 dollars in January and plateaued until February. It experienced a slight increase in March and finally declined to 250 dollars in April.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The given visual illustrates how many dollars were spent on food, gas and clothing by each American family per month, during the first four months of 2010. What is outstanding from the bar chart is that while the biggest expenditure was spent on clothing during April, the smallest of it was again on clothing in January. In addition, the average spending fluctuated over the period, and the highest and the lowest of it was in March and April respectively.
Food spending, setting over average over the 4-month period, although, had the first place in both January and March and ranked second after clothing by a small margin, experienced the last rank in the last month, almost twice lower than clothing. In other words after its shift in February, from just over $500 to $600 per family, its peak, it gradually decreased until its depth in April, almost half of its peaked amount.
The second item, gas, appeared to follow the opposite pattern of food spending. It started lower at about $350 per month, falling in the next month, and then increased significantly to just under $600 in April. Clothing, having the most variable state, saw an almost 2.6-fold increase in the second month, then beheld a drop the next month, standing nearby gas, and again stood in first place for the second time during the last month, just below 700 dollars.
Although none of these three items had a stable trend, food during the whole period was the only item which stood over average. Gas in February, clothing in January, and both of them during March were below average.
The bar chart shows the monthly spending in dollars of a family in the USA on three items in 2010.
The provided chart compares the expenditure of an American family on three different items in 2010.
Overall, it is clear that the highest monthly expenditure by the family in the US was on clothing in April, while in January, they spent the lowest budget on clothes.
The average expenditure line was stable in the first two months nearby, at $370, it observed an upswing by above $400 in March and the ratio gradually declined below $300 in the final month. Turning to the details, the family in the USA spent approximately $500 on food in January which rose by $100 and reached its peak in February. However, it began to decline gradually to $430 in March and finally around 300 in April.
Furthermore, expenditure on clothing fluctuated. In January, approximately $220 was utilized by the family, and this amount skyrocketed to nearly $580 in February. In March, the budget for clothing diminished to 320 dollars and the figure hit its peak in April by more than $600. Spending on gas began at nearly $370 in January, and this value plunged to approximately $230. After a month, this ratio boosted to 350 dollars and finally reached its peak at $580 in April.
Write a letter to your friend about a trip you recently took, describing the places you visited and the experiences you had. Include details such as the sights you saw, the food you ate, and any interesting people you met.
Dear Mahsa,
I hope you are well. I am writing this letter to tell you that I just came back home from my trip to Europe. It was a once-in-a-lifetime experience and I’d like to share my amazing moments with you.
Although I had the chance to visit several countries including Italy, Spain, England, and France, I have to admit that France was something else. There were a lot of things to see and do there. I spent most of my time sightseeing and tasting local food in Paris.
While Paris is famous for its breathtaking monuments, historical sites, and scrumptious food, what I enjoyed the most was visiting the Eiffel Tower and Louver Museum. I saw many lovers dancing and proposing under the Eiffel Tower, and some Iranian ancient works exhibited in the Louver Museum, making me proud of our old civilization. I am sure that If you were with me, you would not get enough of the delicious dishes there, being a food lover, from the onion soup to the croissant whose taste was out of this world. I had meals at many lively restaurants and bars jam-packed with tourists and locals.
The inhabitants were really welcoming and hospitable and they all try to create a convivial atmosphere for the visitors. I really like to visit Paris again in the near future and I hope you will be my travel buddy next time.
See you on the weekend,
Kimia
The charts give information about employment in the UK in 1998 and 2012.
The presented pie charts compare Britons' employment rates in 2 distinct years: 1998 and 14 years later.
Taking a glance at the graphs, it can be seen that generally, despite an overall increase in the number of people having a job, the proportions of full-time male and part-time female workers have declined. Also, the former has been the all-time most-populated group as opposed to male Britons who were working part-time, but the second rank of temporary female workers was taken by full-timers.
Regarding job-having men, those who were fully employed were dominant, having 12,539 workers in 1988. Although this figure reached a total of 13,794 workers by 212, their proportion fell 6% to 47%. Those working on a part-time basis by contrast, despite a marginal 1% rise to became 7% of the populace, were the smallest group in both years, having 1550 and 2131 workers respectively.
Turning to the next gender, it can be witnessed that the pattern for their percentages was broadly in line with their male counterparts. In 1988, 22% of British job-owners (5268 workers) were working on a full-time basis and this figure, regardless of a 2% reduction, reached to 5979 by the end of the period shown. Finally, part-timer women experienced the hugest burst of population during the time shown, overtaking the full-time female employees and becoming the second biggest group of workforce by 2012 (a 7% percent inclination from their initial 19% and a soar of over 3200 working staff added to the early 4482 workers).
You recently bought a camera while travelling overseas. When you got to your destination you discovered that some important items were missing from the box.
Write a letter to the local representative of the company. In your letter
▪️Give details of the camera and where you bought it
▪️Explain what has happened
▪️Say what you want him/her to do about it
Dear Mr. Jones,
I am writing to you in regards to my latest purchase from your brand, which has been nothing but an utter disappointment. On October 1, after months of saving, I was able to go on a vacation to Athens, and during my stop in Istanbul I decided to buy a GoPro camera from your local branch in the city.
Naturally, to facilitate boarding the connecting flight I chose not to open the box, which I now realize was a mistake. Upon arriving in Athens, I decided to unbox the camera and my excitement was immediately turned into shock and anger, as the safety cover and the user manual were missing from the box. I, consequently, had no choice but to purchase another camera because documenting my vacation was of utmost important to me.
Therefore, the lack of quality control by your brand has not only increased my expenses significantly, but also ruined my once in a lifetime trip to Athens. Hence, I would like to request that your company compensate me by refunding my payment for the first camera. Otherwise, I will have no choice but to protect my rights as customer through legal channels. Please do not hesitate to contact me through this address, should you require additional information.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
The maps show Pacific Railway Station station in 1998 and now.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons where relevant.
The two maps detail alternation of a train station called Pacific in 1998 and the present day.
Looking from an overall perspective, the Pacific station has been changed profoundly with the erection of a new triple-track railway alongside the past platforms. In addition, the 24-year period saw changes to some commercial facilities.
Looking at the map in more detail, in 1998, there was a public lavatory at the heart of the area. In the recent regeneration, however, that facility has been demolished in favor of three platforms, two stores, and one restaurant. On the right side of the map, the platforms and two trains from 1998 have remained unchanged, so there is now a total number of three trains, one of which is new.
Regarding the southern part of the maps, the 1998 map had three buildings, namely a café, a shop, and a ticket outlet in the southeast corner of it. The shop has been relocated to the center of the station; therefore, the ticket agency has been expanded towards the west. Finally, the current station has been developed since 1998, with a big retail store in front of the triple-track railway.
AC
You have seen an advertisement in an English newspaper for a job working in the City Museum shop during the holidays. You decide to apply for the job.
Write a letter to the director of the Museum. In your letter
Introduce yourself
Explain what experience and special skills you have
Explain why you are interested in the job
You have seen an advertisement in an English newspaper for a job working in the city museum shop during the holidays. You decide to apply for the job. Write a letter to the director of the museum. In your letter:
- Introduce yourself.
- Explain what experience and special skills you have.
- Explain why you are interested in the job.
Dear sir/madam,
I am Sam Stone, a faculty of history senior graduate. I am a historic documenter. Indeed, I work on historical places to make documentaries for a famous TV channel. I have to stop production procedures during the holidays because these areas are usually crowded during these days. Thus, I have been looking for a job position concerning my field and turning my spare time to economic benefit. Though, I have faced your advertisement announced in an English newspaper taking on a new workforce that appeals to me.
I have worked on a majority of the country's historical buildings while I have known almost every particular thing that may be found in the museums. I took some master classes in maintaining antique materials. Moreover, I had experienced working as a museum tour leader during my apprenticeship.
In addition, more than my main job's perks, history gives me a significant sense of mystery. Considering my character, I always place a premium on my career and am willing to grow it with a rising variety of working field aspects.
I am looking forward to hearing your agreement about that.
Yours faithfully.
Sam Stone
Saman Malek Nia
GENERAL TRAINING
You are due to start a new job next week but you will not be able to because you have some problems.
Write a letter to the landlord. In your letter
Explain your situation
Describe your problems
Tell him/her when you think you can start
You are due to start a new job next week but you will not be able to because you have some problems.
Write a letter to the manager. In your letter
Explain your situation
Describe your problems
Tell him/her when you think you can start
Dear Mr. Smith,
I am Hamid Gholami who was recruited by the company as an electrical engineer. I am writing this letter to inform you that I will not be able to start my job on the compromised date because some unexpected issues have recently occurred to me. Please allow me to explain what happened.
My previous company was located on the outskirts of the town, which means I had to rent my home in the vicinity of my workplace. When I received your confirmation letter mentioning I have passed the requirements of the company for hiring, I discussed with my landlord to withdraw my contract so that I could rent a new apartment in an area near your company. Although he came to an agreement to pay me back my deposit, later he called and refused to refund my money in time. So, I cannot move to the town on our agreement date. Another problem is with my previous boss who asked me to finish my uncompleted duties before leaving the company. Thus, due to moral obligation, I should stay there to accomplish those tasks.
Based on my rough estimation, if everything goes well, I will give my work to the boss two weeks later. My landlord also made a promise to give me a cheque at the end of this month. I, therefore, will attend the company from the beginning of the next month, which means the first of February.
Please accept my apology for my delay, and I hope you kindly consider these unprecedented conditions occurring for me.
Kind Regards,
Hamid Gholami
The diagram shows how apple is canned.
The diagram demonstrates various stages of canning apples in 14 steps, which begin with picking with hands and end with dispatching. It is crystal clear that this is a complex process that requires a combination of equipment and machinery as well as workers.
First, a number of laborers pick apples from some orchards, and the picked apples are transported by medium-duty trucks. After receiving apples from trucks, they are washed with water and some sanitizer material by automated machinery in the factory. In the fourth stage, workers check the quality of the apples to send them to the next step, which is cold storage. After remaining the apples in below zero condition, they are weighed and graded by equipment and then peeled. Before canning the peeled apples in the ninth stage, Corning and slicing are conducted in the eighth one. The cans which were filled with sliced apples are sealed to prepare for cooking and sterilizing with steam in some pots. When cans were cooled, some workers stick some labels on them. There are two final steps before transferring products to the market, which are stored and dispatched, respectively.
You want to sell some of your furniture. You think a friend of yours might like to buy it from you.
Dear Alex,
Hello, and hope this email finds you well. Last month we met and I told you about some probable re-scheduling in my life plans. It happened, and I also have some good news for you.
Finally, I walked into a well-paid job with great perks in my hometown, and I will quit my current position within a week. I have managed to persuade my employer to admit my resignation, and my landlord has agreed to cancel the contract before its due. I have to sell all of my furniture, and as you have moved here recently and are looking for some quality second-hand appliances, if you mind, you could have them at a fair price.
One of the main items is a Bosch XY white washing machine which I bought it a couple of months ago. I haven’t used it frequently, and you could consider it new. Another main item is my fridge, and you remember it certainly as it is equipped with an ice cream dispenser and you liked it a lot. Some other small electronic appliances, including a juicer and a meat grinder, are also available to sell. All of them are of well-known brands and haven’t worked much.
I want to invite you to come along for dinner before I leave. We can have a chat about our plans, and also you can take a look at the furniture, and choose whichever you desire. This Saturday evening, I am completely free; please let me know if the time suits you.
I hope to see you soon!
Best regards,
Robert
You are not happy with the course you are doing at college and would like to change to a different course.
Write a letter to the college director requesting to change your course. You should include details about:
▪️What course are you doing now
▪️Why you are not satisfied with that course
▪️What course you would like to chang
e to.
Dear Mr. Sullivan,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am honored to be one of the many students accepted for the Project Controls class of 2023 and during the past semesters have found the quality of your college unparalleled and nothing but fruitful. Yet, unfortunately, a recent problem in regards to one of my courses has led me to write this letter, for which I am hopeful for your kind assistance.
As you are well aware, the program comprises of several courses that aim to educate students about various aspects of the field, and one these fields is resource management. I, however, already work in the field of Project Controls with a focus on risk management, which makes the area of resource management redundant for me. Naturally, I tried to remove this course from my curriculum but to no avail, as it is impossible according to the students’ office. Your staff have let me know that this course is a mandatory part of the program, and therefore, it appears that I am left with no choice but to bother you with a request to authorize a change to my curriculum.
Should you kindly accept my request, I would like to make some changes to my program in order to tailor it in accordance with my work-specific needs. I can assure you that these changes will be insignificant, as I only would need to take risk assessment, and crisis management instead of the resource management course. Thus, providing me with the essential tools and knowledge to carry out the responsibilities trusted upon me at my workplace. Once again, I would like to express my deepest gratitude for taking the time to read my letter, and eagerly await your response about my request.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
The tables below give information about the world population and distribution in 1950 and 2000, with an estimate of the situation in 2050.
The table provides information about the global population over 100 years from 1950 to 2050 at regular intervals and its density in different continents in detail.
Overall, the table illustrates the upward trend in world population over the period. On the other hand, although the distribution of humans has been fluctuating in different zones, Asia and Oceania accommodate the highest and the lowest citizens, respectively.
As indicated in the table, the number of humans increased dramatically from 1950 to 2000, nearly tripling. Besides, it has been predicted that it will have reached 9 billion people by 2050.
Further examination of the demographic data reveals that Asia consistently has the largest population throughout the period, accounting for more than half the human numbers. Indeed, Asian inhabitants escalated significantly from 1950 to 2000; however, it will have diminished slightly by 2050. Furthermore, population dispersal in Africa and Europe follows opposite directions. To be precise, the African population grew from 9 percent in 1950 to 13 percent in 2000 and then will have been rising to 20 percent by 2050. Nevertheless, the number of residents in Europe decreased 1.8-fold from 1950 to 2000 and will have continued on a downward pattern less and less to 7 percent by 2050.
The tables below give information about the world population and distribution in 1950 and 2000, with an estimate of the situation in 2050.
The given table provides information about Earth's population and how each continent was populated by human beings in the years 1950 and 2000, along with a prediction of figures for the year 2050.
In general, Asia was the most populated continent, while Oceania was the least populated. Some continents, such as Europe and North America, saw a decrease in their share of Earth's population, while others, like Africa and Latin America, experienced an increase in their proportion of the world population.
In 1950, Asia and Europe were the most densely populated continents, with shares of 56% and 22% of the world population, respectively. In contrast, Oceania and Latin America had the lowest shares of Earth's population in 1950, with less than 1% and 6%, respectively. According to the predictions, the distribution of people in Asia, Oceania, and Latin America would remain relatively stable, but in Europe, it would decrease significantly to 7%.
By 2000, Asia still had the highest proportion of the world's population, but Europe had switched positions with Africa among other continents. Europe's share of the world population decreased from 22% to 12%, while Africa's increased from 9% to 13%. In contrast, Oceania maintained the lowest percentage at 1%. Additionally, North America became the second continent with the lowest population distribution, at 5%. According to population forecasts for 2050, the population in Africa is expected to increase, reaching 20%.
You work for an international company and you need some time off to attend a family celebration.
Write a letter to the company’s manager. In your letter:
▪️Give details of the celebration
▪️Explain the reason why you need time off
▪️Suggest a way to have your work done during that time.
Dear Mr. Philips,
I hope this letter finds you well. Firstly, I would like to express my sincere gratitude for your trust in my capabilities and honoring me with a promotion. I assure you that I will endeavor to help our corporation meet objectives in our branches throughout the world in the upcoming fiscal year. However, the main reason for this letter is a request that I am hopeful you will kindly accept.
As you may know, I immigrated to England about two years ago and my work responsibilities and the fast pace of life have prevented me from visiting my beloved family back in Iran. However, my one and only brother informed me last night that he proposed to his significant other, and luckily, his girlfriend accepted his hand. According to him, while the specifics of their wedding are not clear yet, they are certain that it will be around Christmas, and they intend to held a being event with numerous guests.
Hence, his invitation was indeed a request for a helping hand as well, which means he will require my assistance in planning and coordinating with caterers, venues, and the guests. I, therefore, would like to request a leave from December 20 to January 15, so that I can compensate being away from my dearest and nearest for over 2 years.
Naturally, my responsibilities in our establishment are not of the type to be delegated, and by no means am I not willing to forego them. As a result, during this period, with you generous approval I will work remotely for 4 hours a day during the working hours of our headquarters here. You will have my full confidence in my team’s exceptional conduct which means our output will not experience any fluctuation as we will maintain close contact online. I cannot stress how invaluable this event is to me and eagerly await your kind response on this matter.
Sincerely yours,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Write a letter to a teacher asking for a reference letter for a job and explain:
▪️Why you have chosen him to write the reference letter
▪️What kind of job you are applying for
▪️Why you think you are suitable for thi
s job
Dear Mr. Gholizadeh,
I hope this letter finds you well. I am writing to request your assistance in providing a reference letter for a Software Engineering job application. I have chosen you to write this letter because of the positive impact you've had on my academic journey and your familiarity with my skills and abilities.
I am currently applying for a Software Engineering position with Kavosh Rayaneh Company. This role involves designing, developing, and implementing software solutions, leading and mentoring a team of software developers and analyzing user requirements and translating them into technical specifications and so on, and I believe my academic background and practical experience make me a suitable candidate for this position.
Throughout my time in your class, I have demonstrated a strong understanding of software engineering principles and have consistently performed well in projects and assignments related to the field. I have also actively participated in extracurricular activities and workshops to enhance my technical skills and knowledge.
I am confident that my technical proficiency, problem-solving abilities, and collaborative approach make me well-suited for the Software Engineering role at Kavosh Rayaneh Company. Your reference letter highlighting my academic achievements and dedication to the field will greatly support my job application.
Thank you for considering my request. I truly appreciate your support and guidance throughout my academic journey. Please let me know if you need any additional information or materials for the reference letter.
Best regards,
Mohsen Alikhani
A friend wants to spend a two-week holiday in your region and has written asking for information and advice.
Write a letter to your friend. In your letter,
▪️Offer to find somewhere to stay
▪️Advise about what to do
▪️Give information about what clothes to bring
Dear John,
I'm just writing to provide you with the info and recommendations you asked for.
Regarding a place to stay, I highly recommend the only five-star hotel that we have in our city, which is named "The Grand Hotel". Many tourist attractions are in walking distance of that hotel and its rooms that have a balcony have a panoramic view of the famous lake of our city. If you are looking for budget-friendlier accommodation, you can look for cheaper motels online.
As you may know, there're various historical monuments as well as natural sights in our region and I suggest that you make sure to visit each and every one of them. There's a restaurant near the city center which serves side and main dishes according to Iranian cuisine and you can enjoy the live folk music while having your meal. It'd be a thoroughly enjoyable meal and a memorable experience if you decide to visit there.
Finally, the weather in our city is mostly mild. Since it is not probable to be freezing cold or rainy here, I don't think bringing lots of warm clothes is a wise decision. Bring your sunglasses and a pair of hiking boots if you'd like to go hiking in rural areas which are full of breathtaking scenery. Also, bring your swimsuit and swimming goggles if you are fond of swimming in lakes and rivers.
Hope to see you soon.
Best Regards,
Joe
The maps below show the village of Stokeford in 1930 and 2010.
The maps illustrate the developments taking place in the rural town of Stokeford which was located on the east side of the River Stoke between 1930 and 2010. Overall, a comparison between the two plans reveals a complete transformation in this area which makes it more residential due to the erection of numerous houses after the farmlands were cleared.
On the left side of the main path cutting the village in half and accessing to the north through a bridge across the river, there were farm fields in the south which were replaced by residential buildings situated along the road to the middle where a square with more houses around it were built. In the north, the post office remained untouched; However, the stores were demolished to make way for a new side road with more accommodations on both sides.
Turning to the east, there was a primary school in the center which was expanded during these 80 years. Moreover, farming zones on the top disappeared and new houses were constructed. Below the academic facility, the large dwelling with gardens was altered to a retirement center reaching through a dead-end pathway. In the furthest south part, which was vacant in the initial year, several places for residence were erected.
Write a letter to your local council expressing your concern about the lack of recycling facilities in your neighborhood and suggesting ways to improve the situation.
▪️Describe the current recycling situation in your area.
▪️Explain why recycling facilities are important and how they can benefit the community.
▪️Suggest specific measures or initiatives that the local council can take to improve recycling rates.
▪️Provide reasons and examples to support your suggestions.
▪️Express your hope for positive changes and offer assistance if possible.
Dear Ms. Stevenson,
I hope this letters finds you well. Firstly, I would like express my gratitude for your endless efforts to make the town greener, and being personally an environmentalist, I have written this letter to inform you about a new front on this matter.
As you are certainly aware, recycling is an effective method in preserving the nature, and despite many advances in your city there has been minimal progress in introducing recycling to the town. However, with little research we can see that starting such facilities can not only benefit the nature, but increase employment in the area. In terms of environmental benefits, it is obvious that recycling decreases the need for over-consumption of crude materials which essentially helps us save nature for the generations to come. It, is nevertheless, understandable that more tangible outcome may be required to encourage the council to sanction this proposition.
Based on preliminary calculations, I believe that starting a recycling facility will decrease our need to ferry plastic from the mainland, which cuts city expenses significantly and simultaneously boosts employment rate in the island. To this end, as can be seen in the attached proposal, first the council needs to attract investors, which is more likely if we have the support of the federal government. Next, the council needs to start the project and redirect the revenue to expanding the recycling facility, and thus make it self-sufficient.
While, understandably, the process may seem to be too complicated, the presence of similar initiatives in the past in other cities like Seattle can be good way to ascertain the success of the project. According to public data, Seattle started the recycling project long ago without any public support and within 5 years, they had made the business profitable enough to start importing plastic wastes from neighboring cities. I hope the council welcomes my offer and will be delighted to be of service should the council opts to proceed with the project.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Write a letter to your local council expressing your concern about the lack of recycling facilities in your neighborhood and suggesting ways to improve the situation.
▪️Describe the current recycling situation in your area.
▪️Explain why recycling facilities are important and how they can benefit the community.
▪️Suggest specific measures or initiatives that the local council can take to improve recycling rates.
▪️Provide reasons and examples to support your suggestions.
▪️Express your hope for positive changes and offer assistance if possible.
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing this letter to bring to your attention Hamilton habitants’ concern regarding the lack of appropriate cycling amenities across the area. I am Kimia Seyfi, a resident of this neighborhood, living on Main Street for more than 15 years. I need your assistance to improve the situation, and I hope you take my suggestions into consideration.
Unfortunately, there are no designated cycle lanes for cyclists to ride their own bicycles without being worried about accidents. Furthermore, unlike other upscale neighborhoods, free cycles are not provided to be hired by locals to use, making it impossible for people who cannot afford to buy a bike to use this healthy mode of transport.
It cannot go unnoticed that riding bicycles offer a number of benefits. Not only are they environmentally friendly, not emitting carbon dioxide, but they also help individuals burn calories and maintain their overall health. Improving air quality and inhabitants’ health, bikes are the best option for daily commuters. It would be grateful if you could take some actions to make people encouraged to utilize them.
To persuade residents to employ bikes, you need to provide them with free city bicycles. The majority of people either do not have bikes or cannot buy them. Implementing free city bike systems is an effective way to cause people to commute by them. Moreover, constructing cycle tracks boosts the safety of using this means of transportation, attracting more inhabitants to opt for them.
We are ready to assist you by donating money or volunteering time. I hope you weigh these suggestions and take the best action to tackle the issue.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully,
Kimia Seyfi
The bar chart below shows the sector contributions to India’s gross domestic product from 1960 to 2000.
The chart compares how much agriculture, industry and services contributed to gross product within India’s borders during five consecutive decades starting from 1960.
Overall, it can be clearly seen that benefits from agricultural work and services accounted for the majority of the country’s domestic product throughout the period, while the figures for industry saw a gradual, slight increase and remained the lowest for most of the period.
In year 1960, farmers were responsible for 60% of India’s total product, which was the highest proportion they ever reached during the given time interval. This is when the other two sectors contributed just over 15% each. However, the benefits coming from these two, industry and services both increased over the next decade, reaching about 20 and 25 percent respectively, while the farming activities product started to decline by about 5 to 10 percent each ten years, dipping at approximately 15% in 2000. In contrast, the other two continued rising, where the profit on industry reached its peak at 25% and maintained the same level thereafter. Moreover, The revenue collected through services rose significantly from 28% to 45% in 1990, and experienced another sharp rise in the following decade by about 20 percent, overtaking agriculture, and peaking at around 63% in 2000.
Write a letter to the manager of a company which is based in a foreign country to recommend your family member for a suitable job.
▪️Introduce yourself and say what you are doing
▪️Describe the role your family member is interested in
▪️Explain why he or she is suitable for the job
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing you to recommend a talented artist for the job vacancy as a ceramic product designer which is required in your Dubai branch.
I am Azam Mirnasl, who has been working as an art director for the Contemporary Art Gallery in recent 10 years, and have curated a wide range of art exhibitions for prestigious artists, especially in ceramic design.
Recently, my younger sister graduated with a related major from the Art University of Tehran. Actually, she has finished her studies in ceramic and has a great passion to commence her career in your honorable company. Additionally, she has a significant background in English and French. I believe therefore, she is a proper one as a designer for your multi-national company.
She is a hardworking and initiative one, and held a professional fair, which received a great acclamation from critics. She is daring enough to trail new and ambitious designs and methods to achieve magnificent products. As a curator and design expert, I guarantee her capabilities to hold this occupation. Moreover, she is not only capable of adjusting herself in a team perfectly but also, she has the ability to work independently, and adapt easily to various working atmospheres. If you give a chance to her, I assure you that she will prove herself and transform into one of the creative designers of your firm.
I am impatiently looking forward to a favorable reply from you.
Yours faithfully,
Azam Mirnasl
Write a letter to the manager of a company which is based in a foreign country to recommend your family member for a suitable job.
▪️Introduce yourself and say what you are doing
▪️Describe the role your family member is interested in
▪️Explain why he or she is suitable for the job
Dear Sir or Madam,
I am writing with regard to a brief introduction of my cousin for the job vacancy advertised by your organization.
Having had enough fortune to get familiar with your well-known organization through the newspaper, I am Ahmad Safaei who works as a psychologist at Devo Hospital in the southwest of the town. As I live with my cousin called Simon, and he is an experienced sell manager, I recognized that not only can this job opportunity help him to have a decent career in this town, but it would also have desired outcomes for your corporation.
However, my cousin has shown a deep inclination to this career owing several reasons, not the least of which is his
previous career which is totally relevant to this position. He actually worked for almost 10 years as sell manager in Nokia
corporation, often regarded as a great producer of electrical gadgets all around the world.
With his language proficiency, namely English, Arabic, and Farsi' helping him to communicate with international customers, a tremendous amount of experience making an appreciable contribution to his performance, and his natural gift in convincing customers to buy products, I strongly believe that he can handle this job in the best possible way. Please do not hesitate to let me know about your final decision.
I look forward to hearing from you.
Yours faithfully,
Ahmad Safaei
▪️The line graph below gives information about the percentage of women aged 15-64 in employment between 2003 and 2009.
A glance at the line graph below reveals a comparison of the proportion of women aged 15 to 64 who were employed from 2003 to 2009 in five countries, namely Iceland, Canada, Germany, China, and Turkey.
Overall, the share of employment in Iceland was always the highest of the four other countries, while the percentage of careered women in Turkey was the lowest from 2003 to 2009.
All countries almost keep their position in employment with a steady trend from 2003 to 2009. Only, a few fluctuations existed in Turkey in 2005, which experienced a fall but returned to its back position. Also, China experienced a slight increase in 2005, which remains this trend until 2009. The rest of the countries, Canada and Germany, did not experience any fluctuation in this period of the question. This graph shows that the share of women's employment was high in Iceland, Canada, Germany, China, and Turkey, respectively, between 2003 and 2009.
The bar chart shows the number of times per week (in 1000s), over five weeks, that three computer packages were downloaded from the internet.
The bar chart compares the number of downloads per week for three distinct software packages, namely ActiveX, Java, and Net, in five consecutive weeks.
It is readily apparent that over the period given, ActiveX accounted for the highest amount of downloads, while the least figures belonged to Net. It is also clear that Java witnessed an upward trend, unlike the other two programs which fluctuated throughout the period.
Comparing the figures for the first three weeks, ActiveX was by far the most popular program among users, with around 70000 downloads in the first week which increased sharply to approximately 110000 in the third week. The second most favorable software was java downloaded nearly 50000 times in the initial week and grew gradually to reach about 60 thousand downloads in the third week. The equivalent figures for Net experienced a steep fall from over 30000 in the first week to a low of a mere 15000 in the third week.
In the following weeks, the gradual growth of Java proceeded and its figure reached above 80000 in the last week. Moreover, after dropping briefly to slightly under 100000 in the fourth week, ActiveX downloads peaked at over 120000 in the fifth week. The statistics for Net faced a considerable rise as users downloaded this program almost 50000 times in the last week.
The bar chart shows the number of times per week (in 1000s), over five weeks, that three computer packages were downloaded from the internet.
The diagram illustrates the number of downloads for three computer packages over five weeks. At first glance, it is evident that the number of downloads increased considerably in the fifth week compared to the first week.
Among these packages, ActiveX had the most downloads by users. It started at about 70 downloads per week and increased to about 90 in week 2, then to 110 downloads. Although it reduced to 100 in week 4, downloads reached more than 120 in week 5.
Turning to Java, the pattern is almost similar to ActiveX. It started with a little more than 40 downloads in the first week and increased to near 80 in week 5. However, it did not experience any declines over the five weeks. On the contrary, Net experienced fluctuations over time. It started from near 35 downloads in the first week and reached near 60 by the end. However, a significant decline to near 20 is obvious in the middle.
Overall, it can be seen that the number of users for ActiveX is more than Java, and the least number of users is for Net, with no exception over the five weeks.
You and your family are planning to spend a weekend at a seaside hotel. Write a letter to the hotel making the arrangements
Why is this happening?
▪️When you will be arriving and leaving,
▪️What type of rooms you would like
▪️And ask them how much the weekend will cost
▪️Also enquire about activities and places of interest near the hotel.
Dear Sir/Madam
I am writing to make arrangements for a weekend stay at your esteemed seaside hotel with my family. We plan to stay from the date 20 July until 10 August which is a special date for my family not only to get together but also to have a celebration and have fun.
Based on our plan, the flight ticket, the flight is going to land on 20 of July at 5 p.m. On the day of departure, we will check out of the hotel room at 2 p.m. and our flight will leave at 6 p.m. Thus, I want to set an arrangement for a transfer to the airport.
I checked the rooms on the website, and I want to reserve the super luxurious room that can comfortably accommodate 6 people with two king plus two single beds located on the seaside with a sea view and a balcony. The quality of the room and facilities is so important that I want to everything will prepare without any defects.
Based on the type of room that I mentioned above I would like you to send me an invoice to estimate the total cost including taxes and any additional charges that may apply. Moreover, as an attachment, please recommend further attractive areas around the hotel which is famous for unwinding and other activities.
I look forward to receiving your prompt response.
Yours faithfully,
Rozhin Kazemian
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am a checking account holder at your bank, and I am writing this letter to inform you that I have relocated to a new city, and I would like to update my address in your records.
I moved to my hometown, Vancouver, as I had some domestic problems there to deal with. Unfortunately, despite the change in my residential address, I have noticed that all bank communication continues to be sent to my older address.
The problem I am facing now is that I no longer have access to my previous address, and as a result, I do not receive any bank statements, transaction alerts, and more importantly, any state of my monthly bill for the credit. This poses significant inconvenience and concern to me as I heavily rely on timely updates and notifications from the bank to manage my financial affairs effectively.
Therefore, I kindly request that you take immediate action and update my contact information in your system. Additionally, I would appreciate it if you could resend any previous communication that has been sent to the wrong address, and ensure that they are now redirected to my new address.
I understand that updating my address may involve further details. So, please find enclosed a copy of the information about my new place of residence and also my account information.
I am looking forward to hearing from you soon.
Yours faithfully,
Ayda Farhang
Your internet connection has been slow and intermittent.
Write a letter to your internet service provider to complain. In the letter:
▪️Describe the problem and why you are unhappy
▪️Arrange for an engineer to visit your home
▪️Request a reduction in your bill
Dear Mr. Feathers,
I hope this letter finds you well. As a long-time customer of your establishment, I have never hesitated to renew my internet subscription without hesitation. However, recent interruptions in the connectivity as well as the uncharacteristic slow download speed has left me regretful and disheartened. I, therefore, have decided to voice my dissatisfaction before making an ultimate decision.
My issues started to manifest themselves exactly a month ago after a notification email from your customer services detailing a weeklong overhaul. Being it a period of maintenance, I was initially under the impression that it was only natural. Yet, after the repeated disconnection and low download and upload speed persisted I realized there was something wrong. Being a teacher, this issue has seriously affected my professional life as I heavily rely on a stable connection to hold my university classes, and my absence has left my students with no choice but to complain to the faculty I work for.
It is important to note that throughout this time I have exercised the options that came to my mind including requesting online support from your customer support on numerous occasions, which to this date have been futile. As a result, since a resolution to my problem is of utmost importance, I would like you request that you kindly send a seasoned professional to my residence to check the router as well as the wiring so we can rule out the possibility of equipment malfunction.
In addition, being that I have practically been unable to access my service, I would like to request a reduction in my bill in accordance with the article 15 of the terms of service in my contract. According to this article, which I am sure you are aware of, in the case of internet disruption that exceeds two weeks, the customer is to be compensated. I deeply regret the experience and based on the spotless history of your company, it is my firm belief that you will address the issue. Nevertheless, unless the matter has been resolved, I will be forced to terminate my contract with your establishment and look for another internet service provider. Please do not hesitate to contact me if you need any further information that can speed up the process of resolving the issue.
Sincerely,
Nima Siamakmanesh
Your internet connection has been slow and intermittent.
Write a letter to your internet service provider to complain. In the letter:
▪️Describe the problem and why you are unhappy
▪️Arrange for an engineer to visit your home
▪️Request a reduction in your bill
Dear Sir/Madam,
I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with the quality of service provided by your company. Over the past few weeks, I have been experiencing significant issues with my internet connection. However, I have been using your company's service for more than 3 years and I have never faced any troubles. The connection has been consistently slow and frequently drops out, causing immense frustration and inconvenience.
As an individual who heavily relies on a stable internet connection for work and personal use, this ongoing problem has severely impacted my productivity and ability to carry out essential tasks. I have attempted various troubleshooting methods such as buying a new modem and reconnecting any connection cable; however, based on the result of the speeding test, it is about 3 MB. It is evident that the issue lies beyond my control.
Therefore, I kindly request that you arrange for an engineer to visit my home at the earliest convenience. I believe a professional assessment of the situation is necessary to identify and rectify the underlying problem causing this persistent disruption.
Furthermore, considering the prolonged period of subpar service and the result of the test speed, I also request a reduction in my monthly bill as compensation for the inconvenience caused as my monthly plan's speed is 12MB. It is only fair that I am not charged for a service that has consistently failed to meet expectations.
I trust that you will take prompt action in addressing these concerns and provide a satisfactory resolution.
Thank you for your attention to this matter.
Yours faithfully,
Rozhin Kazemian
A friend of yours is thinking of going on a camping holiday for the first time this summer. He has asked for your advice Write a letter to your friend.
In the letter:
▪️Explain why you think your friend would enjoy a camping holiday
▪️ Describe some possible disadvantages
▪️Say whether you would like to go cDamping with your friend this summer
Dear Amir,
I hope this email finds you well. I’m writing this letter to give you some recommendations for your foreseeable camping trip in the upcoming summer.
Since this is your first camping experience, I would suggest you choose a location with less complicated situations. I think that black swan lake is the best place this time of the year, because of its cheerful atmosphere and outstanding view of the lake, the mountain covered in snow as well as a huge amount of green hills. Also, the silence of nature and pure air that gets into the lungs gives meaning to life. Swimming in the lake is available during the day.
Although I believe that there is no negative point in mesmerizing nature, there might be some disadvantages that you should get ready for them. One is that there’s no mobile antenna, so make sure you don’t need to use it for calling or serving the internet. Another thing is the garbage that people left in their surroundings. It’s a good idea to spend an hour cleaning around your tent as a preserving environmental activity. Moreover, you’re leaving the city on holiday so you might get stuck in a traffic jam. Thus, try to start driving before peak time. Also don’t forget anti-mosquito spry!
I was wondering if you would like to join our group on July 24th. We have essential facilities and equipment containing a tent, cooking tools, and a first aid kit. So, you would not have to pay a lot of money for preparation. Also, you have a free leader in your first journey.
I’m sure you’ll have a great time. Hope to see you then!
Best wishes,
Mahsa
A friend of yours is thinking of going on a camping holiday for the first time this summer. He has asked for your advice Write a letter to your friend.
In the letter:
▪️Explain why you think your friend would enjoy a camping holiday
▪️ Describe some possible disadvantages
▪️Say whether you would like to go cDamping with your friend this summer
Dear Sarah,
I hope this letter finds you well. I heard that you are considering going on a camping holiday as your first experience this summer, and I wanted to share my thoughts on why I believe it would be a fantastic journey for you.
Firstly, camping allows you to reconnect with nature and escape from the hustle and bustle of life. It provides an opportunity to immerse yourself in the beauty of the great outdoors, breathe in fresh air, and appreciate the simplicity of life. You can wake up to the sound of birds chirping, witness breathtaking sunsets, and even stargaze at night. It's a chance to unwind and rejuvenate your mind and body.
However, it is important to consider some possible disadvantages as well. Camping requires some level of preparation and organization. You need to pack appropriate gear, plan meals, and ensure safety measures are in place. Additionally, weather conditions can be unpredictable, so being prepared for rain or extreme temperatures is essential.
I have to confess that I would absolutely love to accompany you on this journey. It would be a great opportunity for both of us to spend quality time together while enjoying nature's wonders and pristine weather. We could go hiking, have campfire conversations under starry skies, and create lasting memories.
I hope that my advice helps you make an informed decision about your camping. Whatever you choose, I'm here to support you.
Take care and see you soon,
Rozhin
A friend of yours is thinking of going on a camping holiday for the first time this summer. He has asked for your advice Write a letter to your friend.
In the letter:
▪️Explain why you think your friend would enjoy a camping holiday
▪️ Describe some possible disadvantages
▪️Say whether you would like to go cDamping with your friend this summer
Dear Ali,
I’m so happy that you’ve decided to go camping for the first time. I’m willing to share some valuable experiences I had and give you practical advice so that you can have more fun when you go on camping.
As I’m quite aware of your personality, the person who is a risk taker and enjoys exploring new places, I don’t have any doubt this camping trip will fill you with enjoyment.
You would also take an unprecedented chance to see some fascinating and breathtaking sights while you’re camping. Another amazing fact about this holiday is that those with whom you will camp are very hospitable and warm-hearted, having a great sense of humour, so you will have a lot of fun and thrilling moments definitely.
On the negative side, you may be confronted with some adversities. Although your companion will be helpful and give a helping hand if you need it, you will be responsible for packing and shipping your staff. As the road may be wet and steep, you may find it difficult to move quickly. The weather at this time of year is so hot and humid, which means you have to prepare yourself for annoying insects and mosquitos, especially when it comes to night. I recommend you prepare yourself very well by buying some anti-insect lotions to sleep well.
I would like to accompany you on this unforgettable holiday, but I can take some days off from the company. These days, I’m quite overloaded with finalizing a project, and its deadline is too tight. That is why I should stay at the office to meet the deadline.
I hope you enjoy your camping holiday, and if you need more advice or have a question, don’t hesitate to ask me.
All the best,
Hamid
The line graph below shows changes in the amount and type of fast food consumed by Australian teenagers from 1975 to 2000.
The line graph given compares the amount of three different types of junk food that youngsters used in Australia over a period of 25 years.
It is clear that the utilization of pizza and hamburgers have experienced a significant increase over the period shown; however, fish and chips have seen a dramatic drop generally.
In 1975, fish and chips were the most popular convenience food for Australian youth, while they ate pizza and hamburgers just under 20 times by the year. In 1980, usage of fish and chips decreased and after a slight rise reached nearly 40 times per year in 2000, less than half of the initial amount.
Ingestion of hamburgers went up substantially until 1985, then continued to do so gradually and peaked at 100 times per annum by the end of 2000, as a most famous fast food. Pizza saw a similar trend; however, its climb was modest. Its eating amount rose to a peak of approximately 85 times each year in 1995, and remained stable for the rest of the period.
The line graph below shows changes in the amount and type of fast food consumed by Australian teenagers from 1975 to 2000.
The line graph below shows changes in the amount and type of fast food consumed by Australian teenagers from 1975 to 2000.
The chart gives some information about the consumption of three different types of fast foods and the amount of them by teenagers in Australia between 1975 and 2000.
Overall, the consumption of pizza and hamburgers shows an upward trend, whereas fish and chips show a downward trend.
According to the chart, in 1975, fish and chips were the most popular fast food among teenagers, so they consumed this food 100 times in one year. This amount decreased to around 82 times after 5 years just before it rose again and reached about 87 times in 1985. Since then, this number fell sharply to just under 40 times in 2000. Hamburgers were consumed about 10 times per year in the first year but this amount grew dramatically and reached around 82 times after one decade. After that, this number increased slightly by 18 times in 1995 and became the most popular fast food this year. However, this amount remained stable until the final year. Pizza had the least popularity in 1975 with about 5 times but this amount rose moderately to around 33 times in 1985. Since this year, this number increased rapidly and reached approximately 82 times in 1995. This number stayed stable until end of the period.
The line graph below shows changes in the amount and type of fast food consumed by Australian teenagers from 1975 to 2000.
The given line graph provides information about how the amount and kind of three types of fast food like pizza, fish and chips, and hamburgers eaten by youngsters in Australia changed between 1975 and 2000.
Overall, while the figures for pizza and hamburgers experienced upward trends, the proportion for fish and chips saw a sharp decrease.
In 1975, both figures for pizza and hamburgers started at about 5 times eaten. The amount of pizza and hamburgers began to climb sharply from 1975 to 1995 and reached around 80 and 100 times per year, respectively. In the following five years, both figures remained stable. The proportion of hamburgers was higher than that of pizza throughout this period of time.
On the other hand, the number of fish and chips consumed by teenagers started at around 100 in the first year. It saw a significant decline by 1980. After maintaining a constant rise by 1985, it dropped dramatically and reached a low of 40 times eaten in the final year. The figure for fish and chips was the highest in 1975 and became the least popular type of fast food in the last year.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
The bar chart illustrates the proportion of those who owned or rented houses in two different countries England and Wales in the period from 1918 to 2011.
Overall, two contrasting trends can be seen; the one which was about owning houses witnessed a growing trend, and renting ones encountered a decrease.
Regarding the house owners, an upward trend is observable. At the beginning of the period only about 24% owned a house then this proportion increased moderately by 1939 to 32% and then remained the same until 1953. There was a substantial rise until 1971 when householders in rented houses and owned ones were at an equal proportion of 50%. In the following years, there was significant growth in owning accommodation to 60% in 1981. Also, 68% and 69% of people were house owners in 1991 and 2001 respectively. However, a slow decline happened at the end of the period.
Alongside the ownership, turning to tenants, about 78% in the year 1918 lived in rented accommodation. This amount decreased by 10% until the years 1939 and 1953 when the proportion of rented houses for those were at the same percentage. In 1961, a drastic decline happened to about 58%, after the year of the equilibrium between house owners and renters a plummet happened until 2001 to approximately 31%. On the other hand, as the owners declined, the renters’ proportion increased to about 35% at the end of the period.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
The chart gives information about the proportion of families living in their personal houses or rental ones in England and Wales from 1918 to 2011.
Overall, it is clear that while the number of people dwelling in rented houses gradually decreased from 1918 up to 2011, this proportion for those who owned accommodation increased over the aforementioned years.
Looking at the given chart in more detail, in 1918, the lion’s share of people lived in rented houses, at about 76%. This figure remained virtually constant in 1939 and 1953, around 68%. However, the proportion of people who inhabited in their own houses saw the lowest level in 1918 (24%). This figure gradually rose, and in 1971, the percentage of families living in both rented and owned accommodation experienced the same amount, precisely 50%.
Focusing on the chart from 1971 until 2011, it is obvious that the largest proportion of people lived in private houses in 1991 and 2001, with 68% and 69%, respectively. This figure for rented houses experienced the lowest number in 2001 (31%). Finally, in 2011, it slightly increased and reached approximately 36%.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
The given bar chart compares the proportion of accommodations that were bought and rented by residents in England and Wales from 1918 to 2011.
Overall, in 1918, the most significant proportion of people rented a house, while the least percentage of citizens tend to purchase a house. It is clearly observed that these figures saw an opposite trend over the whole period.
In 1918, the percentage of people who lived in rented accommodation was the highest at well under 80%. Citizens who had their own house were the lowest (approximately 22%). Then, the figure for owners increased gradually to 50% until 1971. Conversely, the proportion of renters experienced a rapid decline and was equal to that of owners. From this year until 2001, the percentage of people who purchased their own accommodation saw a marked increase to just under 70%, followed by a marginal fall of nearly 5%.
On the other hand, the proportion of owners declined rapidly from 50% to well over 30% until 1991 and remained constant until 2001, after which it rose moderately by nearly 5%.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
A glance at the bar chart provided reveals the proportion of households renting and buying accommodation in two countries (namely England and Wales) over a period of 93 years.
Overall, owning and renting showed opposite trends. While the percentage of households in owned accommodation experienced an upward trend, this trend was downward for rented accommodation; also, these two figures shared the same amount in 1971.
In 1918, almost 23% of households were living in their own house. This figure rose steadily in the following two decades and exceeded 30% in 1939, then it remained constant until 1953, before witnessing considerable growth to near 70 % in 2001. However, it then declined slightly to around 65% by the end of the given period.
Regarding households residing in rented accommodations, the figure stood at around 78% in 1918, the highest amount among the mentioned years. It declined to roughly 68 % in 1939 and remained unchanged for the following 14 years, then plunged to the lowest amount, with 30% in 2001, before increasing to 35% in 2011.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
The bar chart compares the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in two countries, England and Wales, over a period of 93 years.
It is noticeable that the general trend of rental accommodation decreased as opposed to the owned accommodation.
In 1918, rental accommodation had the highest proportion with three-quarters of households in contrast with 22% of owned accommodation which is the lowest amount. By passing years, the proportion of rented accommodation experienced a dramatic decrease and reached a little over 30% in 2001.
In the years 1939 and 1953, the percentage of family residents who lived in their own and rented houses remained stable at about 32% and 67% respectively. In 1971, the percentage of rented and owned accommodation reached the same values (50%) and in the next decade the owned accommodation took over the rented ones. In addition; the percentage of rented accommodation saw a slight rise up to 35% while the owned accommodation fell by 5%.
In overall, it is clear that the percentage of rented accommodation came down considerably and the owned accommodation rose instead.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
The given pie chart provides information about the percentage of households that purchased and rented properties in the UK and Wales from 1918 to 2011.
Overall, while the number of households in owned accommodation saw an upward trend, the percentage of those who rented houses experienced a sharp decline.
To begin with, in 1918, the percentage of individuals who owned accommodation began at around 22%, which was at its lowest compared to the number of households in rented houses. On the other hand, the proportion of families in rented accommodation was at its maximum, with approximately 78% in the first year. The number of households living in their own houses started climbing and reached just 50 % in 1971, which was the same as the number of people living in rented houses that began declining gradually.
Moreover, the percentage of families that owned houses continued to rise until the last year and reached a peak of 64%. In contrast, the figure of households who rented accommodation kept falling and accounted for about 35% in 2011.
The chart below shows the percentage of households in owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales between 1918 and 2011.
The presented bar chart compares owned and rented accommodation in England and Wales over a period of 93 years.
Overall, a glance at the given bar chart reveals that the percentages related to households who had owned accommodation had an upward trend, compared with a downward trend for the proportion of those who lived in rented accommodation.
In the beginning year (1918), the figure related to households in owned accommodation was lower than the corresponding figure for families in rented one, with approximately 23% and 78%, respectively. Owning accommodation reached just over 30% in 1939, and almost remained steady until 1953 before rising to just over 40% in 1961, while renting accommodation fell to just under 70% in 1939, held steady until 1953, and then, decreased to around 58% in 1961.
In 1971, the figures for both were the same, with 50%. From that point, the percentage of those who had their own houses continued increasing to 60%, nearly 68% and just under 70% in 1981, 1991 and 2001, respectively. By contrast, the corresponding figure for people in rented houses dropped down to just over 30%. By the end of the period, household-owning accommodation overtook household renting sharply, with nearly 64% and around 36%.
The chart below shows information about the challenges people face when they go to live in other countries
The given chart illustrates the modifications that people would face when they immigrate abroad, such as language learning, finding accommodation, and making friends.
Overall, it is clear that learning a new language is the most challenging issue that the elderly has been coping with.
Looking at more details, as the given chart shows, the most significant issue that people who are over 55 years old would deal with is learning fresh languages at the rate of approximately half. However, this challenge has noticeably declined in 2 other categories which are 18 to 34 years and 35 to 54 years clients with percentages of 29 and 35 respectively.
Moreover, there is one other difficulty that could be worth value to catch attention is making friends which the most proportion in youngsters aged 18-34 with the ratio of 46%, and the amount of this problem has gradually decreased among 35-54 years individuals and 55-year population and above with following percent 36 and 23. As can be observed the ratio of finding appropriate accommodation is at the highest level in the youngest group with 40%, and this percentage has briefly reduced for the 35-54 years population; but, this rate has sharply fallen in the elderly category and reached the bottom in 22%.
The line chart shows trends in terms of employment in the USA in millions and predictions for the future.
The given line graphs compare the current and expected employment trends in the United States between 1975 and 2025.
It is clear that while agriculture has an upward trend over the period shown, services get more popular in the half-decade and experience a downward trend. Manufacturing also saw a peak in the middle of the mentioned period.
From 1975 to 1980, people lost their fondness for finding jobs in the agriculture sector, so from 80 million persons fell gradually to just 40 million persons. This figure for services jobs started from just under 10 million and reached agriculture in 1980. Manufacturing also rose in the first five years and, from almost 18 million people, had a meeting with services and agriculture at the end of the seventies.
By 2025, it is predicted services sector will remain upward and reach 90 million persons. This trend for agriculture will continue downtrend and agriculture will decrease until 2025, and they will meet each other in 10 million.
The line chart shows trends in terms of employment in the USA in millions and predictions for the future.
Given is a graph which illustrates variations in the number of employment statuses in millions between 1975 and 2025 in the USA. It is clear that the number of humans who choose services as a job has increased sharply, despite the fact that carriers related to agriculture have seen a considerable decrease during this period.
Between 1975 and 1977, there was a steady rate of employment, which was 80 million for agriculture and about 10 million for both manufacturing and services. In the next 2 years, manufacturing and services experienced a slight increment, while agriculture declined rapidly to about 45 million. The trend for manufacturing and services was exactly the same during the next two years. In 1980, all the graphs cut each other at the point of 40 million, and manufacturing reached its maximum value.
There is a predicted trend showing the values of manufacturing and agriculture will reach the same value as the start year, and services will increase dramatically to 90 million until 2025.
The graph below shows the average monthly change in the prices of three metals during 2014
The line chart illustrates the average change in the prices of three distinct metals: copper, nickel, and zinc on a monthly basis in 2014. Overall, it is clear that nickel's price underwent the highest change in this year, followed by zinc and copper.
In January 2014, the average change in nickel's price hit a peak, almost 6% more expensive than the previous month. Between January and March, March and May, and May and June, the average price of nickel sharply declined (by 5%), leveled off, and plummeted (almost 3.5%) in turn. It should be noted that the average change in the price of nickel reached its lowest level in June, valued almost 3% lower than the previous month. From June to July and July to September, it saw a rise (by 2%) and then remained flat. After that, between September and October, October and November, and November and December, it slightly decreased (approximately 1%), soared (by 3%), and remained flat, respectively.
Regarding copper, its average price demonstrated a gradual fall between January and June (nearly 2.5%) and then steadily increased from June to December (almost 2%). According to the chart, we can see that the average price of zinc was 1% higher than in December 2013. After that, and between January and February, an almost sharp rise in zinc's average price can be observed, almost by 2%, hitting a peak. Afterward, it declined by 4% until June and then stayed almost flat between June and October. Finally, from October to December, the average price of zinc increased by 3%.
The graph below shows the average monthly change in the prices of three metals during 2014
The line graph illustrates the percentage of monthly variation in the price of copper, nickel, and zinc in 2014. Overall, the value of nickel decreased over 2014, while the amount of change in the price of Copper and Zinc remained almost unchanged in the mentioned year.
As can be seen from the graph, the percentage of change in the price of nickel in January compared with the previous month was 6% when it commenced to decline to -3% in June. Then, it witnessed a marginal rise to -1% and plateaued for two months at this figure before experiencing a slight reduction to -2% in October. After that, it escalated to 1% in November, which remained the same till December.
Evidently, the percentage of variation in the cost of zinc in comparison with a month ago was 1% in June. It fluctuated gently between 3% in February and -1% in June and October. However, it stood at 2% in December, nearly similar to the beginning of the period.
According to the line of copper, the price of copper varied almost with the same percentage each month at around 1% although it underwent some slow erratic movements over the one-year period.
The graph below shows the average monthly change in the prices of three metals during 2014
The line chart illustrates the percentage of price changes in three different metals including Cooper, Nickle, and Zink in terms of the previous month throughout the year 2014.
Overall, what stands out from the graph is that the monthly price changes of Nickle decreased considerably in the shown period, while Zink's and Cooper's figures experienced just some fluctuations.
Looking at the first half of the year, Nickle witnessed a dramatic fall in the monthly cost changes from +6 % to +1 % by March, at which point stayed stable for the next 2 months. After May, this number tumbled and reached a low point of -3% in June. Regarding the monthly inflation rate of Cooper and Zink, in can be seen that the former decreased constantly from +2% in the first month of 2014 to under zero by June, and the latter dropped gradually to -1% after increasing from +1% to +3% in February.
Focusing on the rest of the period, the monthly change rate of Nickle's value raised by 2% and leveled off at -1% until September. Subsequently, after a negligible fall, the price change levels of Nickle soared to +1 % by the end of the year. In addition, Zink's price saw no noticeable change between July and October, but after that, the number grew significantly to +3% by December. Furthermore, the change proportion of Cooper's value climbed to +1% in June and remained unchanged for two later months. Finally, In December, this number reached to +1.5% .
The graph below shows the average monthly change in the prices of three metals during 2014
The line graph illustrates the proportion of fluctuation of cost of three various metals in 2014.
Looking from an overall prospective, it is readily apparent that the ratio of both Zinc and Copper fluctuated, although Nickel experienced a downward trend.
Regarding the price of Zinc in January, it rose by 1%, and the percentage saw a three-fold increase in February, reaching 3%, which was followed by a considerable dip over the course of four months, hitting a trough of -1% in June. Furthermore, it plateaued until October, and the costs rocketed by 3% in December. Similarly, the same pattern emerged for Copper, and the portion was 2% in the first month of the year, which was followed by a significant decrease to zero in May, and it went up to 1% in July, almost remaining stable onwards.
With regard to share of Nickel, it was 6% in January, and it plunged to 1% two months later, remaining unchanged until May. Moreover, it hit its lowest point at -3% in June, rising steadily by 2% in July, following the same prices over three months, and it declined by 1% in October. Finally, the ratio underwent a noticeable increment by 3% in November.
The graph below shows different sources of air pollutants in the UK from 1990 to 2005.
The line graph illustrates pollution sources in the UK between 1990 and 2005. Overall, a general fall in the amount of air pollutants is evident during the studied period.
In 1990, the amount of air pollutants raised by households and transport was the same at almost 0.9 million tonnes. From this point onwards, household pollution dropped marginally despite some fluctuations and stayed at nearly zero in the year 2005. In contrast, transportation emitted an approximately constant amount of polluting particles in the air until 2005.
Although industry was the salient source in 1990, at well beyond 5 million tonnes of emitted pollutants, and remained the major one throughout the whole period, its figure plummeted sharply until 2002 and leveled out at roughly 2 million tonnes in 2005. Accordingly, the figure for total air pollutants followed a similar decreasing trend from circa 7 million tonnes in 1990 to well below 4 million tonnes in 2005.
The graph below shows different sources of air pollutants in the UK from 1990 to 2005.
The line graph illustrates the three factors that contributed to air pollution as well as total air pollutants in the UK between 1990 and 2005. (The y-axis shows the quantity of air pollutants in million tons)
Overall, as can be seen from the line chart, the figure for pollutants caused by transport remained roughly the same over the whole period, while that of other sources, namely, industry and households experienced a significant decline.
In 1990, transport and households were responsible for an equal amount of pollutants in the air, both just under 1 million tons. In the subsequent years, the figure for transport stayed almost stable with a marginal rise in the last six years, reaching 1 million tons. By contrast, the figure for households was halved, reaching 0.5 million tons by 1996, and followed by a slight increase, it fell moderately by 0.4 million tons by the end of the period.
The total amount of air pollutants was primarily influenced by the industrial sector, as it accounted for the largest share of pollution sources. At the beginning of the period, the figure for the total pollutants stood at 7 million tons, whereas that of industry was at 5.5 million tons. From 1990 onwards, both the total and industrial trends witnessed a substantial decrease, reaching 3.2 million tons and 2 million tons, respectively, by the end of the period.
The table shows Proportions of Pupils attending Four Secondary School Types between 2010 and 2020.
The table provides information on the percentages of attendees in four different high schools in the years 2010, 2015, and 2020.
Overall, there was a decline in the number of students attending grammar and voluntary-controlled schools from 2010 to 2020. On the other hand, specialist and community schools experienced an increase in attendance over the same period.
In 2010, voluntary-controlled schools had the highest percentage of pupils, with 56%, while community schools had the lowest, with only 15%. However, by 2020, the number of attendees in community schools had increased dramatically to 62%, more than four times the 2010 figure. In contrast, the number of students in voluntary-controlled schools had decreased to 24%, less than half of the 2010 participants.
It can be seen that specialist schools had the lowest percentages of participants in both 2010 and 2015, with 15% and 18% respectively. The proportion of pupils attending grammar schools was slightly higher, at 26% in 2010 and 21% in 2015. Finally, in 2020, specialist schools overtook grammar schools to become the third school with the highest percentage of attendees.
The table shows Proportions of Pupils attending Four Secondary School Types between 2010 and 2020.
The table below demonstrates the number of students applying for four types of high schools over a 10-year period.
It is obvious that in the beginning of the period voluntary-controlled schools were the most popular among pupils, while in the last year community schools substituted them. Specialist and community schools were the least attractive educational centers compared with the others in 2010.
In 2010, over half of the applicants (56%) chose voluntary-controlled schools and took the first place, whereas the percentage for community schools was at the bottom of the list by only 15%. Over the following 10 years, the proportion of applicants for community schools took over the figure for voluntary-controlled schools and took the first rank by 62%, and the most demanded type of institution at the start of the period saw a considerable fall and became the second most favorite among learners by 24%.
The number of applications for specialist schools was by far the fewest except in 2015 when the statistics show 18%, however grammar schools figure took the last place in 2020 by 17%. During the whole period, applying for admission to these two kinds of institutions had opposite trends, when the demand proportion of specialist schools had a slight increase to 20%, by contrast, this trend for grammar schools’ number was a small decline from 26% to 17%.
The diagram below shows two different processes for manufacturing black tea.
The flow diagram depicts two distinct methods for producing black tea.
Overall, there are two types of traditional and modern techniques for black tea manufacturing, and both begin with leaves picking and end up with leaves drying.
Both processes begin with picking two top leaves for a good quality tea. After that, leaves are placed on a rack, and air passes through them by withering, which removes 60% of the moisture. Next, for making the loose type of tea, the leaves are rolled flat and broken, which leads to the release of enzymes from the leaves.
For making tea bags, leaves are cut, torn, and curled to make smaller granular pieces. At the following stages of both types of products, the rolled leaves spread on tiles or cement and go through fermentation, and the color of the leaves is altered into copper by enzymes and air. Then, they are dried or fired by hot air dryers or in the oven. Finally, 97% of the remaining moisture is out together with flavor and aroma being released.
The chart below shows how much money is spent in the budget on different sectors by the UAE government in 2000.
The provided pie chart offers insight into the government spending by the UAE in 2000 across various sectors. In summary, it is evident that the budget allocation for social security and healthcare significantly outweighed that of other sectors, while areas like transport and industry received considerably less funding.
Delving into the details, the largest share of the budget was channeled into social security, representing nearly a third of the total, which was notably higher than any other sector. Health and personal social services claimed the second largest portion at 53 billion, signifying a substantial investment in these crucial areas. Together, these two sectors accounted for a major portion of the government's expenditure.
Additional noteworthy allocations were designated for debt interest, amounting to 23 billion, and defense, which demonstrated a significant financial commitment to these domains. The allocation for law and order was 17 billion, underscoring the government's emphasis on security and defense.
In contrast, sectors related to housing, heritage, and the environment received 15 billion in funding, while industry, agriculture, and employment secured 13 billion. The sector with the smallest allocation was transport, receiving just 9 billion, suggesting a lower priority in government expenditure for that particular year.